Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

TM 55-1925-273-10-3
TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR
INLAND AND COASTAL LARGE TUG (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
MG ANTHONY WAYNE
US ARMY LT - 803
18 17 16 15 14 13
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 11 FEBRUARY 2013

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(frntcover) wpno(F00001)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this vessel and its equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and of hazardous materials used within the technical manual. FIRST AID Although the 128 ft Large Tug is normally assigned a medic, first aid is still an important skill for all crewmembers. The ability to promptly administer first aid to another crewmember could mean the difference between life and death for that crewmember. First aid procedures for soldiers are contained in FM 4-25.11. EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS
EAR PROTECTION - Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears.
ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.
ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.
EXPLOSION - Rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure.
EYE PROTECTION - Person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.
FIRE - Flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.
FALLING PARTS - Arrow bouncing off human shoulder and head shows that falling parts present a danger to life or limb.
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued
FLYING PARTICLES - Arrows bouncing off face show that particles flying through the air will harm face.
FLYING PARTICLES - Arrows bouncing off face shield show that particles flying through the air will harm face.
HEAVY OBJECT - Human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical injury potential from improper lifting technique.
HEAVY PARTS - Hand with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.
HEAVY PARTS - Foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.
HEAVY PARTS - Heavy object on human figure shows that heavy parts present a danger to life or limb.
HEAVY PARTS - Heavy object pinning human figure against wall shows that heavy, moving parts present a danger to life or limb.
HELMET PROTECTION - Arrow bouncing off head with helmet shows that falling parts present a danger.
HOT AREA - Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued
MOVING PARTS - Human figure with arm caught between gears shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
MOVING PARTS - Hand with fingers caught between gears shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
MOVING PARTS - Hand with fingers caught between rollers shows that the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
SHARP OBJECT - Pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.
SHARP OBJECT - Pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.
SHARP OBJECT - Pointed object in foot shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.
SLICK FLOOR - Wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger for falling.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION
WARNING
GALLEY NOISE HAZARD All crewmembers working in the galley must wear Army Hearing Protection Devices (HPDs) and ensure that the galley doors remain closed. Failure to comply could result in injury.
WARNING
MACHINE GUN NOISE HAZARD During the M2 caliber 0.50 weapons firing, all personnel standing outside on deck must wear Army Hearing Protection Devices (HPDs). Failure to comply with this warning could result in serious injury.
WARNING
SAFETY HARNESS Ensure that a safety harness is worn when inspecting antennas. Failure to comply could result in injury or death. EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ICONS CHEMICAL - Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.
CRYOGENIC - Hand in block of ice shows that material is extremely cold and can injure human skin or tissue.
RADIATION - Three circular wedges show that the material emits radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.
VAPOR - Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ICONS - Continued
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTIONS
WARNING
CHLORINE AND BROMINE STORAGE AND HANDLING Chlorine and Water Demineralizer Cartridge (NSN-4610-01-002-9970) which contains the chemical Bromine may not be stored together. Both chemicals, Chlorine and Bromine, must follow the Federal HAZCOM standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) along with the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each chemical. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.
WARNING
GAYLORD VENTILATION AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM In the event that the Gaylord Ventilation and Fire Suppression system is activated and exposure to the fire suppressant occurs, all personnel exposed should immediately wash out the eyes and shower to remove residual material. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.
WARNING
RADIATION, RADIO ANTENNAS Inspecting antennas with the INSA, radars, transceivers and receiver-transmitters turned on presents a radiation hazard. Ensure all transceivers and receiver-transmitters are turned off prior to inspecting antennas. Ensure that the appropriate circuit breaker has been secured, locked out, and tagged out (see WP 0008) in accordance with FM 4-01-502. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTIONS - Continued
WARNING
SEWAGE Toxic and flammable vapors are generated in the sewage system. Provide ventilation from outside source. Avoid open flames and prolonged breathing of fumes. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

NOTE: Zero in the "Change No." column indicates an original page or work package. Date of issue for the original manual is: Original 11 February 2013
TOTAL NUMBER OF VOLUMES IF 4, TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 54 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 67, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: Page/WP No. VOLUME 3 Front Cover (2 pages) Warning Summary (6 pages) i-xxx (30 pages) Chapter 3 Title Page WP 0066 (2 pages) WP 0067 (4 pages) WP 0068 (22 pages) WP 0069 (10 pages) WP 0070 (22 pages) WP 0071 (22 pages) WP 0072 (16 pages) WP 0073 (20 pages) WP 0074 (10 pages) WP 0075 (6 pages) WP 0076 (4 pages) WP 0077 (6 pages) WP 0078 (34 pages) WP 0079 (36 pages) WP 0080 (14 pages) WP 0081 (54 pages) WP 0082 (8 pages) WP 0083 (6 pages) WP 0084 (18 pages) WP 0085 (20 pages) WP 0086 (8 pages) WP 0087 (4 pages) WP 0088 (26 pages) WP 0089 (8 pages) WP 0090 (38 pages) WP 0091 (12 pages) WP 0092 (4 pages) WP 0093 (12 pages) WP 0094 (2 pages) WP 0095 (2 pages) WP 0096 (8 pages) WP 0097 (4 pages) WP 0098 (2 pages) Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page/WP No. WP 0099 (18 pages) WP 0100 (4 pages) WP 0101 (4 pages) WP 0102 (10 pages) WP 0103 (10 pages) WP 0104 (26 pages) WP 0105 (8 pages) WP 0106 (26 pages) WP 0107 (8 pages) WP 0108 (10 pages) WP 0109 (4 pages) WP 0110 (8 pages) WP 0111 (12 pages) WP 0112 (46 pages) Chapter 4 Title Page WP 0113 (4 pages) WP 0114 (10 pages) WP 0115 (4 pages) WP 0116 (4 pages) WP 0117 (10 pages) WP 0118 (6 pages) WP 0119 (2 pages) WP 0120 (4 pages) WP 0121 (8 pages) WP 0122 (12 pages) WP 0123 (4 pages) WP 0124 (2 pages) WP 0125 (20 pages) WP 0126 (2 pages) WP 0127 (8 pages) WP 0128 (6 pages) WP 0129 (6 pages) WP 0130 (10 pages) WP 0131 (168 pages) WP 0132 (2 pages) Back Cover Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
A/B blank
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(loepwp) wpno(F30003)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 11 FEBRUARY 2013
TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR INLAND AND COASTAL LARGE TUG (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet on the TACOM Unique Logistics Support Applications (TULSA) Web site. The Internet address is https://tulsa.tacom.army.mil. Access to all applications requires CAC authentication, and you must complete the Access Request form the first time you use it. The DA Form 2028 is located under the TULSA Applications on the left-hand navigation bar. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the TULSA Web site will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and to better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/ TECH PUBS, MS 727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is tacomlcmc.daform2028@us.army.mil. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or Commercial (586) 282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
i/ii blank
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(titleblk) wpno(F00004)
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(titleblk) wpno(F00004)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No. WP Sequence No. Volume 3 Chapter 3 - OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR LT-800 SERIES OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS SECURITY MEASURES FOR ELECTRONIC DATA........................................................................................................................................................... WP 0066 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS PREPARATION FOR USE.................................................. WP 0067 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0067-2 Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Control Panel............................................................. 0067-3 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0067-4
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POWER GENERATION...................................................... WP 0068 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1............................................... 0068-2 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2.................................................................. 0068-3 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0068-5 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2............................................................................................. 0068-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3............................................................................................. 0068-7 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1............................................................................................. 0068-8 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0068-9 120 V Power Panel No. 1................................................................................................... 0068-10 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel........................................................................... 0068-11 Machinery Monitoring System CPU Multi-Remote Panel................................................... 0068-11 Fuel Oil Service and Fresh Water Cooling System Valve Locations.................................. 0068-13 Ship's Service Diesel Generator Controls.......................................................................... 0068-15 Main Switchboard............................................................................................................... 0068-16 Emergency Switchboard.................................................................................................... 0068-17 Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)................................................................... 0068-18 Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)........................................................... 0068-19 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel............................................................. 0068-20 Engine Room Supply and Exhaust Fan Motor Controllers................................................. 0068-21 EDG Control Panel............................................................................................................. 0068-22
iii
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM............................................ WP 0069 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Compressed Air System Component Locations................................................................... 0069-2 Dryer Valve Locations.......................................................................................................... 0069-3 EOS Main Switchboard........................................................................................................ 0069-3 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0069-4 Air Compressor Motor Controller.......................................................................................... 0069-5 Ship's Service Air System Valve Locations (Forward Bulkhead)......................................... 0069-6 Control Air Dryer Valve Locations........................................................................................ 0069-7 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0069-7 Control Air Dryer................................................................................................................... 0069-8
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FIRE MAIN, GENERAL SERVICE, AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF), AND WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE SYSTEM.............................. WP 0070 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Table 1. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0070-2 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0070-3 Fire Pump Motor Controllers................................................................................................ 0070-3 Fire and General Service Pump Discharge Valves.............................................................. 0070-5 Fire and General Service Pump Suction Valves.................................................................. 0070-5 Sea Chest Valves................................................................................................................. 0070-7 Gage Valves......................................................................................................................... 0070-8 General Service Valves........................................................................................................ 0070-9 Port Shaft Alley................................................................................................................... 0070-11 Starboard Shaft Alley......................................................................................................... 0070-11 Aft Sea Chest and High Level Sea Chest Valve Lineup (Refer to Figure 6)...................... 0070-12 Diesel Engine Driven Firefighting Pump Valve Locations.................................................. 0070-15 Hydraulic Valve Locations.................................................................................................. 0070-17 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel........................................................................... 0070-17 Pump Drive Engine............................................................................................................ 0070-19 AFFF Pump Motor Controller............................................................................................. 0070-20
iv
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEM........................................... WP 0071 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Main Engine Coolant Expansion Tank................................................................................. 0071-2 Starboard Main Engine and Reduction Gear....................................................................... 0071-3 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0071-4 Starboard Main Engine Control Panel.................................................................................. 0071-5 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0071-6 Main Propulsion System Valve Locations. .......................................................................... 0071-7 Racor Valves........................................................................................................................ 0071-7 Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller............................................. 0071-8 EOS Console........................................................................................................................ 0071-9 Main Engine Test Valve..................................................................................................... 0071-10 Governor............................................................................................................................ 0071-11 Main Engine Overspeed Trip Lever.................................................................................... 0071-12 Port Main Engine and Reduction Gear............................................................................... 0071-15 Port Main Engine Prelube Pump Motor Controller............................................................. 0071-16 Port Main Engine Control Panel......................................................................................... 0071-18
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LUBE OIL PURIFICATION AND TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................... WP 0072 Figure 1. Table 1. Figure 2. Table 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Table 3. Figure 6. Figure 7. Lube Oil System Valve Locations......................................................................................... 0072-2 Sump Drain Valve Alignment (Refer to Figure 1)................................................................. 0072-3 Lube Oil Manifold and Circuit Valve Location....................................................................... 0072-4 Sump Fill Alignment (Refer to Figure 1)............................................................................... 0072-5 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0072-6 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0072-7 Lube Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller............................................................................ 0072-7 Main Engine Valve Line Up (Refer to Figures 1 and 2)........................................................ 0072-9 Lube Oil Purifier Control Panel........................................................................................... 0072-11 Lube Oil Purifier.................................................................................................................. 0072-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 8. Lube Oil TLI........................................................................................................................ 0072-15
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FUEL OIL FILL, TRANSFER, AND SUPPLY SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................... WP 0073 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)................................................... 0073-2 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels)........................................... 0073-3 EDG Emergency Switchboard.............................................................................................. 0073-4 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0073-5 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel............................................................................. 0073-6 High Level Alarm Panel........................................................................................................ 0073-7 Master TLI Panel.................................................................................................................. 0073-8 Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel.................................................................. 0073-9 Fuel Oil Valve Locations..................................................................................................... 0073-11 Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel................................................................ 0073-11 Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller........................................................................... 0073-13 Fuel Filter/Water Separator................................................................................................ 0073-14 Fuel Oil Supply Line Connection Locations........................................................................ 0073-19
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BOW THRUSTER............................................................... WP 0074 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Bow Thruster Valve Locations.............................................................................................. 0074-3 Pilothouse Console.............................................................................................................. 0074-4 Auxiliary Control Station....................................................................................................... 0074-5 EOS Console........................................................................................................................ 0074-6 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel............................................................................. 0074-6 Bow Thruster Shaft Brake Plunger....................................................................................... 0074-7 Bow Thruster Engine Controls............................................................................................. 0074-9
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM........................................................ WP 0075 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Towing Machine HPU........................................................................................................... 0075-2 Central Hydraulic System HPU............................................................................................ 0075-4 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0075-5
vi
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 4. Remote Control Station (EOS)............................................................................................. 0075-6
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM.......................................................... WP 0076 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Hydraulic Reservoir.............................................................................................................. 0076-1 Emergency Steering Hand Pump......................................................................................... 0076-2 Steering Hydraulic Pump Station......................................................................................... 0076-3
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TANK LEVEL INDICATOR (TLI) SYSTEM......................... WP 0077 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0077-2 11 Channel Master TLI Panel............................................................................................... 0077-3 7 Channel Master TLI Panel................................................................................................. 0077-4 TLI Remote Indicator............................................................................................................ 0077-5
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BILGE/BALLAST SYSTEM................................................. WP 0078 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Table 1. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0078-2 EDG Emergency Switchboard.............................................................................................. 0078-2 Bilge Pump Motor Controller................................................................................................ 0078-3 Engine Room Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.............................................................. 0078-4 7 Channel Master TLI Panel................................................................................................. 0078-5 Bilge/Ballast System Valve Locations.................................................................................. 0078-7 Remote TLI Receiver Module............................................................................................... 0078-8 Bilge Eductor System......................................................................................................... 0078-13 Oily Bilge Pumping System................................................................................................ 0078-17 OWS Control Panel............................................................................................................ 0078-21 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4........................................................................................... 0078-22 OWS, OB, and OCM Piping............................................................................................... 0078-23 Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions............................................... 0078-24 Sampling/Sensor Assembly Interior................................................................................... 0078-26 OCM Diverter Valve Position Indicator............................................................................... 0078-27 Remote Indicator (Alarm) Assembly................................................................................... 0078-29
vii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 16. Sampling/Sensor Assembly Indicators............................................................................... 0078-31
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.............................................. WP 0079 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. EOS Main Switchboard........................................................................................................ 0079-2 440 V Power Panel No. 5..................................................................................................... 0079-3 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0079-4 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0079-5 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3............................................................................................. 0079-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2............................................................................................. 0079-7 Main Potable Water System Valves..................................................................................... 0079-9 Hydropneumatic Tank........................................................................................................ 0079-11 Potable Water Pump No. 1 and No. 2 Motor Controller..................................................... 0079-11 440 V Power Panel No. 4................................................................................................... 0079-13 Hot Water Recirculating Pump Motor Controller................................................................ 0079-13 Galley Valve Locations....................................................................................................... 0079-15 Crew's Mess Valve Locations............................................................................................. 0079-15 Main Deck Potable Water Valves....................................................................................... 0079-17 01 Level Potable Water Valves.......................................................................................... 0079-19 Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)................................................................... 0079-20 Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)........................................................... 0079-21 ROWPU Battery Charger................................................................................................... 0079-22 ROWPU 24 V DC Control Panel........................................................................................ 0079-23 Brominator.......................................................................................................................... 0079-24 ROWPU System as Viewed from Starboard Side.............................................................. 0079-26 ROWPU System, Front View............................................................................................. 0079-26 Potable Water Valves on AMS 2 Aft Bulkhead................................................................... 0079-27 ROWPU System Valves as Viewed from Above................................................................ 0079-27 Media Filter Maintenance Mode Valve Positions............................................................... 0079-29
viii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 26. Figure 27. Figure 28. System Controller............................................................................................................... 0079-31 ROWPU System as Viewed From Starboard Side............................................................. 0079-33 ROWPU System, Front View............................................................................................. 0079-33
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MARINE SANITATION DEVICE (MSD).............................. WP 0080 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Table 1. Figure 4. Figure 5. Table 2. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0080-2 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0080-3 MSD System Schematic....................................................................................................... 0080-4 Valve Alignment Under Usual Conditions............................................................................ 0080-5 MSD Control Panel............................................................................................................... 0080-7 MSD System Schematic....................................................................................................... 0080-9 Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank To Shore Connection..................................... 0080-10 440 V Power Panel No. 1................................................................................................... 0080-12 Sewage Discharge Pump Controller.................................................................................. 0080-13 Collection, Holding, and Transfer (CHT) Tank Level Indicator........................................... 0080-14
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION (HVACR) SYSTEMS............................................................................................. WP 0081 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0081-2 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0081-3 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0081-4 440 V Power Panel 5............................................................................................................ 0081-5 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0081-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3............................................................................................. 0081-7 440 V Power Panel No. 3..................................................................................................... 0081-9 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1........................................................................................... 0081-10 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2........................................................................................... 0081-11 Preheater ON/OFF Switch................................................................................................. 0081-12 Reheater ON/OFF Switch.................................................................................................. 0081-12 Convection Heater.............................................................................................................. 0081-13
ix
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. Figure 28. Figure 29. Space Heater..................................................................................................................... 0081-14 Single Speed Fan Motor Controller.................................................................................... 0081-15 Dual Speed Fan Motor Controller....................................................................................... 0081-17 Workshop Exhaust Fan Motor Controller........................................................................... 0081-18 EOS Marine Air Conditioning Unit...................................................................................... 0081-19 Condenser Cooling Water Valves...................................................................................... 0081-21 Condensing Unit Valves and Switches............................................................................... 0081-23 Main Deck Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves................................................ 0081-25 01 Level Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves................................................... 0081-26 Reefer Refrigerant Piping Valves....................................................................................... 0081-33 220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel.......................................................................... 0081-41 Pilothouse Rooftop Air Conditioning Thermostat............................................................... 0081-43 Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit (Open)..................................................... 0081-45 Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit Remote Battery Installation..................... 0081-46 Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit Remote Operation.................................. 0081-47 Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Unit (Closed)......................................................... 0081-48 Pilothouse Fresh Air Fan Control Panel............................................................................. 0081-53
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS INTERCOMMUNICATION AND SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEMS......................................................................................................... WP 0082 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Typical Sound Powered Handset......................................................................................... 0082-2 Typical Sound Powered Handset......................................................................................... 0082-3 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel............................................................... 0082-4 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel.................................................................. 0082-5 Intercom Panel..................................................................................................................... 0082-7
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH, GENERAL ALARM, DOOR ALARM, AND FREEZER ALARM SYSTEMS................................................................... WP 0083 Figure 1. Figure 2. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0083-2 EOT Panel............................................................................................................................ 0083-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 3. Figure 4. 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel No. 1..................................................... 0083-4 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1............................................... 0083-5
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FM-200 SYSTEM................................................................ WP 0084 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Fire and General Service Pump Valves............................................................................... 0084-3 Engine Room Water Washdown Station.............................................................................. 0084-4 PORT Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.................................................... 0084-5 STBD Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.................................................... 0084-6 AMS 1 Supply Fan Intake Hinged Cover.............................................................................. 0084-7 AMS 1 Exhaust Hinged Cover.............................................................................................. 0084-8 Engine Room Entrance Door............................................................................................... 0084-9 EOS Emergency Escape Scuttle........................................................................................ 0084-10 AMS 1 Emergency Escape Scuttle.................................................................................... 0084-11 Interior FM-200 Pull Box..................................................................................................... 0084-13 Exterior FM-200 Pull Box................................................................................................... 0084-13 Sampling Pump.................................................................................................................. 0084-15 Pressurize Fire Main.......................................................................................................... 0084-17
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS WORKBOAT/CRANE.......................................................... WP 0085 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Table 1. Figure 8. Figure 9. Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel............................................................................. 0085-2 LMI Receiver Panel.............................................................................................................. 0085-2 STARTUP Screen 1............................................................................................................. 0085-3 STARTUP Screen 2............................................................................................................. 0085-3 STARTUP Screen 3............................................................................................................. 0085-3 VERIFY LOAD CHART Screen............................................................................................ 0085-3 PRIMARY OPERATING Screen.......................................................................................... 0085-3 PRIMARY OPERATING Screen Display Data..................................................................... 0085-4 MAIN 90% OF LOAD MOMENT Screen.............................................................................. 0085-4 MAIN LOAD ABOVE CHART Screen.................................................................................. 0085-5
xi
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. TIP HEIGHT BELOW PRESENT MINIMUM Bar................................................................. 0085-5 TIP HEIGHT ABOVE PRESENT MAXIMUM Bar................................................................. 0085-6 SECONDARY OPERATING Screen.................................................................................... 0085-6 TARE OUT FUNCTION........................................................................................................ 0085-7 SIGNAL STRENGTH Screen............................................................................................... 0085-7 TOP MENU Screen.............................................................................................................. 0085-8 LIMITS Screen..................................................................................................................... 0085-8 LOAD Screen....................................................................................................................... 0085-8 ANGLE Screen..................................................................................................................... 0085-9 TIP HEIGHT Screen........................................................................................................... 0085-11 RADIUS Screen................................................................................................................. 0085-13 CONFIGURE Screen......................................................................................................... 0085-14 SYSTEM Screen................................................................................................................ 0085-15 LCD CONTRAST Screen................................................................................................... 0085-15 CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS Screen......................................... 0085-16 Crane Controls................................................................................................................... 0085-17 Workboat............................................................................................................................ 0085-19
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS ANCHOR WINDLASS......................................................... WP 0086 Figure 1. Figure 2. Anchor Windlass.................................................................................................................. 0086-2 Anchor Windlass Control Station.......................................................................................... 0086-5
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS CAPSTAN........................................................................... WP 0087 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Capstan Isolation Valve CH-32............................................................................................ 0087-2 Capstan Isolation Valves CH-30 and CH-31........................................................................ 0087-3 Capstan Control Valve......................................................................................................... 0087-4
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE............................................................ WP 0088 Figure 1. Figure 2. Towing Machine Hydraulic Power Unit................................................................................. 0088-3 Central Hydraulic System, Hydraulic Power Unit................................................................. 0088-5
xii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0088-6 Remote Control Station (EOS)............................................................................................. 0088-7 Towing Machine Hydraulic System Startup Valve Locations............................................... 0088-9 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel 1............................................................................... 0088-11 Towing Machine Clutch Brake and Auxiliary Brake............................................................ 0088-12 Towing Machine Mechanical Dog...................................................................................... 0088-13 Port Towing Machine Isolation Valves............................................................................... 0088-14 Starboard Towing Machine Isolation Valves...................................................................... 0088-15 Towing Machine Operator Control Panel (LT 803 Only).................................................... 0088-17 Towing Machine Operator Control Panel (All Other Vessels)............................................ 0088-18 Towing Machine Spooling Device...................................................................................... 0088-23 Capstan Operation............................................................................................................. 0088-25
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS PORTABLE DEWATERING PUMP.................................... WP 0089 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump........................................................................................ 0089-3 Fuel Tank Isolation Valve..................................................................................................... 0089-4 Engine Throttle Control........................................................................................................ 0089-4 P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump Compression Release Lever......................................... 0089-5 P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump Recoil Starter Rope....................................................... 0089-7
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMMISSARY EQUIPMENT............................................. WP 0090 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0090-2 440 V Power Panel No. 2..................................................................................................... 0090-3 Motor Controllers.................................................................................................................. 0090-4 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1............................................................................................. 0090-5 Galley Ventilator and Control Cabinet.................................................................................. 0090-7 Galley Fire Suppression System Manual Pull Box............................................................... 0090-9 Range................................................................................................................................. 0090-11 Griddle................................................................................................................................ 0090-13
xiii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Fryer................................................................................................................................... 0090-15 220/110 V Distribution Panel.............................................................................................. 0090-16 Toaster............................................................................................................................... 0090-17 Microwave Oven................................................................................................................. 0090-19 Peeler................................................................................................................................. 0090-21 Meat Slicer......................................................................................................................... 0090-23 Electric Mixer...................................................................................................................... 0090-25 Steam Table....................................................................................................................... 0090-26 Dishwasher......................................................................................................................... 0090-29 Trash Compactor................................................................................................................ 0090-31 Beverage Dispenser........................................................................................................... 0090-33 Milk Dispenser.................................................................................................................... 0090-35 Ice Maker Valve Location................................................................................................... 0090-36
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT................................................. WP 0091 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. 440 V Power Panel No. 5..................................................................................................... 0091-3 Arc Welder............................................................................................................................ 0091-5 Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)..................................................................... 0091-6 Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)............................................................. 0091-7 Drill Press............................................................................................................................. 0091-9 Bench Grinder.................................................................................................................... 0091-11
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LIFE RAFTS........................................................................ WP 0092 Figure 1. Life Raft................................................................................................................................ 0092-2
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS CONNECTING SHORE POWER AND RIGGING THE GANGPLANK...................................................................................................................................... WP 0093 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0093-2 Emergency Diesel Generator Control Panel........................................................................ 0093-3 Shore Power Cable.............................................................................................................. 0093-4 Shore Power Panel.............................................................................................................. 0093-5
xiv
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Vessel Shore Power Connector........................................................................................... 0093-6 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0093-7 Rigging the Gangplank....................................................................................................... 0093-10
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS RIGGING TO TOW............................................................. WP 0094 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS GETTING UNDERWAY...................................................... WP 0095 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEM SHUTDOWN..................... WP 0096 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. EOS Console........................................................................................................................ 0096-1 Main Engine Control Panel................................................................................................... 0096-3 Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller....................................................................... 0096-4 Main Propulsion System Valve Locations............................................................................ 0096-5 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0096-6
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BOW THRUSTER SHUTDOWN......................................... WP 0097 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Pilothouse Console.............................................................................................................. 0097-1 Bow Thruster Engine Controls............................................................................................. 0097-2 Bow Thruster Shaft Brake Plunger....................................................................................... 0097-3 Bow Thruster Valve Locations.............................................................................................. 0097-4
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM SHUTDOWN.................................... WP 0098 Figure 1. Figure 2. Steering Gear Motor Controllers.......................................................................................... 0098-1 Steering Hydraulic Pump Station......................................................................................... 0098-2
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BILGE/BALLAST SYSTEM SHUTDOWN........................... WP 0099 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Table 1. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. OWS Control Panel.............................................................................................................. 0099-2 Sampling/Sensor Assembly Interior..................................................................................... 0099-3 OWS, OB, and OCM Piping................................................................................................. 0099-4 Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions................................................. 0099-5 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0099-7 Bilge Pump Motor Controller................................................................................................ 0099-9 Oily Bilge Pump Piping System.......................................................................................... 0099-11
xv
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Bilge/Ballast System Valve Locations................................................................................ 0099-13 Bilge Eductor System......................................................................................................... 0099-15 EOS Main Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0099-16 EDG Emergency Switchboard............................................................................................ 0099-17 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4........................................................................................... 0099-18
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TANK LEVEL INDICATOR (TLI) SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................................ WP 0100 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. 11 Channel Master TLI Panel............................................................................................... 0100-2 Seven Channel Master TLI Panel........................................................................................ 0100-3 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0100-4
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN.................................. WP 0101 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Central Hydraulic System HPU Motor Controller................................................................. 0101-2 Remote Control Station (EOS)............................................................................................. 0101-3 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0101-4
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LUBE OIL PURIFICATION AND TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................... WP 0102 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Lube Oil Purifier Control Panel............................................................................................. 0102-3 EOS Main Switchboard........................................................................................................ 0102-4 Lube Oil Purifier.................................................................................................................... 0102-5 Lube Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller............................................................................ 0102-6 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0102-7 Lube Oil System Valve Locations......................................................................................... 0102-9 Lube Oil Manifold and Circuit Valve Locations................................................................... 0102-10
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FUEL OIL FILL, TRANSFER, AND SUPPLY SYSTEM SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................ WP 0103 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller............................................................................. 0103-2 Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel.................................................................. 0103-3 Fuel Oil Valve Locations....................................................................................................... 0103-5
xvi
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Fuel Oil Supply Line Connection Locations.......................................................................... 0103-6 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0103-7 440 V Power Panel No 1...................................................................................................... 0103-8 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)................................................... 0103-9 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels)......................................... 0103-10
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SHUTDOWN........................ WP 0104 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. EOS Main Switchboard........................................................................................................ 0104-2 Hot Water Recirculating Pump Motor Controller.................................................................. 0104-3 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0104-4 Potable Water Pump 1 and 2 Motor Controller.................................................................... 0104-5 440 V Power Panel No. 5..................................................................................................... 0104-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3............................................................................................. 0104-7 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2............................................................................................. 0104-9 Main Potable Water System Valves................................................................................... 0104-11 Galley Valve Locations....................................................................................................... 0104-12 Crew's Mess Valve Locations............................................................................................. 0104-13 Main Deck Potable Water Valve Location.......................................................................... 0104-15 01 Level Potable Water Valve Locations............................................................................ 0104-17 ROWPU System, Front View............................................................................................. 0104-18 System Controller............................................................................................................... 0104-19 ROWPU System as Viewed from Starboard Side.............................................................. 0104-20 ROWPU System as Viewed from Above............................................................................ 0104-21 Potable Water Valves on AMS 2 Aft Bulkhead................................................................... 0104-23 Fresh Water Flush Pump................................................................................................... 0104-23 Brominator.......................................................................................................................... 0104-25 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1........................................................................ 0104-26
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MARINE SANITATION DEVICE (MSD) SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................................ WP 0105
xvii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Table 1. MSD Control Panel............................................................................................................... 0105-2 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0105-3 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0105-4 MSD System Schematic....................................................................................................... 0105-5 Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank to Shore Connection........................................ 0105-5
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION (HVACR) SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN...................................................................... WP 0106 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Condensing Unit Valves and Switches................................................................................. 0106-3 Condenser Cooling Water Valves........................................................................................ 0106-5 Main Deck Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves.................................................. 0106-7 01 Level Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves..................................................... 0106-8 Reefer Refrigerant Piping Valves......................................................................................... 0106-9 Preheater ON/OFF Switch................................................................................................. 0106-10 Reheater ON/OFF Switch.................................................................................................. 0106-11 Convection Heater.............................................................................................................. 0106-12 Space Heater..................................................................................................................... 0106-13 Single Speed Fan Motor Controller.................................................................................... 0106-14 Duel Speed Fan Motor Controller....................................................................................... 0106-15 Workshop Exhaust Fan Motor Control............................................................................... 0106-16 EOS Marine Air Conditioning Unit...................................................................................... 0106-17 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4........................................................................................... 0106-18 440 V Power Panel No. 1................................................................................................... 0106-19 440 V Power Panel No. 5................................................................................................... 0106-20 440 V Power Panel No. 4................................................................................................... 0106-21 120 V Power Panel No. 3................................................................................................... 0106-22 440 V Power Panel No. 3................................................................................................... 0106-23 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1........................................................................................... 0106-24 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2........................................................................................... 0106-25
xviii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM SHUTDOWN...................... WP 0107 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Air Compressor Motor Controller.......................................................................................... 0107-2 440 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0107-3 Compressed Air System Component Locations................................................................... 0107-4 Ships Service Air System Valve Locations (Forward Bulkhead)......................................... 0107-4 Dryer Valve Locations.......................................................................................................... 0107-5 Control Air Dryer................................................................................................................... 0107-5 120 V Power Panel No. 4..................................................................................................... 0107-6 Control Air Dryer Valve Locations........................................................................................ 0107-7
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FIRE MAIN, GENERAL SERVICE, AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF), AND WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................................ WP 0108 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Fire Pump Motor Controllers................................................................................................ 0108-2 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0108-3 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0108-4 AFFF PUMP Motor Controller.............................................................................................. 0108-5 Pump Drive Engine and Firefighting Pump Valve Locations................................................ 0108-6 Pump Drive Engine.............................................................................................................. 0108-8 General Services Valves...................................................................................................... 0108-9
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND SWITCHBOARD SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................................... WP 0109 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. EDG Control Panel............................................................................................................... 0109-1 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0109-2 EDG DAY Tank Valves........................................................................................................ 0109-3
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR (SSDG) SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................................ WP 0110 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. EOS Main Switchboard........................................................................................................ 0110-3 SSDG Engine Control.......................................................................................................... 0110-5 SSDG Valve Locations......................................................................................................... 0110-7
xix
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FINAL SHUTDOWN............................................................ WP 0111 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1........................................................ 0111-2 24 V Radio Room DC Electronics Distribution Panel........................................................... 0111-3 120 V Main Deck 01 and 2 Emergency Lighting panel No. 1............................................... 0111-3 120 V Exterior Emergency Lights Panel No. 2..................................................................... 0111-4 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0111-4 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2............................................................................................. 0111-5 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3............................................................................................. 0111-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1............................................................................................. 0111-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4............................................................................................. 0111-7 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0111-8 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel............................................................................. 0111-8 Load Center Distribution Panel............................................................................................ 0111-9 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel............................................................. 0111-10 Main Switchboard............................................................................................................... 0111-11 Emergency Switchboard.................................................................................................... 0111-12
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES............................. WP 0112 Table 1. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. 128 ft Large Tug Instruction Plate Locations........................................................................ 0112-1 Engine Room, AMS 1 and AMS 2 Instruction Plate Locations............................................. 0112-3 Main Deck Instruction Plate Locations................................................................................. 0112-4 01 Level Instruction Plate Locations..................................................................................... 0112-5 Placard 1: Lube Oil Purifier.................................................................................................. 0112-6 Placard 2: Central Hydraulic System.................................................................................... 0112-7 Placard 3: Towing Machine/Central Hydraulic Crossover Operation................................... 0112-8 Placard 4: Propulsion Control System.................................................................................. 0112-9 Placard 5: No. 2 Diesel Generator Set............................................................................... 0112-10 Placard 6: Hot Potable Water System................................................................................ 0112-11
xx
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 16. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. Figure 28. Figure 29. Figure 30. Figure 30. Figure 31. Placard 7: Air Compressors............................................................................................... 0112-12 Placard 8: Bow Thruster Engine......................................................................................... 0112-13 Placard 9: Pump Drive Engine........................................................................................... 0112-14 Placard 10: Collection, Holding, and Transfer (CHT) System............................................ 0112-15 Placard 11: Marine Sanitation Device (MSD)..................................................................... 0112-16 Placard 12: Firefighting/Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF)........................................... 0112-17 Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 1 of 3) ............................................................................ 0112-18 Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 2 of 3) ............................................................................ 0112-19 Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 3 of 3) ............................................................................ 0112-20 Placard 14: No. 1 Diesel Generator Set............................................................................. 0112-21 Placard 15: Main Propulsion Engines. (Sheet 1 of 2) ........................................................ 0112-22 Placard 15: Main Propulsion Engines. (Sheet 2 of 2) ........................................................ 0112-23 Placard 16: Oil Water Separator........................................................................................ 0112-24 Placard 17: Oily Bilge System............................................................................................ 0112-25 Placard 18: FM-200 System Operation.............................................................................. 0112-26 Placard 19: FM-200 System Emergency Discharge Operations........................................ 0112-27 Placard 20: FM-200 System Operation Placard................................................................. 0112-28 Placard 21: Cold Potable Water......................................................................................... 0112-29 Placard 22: Air Conditioning Plant...................................................................................... 0112-30 Placard 23: Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Valve Line-Up.................. 0112-31 Placard 24: Refrigeration.................................................................................................... 0112-32 Placard 25: Refrigeration Valve Line-Up............................................................................ 0112-33 Placard 26: Stern Tube Seal.............................................................................................. 0112-34 Placard 27: FIre Main/WDCM/General Service System. (Sheet 1 of 2) ............................ 0112-35 Placard 27: FIre Main/WDCM/General Service System. (Sheet 2 of 2) ............................ 0112-36 Placard 28: FM-200 System Operation (Main Deck Vestibule and Fantail Frame 21)...................................................................................................................................... 0112-37
xxi
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 32. Figure 33. Figure 34. Figure 35. Figure 36. Figure 36. Figure 37. Figure 37. Placard 29: FM-200 System Ventilation Closure Instruction Plate (Main Deck Vestibule and Fantail Frame 21)........................................................................................ 0112-38 Placard 30: Capstan........................................................................................................... 0112-39 Placard 31: Cargo Crane.................................................................................................... 0112-40 Placard 32: Anchor Windlass............................................................................................. 0112-41 Placard 33: Emergency Diesel Generator. (Sheet 1 of 2) ................................................. 0112-42 Placard 33: Emergency Diesel Generator. (Sheet 2 of 2) ................................................. 0112-43 Placard 34: Towing Machine. (Sheet 1 of 2) ..................................................................... 0112-44 Placard 34: Towing Machine. (Sheet 2 of 2) ..................................................................... 0112-45
Chapter 4 - OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR LT-800 SERIES OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM....................... WP 0113 Figure 1. Figure 2. CO2 Discharge Valve........................................................................................................... 0113-2 FM-200 Discharge Valve...................................................................................................... 0113-3
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FIRE DAMPER OPERATIONS...................................... WP 0114 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Fire Damper Operation......................................................................................................... 0114-2 Main Engine Combustion Air Fire Flap Assembly................................................................ 0114-3 Port Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles....................................................... 0114-3 Starboard Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.............................................. 0114-3 Engine Room Ventilation Fire Flap Assembly...................................................................... 0114-4 Engine Room Ventilation Exhaust Fire Flap Assembly........................................................ 0114-5 EDG Room Fire Flap Assemblies........................................................................................ 0114-6 Access to Engine Room Ventilation Exhaust Assembly Fire Flap....................................... 0114-7 Opening the EDG Room Fire Flaps..................................................................................... 0114-9
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS ENGINE ROOM WASHDOWN SYSTEM (ERWWS).................................................................................................................................................... WP 0115 Figure 1. Figure 2. Fire and General Service Pump Valves............................................................................... 0115-2 WWS Control Station........................................................................................................... 0115-3
xxii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................................ WP 0116 Figure 1. Portable Dry Chemical Extinguisher..................................................................................... 0116-3
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM OPERATION USING PUMP DRIVEN ENGINE................................................................................................................. WP 0117 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Firefighting System Valve Locations.................................................................................... 0117-3 Fire and General Service Pump Locations........................................................................... 0117-4 Fire Monitor.......................................................................................................................... 0117-5 Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel............................................................................. 0117-6 PTO Control Lever............................................................................................................... 0117-6 Pump Drive Engine PTO...................................................................................................... 0117-7
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS POWER GENERATION................................................. WP 0118 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. EDG Fuel Valves.................................................................................................................. 0118-2 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0118-3 Emergency Generator Control Panel................................................................................... 0118-4
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS RIGGING THE LARGE TUG (LT) TO BE TOWED........................................................................................................................................................ WP 0119 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE UNUSUAL OPERATION................................................................................................................................................ WP 0120 Figure 1. Figure 2. Mechanical Dog Operation................................................................................................... 0120-2 Towing Machine................................................................................................................... 0120-3
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE OPERATION POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULICS...................................................................................................................... WP 0121 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Towing Machine Hydraulic System Valves.......................................................................... 0121-3 Main Switchboard................................................................................................................. 0121-4 Central Hydraulic System Control Panel.............................................................................. 0121-5 EOS Engine Control Console............................................................................................... 0121-5 Port Towing Machine Isolation Valves................................................................................. 0121-6 Starboard Towing Machine Isolation Valves........................................................................ 0121-7
xxiii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS SHIP STORES REFRIGERATION SPLIT PLANT OPERATION................................................................................................................................... WP 0122 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Refrigeration Condenser Unit............................................................................................... 0122-2 440 V Power Panel No. 5..................................................................................................... 0122-3 Condenser Cooling Water Valve Locations.......................................................................... 0122-4 Refrigerant Piping Valve Locations...................................................................................... 0122-6
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS HEAVY WEATHER PREPARATIONS........................... WP 0123 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS LAUNCH AND RETRIEVE WORKBOAT IN HEAVY WEATHER...................................................................................................................................... WP 0124 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS MAIN ENGINE COLD WEATHER STARTING................................................................................................................................................... WP 0125 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Main Engine Coolant Expansion Tank................................................................................. 0125-2 Starboard Main Engine and Reduction Gear....................................................................... 0125-3 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0125-4 Starboard Main Engine Control Panel.................................................................................. 0125-5 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.......................................................................... 0125-6 Main Propulsion System Valve Locations............................................................................ 0125-7 Racor Valves........................................................................................................................ 0125-8 Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller............................................. 0125-9 EOS Console...................................................................................................................... 0125-10 Main Engine Test Valve..................................................................................................... 0125-11 Governor............................................................................................................................ 0125-12 Main Engine Overspeed Trip Lever.................................................................................... 0125-13 Port Main Engine and Reduction Gear............................................................................... 0125-15 Port Main Engine Prelube Pump Motor Controller............................................................. 0125-16 Port Main Engine Control Panel......................................................................................... 0125-18
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS INTERIM CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, AND NUCLEAR (CBRN) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES.................................. WP 0126
xxiv
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS EMERGENCY BILGE PUMPING USING FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMPS............................................................................................................. WP 0127 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Emergency Bilge Pumping Valve Locations......................................................................... 0127-2 Fire main and General Service Valve Locations.................................................................. 0127-3 Bilge/Ballast Valve Locations............................................................................................... 0127-5 Emergency Switchboard...................................................................................................... 0127-6 Fire and General Service Pump No. 1 Motor Controller....................................................... 0127-7
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS MAIN ENGINE EMERGENCY STOPPING.................... WP 0128 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. EOS Console........................................................................................................................ 0128-1 Overspeed Trip Lever........................................................................................................... 0128-2 Main Engine Valves.............................................................................................................. 0128-3 Fresh Water Reduction Gear Cooling Pump Motor Controller............................................. 0128-4 440 V Power Panel No. 1..................................................................................................... 0128-5
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM FAILURE..................................... WP 0129 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Hand Pump Isolation Valves................................................................................................ 0129-3 Steering Gear Motor Controller............................................................................................ 0129-4 Rudder Power Packs............................................................................................................ 0129-5
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS AIR CONDITIONING SPLIT PLANT OPERATION AND RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION................................................................................................................................................ WP 0130 Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Table 1. Figure 6. Air Conditioning Condenser Unit.......................................................................................... 0130-3 Air Conditioning Piping Valve Locations............................................................................... 0130-4 Condenser Cooling Water Valve Locations.......................................................................... 0130-5 HVAC Manifold..................................................................................................................... 0130-6 220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel............................................................................ 0130-8 Fan Unit Emergency Operating Characteristics................................................................... 0130-9 Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit................................................................... 0130-9
STOWAGE AND DECAL/DATA PLATE GUIDE.......................................................................................... WP 0131
xxv
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. Figure 14. Figure 15. Figure 16. Figure 17. Figure 18. Figure 19. Figure 20. Figure 21. Figure 22. Figure 23. Figure 24. Figure 25. Figure 26. Figure 27. 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)...................................................................... 0131-4 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).............................................................. 0131-5 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only)...................................................................... 0131-6 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels).............................................................. 0131-7 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3 (LT 803 Only)...................................................................... 0131-8 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3 (All Other Vessels).............................................................. 0131-9 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4 (LT 803 Only).................................................................... 0131-10 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4 (All Other Vessels)............................................................ 0131-11 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)................................................. 0131-12 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels)......................................... 0131-13 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only)......................................... 0131-14 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels)................................. 0131-15 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)...................... 0131-16 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).............. 0131-17 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)......................................... 0131-18 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)................................. 0131-19 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (LT 803 Only)................................................................. 0131-20 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (All Other Vessels)......................................................... 0131-21 120 V Radar Power Distribution Panel (All Vessels).......................................................... 0131-22 120 V Elex Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)...................................................................... 0131-23 120 V Elex Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).............................................................. 0131-24 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)...................................... 0131-25 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).............................. 0131-26 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No.1 (LT 803 Only)........................................... 0131-27 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No.1 (All Other Vessels)................................... 0131-28 Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (LT 803 Only).................................................... 0131-29 Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (All Other Vessels)............................................ 0131-30
xxvi
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 28. Figure 29. Figure 30. Figure 31. Figure 32. Figure 33. Figure 34. Figure 35. Figure 36. Figure 37. Figure 38. Figure 39. Figure 40. Figure 41. Figure 42. Figure 43. Figure 44. Figure 45. Table 1. Table 2. Table 3. Table 4. Table 5. Table 6. Table 7. Table 8. Table 9. Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (LT 803 Only)........................................................ 0131-31 Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (All Other Vessels)................................................ 0131-32 220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel (All Vessels)..................................................... 0131-33 220/110 V Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)....................................................................... 0131-34 220/110 V Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)............................................................... 0131-35 Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only)................................................................... 0131-36 Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 805 Only)................................................................... 0131-37 Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels)........................................................... 0131-38 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only)............................................................................ 0131-39 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).................................................................... 0131-40 440 V Power Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only)............................................................................ 0131-41 440 V Power Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels).................................................................... 0131-42 440 V Power Panel No. 3 (LT 803 Only)............................................................................ 0131-43 440 V Power Panel No. 3 (All Other Vessels).................................................................... 0131-44 440 V Power Panel No. 4 (LT 803 Only)............................................................................ 0131-45 440 V Power Panel No. 4 (All Other Vessels).................................................................... 0131-46 440 V Power Panel No. 5 (LT 803 Only)............................................................................ 0131-47 440 V Power Panel No. 5 (All Other Vessels).................................................................... 0131-48 Engine Cooling Label Plates.............................................................................................. 0131-49 Engine Exhaust Label Plates............................................................................................. 0131-50 Lube Oil Label Plates......................................................................................................... 0131-51 Vents, Etc. Label Plates..................................................................................................... 0131-53 Refrigeration Label Plates.................................................................................................. 0131-58 Fire Main and General Service Label Plates...................................................................... 0131-62 Drainage Label Plates........................................................................................................ 0131-67 Bilge and Ballast Label Plates............................................................................................ 0131-67 Potable Water Label Plates................................................................................................ 0131-69
xxvii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Table 10. Table 11. Table 12. Table 13. Table 14. Table 15. Table 16. Table 17. Table 18. Table 19. Table 20. Table 21. Table 22. Table 23. Table 24. Figure 46. Figure 47. Figure 48. Figure 49. Table 25. Figure 50. Figure 51. Figure 52. Figure 53. Figure 54. Figure 55. Figure 56. Fuel Oil Label Plates.......................................................................................................... 0131-80 Compressed Air Label Plates............................................................................................. 0131-84 Steering Hydraulic Label Plates......................................................................................... 0131-89 Towing Machine and Central Hydraulics Label Plates....................................................... 0131-90 Sewage and Oily Bilge Label Plates.................................................................................. 0131-92 HVAC Label Plates............................................................................................................. 0131-95 Compartments Label Plates............................................................................................... 0131-99 Scuttles, Manholes, and Doors Label Plates.................................................................... 0131-103 Miscellaneous Water Label Plates................................................................................... 0131-106 Pan Eyes Label Plates..................................................................................................... 0131-108 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates............................................................................. 0131-112 Electrical Label Plates...................................................................................................... 0131-124 Piping Instrumentation Label Plates................................................................................. 0131-153 Material Type.................................................................................................................... 0131-156 Methods of Attachment.................................................................................................... 0131-156 Attachment Method "A".................................................................................................... 0131-157 Attachment Method "B".................................................................................................... 0131-157 Attachment Method "D".................................................................................................... 0131-158 Attachment Method "S".................................................................................................... 0131-158 Plate Types...................................................................................................................... 0131-159 Type "A" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-160 Type "B" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-160 Type "C" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-160 Type "D" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-161 Type "E" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-161 Type "F" Label Plate......................................................................................................... 0131-161 Type "G" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-161
xxviii
TM 55-1925-273-10-3

Page No. WP Sequence No. Figure 57. Figure 58. Figure 59. Figure 60. Figure 61. Figure 62. Figure 63. Figure 64. Figure 65. Figure 66. Figure 67. Figure 68. Figure 69. Figure 70. Figure 71. Figure 72. Figure 73. Figure 74. Figure 75. Figure 76. Type "H" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-162 Type "J" Label Plate......................................................................................................... 0131-162 Type "K" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-162 Type "L" Label Plate......................................................................................................... 0131-162 Type "M" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-163 Type "N" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-163 Type "O" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-163 Type "P" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-164 Type "Q" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-164 Type "R" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-165 Type "S" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-165 Type "T" Label Plate......................................................................................................... 0131-165 Type "U" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-166 Type "V" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-166 Type "W" Label Plate....................................................................................................... 0131-166 Type "X" Label Plate........................................................................................................ 0131-166 Type "Y (R)" Label Plate.................................................................................................. 0131-167 Type "Y (L)" Label Plate................................................................................................... 0131-167 Type "Z" Label Plate......................................................................................................... 0131-167 Type "ZA" Label Plate...................................................................................................... 0131-168
ONBOARD EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN................................................................................................. WP 0132
xxix/xxx blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
CHAPTER 3 OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR LT-800 SERIES
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS SECURITY MEASURES FOR ELECTRONIC DATA
0066
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References TM 55-5825-311-10 TM 55-5830-283-10 Equipment Condition N/A
Instructions for handling, loading, purging, overwriting, or unloading classified electronic data under usual conditions are detailed in the applicable technical manual for the system(s) using that data. This type of data is handled only in the Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) systems and Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) components. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for C4ISR equipment and TM 55-5830-283-10 for GMDSS equipment. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0066-1/2 blank
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(opusualwp) wpno(O00026)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS PREPARATION FOR USE
0067
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL The procedures contained in this work package are provided for the use of personnel while operating the Large Tug (LT). It is important for the operators/crew to have a basic understanding of the performance of all vessel operations. Performing multiple procedures simultaneously requires the operators to act in a coordinated manner to ensure proper performance of the tasks assigned. The operators may have to vary given procedures to fit the individual tasks as required.
0067-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0067
NOTE
This operating procedure assumes that all circuit breakers/switches on the power distribution panels, lighting panels, load center panels, switchboards, and equipment are in the OFF position, and that the vessel is connected to shore power. 1. In the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, at the EDG switchboard, set the 3-10KVA 10 XFMRS circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON.
1
O0318T73
Figure 1.
Emergency Switchboard.
0067-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0067
2.
In the EDG room, at the EDG control panel, set the RESET control switch (Figure 2, Item 1) to OFF.
WARNING
RESET
0 3 2 1
O0319T73
Figure 2. Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Control Panel.
0067-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0067
NOTE
Circuit breakers for equipment vital to the LT operation are located on the emergency switchboard bus. They are electrically powered from the main switchboard bus tie. These systems operate on normal ship power and/or emergency power. 3. In the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), at the main switchboard, set the BUS TIE CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON. Place all other main switchboard circuit breakers in the OFF position.
O0320T73
Figure 3. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
Main Switchboard.
0067-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POWER GENERATION
0068
BEFORE OPERATING THIS EQUIPMENT The following operating procedure may be run partially in sequence or in parallel to allow the crew to bring the Large Tug (LT) from a shore powered condition to a full ship's power operating condition. The provided instructions bring each subsystem/equipment into operation. All subsystem equipment must have the required preventive maintenance services performed before the commencement of normal operations. The intent is to perform the Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) as the vessel is prepared for operation. END OF TASK
0068-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0068
POWER GENERATION 1. Set up the following switchboards and lighting panels. a. In the crew's mess, at 120 V main deck, 01 & 02 emergency lighting panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING (Figure 1, Item 1). 01 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTS (Figure 1, Item 3). RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (Figure 1, Item 6). ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE & SPRINKLER) (Figure 1, Item 5). REFRIGERATOR STORE ROOM LIGHT (Figure 1, Item 7) (LT 803 Only). REFRIGERATED STORE ROOM LIGHT (Figure 1, Item 7) (All Other Vessels). (6) (7) (8) FREEZER ALARM (Figure 1, Item 8). PILOT HOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTS (Figure 1, Item 4). FM-200 SYSTEM (Figure 1, Item 2).
2 1 8 7 4 6 5 3
O0321T73
Figure 1. 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1.
0068-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued b.
0068
In the aft 01 level passageway, at 120 V exterior emergency lighting panel No. 2, set following circuit breakers to ON: (1) INFL BOAT FLOODLIGHT (Figure 2, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). INFLATABLE BOAT FLOODLIGHT (Figure 2, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). (2) (3) 01 LEVEL WEATHER DECK LIGHTS (Figure 2, Item 2). ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER (Figure 2, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER (FORWARD & AFT) (Figure 2, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). (4) BOW FLOODLIGHTS (Figure 2, Item 4) (LT 803 Only). BOW FLOODLIGHT (Figure 2, Item 4) (All Other Vessels). (5) (6) (7) (8) LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (PORT) (Figure 2, Item 5). LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (STARBOARD) (Figure 2, Item 6). PILOTHOUSE WEATHER DECK LIGHTS (Figure 2, Item 7). TOWING FLOODLIGHTS (Figure 2, Item 8).
1 8 7
2 3 4 5
O0322T73
Figure 2.
120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2.
0068-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued
0068
NOTE
Ensure that the battery chargers are turned ON. c. In the engine room, starboard side, at 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) (2) ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (PORT) (Figure 3, Item 1). ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STBD) (Figure 3, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STARBOARD) & SOUND POWER TELEPHONE HORN (Figure 3, Item 2) (All Other Vessels). (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) AMS No. 2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS (Figure 3, Item 3). MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER (Figure 3, Item 5). MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT (Figure 3, Item 6). SSDG No. 1. BATTERY CHARGER (Figure 3, Item 7). REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL (Figure 3, Item 8). STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHT (Figure 3, Item 9) (LT 803 Only). STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHTS (Figure 3, Item 9) (All Other Vessels). (9) BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1. EMERGENCY LIGHTS (Figure 3, Item 10).
NOTE
If necessary to silence the fire alarm, obtain the key, unlock the fire and smoke detection panel, and press the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton. (10) FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (Figure 3, Item 4).
0068-4
0068
2 1 10 9 4 8 7 6 5 3
O0323T73
Figure 3.
120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.
0068-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued d.
0068
In the 01 level passageway, at 120 V distribution panel No. 2, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 01 LEVEL PORT LIGHTS (Figure 4, Item 1). 01 LEVEL STARBOARD RECEPTACLES (Figure 4, Item 2). 01 LEVEL PORT RECEPTACLES (Figure 4, Item 3). RADIO ROOM RECEPTACLES (Figure 4, Item 4). PILOTHOUSE RECEPTACLES (Figure 4, Item 5). 01 LEVEL STARBOARD LIGHTS (Figure 4, Item 6). 01 LEVEL PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS (Figure 4, Item 7).
1 7 6 3 5 4 2
O0324T73
Figure 4.
120 V Distribution Panel No. 2.
0068-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued e.
0068
In the main deck passageway, at 120 V distribution panel No. 3, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) (2) MAIN DECK STARBOARD LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 2). MAIN DECK PORT RECEPTACLES (Figure 5, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). MAIN DECK PORT RECEPTACLES & BUNK LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). (3) MESS ROOM LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 4) (LT 803 Only). MESS/RECREATION SPACE & FAN ROOM LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 4) (All Other Vessels). (4) MAIN DECK STARBOARD RECEPTACLES (Figure 5, Item 5) (LT 803 Only). MAIN DECK STARBOARD RECEPTACLES & BUNK LIGHTS. (Figure 5, Item 5) (All Other Vessels). (5) (6) MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 6). MAIN DECK PORT LIGHTS (Figure 5, Item 1).
2 1 6 3 4
O0325T73
Figure 5.
0068-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued f. In the galley, at 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) GALLEY RECEPTACLES (Figure 6, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). GALLEY & MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES. (Figure 6, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). (2) (3) GALLEY LIGHTS (Figure 6, Item 2). GAYLORD CONT CABINENT (Figure 6, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). GAYLORD CONTROL CABINENT (Figure 6, Item 3) (All Other Vessels).
0068
2 1
O0326T73
Figure 6.
0068-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued g. In the engine room at 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) ENGINE ROOM LIGHTS (Figure 7, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). ENGINE ROOM & STACK LIGHTS (Figure 7, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). (2)
0068
BOW THRUSTER COMP. & AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACES 1 & 2 LIGHTS (Figure 7, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). BOW THRUSTER COMP. & AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACES 1 & 2 LIGHTS (Figure 7, Item 2) (All Other Vessels).
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
HOLD LEVEL & FAN TAIL RECEPTACLES (Figure 7, Item 3). SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2 (Figure 7, Item 4). BOW THRUSTER ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER (Figure 7, Item 5). PUMP DRIVE ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER (Figure 7, Item 6). SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1 (Figure 7, Item 7).
7 6
3 4 5
O0327T73
Figure 7.
0068-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued h. In the engine room, at 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1)
0068
MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (Figure 8, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). CONTROL PANEL FOR - STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (Figure 8, Item 1) (All Other Vessels).
(2)
MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (Figure 8, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). CONTROL FOR - MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (Figure 8, Item 2) (All Other Vessels).
O0328T73
Figure 8.
120 V Power Panel No. 1.
0068-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued i.
0068
In the engine room, at the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel, set the MACHINERY MONITOR SYS circuit breaker (Figure 9, Item 1) to ON.
1
O0919T73
Figure 9. Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel. j. In the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the EOS, set to ON the switch (Figure 10, Item 1) on the machinery monitoring system CPU multi-remote panel.
1
MACHINERY MONITORING SYS CPU MULTIREMOTE
OFF
ON
O0329T73
Figure 10. Machinery Monitoring System CPU Multi-Remote Panel.
0068-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued 2.
0068
At Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 1, align the fuel oil service system and the fresh water cooling system by opening the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. FO-21, F.O. SPLY TO S.S.D.G. No. 1. (Figure 11, Item 1). Fuel oil filter inlet valves (Figure 11, Item 2). Fuel oil filter outlet valves (Figure 11, Item 3). Fwc-9, F.W. F.R. KEEL CLR TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 (Figure 11, Item 4). Fwc-11, F.W. FR. S.S.D.G. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR. (Figure 11, Item 5). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD. (Figure 11, Item 6). FO-35, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD. (Figure 11, Item 7).
0068-12
0068
MAIN ENGINE 2
ENGINE ROOM
FWD
MAIN ENGINE 1 1 FO-21 SSDG 1 FWC-9 3 FO-35 FO-15
FWC-11
7
Figure 11.
O0330T73
Fuel Oil Service and Fresh Water Cooling System Valve Locations.
0068-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued 3. Start the generator engine.
0068
NOTE
Perform Step (a) only if the engine has not been run for several weeks or if all of the fuel was used during a previous operation. a. Flood the SSDG 1 engine fuel system by using the hand-operated fuel oil priming pump (Figure 12, Item 1) until a slight pressure is indicated on the engine fuel pressure gage (Figure 12, Item 3). On the SSDG 1 engine control panel, turn the emergency stop pushbutton (Figure 12, Item 5) clockwise to release it to the OUT position.
b.
CAUTION
Verify that the engine has oil available by checking the engine lube oil sump level. Check for the presence of cooling water in the sight glass of the head tank. Operating the engine without lube oil or cooling water will result in engine damage. Do not engage the starter when the flywheel is moving. Failure to comply will result in engine damage. If oil pressure does not rise within 15 seconds, stop the engine using the emergency stop switch, or damage to the engine could result.
NOTE
When the engine reaches 600 rpm and oil pressure is approximately 22 PSI (1.5 bar), the starter motor will automatically disengage. c. Turn the START switch to the START position. When the engine starts, release the START switch (Figure 12, Item 2).
CAUTION
If the engine fails to start within 30 seconds, release the START switch, and wait 2 minutes to allow the starter motor to cool before attempting to start the engine again.
NOTE
Prolonged cranking at low oil pressure can activate the mechanical safety shut off. If the reset lever is in the shutoff position, reset the mechanical shut off control. d. e. f. Monitor the engine's speed on the CRT display in the EOS. Allow the engine to operate in a no-load condition for 3 to 5 minutes or until the water temperature gage (Figure 12, Item 4) begins to rise. During normal operation, ensure the engine gages read in the NORMAL range.
0068-14
0068
5 1 2 3 4
(PUSH BUTTON FACES DOWN)
AFT
O0331T73
Figure 12. Ship's Service Diesel Generator Controls.
0068-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued 4. Load the diesel (bringing the generator on-line). a. Ensure the following prior to loading the diesel: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) The engine is at proper operating speed for 3 to 5 minutes. All engine gages are in the normal range. The engine is warmed up. Set the AMMETER switch (Figure 13, Item 5) to position 1.
0068
At the main switchboard in the EOS: Toggle the speed control switch for GEN 1 GOVERNOR (Figure 13, Item 7) until the HERTZ (frequency) meter (Figure 13, Item 6) reads 60 Hz. Turn the BUS GEN. 1 switch (Figure 13, Item 3) to the 1-2 position. Rotate the GENERATOR 1 AUTO. VOLT. RHEO (Figure 13, Item 2) to read 440 V on the A-C VOLTS meter (Figure 13, Item 4).
5 6 7
8 15 14 9 10
13
12 11
O0332T73
Figure 13.
Main Switchboard.
0068-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued c. At the emergency switchboard in the emergency diesel generator room: (1) (2) Set the ENG. CONTROL SW (Figure 14, Item 1) to the MANUAL position. Set the main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker (Figure 14, Item 2) to the ON position.
1 2
0068
O0333T73
Figure 14.
NOTE
Opening the shore power circuit breaker and closing the generator circuit breaker are done very quickly. d. At the main switchboard in the EOS: (1) (2) Set the SHORE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 13, Item 1) to the OFF position. Set the following circuit breakers to the ON position: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) GEN #1 CKT. BKR. (Figure 13, Item 8). 3-25 kVA 10 XFMRS. (Figure 13, Item 9). ENG. RM. SUPPLY FAN #1 (Figure 13, Item 10). ENGINE ROOM POWER PANEL NO. 1 (Figure 13, Item 13). ENG. RM. EXH. FAN #1 (Figure 13, Item 11). BUS TIE CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 13, Item 12). ENG. RM. EXH. FAN #2 (Figure 13, Item 15). ENG. ROOM SUPPLY FAN #2 (Figure 13, Item 14).
0068-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued e.
0068
On the aft bulkhead of the EOS, at the load center distribution panel, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL) (Figure 15, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL) (Figure 16, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). (2) 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK) (Figure 15, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK) (Figure 16, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). (3) 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (ENGINE ROOM) (Figure 15, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (ENGINE ROOM) (Figure 16, Item 4) (All Other Vessels). (4) 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (GALLEY) (Figure 15, Item 4) (LT 803 Only). 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (GALLEY) (Figure 16, Item 2) (All Other Vessels).
1
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
GROUND DETECTION PRESS TO TEST LAPSE
2 3
O0334T73
Figure 15. Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0068-18
0068
1
LOAD CENTER ENG RM
3 4
O0335T73
Figure 16. Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0068-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued f.
0068
In the EDG room, at the 120 V emergency load center distribution panel, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) MAIN DECK, 01 & 02 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 (Figure 17, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). MAIN DECK, 01 & 02 LEVELS EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 (Figure 17, Item 2) (All Other Vessels). (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (Figure 17, Item 1). PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Figure 17, Item 8). EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET BATTERY CHARGER (Figure 17, Item 7). EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER (Figure 17, Item 6). GENERAL ALARM BATTERY CHARGER (Figure 17, Item 5) (LT 803 Only). GENERAL ALARM D.C. POWER PANEL BATTERY CHARGER (Figure 17, Item 5) (All Other Vessels). (7) (8) RADIO ROOM ELEX DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Figure 17, Item 4). EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 (Figure 17, Item 3).
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
1 8 7
2 3 4 5 6
O0336T73
Figure 17. 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel.
0068-20
0068
NOTE
Supply fan motor controllers must be energized before power can be applied to exhaust fan motor controllers. g. On the aft starboard bulkhead of the engine room, turn on the engine room supply fan motor controllers 1 and 2 as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) h. Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 18, Item 1) to the ON position. The POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 18, Item 2) will illuminate. Press the FAST pushbutton (Figure 18, Item 4). The FAST indicator (Figure 18, Item 3) will illuminate.
On the aft starboard bulkhead of the engine room, turn on the engine room exhaust fan motor controllers 1 and 2 as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 18, Item 1) to the ON position. The POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 18, Item 2) will light. Press the FAST pushbutton (Figure 18, Item 4). The FAST indicator (Figure 18, Item 3) will light.
1
ON
OFF
POWER AVAILABLE
FAST SLOW
3
FAST SLOW
RESET
RESET
STOP
O0337T73
Figure 18. Engine Room Supply and Exhaust Fan Motor Controllers.
0068-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 POWER GENERATION - Continued 5. Align the EDG for automatic start.
0068
NOTE
Ensure that fuel valves FO-32, F.O. SPLY TO ENG, and FO-12, E.D.G. Day TK FILL, located in the EDG room, are OPEN. a. b. c. In the EDG room overhead outboard, open valves FO-32, F.O. SPLY TO ENG, and FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK FILL. At the emergency switchboard in the EDG room, set the ENG. CONTROL SW (Figure 14, Item 1) to the AUTO position. At the EDG control panel in the EDG room, complete the following actions: (1) (2) Turn the red START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 19, Item 1) clockwise to place it in the OUT position to complete the starting circuit. Set the RESET control switch (Figure 19, Item 2) to the AUTO START position.
WARNING
RESET
0 3 2 1
O0338T73
EDG Control Panel.
0068-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
0069
0069-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0069
SYSTEM STARTUP 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. OPEN valves CA-4 STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 5) and CA-3 STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 7) at the starting air receivers (Figure 1, Item 1). CLOSE CA-89 and CA-90 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 1) and CA-93 and CA-94 MOISTURE SEP DR valves (Figure 2, Item 3). OPEN CA-1 and CA-2 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 4) and CA-87 and CA-88 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 2). OPEN valves CA-11 STG AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 6) and CA-12 STG AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 8). OPEN valves CA-50 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 3) and CA-49 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 9).
SEE FIGURE 2 1 2
14
12, 13
11
9, 10
7 (ABOVE) 8 (BELOW)
5 (ABOVE) 6 (BELOW)
3, 4
O0339T73
Figure 1. Compressed Air System Component Locations.
0069-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued
0069
1
40 35 45 50 5 0 60 55 10 15 20 25 30
4 2 3
O0340T73
Figure 2. 6. 7. 8.
Dryer Valve Locations.
Check that CA-46 and CA-47 STG AIR TK DR valves (Figure 1, Items 4 and 10) are CLOSED. Check that CA-98 and CA-99 valves (Figure 1, Item 2) are OPEN. At the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1 power panel 4 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to the ON position.
1
O0341T73
Figure 3.
EOS Main Switchboard.
0069-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued 9. At 440 V power panel No. 4 (Figure 4), set the following circuit breakers to the ON position: a. AIR COMPRESSOR NO. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). b. AIR COMPRESSOR NO. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) (All Other Vessels).
1 2
0069
O0342T73
Figure 4.
0069-4
0069
NOTE
Activation of the air compressor motor controller will cause the power available light to energize, and the compressor will start automatically unless pressure is above 210 PSI (14.5 bar). 10. 11. 12. 13. Set the motor controller MANUAL-AUTO switches (Figure 5, Item 4) for both compressors to the AUTO position. Set both motor controllers ON-OFF switches (Figure 5, Item 1) to the ON position. Ensure that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator light (Figure 5, Item 2) is illuminated on both motor controllers. Ensure that the MOTOR RUN indicator light (Figure 5, Item 3) is illuminated on both motor controllers.
ON
1
OFF
2 3
POWER AVAILABLE MOTOR RUN
MANUAL
AUTO
START
RESET STOP
5
O0343T73
Figure 5. END OF TASK
Air Compressor Motor Controller.
0069-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0069
ACTIVATE SHIP'S SERVICE AIR SYSTEM 1. 2. OPEN valves CA-40 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 6, Item 1) and CA-39 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 6, Item 2). Check that valve CA-41 BYP RDC STA (Figure 6, Item 3) is CLOSED.
1
3 TO PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
TO BOW THRUSTER ENGINE 2

O0344T73
Figure 6. Ship's Service Air System Valve Locations (Forward Bulkhead). 3. 4. 5. OPEN valves CA-13 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 11), CA-51 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 12), and CA-14 SVCE AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 14). Check that valve CA-48 SVCE AIR TK DR (Figure 1, Item 13) is CLOSED. Activate the control air system by completing the following actions: a. Align air dryer piping and valves by completing the following actions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) OPEN the air dryer inlet valve (Figure 7, Item 1). OPEN the air dryer outlet valve (Figure 7, Item 5). Open the transducer valve (Figure 7, Item 4). OPEN the filter valve (Figure 7, Item 3). CLOSE the bypass valve (Figure 7, Item 2).
0069-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ACTIVATE SHIP'S SERVICE AIR SYSTEM - Continued
0069
FROM AIR RECEIVER
AIR DRYER
TO TRANSDUCER
4
O0345T73
Figure 7. b.
Control Air Dryer Valve Locations.
Start the control air dryer by completing the following actions: (1) Set J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVER (INC. REFER DRYER). circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or set J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVERS (INC. REFER DRYER) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 8, Item 1) on 120 V distribution panel No. 4 to ON.
O0346T73
Figure 8.
0069-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ACTIVATE SHIP'S SERVICE AIR SYSTEM - Continued (2)
0069
In the forward port corner of the engine room, above Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 2: (a) (b) Set the control air dryer switch (Figure 9, Item 1) to ON. Monitor the control air dryer gage (Figure 9, Item 2) to ensure normal operation 125 PSI (8.6 bar).
O0347T73
Figure 9. END OF TASK SYSTEM SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Control Air Dryer.
Check that CA-48 SVCE AIR TK DR valve (Figure 1, Item 13) is CLOSED. CLOSE valves CA-13 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 11), CA-51 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 12), and CA-14 SVCE AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 14). CLOSE valves CA-40 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 6, Item 1) and CA-39 SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 6, Item 2). Set the motor controller MANUAL-AUTO switches (Figure 5, Item 4) for both compressors to the MANUAL position. On each motor controller, PUSH the STOP pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 5) and observe that the MOTOR RUN indicator light (Figure 5, Item 3) goes out and that the affected air compressor stops running. Set both motor controller ON-OFF switches (Figure 5, Item 1) to the OFF position and observe that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator light (Figure 5, Item 2) goes out. At 440 V power panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to the OFF position: a. AIR COMPRESSOR No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). b. AIR COMPRESSOR No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) (LT 803 Only). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) (All Other Vessels).
8.
Check that CA-46 STG AIR TK DR (Figure 1, Item 4) and CA-47 STG AIR TK DR valves (Figure 1, Item 10) are CLOSED.
0069-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. CLOSE valves CA-50 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 3) and CA-49 AUTO DR (Figure 1, Item 9).
0069
CLOSE valves CA-11 STG AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 6) and CA-12 STG AIR TK INL (Figure 1, Item 8). CLOSE CA-1 and CA-2 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 4), and CA-87 and CA-88 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 2). Check that CA-89 and CA-90 COV-COMPR DISCH valves (Figure 2, Item 1), and CA-93 and CA-94 MOISTURE SEP DR valves (Figure 2, Item 3) are CLOSED. CLOSE valves CA-4 STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 5) and CA-3 STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 1, Item 7) at the starting air receivers (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0069-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FIRE MAIN, GENERAL SERVICE, AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF), AND WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE SYSTEM
0070
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL The following procedures are included in this work package: PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN AND GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM. HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST OPERATIONS. INDIVIDUAL FIRE STATION OPERATION. PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP. FOAM SYSTEM ACTIVATION. FIRE MONITOR OPERATION. FOAM SYSTEM SHUTDOWN. FIRE MONITOR SHUTDOWN. SECURE THE PUMP DRIVE ENGINE. WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM OPERATION.
0070-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0070
NOTE
Only one fire and General Service (GS) pump is necessary to keep the fire main pressurized. Fire and GS pump 2 is normally aligned to the GS system. PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN AND GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM 1. Align the electrical system by completing the following actions: a. b. c. At the emergency switchboard, in the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, set the FIRE PUMP NO. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON. At the main switchboard, in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the FIRE PUMP NO. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) to ON. Energize the fire pump motor controllers in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2 by completing the following actions: (1) (2) (3) Set the LOCAL-REMOTE SWITCH (Figure 3, Item 6) for each controller to the LOCAL position. Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 3, Item 1) for each controller to ON. Verify the POWER AVAILABLE light (Figure 3, Item 2) for each controller illuminates.
O0348T73
Figure 1.
0070-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN AND GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM - Continued
0070
1 2
O0349T73
Figure 2.
Main Switchboard.
1
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
MANUAL
AUTO
4 5 6
RESET
O0350T73
Figure 3.
Fire Pump Motor Controllers.
0070-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN AND GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM - Continued 2. Perform valve alignment by completing the following actions: a. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
0070
FM-9, GENL. SERV. PRESS. RED. VLV. CO. (Figure 4, Item 3), GS pressure reducer inlet valve. FM-16, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO FM (Figure 4, Item 4), fire and GS pump 1 discharge to fire main. FM-93, FM DR (Figure 4, Item 7), fire and GS pump 1 pressure gage line. FM-15, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 DISCH TO G.S. (Figure 4, Item 8), fire and GS pump 2 discharges to GS. FM-92, FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 2 SUCT (Figure 4, Item 9), fire and GS pump 2 pressure gage line. FM-6, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 SUCT (Figure 5, Item 1), fire and GS pump 1 suction. FM-7, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 SUCT (Figure 5, Item 2), fire and GS pump 2 suction.
0070-4
0070
AMS 2
FM-10
FM-9
FM-14
FM-16
FM-8
5
TO GAGE
FM-92 FM-15 FM17 FM-93
TO GAGE
FWD 6
7 9
FIRE & GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 2 FIRE & GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 1
DECK LEVEL LOOKING OUTBOARD
O0351T73
Figure 4. Fire and General Service Pump Discharge Valves.
AMS 2
FM-6
FM-7
FWD DECK LEVEL LOOKING INBOARD

O0352T73
Figure 5.
Fire and General Service Pump Suction Valves.
0070-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZATION OF THE FIRE MAIN AND GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM - Continued (8) (9)
0070
FM-2, SEA SUCT. FIRE/G.S. & BLST PMPS (Figure 6, Item 4), raw water suction for fire, GS, and ballast pumps, located in the engine room, below the entrance to AMS 2. FM-3, S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS. (Figure 6, Item 5), raw water to fire pumps, located in the engine room, below the entrance to AMS 2.
(10) AE-29, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 6, Item 3), sea chest vent, located in the engine room aft, under the deck plate at the entrance to AMS 2.
0070-6
0070
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
VENT
VENT
AE-29 FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 2 FM-7 FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 1 FM-6
1
SEA CHEST CROSS CONNECT
HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST VENT HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 2 HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 1
FM-2
5
FM-3 FM-4
HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST
FWD 8 7
EMERGENCY BILGE SUCTION
LEGEND
O0353T73
DUPLEX STRAINER
Figure 6.
Sea Chest Valves.
0070-7
0070
(11) FM-89 (Figure 7, Item 1), fire fighting pump 1 suction strainer differential pressure gage cutout, located in the engine room, below the entrance to AMS 2 to the starboard side. (12) FM-90, FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 1 SUCT. (Figure 7, Item 2), fire fighting pump 2 suction strainer differential pressure gage cut out, located in the engine room, below the entrance to AMS 2 to the starboard side. (13) GS-32, GS OVBD DISCH (Figure 8, Item 4), located in AMS 2 on the starboard side by the steering hydraulic pumps. (14) GS-12, GENL SERV PRESS RED VLV CO (Figure 8, Item 3), GS pressure reducer outlet valve. (15) FM-91, FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 1 SUCT. located near GS-12 (Figure 8, Item 1) in the overhead.
1
O0354T73
Figure 7.
Gage Valves.
0070-8
1
0070
2 WDCM-11 FIRE & GENERAL SERVICE PUMPS 2 1
GS-12 3
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
FWD
O0355T73
Figure 8.
General Service Valves.
0070-9
0070
(16) GS-104 (Figure 9, Item 2), raw water to port stern tube shaft seal gage valve, located behind the refrigeration plant in AMS 2. (17) GS-105 (Figure 10, Item 2), raw water to starboard stern tube shaft seal gage valve, located behind the refrigeration plant in AMS 2. (18) GS-42, COV-ST TUBE SEAL P (Figure 9, Item 1), port stern tube seal, located on the bottom of the shaft in port shaft alley. (19) GS-43, COV-ST TUBE SEAL S (Figure 10, Item 1), starboard stern tube seal, located on the bottom of the shaft in starboard shaft alley. (20) HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 2 (Figure 6, Item 8). (21) HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 6, Item 1). b. Verify that the following valves are CLOSED. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 3. 4. 5. FM-8, EMG. BILDE OVBD (Figure 4, Item 5), emergency bilge overboard. FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO G.S. (Figure 4, Item 6), fire and GS pump 1 discharge to GS. FM-14, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 DISCH. TO FM (Figure 4, Item 1), fire and GS pump 2 discharges to fire main. FM-10, GENL. SERV. PRESS. RED. VLV. MAN. BYPASS (Figure 4, Item 2), GS pressure reducer manual bypass valve. FM-4, EMER BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 6), emergency bilge suction valve. HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 1 (Figure 6, Item 7). SEA CHEST CROSS CONNECT (Figure 6, Item 2).
Verify that WWS-1, located in the main deck vestibule, is pinned CLOSED. Verify that all 11 fire station cut off valves are CLOSED. To pressurize the system: a. b. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 4) on each fire pump motor controller. Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator lamp (Figure 3, Item 3) on each controller is illuminated.
0070-10
0070
FWD 2
Figure 9.
1 2
O0356T73
Port Shaft Alley.
FWD
O0357T73
Starboard Shaft Alley.
0070-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST (SHALLOW WATER) OPERATION
0070
NOTE
Only fire and GS pump 1 is capable of drawing suction from both the aft sea chest and the high level sea chest. Normal lineup is for fire and GS pump 1 to draw suction from the aft sea chest while fire and GS pump 2 draws from the high level sea chest. 1. At fire and GS pump 1 motor controller. a. b. 2. 3. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator lamp (Figure 3, Item 3) goes out.
Perform valve lineup as shown in Table 1. At fire and GS pump 1 motor controller: a. b. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator lamp (Figure 3, Item 3) is illuminated. Table 1. Key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Aft Sea Chest and High Level Sea Chest Valve Lineup (Refer to Figure 6). Valve FM-2 SEA SUCT. FIRE / G.S. & BLST PMPS FM-3 S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS AE-29 SEA CHEST VENT High Level Raw Water 2 High Level Sea Chest Vent FM-4 EMER BILGE SUCT High Level Raw Water 1 Sea Chest Cross Connect Normal Operation OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Shallow Water Operation CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN
END OF TASK
0070-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0070
INDIVIDUAL FIRE STATION OPERATION 1. 2. Verify that the fire main is pressurized. At the selected fire station, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. e. f. Ensure that the hose is connected to a fire station cutoff valve. Remove the fire hose from its storage rack. Lay the hose out and extend it to its full length. Ensure that the nozzle valve is CLOSED. Slowly OPEN the fire station cutoff valve to pressurize the hose. Firmly grasp the fire hose nozzle and direct it at the base of the fire.
WARNING
When operating a pressurized fire hose, hold the nozzle with a firm grip. If not held firmly, the nozzle will thrash about and may cause serious injury or death to personnel. g. 3. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Slowly OPEN the nozzle valve, and direct the water stream at the base of the fire. CLOSE the nozzle valve on the fire hose. CLOSE the fire station cutoff valve. Slowly OPEN the nozzle valve to relieve pressure in the fire hose. Disconnect the fire hose from the fire station cutoff valve, and place the fire station end of the fire hose in a lower area than the nozzle end. Drain the water from the hose by raising the nozzle end of the fire hose above head level and walking it back to the fire station end. The water in the fire hose should gravity drain. Inspect the fire hose for damage. Properly re-stow the hose on the hose storage rack. Reconnect the fire hose to the fire station cutoff valve. Close the nozzle valve. Shut down and secure the selected fire station by performing the following actions:
END OF TASK
0070-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0070
PRESSURIZE THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP 1. Line up the diesel engine-driven firefighting pump by OPENING the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. 2. FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 11, Item 11), fuel oil supply to the pump drive engine. Fuel oil filter/water separator outlet valve (Figure 11, Item 6). Fuel oil filter/water separator inlet valve (Figure 11, Item 7). Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 11, Item 3), raw water to pump drive engine. Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 11, Item 4), raw water from pump drive engine to overboard discharge. Asw-22, OVB'D DISCH., S.W. COOLING (Figure 11, Item 9). ASW-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 11, Item 14), raw water cooling suction valve, located in the engine room below stairs to AMS 1. FM-1, SEA SUCT, F.F. PMP. (Figure 11, Item 15), fire pump raw water suction valve, located in the engine room below the EOS. FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT, port fuel oil service suction valve, located aft outboard main engine 2 (remote operation in the fan room on the main deck). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT, located aft outboard main engine 2. FM-96, fire main pressure gage (Figure 11, Item 5), located on the forward bulkhead of AMS 1 near the pump drive engine. FM-97 and FM-99, AFFF proportioner differential pressure gage valves (Figure 11, Items 1 and 16), located in the overhead on the AFFF proportioner line in AMS 1.
Verify that FM-13, F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR (Figure 11, Item 2), firefighting pump to fire main cross connect, is CLOSED.
0070-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZE THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP - Continued
2 3 1
ENGINE ROOM AMS 1
0070
FM-13
16 15
FM-1
(BELOW EOS)
ASW-17
FWD 14
GS-111 ASW-19 PUMP DRIVE ENGINE CA-73 ASW-20
FM-96
13 12
FO-31
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY TANK
5
CA-6 ASW-22
6 7
FM-84
STBD 11 10 9
8
O0358T73
Figure 11.
Diesel Engine Driven Firefighting Pump Valve Locations.
0070-15
0070
CAUTION
The towing hydraulic system must always be in a normal operating lineup when the pump drive engine is running or damage to the system could occur.
NOTE
The towing hydraulic system hydraulic pump is driven from the front of the pump drive engine. 3. Verify that the towing hydraulic system is lined up as follows: a. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) b. (1) (2) (3) 4. 5. GS-77, HYD OIL CLR DISCH (Figure 12, Item 1), hydraulic oil circulation discharge. GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SPLY (Figure 12, Item 11), towing machine hydraulic oil circulation supply. CH-26, DRN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR (Figure 12, Item 9), towing machine hydraulic drain. CH-27, RTN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR (Figure 12, Item 8), towing machine hydraulic return. TH-1, C.O.V.-PMP DISCH. TO TOW WN. HYD (Figure 12, Item 6), pump discharge to towing machine hydraulics. TH-14, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 12, Item 5), pump supply cutoff valve. TH-13, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 12, Item 3). TH-12, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 12, Item 2). TH-4, DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. (Figure 12, Item 10), cross connect drain valve. TH-3, RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD (Figure 12, Item 7), cross connect from towing hydraulics to central hydraulics. TH-2, PRESS CRSVR CTL HYDR TOW WN HYDR (Figure 12, Item 4), crossover valve to the central hydraulic reservoir.
In AMS 1, on starboard side, at towing hydraulic reservoir, verify that following valves are CLOSED:
In the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the EOS, at the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel, set the PMP DR ENG circuit breaker to ON (Figure 13, Item 1). Verify that all towing machine operating levers are in the NEUTRAL position at the towing machine operator's control panel on the 01 level.
0070-16
0070
FWD
AFFF PUMP AMS 1
BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT 3 4 5
ENGINE ROOM
FREE PUMP
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
TH-14
7 11 8 9 10 HYD OIL RESERVOIR
O0359T73
Figure 12.
Hydraulic Valve Locations.
O0360T73
Figure 13. Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel.
0070-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZE THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP - Continued 6. Start pump drive engine by completing the following actions: a. b. c.
0070
OPEN valve CA-6, STG AIR TO PMP DR ENG (Figure 11, Item 8), starting air to the pump drive engine. Place the power take-off control lever in the disengaged (aft) position (Figure 14, Item 4). Move the mechanical governor control lever (Figure 14, Item 3) to the half engine speed position (approximately straight up).
NOTE
Starting air start pressure must be at least 100 PSI (6.9 bar) to ensure that the engine starts properly. d. e. Verify that starting air pressure gage reads at least 100 PSI (6.9 bar). On the pump drive engine control panel, turn the start/stop pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 1) clockwise to release the pushbutton to the OUT position.
CAUTION
If oil pressure does not rise within 15 seconds, stop the engine or damage to equipment could result. f. Push the OFF-RUN-START toggle switch (Figure 14, Item 2) up to the START position to crank the engine. As soon as the engine starts, release the toggle switch. Verify that the toggle switch returns to the RUN position. Allow the engine to idle 3 to 5 minutes, or until the coolant temperature gage (Figure 14, Item 5) begins to rise. Check hydraulic oil leaks in the area of the towing machines on the main deck, and the towing machine operator's control station on the 01 level. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) b. c. GS-111, FF MPM PRM EDUCTOR DISCH (Figure 11, Item 13), the fire pump priming eductor discharge valve, located in AMS 1 on the port side, near the fire pump. CA-73, SVCE AIR TO FF PMP PRM EDUCTOR (Figure 11, Item 12), service air to the fire pump prime, to start the eductor.
g. h. 7.
Prime the diesel engine-driven firefighting pump by completing the following actions: a.
Continue priming the diesel engine-driven firefighting pump until water discharges from the overflow lines. CLOSE the following valves: (1) (2) CA-73, SVCE AIR TO FF PMP PRM EDUCTOR (Figure 11, Item 12) to stop the eductor. GS-111, FF PMP PRM EDUCTOR DISCH (Figure 11, Item 13).
8.
Load the pump drive engine by completing the following actions:
CAUTION
Ensure that the engine is at idle before engaging the power take-off lever or damage could occur. a. b. Place the power take-off control lever (Figure 14, Item 4) in the engaged (forward) position. Check the engine gages (Figure 14, Items 5 and 6) to ensure that the readings are in the green range.
0070-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZE THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP - Continued c. d.
0070
Move the mechanical governor control lever (Figure 14, Item 3) to the high idle (full load) position (aft). Verify that the pump drive engine is operating at approximately 1,800 rpm. Observe the fire main pressure gage (Figure 11, Item 5) to verify that the firefighting pump is delivering water at approximately 120 PSI (8.3 bar).
RPM
RPM
3
O0361T73
Pump Drive Engine.
0070-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FOAM SYSTEM ACTIVATION 1. 2. 3.
0070
Perform the PRESSURIZE THE FIRE MAIN WITH THE DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP procedure in this work package. OPEN FM-84, AFFF TK SUCT (Figure 11, Item 10), AFFF tank suction, to align the AFFF supply system piping with the pump drive engine. To start the AFFF pump: a. b. At the main switchboard in the EOS, set the AFFF PUMP circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 2) to ON. At the AFFF pump motor controller, complete the following actions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) is energized. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 3). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 15, Item 4) is energized. Verify that the AFFF system pressure on the duplex gage is approximately 5 PSI (0.3 bar) higher than fire main pressure.
1
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4 5
RESET
O0362T73
Figure 15. AFFF Pump Motor Controller. END OF TASK
0070-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0070
FIRE MONITOR OPERATION
WARNING
Radar and radio equipment transmit harmful radiation. Ensure that all transmitting devices are properly secured, locked out, and tagged out IAW FM 4-01.502 prior to allowing personnel to work on the pilothouse top and masts. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
The monitors are capable of shooting foam or water. If shooting foam, ensure that firefighting stations shooting water do not wash away the foam. 1. 2. 3. Verify that the fire main is pressurized. Direct (aim) the monitor to place foam/water at the base of the fire. OPEN the cutoff valve for the desired monitor.
END OF TASK FOAM SYSTEM SHUTDOWN 1. To shut down the AFFF pump: a. At the AFFF pump motor controller, complete the following actions: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. 2. a. b. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 5). Observe that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 15, Item 4) goes out. Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to the OFF position. Observe that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) goes out.
On the main switchboard in the EOS, set the AFFF PUMP circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 2) to OFF. FM-84, AFFF TK SUCT (Figure 11, Item 10), AFFF tank suction. FM-97 and FM-99, the AFFF proportioner differential pressure gage, located in the overhead on the AFFF/PROPORTIONER line in AMS 1.
To secure the AFFF system, CLOSE the following valves:
END OF TASK
0070-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0070
FIRE MONITOR SHUTDOWN 1. 2. Keep the cutout valve OPEN, and maintain output flow until clear raw water is discharging from the monitor. CLOSE the cutout valve for the desired monitor.
END OF TASK SECURE THE PUMP DRIVE ENGINE 1. To unload and cool down the pump drive engine: a. b. Move the governor control lever (Figure 14, Item 3) to the half engine speed position. Place the power take-off control lever (Figure 14, Item 4) in the disengaged (aft) position.
CAUTION
Stopping the engine without a cool down period may cause accelerated wear of engine components. Follow the stopping procedure to avoid damage to the engine. c. d. e. f. 2. a. b. Allow engine to idle with no load for at least 5 minutes. Pull upward on the governor control lever (Figure 14, Item 3) and move the lever to the OFF position. Place the OFF-RUN-START toggle switch (Figure 14 Item 2) down in the OFF position. Push in START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 1). OPEN FM-13, F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR (Figure 11, Item 2), fire pump to fire main cross connect. To secure the pump drive engine, CLOSE the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 11, Item 11), fuel oil supply to the pump drive engine. Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 11, Item 3), raw water to the pump drive engine. Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 11, Item 4), raw water from the pump drive engine to the overboard discharge. FM-1, SEA SUCT, F.F. PMP. (Figure 11, Item 15), fire pump raw water suction valve, accessed from under the EOS. Asw-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 11, Item 14), raw water cooling suction valve, located in the engine room below the EOS.
To secure the pump drive engine system piping:
END OF TASK WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM OPERATION 1. 2. 3. Verify that the fire main is pressurized. Activate the WDCM system by OPENING valve WDCM-11 (Figure 8, Item 2). Secure the WDCM system by CLOSING valve WDCM-11 (Figure 8, Item 2).
0070-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEM
0071
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts Aural Protector, Sound (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 15) Qty: 2 Goggles, Industrial (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 244) Qty: 2 Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 4, WP 0163 References (cont.) TM 55-1925-208-24 TM 55-1925-223-24&P TM 55-1925-286-13&P TM 55-1925-292-14&P Equipment Condition N/A
0071-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0071
START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT 1. Ensure that the air compressors are online and that the starting air receivers are pressurized to 250 PSI (17.2 bar). If the compressors are not online or the starting air receivers are not charged, START the air compressors IAW TM 55-1925-286-13&P. Check that the coolant level in the starboard main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the STOP range (Figure 1, Item 2). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water.
1
2.
FULL
2
S T O P
FULL
CAUTION: REMOVE CAP SLOWLY DO NOT OVERFILL.

LOW
R U N LOW
O0363T73
Figure 1.
Main Engine Coolant Expansion Tank.
0071-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 3.
0071
Check that the starboard main engine oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 2, Item 4). If the engine oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the maintenance supervisor for oil specification. Check that the starboard reduction gear oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 2, Item 6). If the reduction gear oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the maintenance supervisor for oil specification.
4.
7 6
FWD
Figure 2. Starboard Main Engine and Reduction Gear.
O0364T73
0071-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 5. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1, (REDUCTION GEAR) (Figure 3, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD (Figure 3, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 3) (LT 803 Only).
0071
CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). c. MAIN ENGNE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 6) (LT 803 Only). CONTROL PANEL FOR - STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 6) (All Other Vessels).
1 6 5 4
2 3
O0365T73
Figure 3.
0071-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 6. 7. OPEN valve LO-48, C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH. (Figure 2, Item 5). PUSH the START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 3) for the prelube pump.
1 2
0071
LUBE OIL
FUEL OIL
START AIR
ELECTRO-MOTIVE DIVISION
La Grange Illinios U.S.A.
GM ELECTRO-MOTIVE POWER
DATE
MODEL
SERIAL NO.
TOTAL SOUND
ENGINE RPM
ANNUNCIATOR
TOTAL HOURS
ENGINE RPM
5 6
HEATER ON HEATER OFF
ENGINE START ENGINE STOP
CONTROL POWER ON O F F
ANNUNCIATOR
7
ALARM TEST ON ALARM OFF
8 9 10
O0366T73
Figure 4. Starboard Main Engine Control Panel.
0071-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 8. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, ensure that the following circuit breakers are set to ON:
0071
NOTE
If necessary to silence the fire alarm, obtain the key, unlock the fire and smoke alarm panel, and press the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton IAW TM 55-1925-292-14&P. a. b. c. d. FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 2). E.O.T. SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 3). MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT (Figure 5, Item 4). REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL (Figure 5, Item 1).
1 4
2 3
O0367T73
Figure 5. 9.
OPEN the following fuel system valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. FO-20, F.O. SPLY TO STBD ME No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 10). FO-14, F.O. SERV CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 13). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD (remote operator in the galley) (Figure 6, Item 14). FO-35, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD (Figure 6, Item 15). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 17). Four Racor fuel supply cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 1) and four Racor fuel discharge cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 2) located at the forward inboard corner of the engine. FWC-15, F.W. FR, KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 9). FWC-13, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 12). FWC-1, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 16). FWC-3, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR. (Figure 6, Item 18).
10.
OPEN the following coolant valves: a. b. c. d.
0071-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued
0071
FWC-4
FWC-2 FO-33 FO-13
(IN SHAFT ALLEY) FO-19 MAIN ENGINE 2 8 AMS 2 ENGINE ROOM

FWC-14 FWC-16 CA-8 FWC-13 FWC-15 FO-20
9 10
MAIN ENGINE 1
CA-9 FO-14
FWD
(IN SHAFT ALLEY)

FWC-3
FO-34 FWC-1 FO-35 FO-15
18
17
Figure 6.
15 10 5 0 30 20 25
16
15
14
13
12
11
O0368T73
Main Propulsion System Valve Locations.

15 10 5 0 30 20 25 10 5 0 30 15 20 25 10 5 0 30 15 20 25
1 (FORWARD) 2 (AFT)
O0369T73
Figure 7.
Racor Valves.
0071-7
0071
Start the reduction gear 1 fresh water cooling pump by performing the following actions at its motor controller (located on the engine room aft bulkhead): a. b. c. d. Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 8, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 8, Item 2) is energized. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 8, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 8, Item 3) is energized.
1
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
RESET
O0370T73
Figure 8. Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller. 12. 13. Verify that the reduction gear 1 fresh water cooling pump discharge pressure gage reads approximately 20 PSI (1.4 bar). Verify that coolant is visible in the reduction gear 1 expansion tank sight glass. The sight glass is located on the forward end of the expansion tank, near the overhead, above reduction gear 1. If coolant is not visible, add coolant through the fill port. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the maintenance supervisor for the reduction gear coolant specification. OPEN valve CA-9, STG AIR TO ME #1 (Figure 6, Item 11).
14.
WARNING
Starting the main engine with the reduction gear engaged can result in injury or death to personnel. 15. 16. On the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) console, place the COMMAND TRANSFER control (Figure 9, Item 1) in the EOS position. On the EOS console, place the STBD MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 9, Item 4) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position.
0071-8
0071
4
Figure 9. 17. At the starboard main engine control panel: a.
3
EOS Console.
O0371T73
Press the CONTROL POWER pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 7), and verify that the CONTROL POWER indicator (Figure 4, Item 6) is illuminated.
NOTE
Main engine start normally includes a 60-second operation of the turbo lube oil pump prior to starting the engine. However, in an emergency, the engine may be started without delay. b. c. d. e. f. 18. 19. 20. Momentarily press and release the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 5) to start the turbocharger lube oil pump. Verify that the ALARM TEST indicator (Figure 4, Item 8) is illuminated. Verity that the power ON indicator (Figure 4, Item 9) is illuminated. Verify that the ALARM OFF indicator (Figure 4, Item 10) is illuminated. Verify that the START AIR pressure gage (Figure 4, Item 2) indicates approximately 200 PSI (13.8 bar).
On the EOS console, verify that the CONTROL AIR PRESSURE gage (Figure 9, Item 2) indicates approximately 125 PSI (8.6 bar). Ensure that the shaft brake pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 7) indicates 1,200 to 1,500 PSI (82.7 to 103.4 bar). Open the engine top deck covers (Figure 2, Item 3) and check that the valve train is receiving adequate flow from the prelube pump. If the flow is adequate, close the engine top deck covers. If the flow is inadequate, notify field maintenance.
0071-9
0071
WARNING
Use eye protection when checking test valves. Failure to comply could result in severe eye damage, blindness, or death. Do not permit personnel to stand between or outboard of the engines during blowdown. Failure to comply can result in injury or death. High noise levels are present in the engine room and AMS 1 when the engines are operating. Hearing protection must be worn at all times when the engines are operating. Failure to comply can result in permanent loss of hearing. 21. Blow down the starboard main engine by performing the following steps: a. b. c. OPEN the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) on both sides of the starboard main engine, approximately 1/2 in. Pull OUT on the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1) to prevent the engine from starting unexpectedly. Press and hold the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 5) to crank the engine for 1-2 complete revolutions. Release the ENGINE START pushbutton when finished cranking.
CAUTION
If there is any sign of water or oil being ejected at the cylinder test valves, or any indication of obstruction while rotating the engine, refer to field maintenance. Do not attempt to start the engine until the problem has been corrected, or serious damage to the main engine could result. d. Check the starboard main engine test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) and air box blow down valves (Figure 2, Item 2) for the presence of oil and/or water. If no oil or water is detected, continue with this procedure. If oil or water is detected, notify the maintenance supervisor. CLOSE all the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1).
1
e.
O0372T73
Figure 10. Main Engine Test Valve.
0071-10

2
0071
O0373T73
Figure 11.
Governor.
0071-11
0071
Ensure that the starboard main engine overspeed trip lever (Figure 12) is in the RUNNING (latched) position.
OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (TRIPPED POSITION) OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (RUNNING POSITION)
SHUTDOWN LEVER (LATCHED POSITION)
SHUTDOWN LEVER (TRIPPED POSITION)
OVERSPEED SWITCH OTLS
O0374T73
Figure 12. 23. 24.
Main Engine Overspeed Trip Lever.
Push IN the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1). Check that the governor oil level is at mid-point in the sight glass (Figure 11, Item 3). If the oil level is low, add oil through the fill cap (Figure 11, Item 2). Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the maintenance supervisor for the oil specification.
NOTE
Removing the rear oil pan handhold cover is only necessary after an engine rebuild or a prolonged layup period. 25. 26. 27. Notify field maintenance to remove the rear oil pan handhold cover, and confirm that lube oil is flowing from the gear train. Replace/verify that all handhold and engine top deck covers are secure on the starboard main engine. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4) on the prelube pump motor controller.
0071-12
0071
WARNING
High noise levels are present in the engine room and AMS 1 when the engines are operating. Hearing protection must be worn at all times when the engines are operating. Failure to comply can result in permanent loss of hearing.
NOTE
The starboard main engine can also be started by pressing the MN ENG No. 1 green pushbutton on the EOS console. 28. Start the starboard main engine by pressing and holding the ENGINE START (Figure 4, Item 5) pushbutton until the engine starts.
NOTE
The engine should start within 10 seconds. 29. When the engine starts, release the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 5).
CAUTION
If pressure is not indicated on the lube oil pressure gage within 30 seconds after the main engine starts, stop the engine and determine the cause. Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Do not increase engine speed above idle until the fresh water temperature gage above the governor indicates at least 120F (49C). Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Engine operation at less than 50% load increases turbocharger gear train wear and adds to maintenance requirements. 30. 31. At the starboard main engine control panel, check the LUBE OIL pressure gage (Figure 4, Item 1). Check/verify the following conditions: a. b. c. Starboard reduction gear bearing (Figure 2, Item 1) oil pressure rises to approximately 32 PSI (2.2 bar) as soon as the engine starts. Starboard engine gages and flow switch indicators are operating in the normal range. Engine coolant level in the starboard main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the RUN range (Figure 1, Item 3). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Proper engine operating conditions are displayed on the machinery monitoring system.
d.
END OF TASK
0071-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0071
START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT 1. Ensure that the air compressors are online and that the starting air receivers are pressurized to 250 PSI (17.2 bar). If the compressors are not online or the starting air receivers are not charged, START the air compressors IAW TM 55-1925-286-13&P. Check that the coolant level in the port main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the STOP range (Figure 1, Item 2). It the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Check that the port main engine oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 13, Item 6). If the engine oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the maintenance supervisor for the oil specification. Check that the port reduction gear oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 13, Item 1). If the reduction gear oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the maintenance supervisor for the oil specification. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2, (REDUCTION GEAR) (Figure 3, Item 5) (LT 803 Only). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT (Figure 3, Item 5) (All Other Vessels). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 8) (LT 803 Only). CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 8) (All Other Vessels). c. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 9) (LT 803 Only). CONTROLLER FOR - PORT MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2.(Figure 3, Item 9) (All Other Vessels). 6. OPEN valve LO-47, C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH (Figure 13, Item 4).
2.
3.
4.
5.
0071-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued
0071
1 4 2 3 5
7 2
Figure 13.
O0375T73
Port Main Engine and Reduction Gear.
0071-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 7.
0071
At the prelube pump motor controller (Figure 13, Item 5), PUSH the START pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 1).
START
STOP
RESET
O0376T73
Figure 14. Port Main Engine Prelube Pump Motor Controller. 8. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, ensure that the following circuit breakers are set to ON:
NOTE
If necessary to silence the fire alarm, obtain the key, unlock the fire and smoke alarm panel, and press the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton IAW TM 55-1925-292-14&P. a. b. c. d. 9. a. b. c. d. e. f. FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 2). E.O.T. SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 3). MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT (Figure 5, Item 4). REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL (Figure 5, Item 1). FO-19, F.O. SPLY TO PORT ME No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 7). FO-14, F.O. SERV CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 13). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (remote operator in the main deck fan room) (Figure 6, Item 4). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 6, Item 3). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 17). Four Racor fuel supply cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 1) and four Racor fuel discharge cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 2) located at the forward inboard corner of the engine.
OPEN the following fuel system valves:
0071-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 10. OPEN the following coolant valves: a. b. c. d. 11. FWC-4, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 1). FWC-2, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 2). FWC-14, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No 2. TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 5). FWC-16, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 6).
0071
Start the reduction gear 2 fresh water cooling pump by performing the following actions at its motor controller (located on the engine room aft bulkhead): a. b. c. d. Set the ON-OFF switch (Figure 8, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 8, Item 2) is energized. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 8, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 8, Item 3) is energized.
12. 13.
Verify that the reduction gear 2 fresh water cooling pump discharge pressure gage reads approximately 20 PSI (1.4 bar). Verify that coolant is visible in the reduction gear 2 expansion tank sight glass. The sight glass is located on the aft end of the expansion tank, near the overhead, above reduction gear 1. If coolant is not visible, add coolant through the fill port. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the maintenance supervisor for the reduction gear coolant specification. OPEN valve CA-8, STG AIR TO ME #2 (Figure 6, Item 8).
14.
WARNING
Starting the main engine with the reduction gear engaged can result in injury or death to personnel. 15. 16. On the EOS console, place the COMMAND TRANSFER control (Figure 9, Item 1) in the EOS position. On the EOS console, place the PORT MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 9, Item 3) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position.
0071-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 17. At the port main engine control panel: a.
0071
Press the CONTROL POWER pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 5) and verify that the CONTROL POWER indicator (Figure 15, Item 4) is illuminated.
NOTE
Main engine start normally includes a 60-second operation of the turbo lube oil pump prior to starting the engine. However, in an emergency, the engine may be started without delay. b. c. d. e. f. Momentarily press and release the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 3) to start the turbocharger lube oil pump. Verify that the ALARM TEST indicator (Figure 15, Item 6) is illuminated. Verify that the power ON indicator (Figure 15, Item 7) is illuminated. Verify that the ALARM OFF indicator (Figure 15, Item 8) is illuminated. Verify that the START AIR pressure gage (Figure 15, Item 2) indicates approximately 200 PSI (13.8 bar).
LUBE OIL
FUEL OIL
START AIR
DATE
MODEL
SERIAL NO.
TOTAL HOURS
ENGINE RPM
TOTAL SOUND
ENGINE RPM
ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
4 5
6 7 8
O0377T73
Figure 15. Port Main Engine Control Panel.
0071-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 18. 19. 20. On the EOS console, verify that the CONTROL AIR PRESSURE gage (Figure 9, Item 2) indicates approximately 125 PSI (8.6 bar).
0071
Ensure that the shaft brake pressure gage (Figure 13, Item 8) indicates 1,200 to 1,500 PSI (82.7 to 103.4 bar). Open the engine top deck covers (Figure 13, Item 3) and check that the valve train is receiving adequate flow from the prelube pump. If the flow is adequate, close the engine top deck covers. If the flow is inadequate, notify field maintenance. Blow down the port main engine by performing the following steps: a. Open the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) on both sides of the port main engine, approximately 1/2 in.
21.
WARNING
Use eye protection when checking test valves. Failure to comply could result in severe eye damage, blindness, or death. Do not permit personnel to stand between or outboard of the engines during blowdown. Failure to comply can result in injury or death. High noise levels are present in the engine room and AMS 1 when the engines are operating. Hearing protection must be worn at all times when the engines are operating. Failure to comply can result in permanent loss of hearing. b. c. Pull OUT on the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1) to prevent the engine from starting unexpectedly. Press and hold the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 3) to crank the engine for 1-2 complete revolutions. Release the ENGINE START pushbutton when finished cranking.
CAUTION
If there is any sign of water or oil being ejected at the cylinder test valves, or any indication of obstruction while rotating the engine, refer to field maintenance. Do not attempt to start the engine until the problem has been corrected, or serious damage to the main engine could result. d. Check the port main engine test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) and air box blow down valves (Figure 13, Item 2) for the presence of oil and/or water. If no oil or water is detected, continue with this procedure. If oil or water is detected, notify the maintenance supervisor. Shut all the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1).
e. 22. 23. 24.
Ensure that the port main engine overspeed trip lever (Figure 12) is in the RUNNING (latched) position. Push IN the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1). Check that the governor oil level is at the mid-point in the sight glass (Figure 11, Item 3). If the oil level is low, add oil through the fill cap (Figure 11, Item 2). Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the maintenance supervisor for the oil specification.
0071-19
0071
NOTE
Removing the rear oil pan handhold cover is only necessary after an engine rebuild or a prolonged layup period. 25. 26. Notify field maintenance to remove the rear oil pan handhold cover, and confirm that lube oil is flowing from the gear train. Replace/verify that all handhold and engine top deck covers are secure on the port main engine.
WARNING
NOTE
The port main engine can also be started by pressing the MN ENG No. 2 green pushbutton on EOS console. 27. 28. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4) on the prelube pump motor controller. Start the port main engine by pressing and holding the ENGINE START (Figure 15, Item 3) pushbutton until the engine starts.
NOTE
CAUTION
If pressure is not indicated on the lube oil pressure gage within 30 seconds after the main engine starts, stop the engine and determine the cause. Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Do not increase engine speed above idle until the fresh water temperature gage above the governor indicates at least 120F (49C). Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Engine operation at less than 50% load increases turbocharger gear train wear and adds to maintenance requirements. 30. At the port main engine control panel, check the LUBE OIL pressure gage (Figure 15, Item 1).
0071-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 31. Check/verify the following conditions: a. b. c.
0071
Port reduction gear bearing (Figure 13, Item 7) oil pressure rises to approximately 32 PSI (2.2 bar) as soon as the engine starts. Port engine gages and flow switch indicators are operating in the normal range. Engine coolant level in the port main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the RUN range (Figure 1, Item 3). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Proper engine operating conditions are displayed on the machinery monitoring system.
d.
0071-21/22 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LUBE OIL PURIFICATION AND TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM
0072
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References FM 4-01.502 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL The following procedures are included in this work package: DRAIN THE LUBE OIL SUMP. FILL THE LUBE OIL SUMP. PURIFY THE MAIN ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL. FILLING THE LUBE OIL TANK. PUMPING THE CONTENTS OF THE LUBE OIL TANK TO THE OILY WATER STORAGE TANK.
0072-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0072
DRAIN THE LUBE OIL SUMP
CAUTION
It is important that the engine/machinery being drained of lubricating oil is properly secured until the filling procedure is complete. Rotating the engines or machinery without proper lubrication will cause major damage to the equipment.
NOTE
Drain only one sump at a time to avoid overfilling the oily waste drain tank. 1. 2. 3. 4. Align the system piping as described in Table 1. Refer to Figure 1 for valve locations. Allow enough time for the selected lube oil sump to thoroughly drain. If draining a reduction gear sump, use the hand pump (Figure 1, Item 16). After draining the sump, CLOSE any valves that were OPENED in Step (1).
1 2 3 4
LO-10 LO-32 SSDG 2 RED GEAR 2 LO-30 MAIN ENGINE 2 ACCY RACK LO-4
LO-28
18 17 16
LO-6
AMS 1
BOW THRUSTER ENGINE
5 6
ENGINE ROOM LO-2 LO-8
7 15
LO-29 LO-5 LO-31 LO-27 RED GEAR 2 MAIN ENGINE 1 ACCY RACK LO-11 LO-3 SSDG 1 LO-1
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
LO-9
14
LO-14
9 13 12 11 10 FWD
O0378T73
Figure 1. Lube Oil System Valve Locations.
0072-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 DRAIN THE LUBE OIL SUMP - Continued Table 1. Sump Reduction Gear 2 Main Engine 2 Sump Drain Valve Alignment (Refer to Figure 1). CLOSE OPEN Lo-28, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 1) Lo-30 M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. Lo-6, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 18) (Figure 1, Item 17) Lo-32, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 2) Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 2 Bow Thruster Engine Pump Drive Engine SSDG 1 Main Engine 1 Lo-10, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 3) Lo-8, LUBO TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. (Figure 1, Item 6) Lo-9, LUBO TO PUMP DRIVE ENG. (Figure 1, Item 7) Lo-11, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 9) Lo-31, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 12) Lo-29, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 1, Item 14) Reduction Gear 1 Lo-27, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 13) Lo-4, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 4) Lo-2, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 5) Lo-1, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 8) Lo-3, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 10) Lo-5, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 15)
0072
END OF TASK
0072-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0072
FILL THE LUBE OIL SUMP 1. Align the piping for filling the selected sump with lube oil: a. b. c. d. e. Verify that the starter of the engine of the selected engine sump to be filled is disabled, locked out, and tagged out IAW FM 4-01.502. In the engine room, on the port side, below deck level, OPEN valve Lo-15, LUBO STOR. TK. OUT (Figure 2, Item 6). In the engine room, on the port side, below deck level, OPEN valve Lo-7, C.O.V - LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 7). Align valve Lo-18. LUBO SPLY. (Figure 2, Item 8) to send lube oil to the lube oil manifold (Figure 2, Item 5). Verify that valve Lo-17, BKT. FILL CONN. is CLOSED (Figure 2, Item 4).
1 2 3
LO-24 FROM PURIFIER TO PURIFIER LO-26 LO-25 FROM MAIN ENGINE 2 FROM MAIN ENGINE 1 DECK LEVEL FROM MAIN ENGINE 1 LO-17 LO-42 LO-37 TO GAGE TO OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK LO-43 LO-18 LO-23 LO-33 LUBE OIL MANIFOLD
LO
-38
LO
9 -3
LO
0 -4
TO BOWTHRUSTER ENGINE TO PUMP DRIVE ENGINE TO SSDG 1
FROM MAIN ENGINE 2
TO GAGE LO-44 TO SSDG 2 TO LUBE OIL STORAGE TANK LO-15
LO-7
8 FWD 7 6
O0379T73
Figure 2. Lube Oil Manifold and Circuit Valve Location.
0072-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE LUBE OIL SUMP - Continued 2. Align the system piping as described in Table 2. Refer to Figure 1 for valve locations. Table 2. Sump Reduction Gear 2 Main Engine 2 Lo-32 M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 2) Sump Fill Alignment (Refer to Figure 1). CLOSE OPEN Lo-28, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 1) Lo-30, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 1, Item 18) Lo-6, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 17) SSDG 2 Bow Thruster Engine Pump Drive Engine SSDG 1 Main Engine 1 Lo-10, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 3) Lo-8, LUBO TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. (Figure 1, Item 6) Lo-9, LUBO TO PUMP DRIVE ENG. (Figure 1, Item 7) Lo-11, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 9) Lo-31, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 12) Lo-4, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 4) Lo-2, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 5) Lo-1, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 8) Lo-3, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 10) Lo-29, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 1, Item 14) Lo-5, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 15) Reduction Gear 1 Lo-27, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 13)
0072
0072-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE LUBE OIL SUMP - Continued
0072
CAUTION
Do not overfill the engine lube oil sump. Overfilling the sump can cause damage to the engine oil seals. 3. Align the electrical system and start the transfer pump to fill the sump with lube oil: a. b. At the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), verify that the ENGINE ROOM PWR PNL No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 2) is set to ON. In the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the EOS, at 440 V power panel No. 1, set the LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON. In the engine room, at the lube oil transfer pump motor controller: (1) (2) (3) (4) Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 2) is illuminated. Press the motor controller START pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) is illuminated.
c.
O0380T73
2
Figure 3. Main Switchboard.
0072-6
0072
O0381T73
Figure 4.

1
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4 5
RESET
O0382T73
Figure 5. Lube Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller.
0072-7
0072
NOTE
When filling the sump with lube oil, frequently check the sump oil level by using the engine's dipstick. Be sure to use the ENGINE STOPPED side of the dipstick when performing this procedure. 4. When the oil level is above the ADD mark but below the FULL mark on the ENGINE STOPPED side of the dipstick, stop the lube oil transfer pump at the lube oil motor controller. a. b. c. d. 5. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator lamp (Figure 5, Item 3) is no longer illuminated. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 2) is no longer illuminated.
Secure the electrical system at 440 V power panel No. 1, by setting the LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF. Secure the piping system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. c. d. In the engine room, on the port side, below deck level, Lo-15, LUBO STOR. TK. OUT (Figure 2, Item 6). In the engine room, on the port side, below deck level, Lo-7, C.O.V. - LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 7). All valves on the lube oil manifold (Figure 2, Item 5), located in the engine room on the port side. All of the valves that were opened in Step (2) of this procedure.
6.
END OF TASK
0072-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0072
PURIFY THE MAIN ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL 1. In the engine room, on the port bulkhead, at the lube oil purifier heater, ensure that the heater drain valve is CLOSED.
NOTE
The circuit valve is mechanically interlocked to prevent purifying the oil of one engine while sending oil to another engine at the same time. 2. Align the piping for the selected main engine as detailed in Table 3. The figure and item numbers are contained in parentheses next to each valve number. Table 3. Main Engine 1 Main Engine Valve Line Up (Refer to Figures 1 and 2). OPEN Lo-31, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 12) Lo-29, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 1, Item 14) Lo-26, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 9) Lo-24, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 2, Item 1) 2 Lo-30, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 1, Item 18) Lo-32, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 1, Item 2) Lo-25, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 3) Lo-23, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. DISCH./FILL (Figure 2, Item 2) Lo-6, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 17) CLOSE Lo-5, LUBO DR. TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 15)
0072-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PURIFY THE MAIN ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL - Continued 3. 4.
0072
Align the electrical system at the main switchboard in the EOS by setting the LUBE OIL PURIFIER circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON. Start the lube oil purifier: a. At the lube oil purifier control panel set the following controls to ON: (1) (2) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 6, Item 1). CONTROL POWER switch (Figure 6, Item 4). Release the bowl brake by turning the handle (Figure 7, Item 9) clockwise. Loosen the bowl lock screws (Figure 7, Item 8). Unfasten the three hood securing bolts (Figure 7, Item 3). OPEN the hood (Figure 7, Item 10). Ensure that the bowl can be turned by hand. CLOSE the hood (Figure 7, Item 10). Fasten the three hood securing bolts (Figure 7, Item 3).
In the engine room, on the port side, at the lube oil purifier:
CAUTION
The lube oil purifier gear oil sight glass must be at least two-thirds full. Operating the lube oil purifier with a low gear oil level could damage the purifier. (8) c. (1) (2) Observe the gear oil level in the sight glass (Figure 7, Item 6). Press the START pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 8). Verify that the MOTOR START indicator (Figure 6, Item 7) illuminates. At the lube oil purifier control panel:
0072-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PURIFY THE MAIN ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL - Continued
0072
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

RE T SE
OFF
HEATER OVERTEMP
ALARM
OVERLOAD OVERTEMP
ON
2
HEATER ON
OFF
ON
CONTROL POWER
OFF
ON
DIRTY OIL
MOTOR START
MOTOR RUN
4 5
ACKNOWL
START
STOP
8
Figure 6.
O0383T73
Lube Oil Purifier Control Panel.
0072-11
0072
NOTE
It takes 3 to 4 minutes for the bowl to reach its rated speed. When the bowl has reached its rated speed, the motor run indicator will illuminate and the motor start indicator will go out. d. At the lube oil purifier: (1) (2) Check the revolution indicator disc (Figure 7, Item 7) and verify that the purifier is maintaining 65 to 78 rpm. OPEN the needle valve (Figure 7, Item 1) to fill the bowl with water.
NOTE
The bowl is full when water enters and drains from the discharge chamber, as observed through the opened inspection cover. (3) (4) OPEN the inspection covers (Figure 7, Item 2) to verify that the bowl is filling with water. When the bowl is full, adjust the needle valve (Figure 7, Item 1) so that one to three drops per second of make-up water enter the bowl for proper oil purification.
NOTE
The seal formed by the fresh water will prevent oil from escaping through the water outlet. (5) (6) (7) e. (1) (2) (3) (4) OPEN the shutoff valve (Figure 7, Item 5) to feed the dirty oil to the oil preheater. Verify that dirty oil enters the sight glass (Figure 7, Item 11). CLOSE the shutoff valve (Figure 7, Item 5). After the bowl reaches its rated speed, verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 6, Item 5) is illuminated. Verify that the MOTOR START indicator (Figure 6, Item 7) goes out. Set the HEATER switch (Figure 6, Item 3) to the ON position. Verify that the HEATER ON indicator (Figure 6, Item 2) illuminates.
At the lube oil purifier control panel:
NOTE
Heat oil to separating temperature of 150F to 176F (70C to 80C). f. At the lube oil purifier perform the following actions:
NOTE
The purifier hourly capacity is variable depending on temperature, grade, and the amount of impurities in the oil. (1) (2) Slowly OPEN the shutoff valve (Figure 7, Item 5) in the oil supply line to the separator, and adjust the oil flow rate to the match hourly capacity. Observe through the opened inspection covers (Figure 7, Item 2) that the purifier has both dirty water and clean oil discharges.
0072-12
0072
11
10 2
3 3 4 5
9 8 7 6
O0384T73
Figure 7.
Lube Oil Purifier.
0072-13
0072
CAUTION
Allow the oil to continue flowing for several minutes to ensure proper cool down of the heater elements. Securing oil flow before the heater elements are sufficiently cooled can cause damage to the heater. 5. Stopping and securing the lube oil purifier. a. In the engine room, on the port bulkhead, at the lube oil purifier control panel: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. c. Set the HEATER switch (Figure 6, Item 3) to OFF. Verify that the HEATER ON indicator (Figure 6, Item 2) goes out. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 6). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 6, Item 5) goes out. Set the CONTROL POWER switch (Figure 6, Item 4) to OFF. Set the MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 6, Item 1) to OFF.
At the main switchboard in the EOS, set the LUBE OIL PURIFIER circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to OFF. At the lube oil purifier: (1) (2) (3) CLOSE the shutoff valve (Figure 7, Item 5) to shut off the dirty oil supply. CLOSE the needle valve (Figure 7, Item 1) to shut off any make-up water. Observe the revolution indicator disc (Figure 7, Item 7) to ensure that the bowl stops.
WARNING
Do not loosen or remove any parts or apply the brake before the bowl comes to a complete stop or serious personal injury and/or damage to the equipment could result. (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) When the bowl comes a complete stop, apply the brake by turning the handle (Figure 7, Item 9) counterclockwise. OPEN the dirty oil drain (Figure 7, Item 4) to drain the feed channel of the hood. CLOSE the dirty oil drain (Figure 7, Item 4). Remove the three hood securing bolts (Figure 7, Item 3). OPEN the hood (Figure 7, Item 10). Clean the bowl.
(10) Secure the bowl lock screws (Figure 7, Item 8) by turning them counterclockwise. (11) CLOSE the hood (Figure 7, Item 10). (12) Fasten the three hood securing bolts (Figure 7, Item 3). END OF TASK
0072-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0072
FILLING THE LUBE OIL TANK
NOTE
Filling the lube oil tank requires the use of communications at various stations to prevent spillage of lube oil and/or the overfilling of the lube oil tank. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. In the engine room, on the port bulkhead, verify that the remove Tank Level Indicator (TLI) (Figure 8, Item 1) for the lube oil tank is operational. Connect a lube oil supply hose (from an external source) to the lube oil deck fill valve, Lo-20, LUBO MN. DK. FILL CONN., located on the 01 level port side weather deck, slightly aft of frame 40. Slowly OPEN Lo-20, LUBO MN. DK. FILL CONN. Fill the lube oil tank by directing the external source to begin pumping lube oil. On the TLI receiver module (Figure 8, Item 1), observe the fluid level meter. When the tank is near full, direct the supplier to stop pumping. Allow all hoses to drain before disconnecting. Disconnect the supply hose, and recap the hose fill connection fitting. CLOSE and cap valve Lo-20, LUBO MN. DK. FILL CONN.
O0385T73
Lube Oil TLI.
0072-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0072
PUMPING THE CONTENTS OF THE LUBE OIL TANK TO THE OILY WATER STORAGE TANK 1. Align the piping system: a. b. c. d. 2. OPEN valve Lo-15, LUBO STOR. TK. OUT (Figure 2, Item 6), located in the engine room, on the port side, below deck level. OPEN valve Lo-7, C.O.V. - LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 7), located in the engine room, on the port side, below deck level. Align valve Lo-18, LUBO SPLY. (Figure 2, Item 8), to send lube oil to the oily waste storage tank. OPEN valve Lo-14, LUBO XFER. TO OILY WST. STOR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 11), located on the starboard engine room bulkhead, aft of SSDG 1. Verify that the remote TLI (Figure 8, Item 1), is operational. At the 440 V power panel No. 1, set the LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON. In the engine room, on the port bulkhead, at the lube oil transfer pump motor controller: (1) (2) (3) (4) 3. 4. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 2) is illuminated. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) is illuminated.
Align the electrical system and start the lube oil transfer pump: a. b.
c.
Monitor the lube oil tank remote TLI (Figure 8, Item 1) and observe that the tank level decreases. When the lube oil tank is near empty, stop the lube oil transfer pump at the motor controller: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 2) goes out. Lo-15, LUBO STOR. TK. OUT. (Figure 2, Item 6). Lo-7, C.O.V. - LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT. (Figure 2, Item 7). Lo-14, LUBO XFER. TO OILY WST. STOR. TK. (Figure 1, Item 11).
5.
Secure the piping system by CLOSING the following valves: a. b. c.
6. 7.
Align valve Lo-18, LUBO SPLY. (Figure 2, Item 8) to the lube oil manifold position. At the 440 V power panel No. 1, set the LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF.
0072-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FUEL OIL FILL, TRANSFER, AND SUPPLY SYSTEM
0073
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (6) References FM 4-01.502 TM 55-1925-283-13&P Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package provides the user with instructions for transferring fuel within the vessel and fueling the vessel from an off hull source under normal conditions. The following procedures are contained within this work package: Aligning the electrical system for fuel transfer operations. Filling the day tanks. Transferring fuel between storage tanks. Fueling.
0073-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0073
ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS 1. In the engine room, on the starboard side, at 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. RACOR FILTER. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 1, Item 1). FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR - RACOR FILTER (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2). b. TANK LEVEL INDICATOR (TLI) SYSTEM. (Figure 1, Item 2) and (Figure 2, Item 1).
O0386T73
Figure 1. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only).
0073-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS - Continued
1
0073
O0387T73
Figure 2.
120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0073-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS - Continued 2.
0073
At the emergency switchboard, in the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, set the FUEL OIL XFER PUMP circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON.
O0388T73
Figure 3.
EDG Emergency Switchboard.
0073-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS - Continued 3.
0073
At 440 V power panel No. 1, set FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or LVP FOR FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
O0389T73
Figure 4.
0073-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS - Continued 4. Energize and test the high level alarm panel: a.
0073
In the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the Enclosed Operating System (EOS), at the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel, set/verify that the FUEL OIL DAY TANKS (P&S) HIGH LEVEL ALARM circuit breaker (Figure 5, Item 1) is set to ON. In the engine room, at the fuel oil transfer station, test the port and starboard day tank high level alarm panel by momentarily placing each TEST switch (Figure 5, Item 1) in the ON position. If necessary, secure the tested alarm by momentarily pressing the HORN/STROBE SILENCE pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 2) on the port and starboard day tank high level alarm panel.
b. c.
O0390T73
0073-6
0073
2
O0391T73
Figure 6.
High Level Alarm Panel.
0073-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR FUEL TRANSFER OPERATIONS - Continued 5. 6. Set to ON the ON/OFF switch (Figure 7, Item 1) on the master TLI panel (Figure 7, Item 2) in the EOS.
0073
Compare the STBD DAY TK. TLI gage (Figure 7, Item 4) and the PORT DAY TK. TLI gage (Figure 7, Item 3) in the EOS with the STARBOARD DAY TANK TLI gage (Figure 8, Item 1) and the PORT DAY TANK TLI gage (Figure 8, Item 2) above the fuel oil transfer manifold (Figure 8, Item 3).
SPARE SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE SPARE
SPARE
LUBE OIL
1 PORT
1 STBD HIGH LOW ALARM ALARM
2 STBD HIGH LOW ALARM ALARM
2 PORT
2 CENTER
3 CENTER
SPARE SPARE
SPARE
1
PANEL CONTROL
ALARM
4 STBD
4 PORT
STBD DAY TK
PORT DAY TK
2 4 3
O0392T73
Figure 7.
Master TLI Panel.
0073-8
1 2
0073
RECEIVER - INDICATOR TANK LEVEL - SECONDARY
GALLONS X 100
GALLONS X 100
F.O. TANK
F.O. TANK
GALLONS X 100
F.O. TANK
F.O. TANK
GALLONS X 100
3C
4P
4S
O0393T73
Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel.
0073-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0073
FILL THE DAY TANKS 1. Align the fuel oil transfer piping system as follows: a. Verify and place the following valves in the CLOSED position: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) FO-3, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 1). FO-4, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 2). FO-5, F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL (Figure 9, Item 3). At the fuel filter/water separator control panel, set the OFF/ON switch (Figure 10, Item 1) to ON. OPEN FO-17, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP OUTLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 12). CLOSE FO-42, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP BYPASS COV (Figure 9, Item 13). OPEN FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 14).
If operating the fuel filter/water separator, complete the following actions:
CAUTION
While operating the fuel filter/water separator, use only one pump to accomplish the fuel transfer. The use of both fuel oil transfer pumps will exceed the rated capacity of the fuel filter/water separator. (5) Place one fuel oil transfer pump online: (a) To place fuel oil transfer pump 1 online, OPEN FO-6, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 4) and FO-8, C.O.V.-F.O.XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). To place fuel oil transfer pump 2 online, OPEN FO-7, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 11) and FO-9, C.O.V.-F.O.XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8).
(b)
c.
If the fuel filter/water separator is not to be used while transferring fuel to the day tanks, complete the following actions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) CLOSE FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 14). CLOSE FO-17, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP OUTLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 12). OPEN FO-42, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP BYPASS COV (Figure 9, Item 13). OPEN FO-6, C.O.V-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 4). OPEN FO-8, C.O.V-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). OPEN FO-7, C.O.V-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 11). OPEN FO-9, C.O.V-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8).
0073-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE DAY TANKS - Continued
0073
2 3 4 5
TO EDG DAY TANK FO-12
6 7
16
MANIFOLD FILL SIDE
FO-3
FO-4
FO- 11
FO-5
FILL (TO)
FO-8
SUCTION (FROM)
FO-16 FO-17
MANIFOLD SUCTION SIDE
8
FO-6
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
15
FO-42 FO-9
SUPPLY TANK 2C
SUPPLY TANK 3C
SUPPLY TANK 2S
SUPPLY TANK 1S
SUPPLY TANK 1P
SUPPLY TANK 2P
SUPPLY TANK 4P
SUPPLY TANK 4S
14
13
12
FO-7
(LT 804 ONLY)
FO-1
FO-2
10 (LT 804 ONLY)
11
TO STBD DAY TANK TO PORT DAY TANK
O0394T73
Figure 9.
1
Fuel Oil Valve Locations.
O0395T73
Figure 10. Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel.
0073-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE DAY TANKS - Continued 2. Select the day tank to be filled. a. To fill the EDG day tank, place the following valves in the OPEN position: (1) (2) b. c. FO-11, F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK. (Figure 9, Item 7). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 6), located in the EDG room.
0073
To fill the starboard fuel oil day tank, place FO-1, starboard F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 9) in the OPEN position. To fill the port fuel oil day tank, place FO-2, port F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 10) in the OPEN position.
WARNING
Avoid overfilling any tank. Overfilling may result in a fuel spill and fire hazard. Ensure that vent caps are OPEN on oil fuel vents. Failure to comply may result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel. d. 3. On the fuel oil manifold, OPEN the suction (from) valve (Figure 9, Item 15) for the selected fuel oil supply tank.
Commence transferring fuel (filling the day tank).
CAUTION
Do not operate the fuel oil transfer pumps against a closed fill valve as damage to the pump and/or piping could occur. Prior to transferring fuel to the starboard or port day tank, verify that the fuel transfer pump alarm panel is energized and tested.
NOTE
If filling the day tanks while operating the fuel filter/water separator, use only the selected fuel oil transfer pump that was lined up in Step 1. b. (5) of this procedure. The rated capacity of both pumps exceeds the rated capacity of the fuel filter/water separator unit. a. At the fuel oil transfer pump motor controller(s) 1 and/or 2 (Figure 11): (1) (2) (3) (4) b. Set the ON/OFF switch(es) (Figure 11, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator(s) (Figure 11, Item 2) energize(s). Start the pump(s) by pressing the START pushbutton(s) (Figure 11, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 11, Item 3) energize(s).
At the fuel oil station, observe that the TLIs (Figure 8, Items 1 and 2) indicate that the selected day tank level is increasing and the selected supply tank is decreasing.
0073-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE DAY TANKS - Continued

1
0073
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4 5
RESET
O0396T73
Figure 11. Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller.
0073-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE DAY TANKS - Continued c.
0073
Observe the readings on the inlet pressure gage (Figure 12, Item 1) and the discharge pressure gage (Figure 12, Item 2) on the fuel filter/water separator (Figure 12, Item 4). If the differential pressure between these gages exceeds 10 PSI (0.7 bar) or 10 in. Hg (254 mm Hg), secure from fuel transfer and change the filters IAW TM 55-1925-283-13&P. To drain water from the fuel filter/water separator (Figure 12, Item 4), secure from fuel transfer, CLOSE valve FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 12, Item 5), and OPEN the drain valve (Figure 12, Item 3) (located under the deck plate). After draining the water, CLOSE the drain valve, OPEN FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV, and resume fuel transfer. When the TLIs (Figure 8, Items 1 and 2) for the selected day tank indicate the desired level, STOP the fuel oil transfer pump(s), and secure the fuel oil transfer piping system.
d.
e.
5 4
3
Figure 12. Fuel Filter/Water Separator. 4. Secure the fuel oil transfer piping system. a.
O0397T73
At the fuel oil transfer pump motor controller(s) 1 and/or 2 (Figure 11): (1) (2) (3) (4) Press the STOP pushbutton(s) (Figure 11, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 11, Item 3) go(es) out. Set the ON/OFF switch(es) (Figure 11, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator(s) (Figure 11, Item 2) go(es) out.
b. c.
At the fuel filter/water separator control panel, place the OFF/ON (Figure 10, Item 1) switch to OFF. Secure the fuel oil transfer piping by verifying that the following valves are CLOSED: (1) (2) All of the valves on the suction side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 15). All of the valves on the fill side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 16).
0073-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE DAY TANKS - Continued (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) FO-1, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 9). FO-2, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 10). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 6). FO-11, F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK. (Figure 9, Item 7). FO-42, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP BYPASS COV (Figure 9, Item 13). FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 14). FO-17, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP OUTLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 12).
0073
(10) FO-6, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 4). (11) FO-8, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). (12) FO-7, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 11). (13) FO-9, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8). END OF TASK TRANSFERRING FUEL BETWEEN STORAGE TANKS
NOTE
The fuel filter/water separator is not needed when transferring fuel between storage tanks. 1. Align the fuel oil transfer piping system. a. Verify that the following valves are CLOSED: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) c. (1) (2) (3) FO-3, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 1). FO-4, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 2). FO-1, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 9). FO-2, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 10). FO-11, F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK. (Figure 9, Item 7). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 6). FO-5, F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL (Figure 9, Item 3). FO-6, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 4). FO-8, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). FO-7, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 11). FO-9, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8). CLOSE FO-17, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP OUTLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 12). CLOSE FO-16, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 9, Item 14). OPEN FO-42, F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP BYPASS COV (Figure 9, Item 13).
OPEN the following valves:
Bypass the fuel filter/water separator:
0073-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TRANSFERRING FUEL BETWEEN STORAGE TANKS - Continued
0073
WARNING
Avoid overfilling any tank. Overfilling may result in a fuel spill and fire hazard. Ensure that vent caps are OPEN on oil fuel vents. Failure to comply may result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel. d. e. 2. On the fuel oil manifold, OPEN the suction valve (Figure 9, Item 15) for the selected fuel oil supply tank the fuel oil is being pumped from. On the fuel oil manifold, OPEN the fill valve (Figure 9, Item 16) for the selected fuel oil supply tank the fuel oil is being pumped to.
Commence transferring fuel.
CAUTION
Do not operate the fuel oil transfer pumps against a CLOSED discharge valve as damage to the pump and/or piping could occur. a. At the fuel oil transfer pump motor controllers 1 and 2 (Figure 11): (1) (2) (3) (4) b. c. 3. Set the ON/OFF switches (Figure 11, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicators (Figure 11, Item 2) energize. Start the pumps by pressing the START pushbuttons (Figure 11, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicators (Figure 11, Item 3) energize.
At the fuel oil station TLIs (Figure 8), observe/verify that the level for the tank being pumped to increases, and the level for the tank being pumped from decreases. When the TLI (Figure 8) for the tank being pumped to indicates the desired level, STOP the fuel oil transfer pumps, and secure the fuel oil transfer system as described in Steps (3) and (4) below. Press on the STOP pushbuttons (Figure 11, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicators (Figure 11, Item 3) go out. Set the ON/OFF switches (Figure 11, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicators (Figure 11, Item 2) go out. All valves on the fuel oil manifold. FO-6, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 4). FO-8, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). FO-7, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 9, Item 11). FO-9, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8).
Secure the fuel oil transfer pumps at the fuel oil pump motor controllers. a. b. c. d.
4.
Secure the fuel oil transfer piping by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. c. d. e.
END OF TASK
0073-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FUELING
0073
WARNING
During fueling operations, close coordination is required between the crew and the fuel oil supplier to prevent spills or overfilling tanks. Failure to comply can result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel. Fueling operations present a serious fire hazard. Ensure NO SMOKING signs are placed at designated locations. Make routine announcements that fueling operations are in progress. Take all necessary precautions as required by FM 4-01.502. Failure to comply can result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel. Static electricity can cause a spark when connecting the hose from a fuel source to the LT. Ensure that all grounding connections are made prior to connecting any fuel hose. Failure to comply can result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel. The wake of passing watercraft can cause the LT to move sufficiently enough to separate the fuel hose. Ensure that the BRAVO flag is hoisted by day and that the RED LIGHT is lit by night in order to alert passing watercraft to pass with minimum wake action. Failure to comply can result in damaged equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not refuel at a fill rate greater than 250 GPM. Prior to commencing a refueling operation, ensure that drip pans are in place at each connection, and ensure that the scuppers are plugged to prevent accidental fuel spillage overboard. 1. Align the fuel oil fill piping to receive fuel from an off hull source. a. b. c. d. If fueling from the port side OPEN FO-4, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 2). If fueling from the starboard side OPEN FO-3, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 1). CLOSE FO-8, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 5). CLOSE FO-9, C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 9, Item 8).
0073-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FUELING - Continued 2. Align the tank to be fueled. a. To fill a day tank directly from the shore connection proceed as follows: (1) (2) (3) CLOSE all of the valves on the fill side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 16). OPEN FO-5, F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL (Figure 9, Item 3). To fill the emergency generator day tank, place the following valves in the OPEN position: (a) (b) (4) (5) b. (1) (2) 3. FO-11, F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK. (Figure 9, Item 7). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 6), located in the EDG room.
0073
To fill the starboard fuel oil day tank, OPEN FO-1, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 9). To fill the port fuel oil day tank, OPEN FO-2, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 10). CLOSE FO-5, F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL (Figure 9, Item 3). At the fuel oil manifold, OPEN the manifold fuel oil fill valve(s) (Figure 9, Item 16) for the tank(s) selected to be filled.
To fill the fuel oil storage tanks from the shore connection:
Select the fuel supply line.
NOTE
The maximum fueling rate is 250 GPM. The port and starboard fill connections join before reaching the fuel oil header. If both external fuel oil connections are used to fuel the ship, ensure that the total fueling rate does not exceed 250 GPM. a. b. If the fuel supply line is connected to the port fuel oil deck connection, OPEN FO-18, F.O. FILL CONN PORT (Figure 13, Item 1). If fuel supply line is connected to the starboard fuel oil deck connection, OPEN FO-39, F.O. FILL CONN. STBD (Figure 13, Item 2).
0073-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FUELING - Continued

1 PORT FO-18
0073
01 LEVEL
EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM
STACK FO-12 FO-39
2
O0398T73
FWD
Figure 13. Fuel Oil Supply Line Connection Locations. 4. Commence fueling. a. b. c. d. e. f. Direct the supplier to begin sending fuel oil to the vessel. At the TLIs (Figure 8) carefully monitor the tank levels. As a tank reaches approximately 3/4 full, OPEN the supply valve for next tank to be filled, and "throttle down" the supply valve of tank that is almost full. When a tank is full, CLOSE the fill valve (Figure 9, Item 16) on the fuel oil manifold for the selected supply tank. Repeat Steps (b) through (d) until all of the selected storage tanks are full. When the final tank to be filled is near full, direct the supplier on the pier to cease pumping.
0073-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FUELING - Continued 5. Stop the fueling operation: a. b. 6. a. b. Verify that pumping has ceased. Allow all hoses to drain before closing the last fill valve on the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 16). Disconnect the shore connection, and cap the hose connection fitting. CLOSE and cap the deck fill connection valve: (1) (2) c. d. FO-18, F.O. FILL CONN PORT (Figure 13, Item 1) for port. FO-39, F.O. FILL CONN STBD (Figure 13, Item 2) for starboard.
0073
Secure the fuel oil supply piping system:
CLOSE the last fill valve (Figure 9, Item 16) on the fuel oil manifold. Place/verify that the following valves are in the CLOSED position: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) All of the valves on the fill side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 16). All of the valves on the suction side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 9, Item 15). FO-3, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 1). FO-4, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 9, Item 2). FO-5, F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL (Figure 9, Item 3). FO-11, F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK. (Figure 9, Item 7). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 6). FO-1, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 9). FO-2, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 9, Item 10).
0073-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BOW THRUSTER
0074
GENERAL The purpose of this procedure is to provide instructions for the normal startup and operation of the bow thruster.
0074-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
1.
Align the fuel oil system by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. d. FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 1, Item 1), located in the engine room aft on the port bulkhead. FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 1, Item 2), remote operator in the main deck fan room. Fuel filter/water separator inlet and outlet valves (Figure 1, Item 3), located on the bow thruster engine. FO-30, F.O. SPLY TO BOW THRUSTER ENG (Figure 1, Item 4). CA-5, STG AIR TO BOW THRUSTER ENG (Figure 1, Item 5), located on the AMS 1 forward bulkhead. CA-62, STARTING AIR gage COV (Figure 1, Item 6). Asw-18, S.W. TO BOW THRUSTER ENG (Figure 1, Item 7). Asw-21, S.W. FR. BOW THRUSTER ENG TO OVBD DISCHARGE (Figure 1, Item 8). Asw-22, OVBD DISCH., S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 9), located in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1 outboard of the pump drive engine on the starboard bulkhead. Asw-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 10), located in the engine room below the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 1, Item 11), located in the engine room below the EOS.
2.
Align the compressed air system by opening the following valves: a. b.
3.
Align the cooling water to the bow thruster engine by OPENING the following valves: a. b. c. d. e.
0074-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
2 3 4 5
FO-33
FO-13
AMS 1 CA-5 AE-28 FO-30 ASW-17 ASW-21

11
CA-62 ASW-18
ASW-22
7 8 10 FWD
Figure 1. Bow Thruster Valve Locations.
9
O0399T73
0074-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
4.
Set the controls for starting the bow thruster engine as follows: a. At the pilothouse console: (1) (2) Ensure that the bow thruster engine throttle control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) is straight up in the NEUTRAL (center) position. Ensure that the COMMAND TRANSFER PLUNGER (Figure 2, Item 2) is down in the disengaged position.
2
Figure 2. Pilothouse Console.
O0400T73
0074-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
b.
At the auxiliary control stations: (1) (2) Ensure that the bow thruster engine throttle control lever (Figure 3, Item 1) is straight up the NEUTRAL (center) position. Ensure that the COMMAND TRANSFER plunger (Figure 3, Item 2) is down in the disengaged position.
FWD 1 BOW THRUSTER PORT STBD
AHEAD THROTTLE CLUTCH ASTN THROTTLE CLUTCH
2
Figure 3.
AFT
O0401T73
Auxiliary Control Station.
0074-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
c.
At the EOS console, ensure that the COMMAND TRANSFER valve (Figure 4, Item 1) is UP in the REMOTE position.
O0402T73
Figure 4. d.
EOS Console.
In the engine room on the aft bulkhead outside of the EOS, at the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel, set the BOW THRUSTER DRIVE ENG circuit breaker (Figure 5, Item 1) to the ON position.
O0403T73
0074-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
5.
Start the bow thruster engine by performing the following actions:
CAUTION
Operating the bow thruster with the brake engaged can damage the bow thruster. a. b. Pull UP on the shaft brake plunger (Figure 6, Item 1), located just forward of the bow thruster engine, so that the bow thruster can rotate freely. Check the engine oil level using the dipstick.
1
O0404T73
Figure 6.
Bow Thruster Shaft Brake Plunger.
0074-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
c. d. e.
Verify the proper heat exchanger coolant level using coolant level gage (Figure 7, Item 5). Move the governor control lever (Figure 7, Item 6) to the half engine speed position (approximately straight up). On the bow thruster engine control panel, turn the START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 7, Item 3) clockwise to release the pushbutton to the OUT position.
NOTE
Starting air start pressure must be at least 100 PSI (6.9 bar) to ensure that the engine starts properly. f. Verify that the starting air pressure gage reads at least 100 PSI (6.9 bar).
CAUTION
Oil pressure should rise within 15 seconds after the engine starts. If oil pressure does not rise, stop the engine immediately to prevent damage, and refer the problem to field maintenance. g. Position the START/STOP toggle switch (Figure 7, Item 4) up to the START position to crank the engine. As soon as the engine starts, release the toggle switch, and verify the toggle switch returns to the RUN position. Allow the engine to idle 3 to 5 minutes, or until the coolant temperature gage (Figure 7, Item 2) begins to rise. Check the engine gages (Figure 7, Items 1 and 2), and ensure the readings are in the green range. Place the COMMAND TRANSFER plunger (Figure 2, Item 2) UP in the engaged position. Move the bow thruster engine throttle control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to the left for port thrust and to the right for starboard thrust. Place the bow thruster engine throttle control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) in the neutral (center) position. Place the governor control lever (Figure 7, Item 6) in the idle position (local control and locked). Operate the engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Set the START/STOP switch (Figure 7, Item 4) to the OFF position, or push the governor control lever (Figure 7, Item 6) in the aft direction until the engine stops. Push the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton (Figure 7, Item 3). Wait until the bow thruster engine stops completely, then push the shaft brake plunger (Figure 6, Item 1) down to lock the bow thruster shaft.
h. i. 6. a. b. 7.
Operate the bow thruster from the pilothouse console by completing the following actions:
Secure the bow thruster by completing the following actions: a. b. c. d. e. f.
0074-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0074
3 1
RPM
O0405T73
Bow Thruster Engine Controls.
0074-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
0075
0075-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0075
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP 1. CLOSE the following valves, located in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1: a. b. c. TH-3, RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD (Figure 1, Item 3). TH-2, PRESS CRSVR CTL HYDR TOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 1). TH-4, DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. (Figure 1, Item 2).
PORT
FWD
O0406T73
Figure 1. Towing Machine HPU.
0075-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP - Continued 2.
0075
In the engine room, on the port side, at the central hydraulic system reservoir (Figure 2, Item 7), verify that the hydraulic fluid level is at 3/4 full in the hydraulic reservoir sight glass (Figure 2, Item 5). If the hydraulic fluid level is low, add hydraulic fluid at the breather (Figure 2, Item 6) until the fluid level on the sight glass is 3/4 full. Set to ON the CENT HYD SYS POWER UNIT No. 1 & 2 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) on the main switchboard. Set to ON the MAIN switch (Figure 2, Item 3) on the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). To enable local operation of the central hydraulic system, set to ON the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 2, Item 1) at the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). To enable remote operation from the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set to REMOTE the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch.
3. 4. 5.
CAUTION
Only one pump is required to operate the power pack. Both pumps may be used, but the reservoir temperature must be checked frequently. If oil temperature exceeds 180F (82C), or a low oil level is indicated, shut down the system immediately. Operating the pumps with hot and/or low oil could damage the equipment. 6. 7. 8. Set the P1/P2/P1 & P2 switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to the P1, P2, or P1 & P2 position. In the P1 position, pump 1 is enabled; in the P2 position, pump 2 is enabled; and in the P1 & P2 position, both pumps are enabled. Verify that the READY light (Figure 2, Item[s] 11 and/or 12) is illuminated for the selected pump(s). If local operation was selected in Step (5), press the START pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 8) to start the selected pump(s). If remote operation was selected, press the No. 1 & 2 HYD PMP START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 1) to start the selected pump(s). Verify the RUNNING indicator(s) (Figure 2, Item[s] 9 and/or 10) are illuminated for the selected pump(s).
9.
0075-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP - Continued
0075
REMOTE
OFF ON
P1
P2
P1 & 2
12
PUMP NO. 1 PUMP NO. 2 READY READY MAIN SWITCH
3 4
LOW OIL LEVEL HIGH OIL TEMP
11 10 9 8
RUNNING
RUNNING
START
STOP
RESET
RESET
7
600
4000 7000
900
1200
300
7000
9500
10000
O0407T73
Figure 2.
Central Hydraulic System HPU.
0075-4
15 0
KPA
0075
O0408T73
Figure 3.
Main Switchboard.
0075-5
STARBOARD
PORT
0075
STOP
STOP
HA
1/4
HA
AHEA
D
LF
LF
HA L
1/4
ERN ST
1/ 4
TER AS
1/ 4
N
A
HEAD
HA
LF
3/4
3/4
3/4
FU LL
3/4
LL FU
E NG
I NE O PH RD ER TELEGRA
EN G
COMMAND TRANSFER LOCAL
START
STOP
START
STOP
CONTROL AIR PRESSURE
NO.1 MAIN ENGINE
NO.2 MAIN ENGINE
START
STOP
START
STOP
S.S.D.G NO.1
S.S.D.G. NO.2
START
STOP
START
STOP
PUMP DRIVE ENG
NO.1&2 HYD PUMP
1
Figure 4. Remote Control Station (EOS). END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0075-6
LL FU
FU
LL
RA IN E OR DER TELEG
PH
NO.1 FIRE PUMP
START
STOP
NO.2 FIRE PUMP
O0409T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM
0076
ALIGN THE STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1. At the steering hydraulic oil reservoir, located in the main deck fan room, check the oil level in the sight glasses (Figure 1, Item 1) by pushing in and holding the knobs (Figure 1, Item 2) at the bottom of the sight glasses until fluid levels out.
1
O0410T73
Figure 1.
Hydraulic Reservoir.
0076-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued 2.
0076
In Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2, at the emergency steering hand pump, verify that the following valves are CLOSED: a. b. SH-7, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 2, Item 1). SH-8, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 2, Item 2).
SH-7
SH-8
O0411T73
Figure 2.
Emergency Steering Hand Pump.
0076-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued 3. In AMS 2, at the steering hydraulic pump station, verify that the following valves are OPEN: a. b. c. d. e. f. SH-5, RUD. MOT No. 1 SUMP (Figure 3, Item 1) SH-6, RUD. MOT No. 1 SUMP (Figure 3, Item 2) SH-4, C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 2 PRESS / RTN (Figure 3, Item 3). SH-2, C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 2 PRESS / RTN (Figure 3, Item 4). SH-3, C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 1 PRESS / RTN (Figure 3, Item 5). SH-1, C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 1 PRESS / RTN (Figure 3, Item 6).
0076
ENGINE ROOM 1 2
AMS 2
STEERING HYDRAULIC PUMP 1
STEERING HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 FWD
SH-5
SH-6
SH-1
SH-3
SH-2
SH-4
3
O0412T73
Steering Hydraulic Pump Station.
0076-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TANK LEVEL INDICATOR (TLI) SYSTEM
0077
0077-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0077
OPERATION 1. Align the electrical system: a. b. c. d. In the engine room, on the STARBOARD side, at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the TLI SYSTEM circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON. On the 11 channel master TLI panel in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 2, Item 3) to ON. On the 7 channel master TLI panel in the EOS, set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 3, Item 2) to ON. Verify that the POWER indicator for each TLI panel (Figure 2, Item 4 and Figure 3, Item 3) illuminates.
O0413T73
Figure 1.
0077-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATION - Continued
0077
PANEL CONTROL
6
O0414T73
Figure 2.
11 Channel Master TLI Panel.
0077-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATION - Continued
0077
2
PANEL CONTROL
O0415T73
Figure 3. 7 Channel Master TLI Panel. 2. Fluid level monitoring procedures:
NOTE
The TLI panels in the EOS are the master transmitter modules. The repeaters are located in the various spaces and are slaved to the transmitter modules. If there are disparities between the transmitter and receiver, the transmitter is considered correct until proven otherwise. a. b. To monitor at a transmitter module, observe the fluid level meter (Figure 2, Item 1 and Figure 3, Item 1) to determine the correct fluid level. To monitor at a receiver panel, locate the TLI of the tank to be monitored and observe fluid level meter (Figure 4, Item 1) to determine the fluid level.
0077-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATION - Continued 3. Alarm monitoring procedure:
0077
NOTE
Only the port and starboard day tanks have alarms on the TLI system. The associated alarm will sound only at the master TLI panel in the EOS. A LOW LEVEL alarm indicates that the tank is at 25% or less capacity, and a HIGH LEVEL alarm indicates the tank is at 95% or greater capacity. a. b. When the alarm speaker (Figure 2, Item 6) sounds on the 11 channel master TLI panel, observe the indicator lights (Figure 2, Item 2 or 7) to determine the cause. Take appropriate action to correct the alarm condition.
NOTE
The alarm indicators will remain lit until the alarmed condition is corrected. The port and starboard day tank high-level alarm system is a separate and independent system from the TLI system. The port and starboard day tank high level alarm system can only be deactivated at the panel at the fuel oil transfer station. c. To silence the TLI alarm, perform the following at the 11 channel master TLI panel: (1) (2) Pull out, press down and release the ALARM SILENCE switch (Figure 2, Item 5). Verify that the alarm speaker (Figure 2, Item 6) is silent.
1
O0416T73
TLI Remote Indicator.
0077-5/6 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BILGE/BALLAST SYSTEM
0078
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References TM 55-1925-285-13&P Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM. FILL THE BALLAST TANKS WITH RAW WATER. DEBALLASTING THE BALLAST TANKS. FROM BALLAST TANK TO BALLAST TANK. BILGE SYSTEM OPERATIONS WITH THE EDUCTORS. MACHINERY SPACES BILGE SYSTEM. OILY BILGE WATER PUMPING. TRANSFER OILY WATER FROM DRAIN TANK TO STORAGE TANK. PUMP CONTENTS OF TANKS TO SHORE. OIL WATER SEPARATOR (OWS) AND OIL CONTENT MONITOR (OCM) OPERATIONS.
0078-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. At the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the BILGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON.
O0417T73
Figure 1. 2.
Main Switchboard.
At the emergency switchboard in the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, set the BILGE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) to ON.
O0418T73
Figure 2.
0078-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 3.
0078
At the bilge pump 1 and 2 motor controllers, in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2, perform the following: a. b. c. Set the LOCAL/REMOTE switch(s) (Figure 3, Item 6) to LOCAL. Set the ON/OFF switch(s) (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 2) is/are illuminated.
1
ON
OFF
POWER
AVAILABLE
2 3 4 5 6
O0419T73
START STOP
MANUAL AUTO
RESET
Figure 3.
Bilge Pump Motor Controller.
0078-3
0078
In the engine room, at 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the Tank Level Indicator (TLI) SYSTEM circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
O0420T73
Figure 4. Engine Room Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.
0078-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 5. On the 7 channel master TLI panel in the EOS: a. b. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 2) to ON. Verify that the POWER indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) is illuminated.
0078
2
PANEL CONTROL
O0421T73
7 Channel Master TLI Panel.
0078-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM 1. Verify that the following valves are in the OPEN position: a. FM-2, SEA SUCT. FIRE/G.S & BLST PMPS (Figure 6, Item 4), the sea suction to the fire/General Service (GS) and bilge ballast pumps located in the engine room aft, under the deck plate at the entrance to AMS 2. FM-3, S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS (Figure 6, Item 5), raw water to the fire/GS pumps, located in the engine room aft, under the deck plate at the entrance to AMS 2. AE-29, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 6, Item 6), the sea chest vent, located in the engine room aft, under the deck plate at the entrance to AMS 2. BB-12, BLST. TK. No. 1 SUCT. COV (Figure 6, Item 7), ballast tank 1 isolation in the bow thruster compartment. BB-25, BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT (Figure 6, Item 18). BB-34, B/B PMP No. 1 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 11), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge. BB-29, B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 19), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction. BB-30, B/B PMP No. 2 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 20), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction. BB-58, (Figure 6, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge. BB-13, S.W TO BLST. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 8), raw water supply from fire main. BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST.TO MANF. (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-35, BILGE EDUCT SUCT COV (Figure 6, Item 9), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge to ballast manifold. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST. TO MANF. (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge to ballast manifold.
b. c. d. 2.
Verify that the following valves are CLOSED: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k.
0078-6
END OF TASK Figure 6. Bilge/Ballast System Valve Locations.
ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM - Continued
AMS
2 STB
AMS D
2 POR
AMS T
1 POR
AMS T
1 STB
ER ST
BD
ER PO RT
FM-31
BB-58
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM AMS 1 BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

FM-4
BILGE MANIFOLD
2 BB-32 BB-27 BB-30 BB-34 BB-26 BB-29 1 BB-35 FM-2 FM-3 BB-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
SEA CHEST
0078-7
AE 29
22
TO
BB-13
21
TO
BB-25 BB-45 BB-48 BB-46
BB-47 BB-49 BB-50
20 19
FROM
6 7
TO/FROM SW 1 BB-12
18 17 16
O0422T73
FROM
TO/FROM 2S
TO/FROM 2P
15 14
13 FWD
12
11
10
0078
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE BALLAST TANKS WITH RAW WATER 1. Align the piping by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. d. e. 2. BB-13, S.W. TO BLST PMPS (Figure 6, Item 8), raw water supply from fire main.
0078
BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 9), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge to ballast manifold. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge to ballast manifold. To fill SALT WATER BALLAST TANK No. 1, OPEN BB-49, BLST TK No. 1 FILL (Figure 6, Item 12), ballast tank 1 fill valve. To fill SW BALLAST TANK No. 2P, OPEN BB-47, BLST TK No. 2P FILL (Figure 6, Item 14), ballast tank 2P fill valve. To fill SW BALLAST TANK No. 2S, OPEN BB-45, BLST TK No. 2S FILL (Figure 6, Item 17), ballast tank 2S fill valve. Press and release the START pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) illuminate(s).
Select a ballast tank to fill and OPEN the valve as follows: a. b. c.
3.
Start the pump(s) by completing the following actions at the bilge/ballast pump motor controllers 1 and/or 2: a. b.
4. 5.
Verify that the pump discharge pressure gage(s) read about 10 to 20 PSI (.67 to 1.38 bar). Observe the tank level on the remote TLI receiver module (Figure 7, Item 1) of the tank being filled.
O0423T73
Figure 7. Remote TLI Receiver Module.
0078-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FILL THE BALLAST TANKS WITH RAW WATER - Continued 6.
0078
When the tank reaches the desired level, stop the pumps by completing the following actions at the bilge pump motor controller(s): a. b. Press and release the STOP pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) go(es) out. All valves on the ballast manifold. BB-13, S.W TO BLST. PMPS (Figure 6, Item 8), raw water supply from fire main. BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. TO MANF. (Figure 6, Item 9), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge to ballast manifold. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST. TO MANF. (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge to ballast manifold.
7.
Secure the piping system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. c. d. e. f.
END OF TASK
0078-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
DEBALLASTING BALLAST TANKS 1. Align the piping system by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. a. b. c. 3. BB-25, BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT (Figure 6, Item 18) BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-34, B/B PMP No. 1 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 11), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge. BB-58 (Figure 6, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge. SALT WATER BALLAST TANK No. 1, BB-50, BLST TK No. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 13), ballast tank 1 suction. SW BALLAST TANK No. 2P, OPEN BB-48, BLST TK No. 2P SUCT (Figure 6, Item 15), ballast tank 2P suction. SW BALLAST TANK No. 2S, OPEN BB-46, BLST TK No. 2S SUCT (Figure 6, Item 16), ballast tank 2S suction. Press and release the START pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) illuminate(s).
At the ballast manifold select the tank to be deballasted by placing the valve in the OPEN position:
4. 5. 6.
Verify that the pump discharge pressure gage(s) reads about 10 to 20 PSI (.67 to 1.38 bar). Observe the tank level on the remote TLI receiver module (Figure 7, Item 1) of the tank being filled. When the tank reaches desired level, stop the pumps by completing the following actions at the bilge pump motor controller(s): a. b. Press and release the STOP pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) go(es) out. All valves on the ballast manifold. BB-25, BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT (Figure 6, Item 18). BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge. BB-58 (Figure 6, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge.
7.
Secure the piping by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
END OF TASK
0078-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
FROM BALLAST TANK TO BALLAST TANK 1. Align the piping system by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. d. e. 2. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), ballast manifold suction (from) isolation valve. BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 9), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge from ballast manifold. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge from ballast manifold. OPEN the suction valve for the tank to remove ballast from. OPEN the discharge valve for the tank to send ballast to. Press and release the START pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) illuminate(s).
At the ballast manifold, perform the following actions: a. b.
3.
4. 5. 6.
Verify that the pump discharge pressure gage(s) read(s) about 10 to 20 PSI (.67 to 1.38 bar). Observe the tank level on the remote TLI receiver module (Figure 7, Item 1) of the tank being filled. When the tank reaches desired level, stop the pumps by completing the following actions at the bilge pump motor controller(s): a. b. Press and release the STOP pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) go(es) out. All valves on the ballast manifold. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), ballast manifold suction (from) isolation valve. BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 21), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction from ballast manifold. BB-27, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST SUCT (Figure 6, Item 22), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction from ballast manifold. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 9), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge to ballast manifold. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge to ballast manifold
7.
Secure the piping system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. c. d. e. f.
END OF TASK
0078-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
BILGE SYSTEM OPERATIONS WITH THE EDUCTORS 1. Verify that the GS system is pressurized and operational.
NOTE
Operate only one bilge eductor at a time. 2. To pump bilges using the eductors, complete the following actions: a. To pump the chain locker bilge, OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) (2) (3) c. (1) (2) (3) d. BB-10 (Figure 8, Item 5), chain locker bilge eductor overboard discharge. GS-44, BILGE EDUC. (Figure 8, Item 4), GS to the chain locker bilge eductor. When chain locker bilge pumping is complete, place the valves opened in the CLOSED position. BB-9, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 3), bow thruster compartment bilge eductor overboard discharge. GS-45, BILGE EDUC. (Figure 8, Item 2), GS to bow thruster compartment bilge eductor. When bow thrust bilge pumping is complete, place the valves opened in the CLOSED position. BB-11, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 1), aft bilge eductor overboard discharge. GS-47, BILGE EDUC. (Figure 8, Item 9), GS to aft steering compartment bilge eductor. When aft steering compartment bilge pumping is complete, place the valves opened in the CLOSED position. BB-11, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 1), aft bilge eductor overboard discharge. BB-37, BILGE EDUCT SUCT COV (Figure 8, Item 7), STARBOARD towing gear locker eductor suction isolation. GS-46, BILGE EDUC. (Figure 8, Item 8), GS to the towing gear locker bilge eductor. When the STARBOARD towing gear locker bilge pumping is complete, place the valves opened in the CLOSED position. BB-11, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 1), aft bilge eductor overboard discharge. GS-36, BILGE EDUCT SUCT COV (Figure 8, Item 6), PORT towing gear locker eductor suction isolation. GS-46, BILGE EDUC. (Figure 8, Item 8), GS to the towing gear locker bilge eductor. When the PORT towing gear locker bilge pumping is complete, place the valves opened in the CLOSED position.
To pump the bow thruster compartment bilge, OPEN the following valves:
To pump the aft steering compartment bilge, OPEN the following valves:
To pump the STARBOARD towing gear locker bilge, OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4)
e.
To pump the PORT towing gear locker bilge, OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4)
0078-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BILGE SYSTEM OPERATIONS WITH THE EDUCTORS - Continued
0078
BB-10
GS-44
CHAIN LOCKER
BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT
BB-9
GS-45
FWD BB-11 GS-46 1 BB-37

TOWING GEAR LOCKER
BB-36
AFT STEERING
GS-47
O0424T73
Bilge Eductor System.
0078-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MACHINERY SPACES BILGE SYSTEM
0078
To pump clear water that does not contain oil from the bilges of the engine room, AMS 1, and AMS 2, using the machinery spaces' bilges system, proceed as follows:
NOTE
Pumping oily water overboard could result in fines and/or legal action. When in doubt, follow the procedures for pumping oily bilge water. 1. Align the machinery spaces bilge piping system by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. d. e. 2. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge. BB-29, B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 19), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction. BB-30, B/B PMP No. 2 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 20), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction. BB-58 (Figure 6, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge.
On bilge manifold (Figure 6, Item 1), open the valve(s) for the bilge(s) selected to be pumped.
NOTE
It is necessary to prime BILGE/BALLAST pumps before using the pumps to dewater the bilges. 3. Prime the bilge/ballast pumps by completing the following actions:
NOTE
Observe the vacuum bilge suction strainer differential pressure. When the gage reads approximately 5-10 in., stop the priming eductor. a. b. OPEN priming eductor discharge valve. OPEN air supply valve to eductor.
0078-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
4.
Start the pumps and pump the bilges by completing the following actions: a. At the bilge pump 1 and/or 2 motor controllers: (1) (2) b. Press and release the START pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) illuminate(s).
Verify that the strainer differential pressure gage(s) read(s) between 0 and 10 PSI (0 to .67 bar).
CAUTION
Monitor the discharge pressure gage to verify that the pump is moving liquid. Running the pump dry can cause severe damage. c. d. Verify that the pump discharge gage(s) read(s) between 10 and 40 PSI (.67 to 2.76 bar). When bilges are empty, stop the pumps by performing the following actions at bilge pump 1 and 2 motor controllers: (1) (2) e. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) END OF TASK Press and release the STOP pushbutton(s) (Figure 3, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator(s) (Figure 3, Item 3) go(s) out. All valves on the bilge manifold (Figure 6, Item 1). BB-58 (Figure 6, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge. BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST TO MANF (Figure 6, Item 3), bilge/ballast pump 1 discharge. BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 6, Item 10), bilge/ballast pump 2 discharge. BB-29, B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 19), bilge/ballast pump 1 suction. BB-30, B/B PMP No. 2 BILGE SUCT (Figure 6, Item 20), bilge/ballast pump 2 suction.
Secure piping system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position:
0078-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0078
OILY BILGE WATER PUMPING 1. 2. Verify that the compressed air system is operational and available. Align the oily bilge water pumping system piping as follows: a. Place the following valves in the CLOSED position: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) OB-18, HOSE CONN.-OILY BILGE SUCT. (Figure 9, Item 17), engine room forward 1-1/2 in. flush connection. OB-2, OILY BILGE SUCT (Figure 9, Item 11), AMS 1 PORT oily bilge suction. AMS 1 1-1/2 in. flush connection (Figure 9, Item 12). OB-1, OILY BILGE SUCT (Figure 9, Item 14), AMS 1 STARBOARD oily bilge suction. OB-16, OILY WASTE STOR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 13), oily waste storage tank suction. OB-10, OILY WTR SEP OVBD DISCH (Figure 9, Item 15), oil water separator overboard discharge. OB-15, OILY WTR SEP INLET (Figure 9, Item 9), oil separator inlet. OB-9, OILY BILGE PMP. DISCH TO SHORE (Figure 9, Item 16), oily bilge pump discharge to shore connection. OB-5, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. (Figure 9, Item 17), engine room STARBOARD oily bilge suction.
(10) OB-3, OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 9, Item 18), STARBOARD shaft alley oily bilge suction. (11) OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 2), oily waste drain tank suction. (12) PORT shaft alley 1-1/2 in. flush connection (Figure 9, Item 1). (13) OB-4, OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 9, Item 3), PORT shaft alley oily bilge suction. (14) OB-6, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM (Figure 9, Item 4), engine room PORT oily bilge suction. (15) OB-21, HOSE CONN.-OILY BILGE SUCT (Figure 9, Item 5), engine room aft 1-1/2 in. flush connection. (16) OB-13, OILY WST. STOR. TK. TO OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 7), oily waste storage tank to oily bilge pump suction. b. Place the following valves in the OPEN position: (1) (2) (3) OB-14, C.O.V-OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 6), pump suction from oily bilge header. OB-8, OILY BILGE PMP. DISCH. TO OILY WST. STOR TK (Figure 9, Item 8), oily bilge pump discharge the oily waste storage tank. OB-17, OILY WASTE STOR. INLET (Figure 9, Item 10), oily waste storage tank inlet.
0078-16
OILY BILGE WATER PUMPING - Continued
1 2
10
11
12
OB-6 OB-4
ENGINE ROOM
OB-18
OB-2
AMS 2
OB-7
13
OB-21
Figure 9. Oily Bilge Pumping System.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
OILY WASTE DRAIN TANK
OB-14
AMS 1
OB-13 OB-15
OB-5
TO BILGE OIL CONTENT MONITOR OCM-3 OCM-4 OCM-2
OW
OB-9
S-
0078-17
OB-8 OILY BILGE PUMP
OB-11 OWS PUMP OWS-2

OILY WATER SEPARATOR
OWS-10
OB-17
OB-16
14
OWS-5 OWS-3 OWS-6 GS-74 OWS-9 OWS-8 OWS-7 FROM GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM OWS-4 OB-10 OB-1
OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK
OB-3
GS-73 OCM-1
O0425T73
18
17
16
15
FWD
0078
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OILY BILGE WATER PUMPING - Continued
0078
NOTE
The suction bell mouth must be below liquid level in bilge that is being pumped. Only open the bilge valve that suction is to be taken from. 3. Select the bilge to be pumped as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. To pump AMS 1 STARBOARD bilge, OPEN OB-1, OILY BILGE SUCT (Figure 9, Item 14). To pump AMS 1 PORT bilge, OPEN OB-2 OILY BILGE SUCT (Figure 9, Item 11). To pump engine room STARBOARD bilge, OPEN OB-5, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. (Figure 9, Item 17). To pump engine room PORT bilge, OPEN OB-6, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. (Figure 9, Item 4). To pump STARBOARD shaft alley bilge, OPEN OB-3, OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 9, Item 18). To pump sort shaft alley bilge, OPEN OB-4 OILY BILGE SUCT SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 9, Item 3).
Start the pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the OPEN position.
CAUTION
Air supply regulator pressure gage should not read above 90 PSI (6.21 bar) or damage could occur to the pump. 5. Verify the reading at the following gages: a. b. 6. 7. Oily bilge transfer pump strainer differential pressure gage reads between 0 and 15 PSI (0 to 1.03 bar). Oily bilge transfer pump discharge press gage reads between 0 and 20 PSI (0 and 1.39 bar).
When the bilge is empty, stop the pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the CLOSED position. CLOSE the suction valve for the bilge that was pumped.
END OF TASK TRANSFER OILY WATER FROM DRAIN TANK TO STORAGE TANK 1. OPEN OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 2), oily waste drain tank suction.
CAUTION
The air supply regulator pressure gage should not read above 90 PSI (6.21 bar) or damage could occur to the pump. 2. 3. Start the pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the OPEN position. Verify the readings at the following gages: a. b. 4. Oily bilge transfer pump strainer differential pressure gage reads between 0 and 15 PSI (0 to 1.03 bar). Oily bilge transfer pump discharge press gage reads between 0 and 20 PSI (0 and 1.39 bar).
When the bilge is empty, stop the pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the CLOSED position.
0078-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TRANSFER OILY WATER FROM DRAIN TANK TO STORAGE TANK - Continued 5. CLOSE OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 2), oily waste drain tank suction.
0078
END OF TASK PUMP CONTENTS OF TANKS TO SHORE 1. 2. Make a connection to the shore facility with the oily waste shore connection. Align the piping system as follows: a. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) b. 3. OB-22, C.O.V SHORE CONN oily waste shore connection cutoff, located on the main deck. OB-9, OILY BILGE PMP. DISCH TO SHORE (Figure 9, Item 16), oily bilge pump discharge to shore connection.
CLOSE OB-8, OILY BILGE PMP DISCH. TO OILY WST.STOR. TK. (Figure 9, Item 8), oily bilge pump discharge to the oily waste storage tank.
Align the selected tank to pump to shore as follows:
NOTE
Pump the contents of one tank at a time. a. To pump the oily waste drain tank, position the valves as follows: (1) (2) b. OPEN OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 2), oily waste drain tank suction. CLOSE OB-13, OILY WST. STOR. TK. TO OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. (Figure 9, Item 13), oily waste storage tank to oily bilge pump suction. CLOSE OB-14, C.O.V-OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 6), pump suction from oily bilge header. OPEN OB-13, OILY WST. STOR. TK. TO OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. (Figure 9, Item 7), oily waste storage tank to oily bilge pump suction. OPEN OB-16, OILY WASTE STOR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 13), oily waste storage tank suction.
To pump the oily waste storage tank, position the valves as follows: (1) (2) (3)
4.
Start the oily bilge pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the OPEN position.
CAUTION
The air supply regulator pressure gage should not read above 90 PSI (6.21 bar) or damage could occur to pump. 5. Verify the readings at the following gages: a. b. 6. Oily bilge transfer pump strainer differential pressure gage reads between 0 and 15 PSI (0 to 1.03 bar). Oily bilge transfer pump discharge press gage reads between 0 and 20 PSI (0 and 1.39 bar).
When the bilge is empty, stop the pump by placing CA-56, COV-OILY BILGE PMP SUCT in the CLOSED position.
0078-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PUMP CONTENTS OF TANKS TO SHORE - Continued 7. Secure the piping system and realign the valves as follows: a. CLOSE the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) b. OB-22, C.O.V. SHORE CONN. oily waste shore connection, located on the main deck.
0078
OB-16, OILY WASTE STOR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 13), oily waste storage tank suction. OB-13, OILY WST. STOR. TK. TO OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. (Figure 9, Item 7), oily waste storage tank to oily bilge pump suction. OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT (Figure 9, Item 2), oily waste drain tank suction. OB-9, OILY BILGE PMP. DISCH TO SHORE (Figure 9, Item 16), oily bilge pump discharge to shore connection. OB-14, C.O.V-OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. (Figure 9, Item 6), pump suction from oily bilge header. OB-8, OILY BILGE PMP DISCH. TO OILY WST.STOR. TK. (Figure 9, Item 8), oily bilge pump discharge to the oily waste storage tank.
Place the following valves in the OPEN position: (1) (2)
8.
Disconnect the hose at oily waste shore connection.
END OF TASK OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES OWS Startup and Normal Operation 1. 2. Set to OFF the OWS switch (Figure 10, Item 3) on the OWS control panel (Figure 10, Item 1). Set to ON the OILY WATER SEPARATOR. circuit breaker (Figure 11, Item 1) in the 120 V distribution panel No. 4. The green POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 10, Item 4) will illuminate to indicate that the OWS control panel has power available. Align the OWS, the Oily Bilge (OB), and OCM valves as indicated in Table 1 and Figure 12.
3.
0078-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued
0078
2
O0426T73
Figure 10.
OWS Control Panel.
0078-21
0078
O0427T73
Figure 11. 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4.
0078-22
0078
OVERBOARD 24 22 21 20 25 TO OWT 19 23
3 FROM GENERAL SERVICE 4 5
6 7 8
18 17 OILY WASTE TANK 16
12 11
10
15
14 13
Figure 12. OWS, OB, and OCM Piping.
O0428T73
0078-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued Table 1. Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions Function OWS OVERBOARD DISCHARGE Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions OPEN
0078
Item number (Figure 12) Valve Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OB-10 OWS-4 OWS-9 OWS-7 OWS-24 OCM-1 OWS-6 OB-9 OB-8 GS-74
OCM 3-WAY DIVERTER Controlled by OCM BACKFLUSH WTR PRESS RDCR BYPASS BACKFLUSH WTR TO PRESS RDCR SW TO OWS PRESS GAGE ISOLATION OCM NOZZLE SAMPLER COV OWS PITOT SAMPLE XFR PUMP DISCH TO SHORE XFR PUMP TO OILY WATER TANK OWS BACKFLUSH INLET SOLENOID CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Automatic (Ensure that the manual override handle is in the CLOSED position [CCW] with the valve stern all the way out) OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
11 12 13 14
OWS-3 OWS-5 OB-14 OB-13
OWS PUMP DISCHARGE OWS DISCHARGE COV-XFR PUMP SUCTION OWT TO XFR PUMP SUCTION
0078-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued Table 1. Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions - Continued Item number (Figure 12) Valve Number 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 OB-16 OB-15 OWS-1 OB-17 OWS-10 OCM-3 OCM-4 OCM-2 OCM-8 OWS-8 OWS-2 Function WATER FROM OWT COV OWS INLET OWS MANUAL BACKFLUSH OILY WATER TANK INLET OWS RECIRCULATING COV Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN
0078
OCM SAMPLING VALVE CLOSED OCM INLET OCM BACKFLUSH WATER OPEN CLOSED
OCM GAGE ISOLATION OPEN BACKFLUSH WTR FROM PRESS RDCR OWS DISCHARGE OPEN OPEN
0078-25
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued 4.
0078
If the OWS and the system inlet piping are not completely filled with water, purge all air from the system by performing a manual backflush, as described in TM 55-1925-285-13&P
CAUTION
The OCM will operate regardless of fluid flow through the monitor when the OCM OPERATION SELECTOR Switch A1S1 is in the TEST position. Operating the OCM without flow through it for more than 2 minutes will result in damage to the OCM. Failure to comply with this caution will result in damage to the equipment. 5. Set the OCM OPERATION SELECTOR Switch A1S1 (Figure 13, Item 4) to the OFF position.
1 2
OPERATION SELECTOR AUTO OFF TEST
ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR 70 PPM REMOTE 15 PPM
3
O0429T73
Figure 13. Sampling/Sensor Assembly Interior.
0078-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued 6.
0078
Set the OIL CONTENT MONITOR circuit breaker (Figure 11, Item 2) in 120 V distribution panel No. 4 to ON. The red indicator (Figure 14, Item 4) on the OCM diverter valve position indicator (Figure 14, Item 3) will illuminate to signal that the OCM has power available.
1 2 3 4
OCM DIVERTER VALVE POSITION INDICATOR DISCHARGE TO DISCHARGE TO OVER BOARD OILY WASTE HOLDING TANK (GREEN) (RED)
O0430T73
Figure 14. OCM Diverter Valve Position Indicator.
NOTE
With the OPERATION SELECTOR Switch A1S1 (Figure 13, Item 4) in the AUTO position, the OCM will not operate until the pressure switch senses a pressure between 5 to 25 PSI (0.3 to 1.7 bar) at the OCM sample inlet. The OCM will automatically shut down if the pressure at the OCM sample inlet falls below 5 PSI (0.3 bar). 7. Position the OPERATION SELECTOR Switch A1S1 (Figure 13, Item 4) to AUTO.
0078-27
0078
NOTE
Placing the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR Switch A1S1 in the 15 ppm or 70 ppm position disables the Remote Indicator Assembly. 8. If the Remote Indicator Assembly (Figure 15) is not used, set the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR Switch A1S2 (Figure 13, Item 3) to the 15 ppm position for OWS operation within 12 nmi of land or the 70 ppm position for OWS operation outside 12 nmi of land. To utilize the Remote Indicator Assembly, set the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR Switch A1S2 to the REMOTE position.
CAUTION
The OCM must have flow through it while in operation. Operating the OCM without flow through it for more than 2 minutes will result in damage to the OCM. Failure to comply with this caution will result in damage to the equipment. 9. 10. Set the OWS control panel switch (Figure 10, Item 3) to MAN. The OWS pump will start, drawing oily water through the unit. The pump will continue to run as long as a switch is in the MAN position. Verify that the OCM has fluid flowing through the OCM sample inlet tubing (Figure 13, Item 1) and is discharging fluid through the OCM sample discharge tubing (Figure 13, Item 5). If the OCM does not have fluid flow within 2 minutes, turn the OWS control panel switch (Figure 10, Item 3) to OFF and notify the maintenance supervisor. If the OCM does have fluid flow within 2 minutes, continue with the procedure. Close and secure the sampling/sensor assembly door (Figure 13, Item 2). If the Remote Indicator was selected, the PUSH TO CHANGE ALARM LIMIT (PPM) pushbutton switch A2S1 (Figure 15, Item 5) on the remote indicator (alarm) assembly (Figure 15, Item 4) must be set to the proper ppm. Select the IN PORT (15 ppm) or AT SEA (70 ppm) alarm limit by pushing the PUSH TO CHANGE ALARM LIMIT (PPM) pushbutton switch A2S1 until the IN PORT indicator (Figure 15, Item 6) or at the AT SEA indicator (Figure 15, Item 3) illuminates.
11. 12.
0078-28
0078
O0431T73
Figure 15.
Remote Indicator (Alarm) Assembly.
0078-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Startup and Normal Operation - Continued 13. Verify that the OCM is operating properly by checking the following OCM system indicators: a. b. c. d.
0078
The POWER indicator A1DS1 (Figure 16, Item 7) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 8) is illuminated. The RANGE-PPM indicator (Figure 16, Item 2) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 8) indicates the ppm selected The sampling/sensor assembly Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) (Figure 16, Item 3) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 8) are illuminated. OCM WARNING (Figure 16, Item 6) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 2) is not illuminated.
CAUTION
OCM WARNING 2 and 3 may cycle on and off depending on the amount of dirt, bubbles, foam, or air in the sample. If OCM WARNING 2 or 3 illuminate for more than 60 seconds continuously, check the OCM to ensure flow is present. Operating the OCM without flow through it for more than 2 minutes will result in damage to the OCM. Failure to comply with this caution will result in damage to the equipment. e. f. g. OCM WARNING 2 (Figure 16, Item 5) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 8) is not illuminated. OCM WARNING 3 (Figure 16, Item 4) on the OCM display (Figure 16, Item 8) is not illuminated. The POWER ON indicator A2DS1 (Figure 15, Item 1) is illuminated on the Remote Indicator Assembly (Figure 15, Item 4) if the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR switch A1S2 (Figure 13, Item 3) is in the REMOTE position. The appropriate alarm limit IN PORT indicator or AT SEA indicator (Figure 15, Items 6 and 3) is illuminated on the Remote Indicator Assembly (Figure 15, Item 4) to correspond with the alarm limit selected if the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR switch A1S2 (Figure 13, Item 3) is in the REMOTE position.
h.
NOTE
There may be up to a 1-minute delay between the time when the OCM turns on and when a numeric ppm value is displayed. i. The OIL CONTENT ppm (Figure 15, Item 2) is displayed on the Remote Indicator Assembly (Figure 15, Item 4) if the ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR switch A1S2 (Figure 13, Item 3) is in the REMOTE position. The Diverter Valve Position Indicator (Figure 14, Item 3) illuminates green (Figure 14, Item 2) for overboard discharge and illuminates red (Figure 14, Item 4) for discharge to the Oily Waste Holding Tank.
j.
0078-30
0078
8
POWER OIL CONTENT
70 15 RANGE - PPM
7
WARNING
4
O0432T73
Figure 16. Sampling/Sensor Assembly Indicators.
0078-31
0078
NOTE
When the OCM is turned OFF, or is inactive because sample pressure is outside the operating pressure range, the effluent diverter solenoid valve will be in its default position, recirculating effluent to the Oily Waste Tank (OWT). When the OCM is activated by its pressure switch, it must detect four consecutive "good" samples (at 15-second intervals) before the remote relay assembly will send a signal to the diverter solenoid valve, diverting effluent flow overboard. If the effluent oil concentration rises above the set alarm level for one sample, the Remote Relay Assembly will remove the signal, causing the diverter solenoid valve to return to its default (recirculating) position. Loss of control signal or power to the diverter solenoid valve also causes it to return to its default position. k. l. The OCM Sample Inlet Pressure Gage (Figure 14, Item 1) indicates a pressure between 5 and 25 PSI (0.3 to 1.7 bar). Monitor the effluent diverter solenoid valve (Figure 12, Item 2) to ensure that it is being automatically controlled by a signal form the OCM remote relay assembly (Figure 10, Item 2).
NOTE
Oil discharge from the OWS to the OWT is automatic during manual operation. When enough oil has collected in the top of the OWS tank to cover the tip of the lower sensor probe, the OWS will enter the oil discharge mode. The yellow OIL DISCHARGE indicator on the OWS control panel will light and the OWS pump will stop. The OWS backflush inlet solenoid valve will open, admitting raw water at about 12 PSI (0.8 bar) to force the oil out of the OWS tank and into the OWT. When enough oil has been discharged that the upper sensor probe is again covered with water, the OWS will automatically return to processing mode. The yellow OIL DISCHARGE light will turn off, the OWS backflush inlet solenoid valve will close, and the OWS pump will start. 14. Monitor the operation of the OWS. A temporary automatic shutdown of the OWS is normal. Do not drain the OWT below 10 percent during normal OWS operation. Fouling of the OWS will occur.
0078-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM OPERATING PROCEDURES - Continued OWS Shutdown 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the OWS control panel switch (Figure 10, Item 3) to the OFF position. Set the OPERATION SELECTOR switch A1S1 (Figure 13, Item 4) to AUTOMATIC.
0078
Perform OCM backflush by OPENING OCM 2 (Figure 12, Item 22) and CLOSING OCM 1. Continue OCM backflush until all liquid from the OCM discharge tube (Figure 13, Item 5) is clear. Set the OPERATION SELECTOR switch A1S1 (Figure 13, Item 4) to OFF. Perform OWS manual backflush (Volume 1, WP 0006). Return all valves from Table 1 to the CLOSED position. At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. OILY WATER SEPARATOR (Figure 11, Item 1). OIL CONTENT MONITOR (Figure 11, Item 2).
0078-33/34 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POTABLE WATER SYSTEM
0079
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References WP 0070 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP. PLACE HOT WATER HEATERS ONLINE. PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE. REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE. BROMINATOR OPERATING PROCEDURE.
0079-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0079
NOTE
Verify that the Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) is operational before using the potable water system. MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP 1. Align the electrical system as follows: a. At the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating System (EOS), set the AUX MACH SPACE No. 2 PWR PNL NO. 5 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to the ON position.
O0433T73
Figure 1.
0079-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued b. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 2). LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2). (2) POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 1). LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 1).
0079
2 1 4 3
O0434T73
Figure 2.
0079-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued c.
0079
At the 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the Tank Level Indicator (TLI) SYSTEM. circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 2) to ON.
O0859T73
Figure 3.
0079-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued d. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the ENGINEERING OPERATING STATION DRINKING FOUNTAIN. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the ENGINE ROOM DRINKING FOUNTAIN, (RECEPTACLE) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
0079
1 2
O0435T73
Figure 4.
0079-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued e.
0079
At the 120 V distribution panel No. 3, set the MAIN DECK DRINKING FOUNTAIN. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the MAIN ENGINE DRINKING FOUNTAIN (MESS/RECREATION SPACE) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 1) to ON.
O0860T73
Figure 5.
0079-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued f. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 2, set the following circuit breakers to ON: (1) (2) 01 LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAIN (Figure 6, Item 2).
0079
PILOT HOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN & COFFEE MAKER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 6, Item 3) PILOT HOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN & COFFEE MAKER RECEPTACLE (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 3).
2 1
O0436T73
Figure 6.
0079-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued 2. Align the main potable water system piping and valves as follows: a. Place the following valves in the OPEN position: (1) In Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (2) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) b. (1) PW-14, POT. WTR. TK. PORT SUCT (Figure 7, Item 27). PW-15, POT. WTR. TK. STBD SUCT (Figure 7, Item 26). PW-16, C.O.V.-POT. WTR. PMP No. 1 SUCT (Figure 7, Item 23). PW-17, C.O.V.-POT. WTR. PMP No. 2 SUCT (Figure 7, Item 22). PW-78, C.O.V. HYDR. PNEU TK. OUTLET (Figure 7, Item 18). PW-18, HYDR. PNEU TK. INLET (Figure 7, Item 19). PW-76, C.O.V. POT. WTR. PMP No. 1 DISCH. (Figure 7, Item 21). PW-77, C.O.V. POT. WTR. PMP No. 2 DISCH. (Figure 7, Item 20). PW-42, HW RECIRC. PMP. SUCT. (Figure 7, Item 9). PW-43, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 7, Item 7). PW-44, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 7, Item 13). PW-79, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 7, Item 14). PW-80, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 7, Item 12). PW-81, H.W. HTR OUT (Figure 7, Item 8). PW-82, H.W. HTR OUT (Figure 7, Item 10). PW-22, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 7, Item 11).
0079
In AMS 1:
Place the following valves in the CLOSED position: In towing gear locker: (a) (b) (2) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (3) (a) PW-10, POT. WTR. TK. PORT DR. (Figure 7, Item 28). PW-11, POT. WTR. TK. STBD. DR. (Figure 7, Item 24). PW-12, POT. WTR. TK. PORT FILL (Figure 7, Item 29). PW-13, POT. WTR. TK. STBD FILL (Figure 7, Item 25). PW-36, BYPASS-BROMINATOR (Figure 7, Item 30). PW-37, BROMINATOR INLET (Figure 7, Item 2). PW-38, BROMINATOR OUTLET (Figure 7, Item 3). PW-83, POT. WTR. TO MN. DK. WSH. DN (Figure 7, Item 16). PW-35, M.E. KEEL CLR WTR FILL CONN. (Figure 7, Item 17). PW-84, POT. WTR. TO BROMINATOR (Figure 7, Item 1). PW-40, ENG. FILL CONN. PORT (Figure 7, Item 4).
In AMS 2:
In the engine room:
0079-8
MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued
(b) PW-39, ENG. FILL CONN. STBD (Figure 7, Item 15).
30 29
9 10 11
Figure 7.
28
ROU 2
PW-40 PW-42
Main Potable Water System Valves.
AMS 2
PW-10 POTABLE WATER TANK 2
PW-84
ROU 1
ENGINE ROOM
PW-81
PW-82
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
WH-1
WH-2
27 26
PW-20 PW-12 PW-37 PW-36 PW-44
B
PW-21 PW-38
PW-43 PW-79
PW-22 PW-80
24
O0437T73
AN
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
HT
0079-9
PW-14
PW-9 PW-15 POTABLE WATER TANK 1 PW-13
FROM SHORE FILL PW-35
PW-83
AMS 1
PW-16
25
PW-11 PW-76 PW-17 PW-77 PW-18
PW-78
PW-39
0079
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MAIN POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SETUP - Continued 3. Charge the potable water hydropneumatic tank by completing the following actions: a. Fill the tank with water: (1) (2) (3) (4) OPEN the hydropneumatic tank vent valve (Figure 8, Item 3). Verify that PW-18, HYDRO. PNEU TK INLET (Figure 7, Item 19) is OPEN. CLOSE valve PW-78, C.O.V. HYDR. PNEU TK. OUTLET (Figure 7, Item 18). At the potable water pump 1 or 2 motor controller, perform the following: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (5) (6) Set MAN/AUTO switch (Figure 9, Item 6) to the MAN position. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 9, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE light (Figure 9, Item 2) illuminates. Press the START (Figure 9, Item 4) pushbutton. Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 9, Item 3) illuminates.
0079
At the hydropneumatic tank, observe and verify that the tank water level is increasing in the sight glass (Figure 8, Item 4). When water level is approximately one-half in sight glass, perform the following actions at the running potable water pump motor controller. (a) (b) Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 9, Item 5). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 9, Item 3) goes out.
b. c.
Verify that the ship's service air system is online and pressurized, and connect a charging air hose to the nearest air tool connection. Pressurize the hydropneumatic tank by performing the following actions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) CLOSE the hydropneumatic tank vent valve (Figure 8, Item 3). Connect the other end of the charging air hose to the charging air connection isolation valve (Figure 8, Item 2) on the hydropneumatic tank. Slowly OPEN the air tool connection valve to pressurize the hose. Slowly OPEN the charging air connection isolation valve (Figure 8, Item 2), and pressurize the hydropneumatic tank. When the hydropneumatic pressure gage (Figure 8, Item 1) indicates approximately 60 PSI (4.14 bar), CLOSE the charging air connection isolation valve. CLOSE the air tool connection valve and disconnect the air hose from the hydropneumatic tank.
NOTE
Both potable water pumps may be operated at the same time; however, normal operation is one pump online at a time. 4. Place the potable water system online by completing the following actions: a. b. OPEN PW-78, C.O.V. HDR. PNEU TK. OUTLET (Figure 7, Item 18). At potable water pump motor controller 1 or 2, place the MAN/AUTO switch (Figure 9, Item 6) to AUTO.
0079-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0079
O0438T73
Figure 8.
Hydropneumatic Tank.
1
ON
OFF
2
START STOP
5
LOCAL REMOTE
RESET
4 6
O0439T73
Potable Water Pump No. 1 and No. 2 Motor Controller.
0079-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0079
PLACE HOT WATER HEATERS ONLINE 1. Fill the hot water heaters by completing the following actions: Verify that the following valves are OPEN: (1) (2) (3) (4) PW-79, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 7, Item 14). PW-80, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 7, Item 12). PW-81, H.W. HTR OUT (Figure 7, Item 8). PW-82, H.W. HTR OUT (Figure 7, Item 10).
CAUTION
Failure to fill the water heaters with water prior to applying power could damage the heating elements. 2. 3. In the galley, slowly OPEN the hot water faucet at the sink. Allow the water to run until air has been purged from the piping, and a solid stream of water flows from the faucet. On the main switchboard in the EOS, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. 4. a. HOT POTABLE WTR HTR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 2). HOT POTABLE WTR HTR No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 4). Verifying that the following valves are OPEN: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) PW-42, HW RECIRC. TO PMP. SUCT. (Figure 7, Item 9). PW-43, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 7, Item 7). PW-44, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 7, Item 13). At 440 V power panel No. 4, set the HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or LVP FOR HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 10, Item 1) to ON. Complete the following at the hot potable water recirculating pump motor, located in AMS 1: (a) (b) (c) Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 11, Item 1) illuminates. Press and release the START pushbutton (Figure 11, Item 2). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 11, Item 3) illuminates.
Place the hot water recirculating system online by:
Start the hot water recirculating pump by performing the following actions:
(2)
0079-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PLACE HOT WATER HEATERS ONLINE - Continued
0079
O0440T73
Figure 10.
PO AVA WER ILA BLE

MO TOR RU N
STA
RT STO P
O0441T73
Figure 11. Hot Water Recirculating Pump Motor Controller. END OF TASK
0079-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0079
PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. In the bow thruster compartment: PW-19, C.W. TO W.C. In AMS 1 (Figure 7, Item 11): PW-22, C.W. TO W.C. In the engine room: (1) (2) d. e. PW-21, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 7, Item 5). PW-20, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 7, Item 6).
In AMS 2, PW-83, POT. WTR. TO MN. DK. WSH. DN (Figure 7, Item 16). In the galley: (1) (2) (3) (4) PW-29 (Figure 12, Item 2), sprinkler supply to the gaylord hood. PW-33 (Figure 12, Item 3), galley hot water supply. PW-34 (Figure 12, Item 4), galley supply. PW-32 (Figure 12, Item 1), hot water to the dishwasher. PW-25, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 13, Item 1). PW-67 (Figure 13, Item 2), supply to drinking fountain. PW-93, C.W. TO ICE MAKER (Figure 13, Item 3)
f.
In the crew's mess: (1) (2) (3)
0079-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE - Continued
0079
1 2
FWD
O0442T73
Figure 12.
Galley Valve Locations.
3
O0443T73
Figure 13.
Crew's Mess Valve Locations.
0079-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE - Continued g. In the crew's sanitary space: (1) (2) (3) (4) h. (1) (2) (3) i. (1) (2) j. (1) (2) k. PW-53 (Figure 14, Item 1), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-52 (Figure 14, Item 2), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-51 (Figure 14, Item 3), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-50 (Figure 14, Item 4), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-24, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 14, Item 5) (overhead). PW-48 (Figure 14, Item 6), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-49 (Figure 14, Item 7), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-30 (Figure 14, Item 8), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-31 (Figure 14, Item 9), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-46 (Figure 14, Item 10), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-47 (Figure 14, Item 11), cold potable water to the sanitary space.
0079
In the crew's stateroom #3 and sanitary space:
In the laundry room:
In crew's stateroom #1 sanitary space:
In crew's stateroom #2: PW-23, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 14, Item 12).
0079-16
0079
4 5 6 7 8 9
UP
10 11
FWD 12
Figure 14. Main Deck Potable Water Valves.
O0444T73
0079-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE - Continued l. In officer's stateroom #2 and sanitary space: (1) (2) m. (1) (2) n. (1) (2) o. (1) (2) p. (1) (2) q. (1) (2) PW-61 (Figure 15, Item 1), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-26, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 15, Item 2) PW-56 (Figure 15, Item 3), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-58 (Figure 15, Item 4), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-68 (Figure 15, Item 5), supply to drinking fountain. PW-62, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 15, Item 10). PW-55 (Figure 15, Item 6), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-57 (Figure 15, Item 7), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-60 (Figure 15, Item 8), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-59 (Figure 15, Item 9), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-63 (Figure 15, Item 11), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-64 (Figure 15, Item 12), hot potable water to the sanitary space.
0079
In the chief engineer's stateroom and sanitary space:
In the 01 level passageway:
In the captain's stateroom and sanitary space:
In the officer's stateroom #1 sanitary space:
In the Noncommissioned Officer (NCO)'s sanitary space:
0079-18
0079
12
3 4
UP
DN
11 5 6 7
10
O0445T73
9
01 Level Potable Water Valves.
0079-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0079
REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE Electrical/Piping Lineup 1. At the main switchboard in the EOS, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. 2. AUX MACH SPACE No. 2 PWR PNL No. 5 (Figure 1, Item 1). 3-25 KVA 10 XFMRS (Figure 1, Item 3).
At the load center distribution panel, set the 120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 circuit breaker (Figure 16, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 17, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) to ON.
1
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
LOAD CENTER ENG RM
O0446T73
0079-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Electrical/Piping Lineup - Continued
0079
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
LOAD CENTER ENG RM
O0447T73
0079-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Electrical/Piping Lineup - Continued 3. 4.
0079
At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the ROWPU BATTERY CHARGER circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) to ON. At the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Unit (ROWPU) battery charger, turn ON the A.C. switch (Figure 18, Item 1).
1
O0448T73
Figure 18. ROWPU Battery Charger.
0079-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Electrical/Piping Lineup - Continued 5. At the ROWPU 24 V DC control panel, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. c. 6. a. RO #1 (Figure 19, Item 3). RO #2 (Figure 19, Item 2). FWF PUMP (Figure 19, Item 1). REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 3). LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 3). b. REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 4). LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 4). 7. Verify that the general service system is online (WP 0070) and operating at a minimum pressure of 60 PSI (4.1 bar).
0079
At 440 V power panel No. 5, set the following circuit breakers to ON:
2 3
O0449T73
Figure 19.
ROWPU 24 V DC Control Panel.
0079-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Electrical/Piping Lineup - Continued 8. Verify that the brominator is online and operating normally, or that PW-36, BYPASS-BROMINATOR (Figure 20, Item 1) is OPEN.
0079
O0450T73
Figure 20.
Brominator.
0079-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Electrical/Piping Lineup - Continued 9. 10. CLOSE RO-V-1 (Figure 21, Item 1), main sea water supply. OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. RO-V-7 (Figure 22, Item 2), backflow preventer supply valve. RO-V-6, (Figure 22, Item 1), backflow preventer discharge valve. RO-V-9, (Figure 23, Item 3), fresh water flush pump supply valve. RO-V-1-2 (Figure 24, Item 2), ROWPU 1 brine discharge valve. RO-V-2-2 (Figure 24, Item 3), ROWPU 2 brine discharge valve. RO-V-8 (Figure 24, Item 1), product water discharge valve. PW-13 (Figure 23, Item 1), starboard potable water tank fill valve. PW-12, POT. WTR. TK. PORT FILL (Figure 23, Item 2).
0079
0079-25
0079
1 2
6 7
O0451T73
Figure 21.
ROWPU System as Viewed from Starboard Side.
3 1 2
8 9 10
11
12 13 14
19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
15 18
16
17
Figure 22. ROWPU System, Front View.
O0452T73
0079-26
0079
A/C / REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT
SHIPS STORES REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT
BILGE & BALLAST PUMPS
O0453T73
Figure 23. Potable Water Valves on AMS 2 Aft Bulkhead.

ENGINE ROOM
AMS-2
ROWPU 2 FLOW CONTROL PANEL
ROWPU 2 SYS. CON.
ROWPU 1 SYS. CON.
FWD
Figure 24. ROWPU System Valves as Viewed from Above.
O0454T73
0079-27
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Media Filter Backflush
0079
NOTE
Always perform the MEDIA FILTER BACKFLUSH procedure before and after all ROWPU operations. If differential pressure exceeds 20 PSI (1.4 bar) as indicated by the difference between the media filter INLET PRESSURE and OUTLET PRESSURE gages, secure ROWPU operation, and perform MEDIA FILTER BACKFLUSH. 1. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. a. b. 3. RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply. RO-V-3 (Figure 21, Item 2), media filter discharge. RO-V-1-1 (Figure 22, Item 17), ROWPU 1 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-2-1 (Figure 22, Item 18), ROWPU 2 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-4 (Figure 21, Item 6), media filter bypass. RO-V-5 (Figure 22, Item 16), cleaning supply. RO-V-11 (Figure 21, Item 4) media filter drain. RO-V-10 (Figure 21, Item 3), media filter backflush valve. RO-V-1 (Figure 21, Item 1), main sea water supply.
Verify that RO-PG-1 (Figure 21, Item 7), general service pressure, indicates a minimum of 30 PSI (2.4 bar).
CAUTION
Media tank inlet pressure must not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar) and differential pressure must not exceed 35 PSI (2.4 bar), or damage could occur to the media filter tank. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Align the media filter maintenance mode valves (Figure 22, Item 15) to the "BACKWASH" position as shown in Figure 25. Slowly OPEN RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply, to backwash the media filter. Verify that the media filter INLET PRESSURE gage (Figure 22, Item 13) does not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar). Verify that the pressure differential between the media filter INLET PRESSURE gage (Figure 22, Item 13) and the media filter OUTLET PRESSURE gage (Figure 22, Item 14) does not exceed 20 PSI (2.4 bar). BACKWASH the media filter for a minimum of 10 minutes, or until differential pressure between the media filter INLET PRESSURE gage (Figure 22, Item 13) and the media filter OUTLET PRESSURE gage (Figure 22, Item 14) is less than 5 PSI (0.3 bar). CLOSE RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply. Align the media filter maintenance mode valves (Figure 22, Item 15) to the "RINSE" position as shown in Figure 25. Slowly OPEN RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply. RINSE the media filter for a minimum of 5 minutes.
9. 10. 11. 12.
0079-28
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued Media Filter Backflush - Continued
0079
MEDIA FILTER MODES & VALVE POSITIONS OPERATIONAL MODES

(BOOSTER PUMP AND HIGH PRESSURE PUMP RUNNING) NORMAL BYPASS
MAINTENANCE MODES
(BOOSTER PUMP ONLY) BACKWASH RINSE
O0455T73
Figure 25. Media Filter Maintenance Mode Valve Positions. 13. 14. CLOSE RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply. To align the media filter for normal operation, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. 15. 16. RO-V-2 (Figure 21, Item 5), media filter supply. RO-V-4 (Figure 21, Item 6), media filter bypass. RO-V-10 (Figure 21, Item 3), media filter backflush valve. RO-V-5 (Figure 22, Item 16), cleaning supply.
OPEN RO-V-3 (Figure 21, Item 2), media filter discharge. Align the media filter maintenance mode valves (Figure 22, Item 15) to the "NORMAL" position as shown in Figure 24.
0079-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 1 Startup
0079
CAUTION
If bypassing the media filter, RO-PG-1-1, 20-micron filter outlet/5-micron filter inlet pressure should not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar), or damage could occur. 1. OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. 2. 3. RO-V-1-1 (Figure 28, Item 17), ROWPU 1 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-1 (Figure 27, Item 1), main sea water supply. RO-V-3 (Figure 27, Item 2), media filter discharge.
Slowly OPEN RO-V-2 (Figure 27, Item 5), media filter supply. At ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11), perform the following: a. Verify that the HIGH PRESSURE PUMP INLET pressure gage (Figure 28, Item 9) indicates a minimum of 10 PSI (0.7 bar).
CAUTION
Failure to completely OPEN the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve prior to starting the high pressure pump will result in damage to the RO membranes. b. c. d. 4. Fully OPEN the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-1-3 (Figure 28, Item 26). Observe the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24) until it displays a minimum reading of 1 GPM (3.8 LPM) with few or no bubbles present. Verify that the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10) does not rise above 50 PSI (3.4 bar). Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 26, Item 3) and verify that the SYSTEM OFF indicator (Figure 26, Item 8) is illuminated. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 26, Item 5) and verify the following: (1) (2) 5. a. b. c. d. e. BOOSTER PUMP indicator (Figure 26, Item 7) illuminates. SYSTEM ON indicator (Figure 26, Item 6) is illuminated.
At the ROWPU 1 system controller (Figure 28, Item 12), perform the following: a. b.
Verify the following conditions at the ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11). The BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24) displays a minimum flow reading of 4 GPM (15.1 LPM) with no bubbles present. The BRINE DISCHARGE PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 8) indicates less than 15 PSI (1 bar). The PRODUCT WATER OUTPUT PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 23) indicates approximately 0 PSI (0.0 bar). The SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10) indicates less than 50 PSI (3.4 bar). The PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 25) indicates less than 1 GPH (3.8 LPH).
0079-30
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 1 Startup - Continued
0079
8 7 6 5
O0456T73
Figure 26. 6.
System Controller.
Allow the system to operate in this configuration for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize, and most of the air is purged from the system as indicated by a fluid stream with few or no bubbles flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24).
CAUTION
Increase system pressure slowly. Failure to comply with this caution will cause damage to the RO membranes. 7. At ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11), slowly increase system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-1-3 (Figure 28, Item 26) in the INCREASE direction until the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10) indicates 400 PSI (27.6 bar). Allow the system to operate in this configuration for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize and that most of the air is purged from the system as indicated by fluid streams with few or no bubbles flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24) and the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 25).
8.
CAUTION
Increase system pressure slowly. Failure to comply with this caution will cause damage to the RO membranes. 9. At ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11), slowly increase system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-1-3 (Figure 28, Item 26) in the INCREASE direction until the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10) indicates 650 PSI (44.8 bar).
0079-31
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 1 Startup - Continued 10.
0079
Allow the system to operate in this configuration for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize, and that all air bubbles are purged from the system as indicated by solid fluid streams flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24) and the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 25).
CAUTION
ROWPU maximum safe operating pressure is 950 PSI (65.5 bar). The system high pressure cutout is set at 950 PSI (65.5 bar) 25 PSI (1.7 bar). Do not exceed 900 PSI (62.1 bar) as indicated by the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage, or damage to the ROWPU system could occur.
NOTE
The ROWPU maximum operating pressure is directly related to seawater temperature and salinity. The maximum operating pressure may be lower than 900 PSI (62.1 bar), depending on seawater temperature and salinity. 11. At ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11), slowly adjust system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-1-3 (Figure 28, Item 26) as necessary until the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 25) indicates 66 GPH (249.8 LPH) to a maximum 900 PSI (62.1 bar) as indicated by the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10). Verify that the ROWPU 1 gages and indicators stabilize as follows: a. At ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 11), verify the following:
12.
CAUTION
If bypassing the media filter, RO-PG-1-1, 20-micron filter outlet/5-micron filter inlet pressure gage, should not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar), or damage could occur. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. HIGH PRESSURE PUMP INLET pressure gage (Figure 28, Item 9) indicates a minimum of 10 PSI (0.7 bar) and a maximum of 45 PSI (3.1 bar). The SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 10) indicates less than 900 PSI (62.1 bar). The PRODUCT WATER OUTPUT PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 23) indicates less than 20 PSI (1.4 bar). The BRINE DISCHARGE PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 8) indicates approximately 10 PSI (0.7 bar). The BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 24) indicates approximately 3.2 GPM (12.1 LPM). The PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 25) indicates approximately 66 GPH (248.8 LPH).
At the ROWPU 1 system controller (Figure 28, Item 12), verify that the SALINITY METER (Figure 26, Item 1) indicates that product water salinity is less than 500 ppm as indicated by five or fewer LEDs lit.
0079-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 1 Startup - Continued
0079
1 2
6 7
O0926T73
Figure 27. ROWPU System as Viewed From Starboard Side.
3 1 2
4 5
9 10
11
12 13 14
19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26
15 18
16
17
O0927T73
0079-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 2 Startup
0079
CAUTION
If bypassing the media filter, RO-PG-2-1, 20-micron filter outlet/5-micron filter inlet pressure, should not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar) or damage could occur. 1. OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. 2. 3. RO-V-2-1 (Figure 28, Item 18), ROWPU 2 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-1 (Figure 27, Item 1), main sea water supply. RO-V-3 (Figure 27, Item 2), media filter discharge.
Slowly OPEN RO-V-2 (Figure 27, Item 5), media filter supply. Complete the following actions at ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6): a. Verify that the HIGH PRESSURE PUMP INLET pressure gage (Figure 28, Item 4) indicates a minimum of 10 PSI (0.7 bar).
CAUTION
Failure to completely OPEN the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve prior to starting the high pressure pump will result in damage to the RO membranes. b. c. d. 4. Fully OPEN the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-2-3 (Figure 28, Item 22). Observe the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20) until it displays a minimum reading of 1 GPM (3.8 LPM) with few or no bubbles present. Verify that the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5) does not rise above 50 PSI (3.4 bar). Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 26, Item 3) and verify that the SYSTEM OFF indicator (Figure 26, Item 8) is illuminated. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 26, Item 5) and verify the following: (1) (2) 5. a. b. c. d. e. BOOSTER PUMP indicator (Figure 26, Item 7) illuminates. SYSTEM ON indicator (Figure 26, Item 6) is illuminated.
At the ROWPU 2 system controller (Figure 28, Item 7), perform the following: a. b.
At the ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6), verify the following: The BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20) displays a flow reading of 4 GPM (15.1 LPM) with no bubbles present. The BRINE DISCHARGE PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 3) indicates less than 15 PSI (1 bar). The PRODUCT WATER OUTPUT PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 19) indicates approximately 0 PSI (0.0 bar). The SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5) indicates less than 50 PSI (3.4 bar). The PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 21), indicates less than 1 GPH (3.8 LPH).
0079-34
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 2 Startup - Continued 6.
0079
Allow the system to operate in this configuration for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize, and that most of the air is purged from the system as indicated by a fluid stream with few or no bubbles flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20).
CAUTION
Increase system pressure slowly. Failure to comply with this caution will cause damage to the RO membranes. 7. At ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6), slowly increase system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-2-3 (Figure 28, Item 22) in the INCREASE direction until the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5) indicates 400 PSI (27.6 bar). Allow the system to operate in this configuration for 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize, and that most of the air is purged from the system as indicated by fluid streams with few or no bubbles flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20) and the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 21). At ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6), slowly increase system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-2-3 (Figure 28, Item 22) in the INCREASE direction until the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5) indicates 650 PSI (44.8 bar). Allow the system to operate in this configuration for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure that all gages stabilize, and that all air bubbles are purged from the system as indicated by solid fluid streams flowing through the BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20) and the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 21).
8.
9.
10.
CAUTION
ROWPU maximum safe operating pressure is 950 PSI (65.5 bar). The system high pressure cutout is set at 950 PSI (65.5 bar) 25 PSI (1.7 bar). Do not exceed 900 PSI (62.1 bar) as indicated by the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage, or damage to the ROWPU system could occur.
NOTE
The ROWPU maximum operating pressure is directly related to seawater temperature and salinity. The maximum operating pressure may be lower than 900 PSI (62.1 bar), depending on seawater temperature and salinity. 11. At ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6), slowly adjust system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve, RO-V-2-3 (Figure 28, Item 22) as necessary until the PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 21) indicates 33 GPH (125 LPH) to a maximum 900 PSI (62.1 bar) as indicated by the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5).
0079-35
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) UNITS OPERATING PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 2 Startup - Continued 12. Verify that the ROWPU 2 gages and indicators stabilize as follows: a. At ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 28, Item 6), verify the following:
0079
CAUTION
If bypassing the media filter, RO-PG-2-1, 20-micron filter outlet/5-micron filter inlet pressure gage should not exceed 45 PSI (3.1 bar), or damage could occur. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. HIGH PRESSURE PUMP INLET pressure gage (Figure 28, Item 4) indicates a minimum of 10 PSI (0.7 bar) and a maximum of 45 PSI (3.1 bar). The SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 5) indicates 900 PSI (62.1 bar) or less. The PRODUCT WATER OUTPUT PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 19) indicates less than 20 PSI (1.4 bar). The BRINE DISCHARGE PRESSURE gage (Figure 28, Item 3) indicates approximately 10 PSI (0.7 bar). The BRINE flow meter (Figure 28, Item 20) indicates approximately 3.5 GPM (12.1 LPM). The PRODUCT WATER flow meter (Figure 28, Item 21) indicates approximately 33 GPH (124.9 LPH).
At the ROWPU 2 system controller (Figure 28, Item 7), verify that the SALINITY METER (Figure 26, Item 1) indicates that product water salinity is less than 500 ppm, as indicated by five or fewer LEDs lit.
END OF TASK BROMINATOR OPERATING PROCEDURE 1. 2. Place the potable water system online by performing the PLACE THE SHIPWIDE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM ONLINE procedure in this work package. Place the brominator online by completing the following actions: a. b. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the BROMINATOR circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON. Place the following valves in the OPEN position: (1) (2) c. PW-38, BROMINATOR OUTLET (Figure 20, Item 2). PW-37, BROMINATOR INLET (Figure 20, Item 3).
Verify that PW-36, BYPASS-BROMINATOR (Figure 20, Item 1) is CLOSED.
0079-36
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MARINE SANITATION DEVICE (MSD)
0080
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Gloves, Chemical and Oil Protective (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 238) Goggles, Industrial (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 244) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References FM 4-01.502 References (cont.) TM 55-1925-284-14&P WP 0081 Volume 4, WP 0163 Equipment Condition All ventilation fans operating normally. (WP 0081)
0080-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0080
SYSTEM STARTUP
NOTE
The SYSTEM STARTUP procedure is performed after the following: New System Installation, System Lay Up, System Overhaul, Air Scour and Pump Out Media Tank, and Cleaning of the Media Tank. 1. Set to ON the AUX MACH SPACE No. 1 PWR PNL No.4 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) at the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 3) in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS).
3
O0457T73
0080-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued 2.
0080
Set to ON the MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the CONTROLLER FOR MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 1) in 440 V power panel No. 4.
O0458T73
Figure 2.
NOTE
Pay particular attention to valve lineup. Sewage can back up in the system if valves SD-2 SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE, SD-3 SEWAGE DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK, and SD-1 SEWAGE INLET TO MSD VALVES are CLOSED. 3. Align the valves for the MSD to operate under usual conditions as specified in Figure 3 and Table 1.
0080-3
SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued
MARINE SANITATION DEVICE SYSTEM

VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT 02 LEVEL
STBD PORT SHORE SHORE CONN CONN SD-11 SD-10
01 LEVEL
MAIN DECK
Figure 3. MSD System Schematic.
AUX MCHRY SP NO. 1 SD-3 FROM COMP AIR FROM POTABLE WATER SD-9
CA-84 0-15 PSIG P CA-80 PW-100 MSD-3 CA-82 CA-83 CA-81 SET AT 2 PSI MSD-5 SEWAGE INLET P 0-60 PSIG SD-7 SD-19 EFFLUENT MARINE SANITATION DEVICE AIR SCOUR MSD-8 DISCHARGE NO. 1 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP SD-5 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK SD-4 MSD-9 DRAIN PD-4 CHLORINATOR P SET AT 3 PSIG
AUX MCHRY SP NO. 1 SD-2
ENGINE ROOM
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
SD-13
OVBD
0080-4
0-30 PSIG BLOWER
MSD-6
SD-1 P 0-60 PSIG MSD-14 SD-12 MSD DISCH PUMP MSD-13 NO. 2 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP SD-6 SD-20 FROM WWTR SYS
AUX MCHRY SP NO. 1 ENGINE ROOM
WET WELL B MSD-10
MSD-11
P 0-60 PSIG
SD-8
O0459T73
0080
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued Table 1. Valve Number CA-80 CA-81 CA-82 CA-83 CA-84 MSD-3 MSD-5 MSD-6 MSD-8 MSD-9 MSD-10 MSD-11 MSD-13 MSD-14 PD-4 PW-100 SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 SD-4 SD-5 Valve Alignment Under Usual Conditions. Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Factory Set Factory Set CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN
0080
Function COV-LP AIR COV-LP AIR LP AIR HOSE SHUTOFF PRV-SET AT 2 PSIG RV-SET AT 3 PSIG POTW FILL TO MSD ISLN BLOWER DISCHARGE SHUTOFF BLOWER DISCH TO AIR SCOURING SOV MEDIA TANK PUMP-OUT DR MEDIA TANK DRAIN WET WELL DISCHARGE WET WELL SAMPLE WET WELL DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK MSD DISCH PUMP GAGE ISLN
WASTE WTR TO SEW HLDG TANK OPEN POTW ISOLATION SEWAGE INLET TO MSD SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 SUCT CLOSED COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 SUCT CLOSED
0080-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued Table 1. Valve Number SD-6 SD-7 SD-8 SD-9 SD-10 SD-11 SD-12 SD-13 SD-19 SD-20 4. Valve Alignment Under Usual Conditions - Continued. Function COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 DISCH COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE TO SHORE CONN SEWAGE SHORE CONN PORT SEWAGE SHORE CONN STBD MSD OVERBOARD DISCH PMP DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEW PMP NO. 1 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN SEW PMP NO. 2 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
0080
OPEN MSD-3 POTW FILL TO MSD ISLN (Figure 3) and PW-100 POTW ISOLATION (Figure 3) valves and fill the MSD (Figure 3) with potable water. Fill the MSD until the water in the wet well (Figure 3) reaches a level halfway up the wet well sight glass (Figure 3). CLOSE MSD-3 POTW FILL TO MSD ISLN (Figure 3) and PW-100 POTW ISOLATION (Figure 3) valves. Ensure that chlorine tablets have been installed in the chlorinator (Figure 3) IAW TM 55-1925-284-14&P. Set to ON the MSD control panel master switch (Figure 4, Item 1). Press START button (Figure 4, Item 4) on the MSD control panel (Figure 4, Item 3) to start the blower (Figure 3). Set the PUMP HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (Figure 4, Item 2) on the MSD control panel (Figure 4, Item 3) to AUTO.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
0080-6

1
0080
BLOWER RUN
HAND
PUMP AUTO OFF
START
STOP
O0460T73
Figure 4.
MSD Control Panel.
NOTE
It will take approximately two weeks for bacterial culture to grow to normal strength. During this period, system effluent may change from clear to cloudy. If the bacteria culture has started properly, it will revert to clear. 10. Verify that SD-1 SEWAGE INLET TO MSD (Figure 3) valve is OPEN to allow sewage to flow into the MSD (Figure 3).
END OF TASK
0080-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0080
SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION
NOTE
Either one or both of the sewage discharge pumps can be used to pump sewage to the shore discharge connections. 1. 2. 3. Ensure that the shore connection hoses are in good working order and connected to the vessel and the shore facility. Perform the AIR SCOUR AND PUMP OUT MEDIA TANK procedure IAW TM 55-1925-284-14&P. Align the valves for the sewage holding tank to shore connection as specified in Figure 5 and Table 2.
0080-8
SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued

VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT 02 LEVEL
01 LEVEL
MAIN DECK
Figure 5. MSD System Schematic.
ENGINE ROOM
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
SD-13
OVBD
0080-9
0-30 PSIG BLOWER
MSD-6
SD-1 P 0-60 PSIG MSD-14 SD-12 MSD DISCH PUMP MSD-13 SD-20 FROM WWTR SYS NO. 2 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP
WET WELL B MSD-10
MSD-11
P 0-60 PSIG
SD-8
O0877T73
SD-6
0080
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued Table 2. Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank To Shore Connection. Valve Number CA-80 CA-81 CA-82 CA-83 CA-84 MSD-3 MSD-5 MSD-6 MSD-8 MSD-9 MSD-10 MSD-11 MSD-13 MSD-14 PD-4 PW-100 SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 SD-4 SD-5 Function COV-LP AIR COV-LP AIR LP AIR HOSE SHUTOFF PRV-SET AT 2 PSIG RV-SET AT 3 PSIG POTW FILL TO MSD ISLN BLOWER DISCHARGE SHUTOFF BLOWER DISCH TO AIR SCOURING SOV MEDIA TANK PUMP-OUT DR MEDIA TANK DRAIN WET WELL DISCHARGE WET WELL SAMPLE WET WELL DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK MSD DISCH PUMP GAGE ISLN Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED Factory Set Factory Set CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
0080
WASTE WTR TO SEW HLDG TANK OPEN POTW ISOLATION SEWAGE INLET TO MSD SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 SUCT CLOSED COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 SUCT CLOSED
0080-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued Table 2. Valve Number SD-6 SD-7 SD-8 SD-9 SD-10 SD-11 SD-12 SD-13 SD-19 SD-20 Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank To Shore Connection - Continued. Function COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 DISCH COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE TO SHORE CONN SEWAGE SHORE CONN PORT SEWAGE SHORE CONN STBD MSD OVERBOARD DISCH PMP DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEW PMP NO. 1 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN SEW PMP NO. 2 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
0080
0080-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued 4. 5.
0080
Set to ON the ENGINE ROOM POWER PANEL No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) at the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 3) in the EOS. To operate NO. 1 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP (Figure 5), set to ON the NO. 1 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR STARBOARD SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 1 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) in the 440 V power panel No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 1). OPEN SD-5 (Figure 5), SD-7 (Figure 5), SD-9 (Figure 5), and SD-19 (Figure 5). To pump to the port shore connection, OPEN SD-10 (Figure 5). To pump to the starboard connection, OPEN SD-11 (Figure 5). To operate No. 2 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP (Figure 5), set to ON the No. 2 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 2) in the 440 V power panel No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 1).
6. 7.
O0461T73
Figure 6.
0080-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued 8.
0080
Open SD-4 (Figure 5), SD-6 (Figure 5), SD-9 (Figure 5), and SD-20 (Figure 5). Ensure that SD-8 (Figure 5) is CLOSED. To discharge the port shore connection, OPEN SD-10 (Figure 5). To pump to the starboard shore connection, OPEN SD-11 (Figure 5). Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 7, Item 2) to the applicable SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP CONTROLLER (Figure 7, Item 1) to ON. Press the START button (Figure 7, Item 4). Verify that the motor run light (Figure 7, Item 3) is illuminated.
1
9. 10.
ON
OFF
START STOP
4 5
RESET
O0462T73
Figure 7.
Sewage Discharge Pump Controller.
0080-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION - Continued 11.
0080
Monitor the sewage level in the sewer holding tank by checking the Tank Level Indicator (TLI) (Figure 8, Item 1) in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1 to prevent the sewage discharge pump from running dry.
CHT
O0463T73
Figure 8. 12. 13. 14.
Collection, Holding, and Transfer (CHT) Tank Level Indicator.
Press the STOP button (Figure 7, Item 5) on the applicable SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP CONTROLLER (Figure 7, Item 1). Set the applicable ON/OFF switch (Figure 7, Item 2) to the SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP CONTROLLER (Figure 7, Item 1) to OFF. Set to OFF the SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 1. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR STARBOARD SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 1 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP PORT SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) in the 440 V power panel No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 1). Align valves for the MSD as specified in Figure 5 and Table 2. Perform the SYSTEM STARTUP in this work package.
15. 16.
0080-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION (HVACR) SYSTEMS
0081
GENERAL This work package provides the following procedures: ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. HEATING AND VENTILATION. ENCLOSED OPERATING STATION (EOS) MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNIT OPERATION. AIR CONDITIONING SPLIT-PLANT OPERATION. SPLIT-PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION REFRIGERATION. SHIP STORES REFRIGERATION SPLIT-PLANT OPERATION. SHIFTING REFRIGERATION PLANTS. REFRIGERATION PULL DOWN MODE OPERATION. PILOTHOUSE ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION. RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION. PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR FAN OPERATION.
0081-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. At the main switchboard in the EOS, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. ENG. RM. SUPPLY FAN No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 3). MAIN DECK PWR No. 3 (Figure 1, Item 4). ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FAN No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 5). AUX MACH SPACE No. 1 PWR PNL No. 4 (Figure 1, Item 6). ENGINE ROOM PWR PNL No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 7). ENG. RM SUPPLY FAN No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 1). AUX MACH SPACE No. 2 PWR PNL No. 5 (Figure 1, Item 2).
2 1
3 4
O0464T73
Figure 1.
Main Switchboard.
0081-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2. At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 2). ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2). b. c. WORKSHOP EXHAUST FAN E02-16-1. (Figure 2, Item 3). J.B. FOR SS REFG Nos. 1 & 2 (INC. FAN COIL AND CONTROLLERS). (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 4).
0081
J.B. FOR No. 1 & No. 2 COMPRESSOR CONTROLLER DISCONNECT SWITCH AMS No. 2, FREEZE ROOM FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH & CHILL BOX FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH MAIN DECK (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 3). d. J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEMS Nos. 1 & 2 (INC. LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVES). (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 5). J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEM No. 1 & No. 2 CONTROLLERS AMS No. 2 & THERMOSTAT FOR (2X) LIQUID LINE. SOLENOID VALVES & FAN ROOM - MAIN DECK & THERMOSTAT FOR THE LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE. FAN ROOM - 01 LEVEL (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 5). e. f. SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 2. (Figure 2, Item 6). SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 1. (Figure 2, Item 1).
6 3 4 5
O0465T73
Figure 2.
0081-3
0081
At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER. (LT 803 Only), or the ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER, 2-21-2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1) to ON.
O0466T73
Figure 3.
0081-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 4. At 440 V power panel No. 5, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 2).
0081
LVP AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 2). b. STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 3) LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 3). c. TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 4). TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER, 2-8-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 4). d. STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 / FREEZE BOX HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 5). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 / FREEZE BOX HEATER (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 5). e. AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 6). LVT FOR AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 6). f. UNIT HEATER (AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 4, Item 1). AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 UNIT HEATER, 2-15-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1).
6 5 4
2 3
O0467T73
Figure 4.
440 V Power Panel 5.
0081-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 5. At 440 V power panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. UNIT HEATER BOWTHRUSTER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 2). UNIT HEATER BOWTHRUSTER, 2-55-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 2). b. AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 UNIT HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 3). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 UNIT HEATER, 2-53-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 3). c. AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 SUPPLY FAN (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 1). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 SUPPLY FAN, S01-45-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 1).
0081
1 2 3
O0468T73
Figure 5.
0081-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 6. At 120 V distribution panel No. 3, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 2). MAIN DECK REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 3 (Figure 6, Item 1).
0081
O0469T73
Figure 6.
0081-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 7. At 440 V power panel No. 3, set all the following circuit breakers to ON: a. PREHEATER 1-25-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 2). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER, 1-25-2 (FAN ROOM MAIN DECK) (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 2). b. BOSUN STORE REHEATER 1-57-1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 3). CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE REHEATER 1-57-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 3). c. REHEATER 01-32-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 4). CONTROLLER FOR REHEATER, 01-32-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 3). d. CREW'S MESS CRSR FAN COIL R1-25-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 5). LVP FOR MESS/RECREATION SPACE FAN COIL UNIT R1-25-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 5). e.
0081
LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 6). LVP FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 6).
f.
SANITARY EXHAUST FAN SPACE E01-44-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 7). LVP FOR SANITARY EXHAUST FAN SPACE E01-44-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 7).
g.
01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 8). LVP FOR 01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 8).
h.
BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/CONTROLLER FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 9). LVP FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/CONTROLLER FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 9).
i.
PREHEATER 01-31-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 10). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 01-31-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 10).
j.
AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 SUPPLY FAN 1-22-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 11). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 SUPPLY FAN, S1-22-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 11).
k.
PREHEATER 1-23-4 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 1). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 1-23-4 (FAN ROOM MAIN DECK) (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 1).
0081-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued

1 2 3 11 4 10 5 9 8 6 7
0081
O0470T73
Figure 7.
0081-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 8. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. REFRIGERATOR (Figure 8, Item 2). GAYLORD CONTROL CABINET (LT 803 Only) (Figure 8, Item 3). GAYLORD CONTROL CABINET (All Other Vessels) (Figure 8, Item 3). c. FREEZER (Figure 8, Item 1).
0081
2 1
O0471T73
Figure 8.
0081-10
0081
At the 120 V distribution panel No. 2, set the 1 & 01 LEVEL CONVECTOR HEATER FUSE BOX No. 2. circuit breaker (Figure 9, Item 1) to ON.
3 1
O0472T73
0081-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
HEATING AND VENTILATION 1. Position all preheater ON/OFF switches (Figure 10, Item 1) to ON.
O0473T73
Figure 10. Preheater ON/OFF Switch. 2. Position all reheater ON/OFF switches (Figure 11, Item 1) to ON.
O0474T73
Figure 11.
Reheater ON/OFF Switch.
0081-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 3. 4. Set all thermostats in each compartment to the desired setting. Start all convection heaters by completing the following actions: a. b. Set the power switch (Figure 12, Item 1) to ON. Set the thermostat (Figure 12, Item 2) to the desired temperature.
0081
1 2
85
75
90
Figure 12.
Convection Heater.
0081-13
60
65
70
80
O0475T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued
0081
NOTE
Heaters will cycle automatically to maintain the temperature set on the thermostats. 5. Start all space heaters by completing the following actions: a. b. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 13, Item 1) to ON. Set the thermostat (Figure 13, Item 2) to the desired temperature.
ON
OFF
O0476T73
Figure 13.
Space Heater.
0081-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 6. In the crew's mess, at the crew's mess fan coil motor controller R1-25-2, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. 7. a. b. c. d. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 14, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 14, Item 2) illuminates. Press and release the START pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 14, Item 3) illuminates. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 14, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 14, Item 2) illuminates. Press and release the START pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 14, Item 3) illuminates.
0081
At the 01, 02, and pilothouse fan coil, R01-32-2 motor controller, perform the following actions:
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
RESET
O0477T73
Figure 14.
Single Speed Fan Motor Controller.
0081-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 8. In the boatswain's store room supply fan motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. 9. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) illuminates. Select a fan speed by pressing and releasing either FAST or SLOW pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 5 or 6).
0081
Verify that the fan speed selected is displayed on the appropriate indicator (Figure 15, Item 3 or 4).
In the boatswian's locker, at the paint locker and storeroom exhaust fan motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) illuminates. Select a fan speed by pressing and releasing either FAST or SLOW pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 5 or 6). Verify that the fan speed selected is displayed on the appropriate indicator (Figure 15, Item 3 or 4). Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) illuminates. Select a fan speed by pressing and releasing either FAST or SLOW pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 5 or 6). Verify that the fan speed selected is displayed on the appropriate indicator (Figure 15, Item 3 or 4).
10.
In Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1, at the AMS 1 supply fan motor controller: a. b. c. d.
0081-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued
0081
ON
OFF
2
POWER AVAILABLE
3 4 5 6
SLOW FAST
FAST SLOW
STOP
RESET
O0478T73
Figure 15.
Dual Speed Fan Motor Controller.
0081-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 11.
0081
In AMS 2, at the workshop exhaust fan motor controller, set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 16, Item 1) to ON.
ON
OF F
O0479T73
Figure 16. 12. a. b. c. d.
Workshop Exhaust Fan Motor Controller.
At the sanitary spaces exhaust fan motor controller, perform the following: Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 14, Item 1) to ON. Verify that POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 14, Item 2) illuminates. Press and release the START pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 14, Item 3) illuminates.
END OF TASK
0081-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT Place the EOS marine air conditioning unit online by completing the following actions at the EOS marine air conditioning unit control panel: a. b. c. Place the MASTER CONTROL switch (Figure 17, Item 2) to the desired position. Set the THERMOSTAT (Figure 17, Item 3) to the desired temperature setting. Set the AIR EXCHANGER control (Figure 17, Item 1) to the desired setting.
AIR EXCHANGER
CLOSED OPEN
MASTER CONTROL
OFF LO FAN HI FAN
LO COOL MEDIUM COOL
HI COOL
2
THERMOSTAT
WARMER
2 3 4 5
8
COOLER
6 7
3
O0480T73
EOS Marine Air Conditioning Unit.
0081-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNIT OPERATION
CAUTION
Align the condenser cooling water piping system before starting the refrigeration plant or the plant can be damaged. 1. Verify that the general service system is pressurized and available for use, and align the cooling system by positioning valves as follows:
CAUTION
The condenser water cooling system must be purged of all air. Air in the system will reduce heat exchange efficiency and can result in damage to the condenser. a. For air conditioning condenser 1: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. OPEN GS-33, A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 7), air conditioning condenser 1 supply valve. OPEN GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 8), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-66 (Figure 18, Item 9), water regulator valve is OPEN. Verify that GS-72, BYP WTR RGLTER (Figure 18, Item 10), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED. OPEN GS-34, A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 5), air conditioning condenser 2 supply valve. OPEN GS-37, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 11), water regulation inlet valve. Verify that GS-65 (Figure 18, Item 12), water regulator valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-83, BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 18, Item 13), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED.
For air conditioning condenser 2: (1) (2) (3) (4)
c.
Verify that GS-32, GS OVBD DISCH (Figure 18, Item 16), general service overboard discharge valve, is open.
0081-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNIT OPERATION - Continued

GENERAL SERVICE SUPPLY TOWING GEAR LOCKER 2 AMS 2 ENGINE ROOM
GS-82
0081
3
GS-39
1
REEFER 2
17
GS-63 GS-67
GS-71 GS-38
4
REEFER 1
16
GS-64 GS-68
15 14 13 12
GS-65 GS-83 GS-34
5
A/C 2
11
GS-37
GS-72
10 9
GS-66 GS-36
GS-33
A/C 1
6
GS-32
7
O0481T73
Figure 18.
Condenser Cooling Water Valves.
0081-21
0081
CAUTION
When starting the condenser, avoid rapid pumping down to ensure oil is not carried off with refrigerant. If oil is pulled from sump, ensure that oil pressure is a minimum of 16 PSI (1.10 bar) above suction pressure. If the pressure difference becomes greater than 16 PSI (1.10 bar), stop the condenser and add oil temporarily. Added oil must be later removed when the sight glass oil level becomes too high.
NOTE
Before starting a condenser, the crankcase heater must be energized for at least 24 hours. Energizing the heater for this period of time ensures that the refrigerant is driven from the oil. 2. Align the air conditioning condenser piping system by completing the following:
NOTE
Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench to OPEN or CLOSE the valves on the air conditioning and reefer condensers. a. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) Compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6). Condenser outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10) Equalizing line valve (Figure 19, Item 5). Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 19, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7). Dehydrator bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 11). Purge valve (Figure 19, Item 3). Charge and drain valve (Figure 19, Item 9).
CLOSE the following valves:
0081-22
0081
3 TO AIR HANDLING UNIT
12
11 10
8
O0482T73
Figure 19.
Condensing Unit Valves and Switches.
0081-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNIT OPERATION - Continued 3. Align the air conditioning refrigerant piping by completing the following:
0081
CAUTION
To prevent oil return problems and damage to the condenser do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. and RFAC-41, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. valves OPEN. a. In AMS 2, verify that the following valves are CLOSED: (1) (2) b. RFAC-39. LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. air conditioning liquid line crossover cut out located in the overhead. RFAC-41. SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. air conditioning suction line crossover cut out located in the overhead. In the main deck fan room, OPEN the following valves: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (2) RFAC-29, EQL LINE (Figure 20, Item 2), air conditioning 2 equalizing line. RFAC-30, EQL LINE (Figure 20, Item 4), air conditioning 1 equalizing line. RFAC-33, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 4 COIL (Figure 20, Item 1), TXV strainer and low level cut out from air conditioning 2. RFAC-34, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 20, Item 3), TXV strainer and low level cut out from air conditioning 2. RFAC-36, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-1, 8 COIL (Figure 20, Item 5), strainer and low level cut out from air conditioning 1. RFAC-37, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-1, 8 COIL (Figure 20, Item 6), strainer and low level cut out from air conditioning 1. RFAC-31, 8 EQL LINE (Figure 21, Item 3), equalize line. RFAC-34, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 21, Item 2), TXV outlet. RFAC-40, COIL SUCT COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 21, Item 4), coil suction. RFAC-35, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 21, Item 1), TXV inlet.
Run the fan coil units to place a heat load on the system by completing the following actions: (1)
In the 01 level fan room OPEN the following valves: (a) (b) (c) (d)
0081-24

1 2 3
0081
5 6
O0483T73
Figure 20. Main Deck Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves.
0081-25

1 2
0081
O0484T73
Figure 21. 01 Level Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves.
0081-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNIT OPERATION - Continued 4. Start the air conditioning condensers by completing the following actions: a. b. OPEN both air conditioning compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) one full turn. Set the following switches to ON at both air conditioning condenser units: (1) (2) Main power disconnect switch (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switch (Figure 19, Item 4).
0081
CAUTION
Open the compressor suction valves slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of the suction side, which could cause oil foaming, and result in pumping of oil from condenser crankcase. Damage to condenser could result from lack of lubrication. c. d. e. Slowly OPEN the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) as suction pressure decreases. Verify that the condenser water temperature gages remain in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL operating range: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Liquid line temperature gages. Suction pressure gages. Suction temperature gages. Discharge pressure gages. Oil pressure gages.
CAUTION
Oil pressure must be a minimum of 16 PSI (1.1 bar) above suction pressure, or damage to the condenser could result from lack of lubrication. f. Observe the condensers operating for 5 minutes.
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch in the OFF position. g. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) as needed until proper suction pressure of 2.3 PSI to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 1.17 bar) has stabilized as indicated on the SUCTION gage.
END OF TASK
0081-27
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
AIR CONTIONING SPLIT-PLANT OPERATION
NOTE
The air conditioning system normally has both plants in operation. This procedure aligns the system for use with only one air conditioning condenser unit. 1. Secure one condenser unit by completing the following: a. b. c. Place the DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 19, Item 10) in the condenser unit being secured in the CLOSED position. Allow the condenser to operate until it is shut down automatically by the suction pressure switch. CLOSE the following valves on the condenser being secured: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 2. Compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6). Condenser outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10). Relief valve bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 5). Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 19, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7).
Align air conditioning piping as follows: In AMS 2, slowly OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) RFAC-39 LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. air conditioning liquid line crossover cut out located in the overhead. RFAC-41 SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. air conditioning suction line crossover cut out located in the overhead.
3.
Secure general service piping by placing the following valves for the condensing unit being shut down in the CLOSED position: a. Air conditioning condensing unit 1: (1) (2) b. (1) (2) GS-33, AC COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 7), air conditioning condenser 1 supply valve. GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 8), water regulator inlet valve. GS-34, AC COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 5), air conditioning condenser 2 supply valve. GS-37, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 11), water regulator inlet valve.
Air conditioning condensing unit 2:
END OF TASK
0081-28
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
SPLIT-PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION 1. Start up and place a second condenser on line by verifying that the general service system is pressurized and available for use, and by positioning the valves as follows.
CAUTION
The condenser water cooling system must be purged of all air. Air in the cooling system will reduce heat exchange efficiency and can result in damage to the condenser. a. To start air conditioning condenser 1: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. OPEN GS-33, A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 7), air conditioning condenser 1 supply valve. OPEN GS-36, WTR COV (Figure 18, Item 8), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-66 (Figure 18, Item 9), water regulation valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-72, BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 18, Item 10), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED. OPEN GS-34 A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 5), air conditioning condenser 2 supply valve. OPEN GS-37 WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 11), water regulation inlet valve Verify that GS-65 (Figure 18, Item 12), water regulator valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-83, BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 18, Item 13), water regulation bypass valve, is CLOSED.
To start air conditioning condenser 2: (1) (2) (3) (4)
2.
Align condenser unit piping for the condenser being started as follows: a. OPEN the following valves on the condenser being started: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) Compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6). Condenser outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10). Relief valve bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 5). Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 19, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7). Dehydrator bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 11). Purge valve (Figure 19, Item 3). Charge and drain valve (Figure 19, Item 9).
Verify the following valves are CLOSED on the condenser being started:
0081-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SPLIT-PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION - Continued 3.
0081
Align the air conditioning refrigerant piping for the condensing unit to be started by CLOSING the following valves in AMS 2:
CAUTION
Do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. and RFAC-41, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. OPEN or return problems and damage to the condenser could occur. a. b. 4. a. b. RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRVR CO, liquid line crossover cut out, located in overhead. RFAC-41 SUCT LINE CRSVR COV suction line crossover cut out located in the overhead. OPEN the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) one full turn. Set the following switches to ON for the air conditioning condenser unit: (1) (2) Main power disconnect switch (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switch (Figure 19, Item 4).
Start the standby air conditioning condenser by completing the following actions:
CAUTION
Open the compressor suction valve slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of suction pressure side which could cause oil foaming and result in pumping of oil from condenser crankcase. Damage to condenser could result from lack of lubrication. c. d. e. Slowly OPEN the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) as suction pressure decreases. Verify that the condenser water temperature gage remains in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL range: (1) (2) (3) (4) Liquid line temperature gage. Suction pressure gage. Suction temperature gage. Oil pressure gage.
CAUTION
Oil pressure must be a minimum of 16 PSI (1.10 bar) above suction pressure, or damage to the condenser could result from lack of lubrication. f. Observe condenser operation for 5 minutes.
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch in the OFF position. g. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) until proper suction of 2.3 to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 0.17 bar) is indicated on the suction gage.
END OF TASK
0081-30
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION
0081
NOTE
During initial loading of the walk-in freezer and chill box, it may be necessary to operate both condensers to ensure timely cool down of perishable items, however normal operation is for one condenser to operate at a time. If the refrigerator thermometer reads below 37F (2.78C) or above 43F (6.11C) and/or the freezer thermometer reads below 5F (-15C) or above 0F (-17.78C), refer to field maintenance. It is important that the units not be loaded with perishables until the inside temperature of the walk-in units stabilize at the correct temperature. 1. Verify that the thermostats are set as follows: a. b. Chill room between 33F (0.56C) and 37F (2.78C). Freezer room between -4F (-20C) and 0F (-17.78C).
CAUTION
Align the condenser cooling water piping system before starting the refrigeration or damage to the plant can occur. 2. Align the ship stores refrigeration (walk-in freezer and refrigerator) room condenser cooling water piping system as follows:
CAUTION
The condenser water cooling system must be purged of all air. Air in the cooling system will reduce heat exchange efficiency and can result in damage to the condenser. a. For reefer condenser 1: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. OPEN GS-38, RETR COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 4), reefer condenser 1 supply valve. OPEN GS-68, WTR. RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 14), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-64 (Figure 18, Item 15), water regulator valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-71,BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 18, Item 16), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED. OPEN GS-39, RETR COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 3), reefer condenser 2 supply valve. OPEN GS-67, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 2), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-63 (Figure 18, Item 17), water regulator valve is OPEN. Verify that GS-82, BYP WTR RGLRT (Figure 18, Item 1), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED.
For reefer condenser 2: (1) (2) (3) (4)
c.
Verify that GS-32, GS OVBD DISCH (Figure 18, Item 6), general service overboard discharge valve, is OPEN.
0081-31
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION - Continued 3. Align the reefer refrigerant piping system as follows:
0081
CAUTION
Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench to open and close refrigeration system valves, or damage may occur to the piping system. a. At both reefer condenser units OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) Compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6). Condenser outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10). Relief valve bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 5). Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 19, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7). Dehydrator bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 11). Purge valve (Figure 19, Item 3). Charge and drain valve (Figure 19, Item 9).
Verify that the following valves are CLOSED on the reefer condenser being started:
CAUTION
To prevent oil return problems and possible damage to condenser, do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO and RFSS-20, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV valves OPEN. 4. 5. Isolate the reefer condensers from each other by placing the RFSS-13, LIQUID CRSVR COV (Figure 22, Item 1), in the CLOSED position. Line up reefer condenser 1 to the walk-in chill box by placing the following valves in the OPEN position: a. b. c. 6. a. b. c. 7. a. b. RFSS-14, TXV/STRNR/LLSV COV (Figure 22, Item 5), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-11, TXV/STRNR/LLSV COV (Figure 22, Item 2), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-8, EQL LINE (Figure 22, Item 4), equalizer line. RFSS-12, TXV/STRNR/LLSV COV (Figure 22, Item 9), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-15, TXV/STRNR/LLSV COV (Figure 22, Item 7), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-9, EQL LINE (Figure 22, Item 8), equalizer line. RFSS-6 HAND EXP V (Figure 22, Item 3). RFSS-7 HAND EXP V (Figure 22, Item 6).
Line up reefer condenser 2 to the walk in freezer by OPENING following valves:
Verify that the following valves are CLOSED:
0081-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION - Continued
0081
2 3 4 5
25 30 35 20 15 10 5 0 60 40 45 50 55
O0485T73
Figure 22.
Reefer Refrigerant Piping Valves.
0081-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION - Continued 8. Start the reefer condensers as follows:
0081
CAUTION
When starting the condenser, avoid rapid pumping down to ensure oil is not carried off with refrigerant. If oil is pulled from sump, ensure that oil pressure is a minimum of 16 PSI (1.10 bar) above suction pressure. If the pressure difference becomes greater than 6 PSI (1.10 bar), stop the condenser and add oil temporarily. Added oil must be removed when the sight glass oil level becomes too high.
NOTE
Before starting a condenser, the crankcase heater must be energized for at least 24 hours. Energizing the heater for this period of time ensures that the refrigerant is driven from the oil. a. b. OPEN the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) one full turn. Set the following switches to ON for the reefer compressor units: (1) (2) Main power disconnect switches (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switches (Figure 19, Item 4).
CAUTION
Open the COMPRESSOR SUCTION Valves slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of the suction pressure side, which could cause oil foaming, and result in pumping of oil from condenser crankcase. Damage to condensers could result from lack of lubrication. c. d. e. Slowly continue to OPEN the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) as suction decreases. Verify that the condenser water temperature gages remain in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL operating range: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Liquid line temperature gage. Suction pressure gage. Suction temperature gage. Discharge pressure gage. Oil pressure gage.
CAUTION
Oil pressure must be a minimum of 16 PSI (1.1 bar) above suction pressure, or damage to the condenser could result from lack of lubrication. f. Observe the condenser operating for 5 minutes.
0081-34
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION - Continued
0081
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch to OFF. Failure to comply could result in damage to equipment. g. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) until proper suction pressure of 2.3 to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 0.17 bar) is indicated on the SUCTION gages.
END OF TASK SHIP STORES REFIGERATION SPLIT-PLANT OPERATION
NOTE
The following procedure provides instructions for shifting from two condensers online to one. 1. 2. CLOSE the dehydration inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10) at reefer condensing unit being secured. Allow the condenser being secured to operate until it is shut down automatically by the suction pressure switch.
WARNING
Injury to personnel could result if the discharge service valve is not opened before condenser is started. 3. 4. 5. CLOSE the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) for the condensing unit being secured. CLOSE the compressor discharge (Figure 19, Item 6) valve for the condensing unit being secured. Set the following switches to OFF on the reefer condenser unit being secured: a. b. 6. a. Main power disconnect switches (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switches (Figure 19, Item 4). For reefer condenser 1, CLOSE the following valves: (1) (2) b. (1) (2) GS-38, RETR COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 4). GS-68, WTR. RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 14), water regulator inlet. GS-39, RETR COND No. 2 SLY (Figure 18, Item 3), reefer condenser 2 supply. GS-67, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 2), water regulator inlet.
Secure the condenser cooling water piping system for the reefer condenser being secured as follows:
For reefer condenser 2, CLOSE the following valves:
0081-35
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIP STORES REFIGERATION SPLIT-PLANT OPERATION - Continued 7.
0081
Align the operating reefer condenser to the walk in freezer and chill box by completing the following actions: a. b. c. OPEN RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO (Figure 22, Item 1), liquid line crossover cut out. Verify that the operating reefer condenser unit water temperature gage remains in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL operating range for the operating condenser unit: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Liquid line temperature gage. Suction pressure gage. Suction temperature gage. Discharge pressure gage. Oil pressure gage.
CAUTION
Oil pressure must be a minimum of 16 PSI (1.1 bar) above suction pressure, or damage to the condenser could result from lack of lubrication. d. Observe the condenser operating for 5 minutes.
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch in the OFF position. e. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) until proper suction pressure of 2.3 to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 0.17 bar) is indicated on the suction gage.
END OF TASK SHIFTING REFRIGERATION PLANTS
NOTE
The following procedure provides instructions for securing one reefer condenser and shifting to another. 1. 2. CLOSE the dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10) at the reefer condensing unit being secured. Allow the reefer condenser being secured to operate until it shuts down automatically by the suction pressure switch.
WARNING
Injury to personnel could result if the discharge service valve is not opened before condenser is started. 3. 4. CLOSE the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) for the reefer condenser unit being secured. CLOSE the compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6) for the reefer condenser unit being secured.
0081-36
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIFTING REFRIGERATION PLANTS - Continued 5. Set the following switches to OFF on the reefer condenser unit being secured: a. b. 6. a. b. Main power disconnect switches (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switches (Figure 19, Item 4). OPEN the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) one full turn. Set the following switches to the ON position: (1) (2) Main power disconnect switches (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switches (Figure 19, Item 4).
0081
Start the standby reefer condenser unit by completing the following actions:
CAUTION
Open the compressor suction valves slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of the suction pressure side, which could cause oil foaming, and result in pumping of oil from condenser crankcase. Damage to condensers could result from lack of lubrication. c. d. e. Slowly continue to OPEN the compressor suction valves (Figure 19, Item 7) as suction pressure decreases. Verify that the condenser water temperature gage remain in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL range: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Liquid line temperature gage. Suction pressure gage. Suction temperature gage. Discharge pressure gage. Oil pressure gage.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch in the OFF position. g. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) until proper suction pressure of 2.3 to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 0.17 bar) is indicated in the suction gage.
END OF TASK
0081-37
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0081
REFRIGERATION PULL DOWN MODE OPERATION
CAUTION
Align condenser cooling water piping system before starting the refrigeration plant or damage to the plant can occur. 1. Align the condenser cooling water system by completing the following:
CAUTION
The condenser water cooling system must be purged of all air. Air in the system will reduce heat exchange efficiency and can result in damage to the condenser. a. For refrigeration condenser 1: (1) (2) (3) (4) b. OPEN GS-38, RETR COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 18, Item 4), reefer condenser 1 supply valve. OPEN GS-68, WTR. RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 14), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-64 (Figure 18, Item 15), water regulator valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-71, BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 18, Item 16), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED. OPEN GS-39, RETR COND No. 2 SLY (Figure 18, Item 3), reefer condenser 2 supply valve. OPEN GS-67, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 18, Item 2), water regulator inlet valve. Verify that GS-63 (Figure 18, Item 17), water regulator valve, is OPEN. Verify that GS-82, BYP WTR RGLRT (Figure 18, Item 1), water regulator bypass valve, is CLOSED.
For refrigeration condenser 2: (1) (2) (3) (4)
c.
Verify that GS-32, GS OVERBOARD DISCH (Figure 18, Item 6), general service overboard discharge valve, is OPEN.
CAUTION
When starting the condenser, avoid rapid pumping down to ensure oil is not carried off with refrigerant. If oil is pulled from sump, ensure that oil pressure is a minimum of 16 PSI (1.10 bar) above suction pressure. If the pressure difference becomes greater than 16 PSI (1.10 bar), stop the condenser and add oil temporarily. Added oil must be later removed when the sight glass oil level becomes too high.
NOTE
Before starting a condenser, the crankcase heater must be energized for at least 24 hours. Energizing the heater for this period of time ensures that the refrigerant is driven from the oil. 2. Align condenser unit piping as follows by: a. OPEN the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Compressor discharge valve (Figure 19, Item 6). Condenser outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 19, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 19, Item 10). Relief valve bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 5).
0081-38
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION PULL DOWN MODE OPERATION - Continued (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) 3. Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 19, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7). Dehydrator bypass valve (Figure 19, Item 11). Purge valve (Figure 19, Item 3). Charge and drain valve (Figure 19, Item 9).
0081
Align refrigerant piping system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position:
CAUTION
To prevent oil return problems and possible damage to condenser, do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO and RFSS-20, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV valves OPEN. a. b. 4. a. b. RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO (Figure 22, Item 1), liquid line crossover cut out. RFSS-20, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV (Figure 22, Item 5), suction line crossover cut out. OPEN the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) one full turn. Set the following switches to ON position: (1) (2) Main power disconnect switch (Figure 19, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switch (Figure 19, Item 4).
Start the standby reefer condenser by completing the following actions:
CAUTION
Open the compressor suction valves slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of suction pressure side which could cause oil foaming and result in pumping of oil from condenser crankcase. Damage to condensers could result from lack of lubrication. c. d. e. Slowly, OPEN the compressor suction valve (Figure 19, Item 7) as suction pressure decreases. Verify that the condenser water temperature gage remains in the NORMAL range. Verify that the following gages read in the NORMAL operating range: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Liquid line temperature gage. Suction pressure gage. Suction temperature gage. Discharge pressure gage. Oil pressure gage.
CAUTION
0081-39
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REFRIGERATION PULL DOWN MODE OPERATION - Continued
0081
CAUTION
Liquid refrigerant returning to the condenser is indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and a rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. If the suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize, or if the condenser develops a knock, immediately stop condenser by placing power disconnect ON/OFF switch in the OFF position. g. Slowly adjust the compressor suction valve for both condensers (Figure 19, Item 7) until proper suction pressure of 2.3 to 2.4 PSI (0.16 to 0.17 bar) is indicated on the SUCTION gages.
END OF TASK PILOTHOUSE ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION Initial Startup 1. Set to ON the PILOTHOUSE OVERHEAD A/C UNIT PORT circuit breaker (Figure 23, Item 1) and the PILOTHOUSE OVERHEAD A/C UNIT STARBOARD circuit breaker (Figure 23, Item 2) in the 220 V air conditioning distribution panel (Figure 23, Item 3).
0081-40
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PILOTHOUSE ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION - Continued Initial Startup - Continued
0081
2 1 4
3
O0486T73
Figure 23.
220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel.
0081-41
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PILOTHOUSE ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION - Continued Initial Startup - Continued 2. OPEN the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
0081
NOTE
The thermostat does not require batteries. If there is a power interruption, the internal memory stores the programs for an unlimited time and the clock continues to run for at least 72 hours. 3. Verify/set the current day by pressing the CHANGE DAY BUTTON (Figure 24, Item 21) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) until the desired day (Figure 24, Item 8) is displayed on the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) (Figure 24, Item 4). Verify/set the current day by pressing the SET TIME/TEMP button (Figure 24, Item 20). The word TIME (Figure 24, Item 15) will flash on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). Press the UP button (Figure 24, Item 12) or the DOWN button (Figure 24, Item 13) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) until the desired time (Figure 24, Item 11) and AM or PM (Figure 24, Item 9) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4).
4. 5.
NOTE
The word TIME will stop flashing after 15 seconds if the END button is not pushed once the desired time has been set. 6. Once the desired time has been set/verified, press the END button (Figure 24, Item 18) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
NOTE
After pressing the MODE button on the thermostat, OFF, HEAT, COOL, and EHEAT will rotate and be displayed on the LCD. The EHEAT option is not available for use with the pilothouse rooftop air conditioning units. 7. Verify/set the mode of operation by pressing the MODE button (Figure 24, Item 25) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). The words OFF, HEAT, COOL, and AUTO (Figure 24, Item 3) will rotate while in MODE display on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). Press the MODE button (Figure 24, Item 25) until the desired mode (OFF, HEAT, COOL, or AUTO) (Figure 24, Item 3) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4).
8.
NOTE
When the fan is in the AUTO mode, the fan only operates as required to maintain the set temperature. When the fan is in the ON mode, the fan will operate continuously regardless of the temperature setting. 9. 10. Press the FAN button (Figure 24, Item 26) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) to move the fan setting between ON and AUTO (Figure 24, Item 23) on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). CLOSE the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
END OF TASK
0081-42
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 THERMOSTAT OPTIONS Setting the Comfort Schedule 1. OPEN the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
0081
NOTE
The programming process always starts at the current time and day. If it is desired to start the program at a different day or time period, press the program button until the desired time period (WAKE, DAY, EVE, or SLEEP) is displayed on the LCD. Each day of the week is divided into four time periods (WAKE, DAY, EVE, and SLEEP). Programming should be set for each time period. During the programming process if the buttons are not touched or no entries are made within 3 minute window, the program mode will automatically shut off. All programmed information will be saved. 2. Press the program button (Figure 24, Item 24) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). The word PROGRAMMING (Figure 24, Item 14) will be displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). The word TIME (Figure 24, Item 15) will flash. The word WAKE, DAY, EVE, or SLEEP (Figure 24, Item 7) will be displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). The current day will be displayed (Figure 24, Item 8) with a two letter abbreviation. Press the UP button (Figure 24, Item 12) or DOWN button (Figure 24, Item 13) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) until the desired time (Figure 24, Item 11) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4) for the time period displayed (Figure 24, Item 7).
3.
NOTE
Pressing the SET TIME/TEMP allows the operator to select heat, cool, and time settings. 4. 5. Press the SET TIME/TEMP button (Figure 24, Item 20) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). The word HEAT (Figure 24, Item 16) will flash on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). Press the UP button (Figure 24, Item 12) or the DOWN button (Figure 24, Item 13) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) until the desired temperature (Figure 24, Item 17) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11
Mode Off WAKE
23 22
COPY PREVIOUS DAY PROGRAM
Fan
72
24
Clean Filter AUTO
76 68 6:00
Tu TIME AM COOL HEAT Programming
12 13
25
MODE
26
CHANGE DAY END FAN
27
SET TIME/TEMP RESET FILTER HOLD
21
20
19
18
17 16 15 14
O0487T73
Figure 24. Pilothouse Rooftop Air Conditioning Thermostat.
0081-43
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 THERMOSTAT OPTIONS - Continued Setting the Comfort Schedule - Continued
0081
NOTE
The thermostat requires that there be a two degree temperature difference between the cooling and heating temperatures when programming the thermostat. 6. 7. Press the SET TIME/TEMP button (Figure 24, Item 20) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). The word COOL (Figure 24, Item 5) will flash on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). Press the UP button (Figure 24, Item 12) or the DOWN button (Figure 24, Item 13) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) until the desired temperature (Figure 24, Item 6) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4). Press the PROGRAM button (Figure 24, Item 24) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) to advance to the next desired time period (WAKE, DAY, EVE, or SLEEP) (Figure 24, Item 7). Perform Steps (2) through (7) of this procedure to program each time period (WAKE, DAY, EVE, or SLEEP) (Figure 24, Item 7) or perform the COPYING A DAILY SCHEDULE procedure in this work package. Press the END button (Figure 24, Item 18) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10) once all the time periods (WAKE, DAY, EVE, or SLEEP) (Figure 24, Item 7) have been programmed. CLOSE the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
8. 9. 10. 11.
Copying A Daily Schedule 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. Perform Steps (1) through (7) of SETTING THE COMFORT SCHEDULE procedure in this work package. Press the CHANGE DAY button (Figure 24, Item 21) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). Press the COPY THE PREVIOUS DAY button (Figure 24, Item 22) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). Perform Steps (3) and (4) for each day to be copied. CLOSE the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
Overriding the Comfort Schedule 1. 2. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. Press the HOLD button (Figure 24, Item 27) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). The work HOLD will be displayed above COOL (Figure 24, Item 22). The comfort schedule is disabled until the HOLD button is pressed again. To return to the comfort schedule press the HOLD button (Figure 24, Item 27) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
3.
Clean Filter 1. 2. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. The words CLEAN FILTER (Figure 24, Item 2) are displayed on the LCD (Figure 24, Item 4) after 800 hours of operation to remind the crew members to service the filter. Refer to TM 55-1925-224-24&P for filter servicing instructions. OPEN the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10). After the filter has been serviced, press the RESET FILTER button (Figure 24, Item 19) on the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
3. 4.
0081-44
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 THERMOSTAT OPTIONS - Continued Clean Filter - Continued 5. CLOSE the cover (Figure 24, Item 1) of the thermostat (Figure 24, Item 10).
0081
END OF TASK RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION Initial Startup 1. 2. Set to ON the OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT FOR RADIO ROOM circuit breaker (Figure 23, Item 4) in the 220 V air conditioning distribution panel (Figure 23, Item 3). OPEN the cover (Figure 25, Item 1) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning fan unit (Figure 25, Item 3).
NOTE
Do not place the fan unit in the test position. The test position is only used after initial installation. 3. 4. Set the TEST EMER. REMOTE switch (Figure 25, Item 2) on the fan unit (Figure 25, Item 3) to the REMOTE position. CLOSE the cover (Figure 25, Item 1) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning fan unit (Figure 25, Item 3).
2
TEST EMER. REMOTE
O0488T73
Figure 25. Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit (Open).
0081-45
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION - Continued Initial Startup - Continued 5. 6. 7.
0081
Remove the battery cover (Figure 26, Item 2) from the rear of the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 26, Item 1). Install/verify that two 1.5 V DC AAA alkaline batteries (Figure 26, Item 3) are in the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 26, Item 1). Install the battery cover (Figure 26, Item 2) on the rear of the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 26, Item 1).
RST TA
O0489T73
Figure 26.
Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit Remote Battery Installation. 0081-46
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION - Continued Initial Startup - Continued 8. 9. 10. 11. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the front of the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the RST button (Figure 27, Item 21) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the TA button (Figure 27, Item 20) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). 6:00 AM (Figure 27, Item 8) will be displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). Press the HOUR button (Figure 27, Item 23) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) to set the current hour.
1 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27
ON
FLAP
SLEEP
0081
3 4 5
79
oF
6 7 8
AUTO
AM
6:00
9 10 11 12 13 14
26 25
ON/OFF TEMP SET BACK
MODE
FAN
FLAP
24 23
CLOCK
HOUR MINUTE
ON
TIMER OFF
RESERV. CANCEL
RST
TA
15 22 16 21 20 19 18
O0490T73
17
Figure 27. Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit Remote Operation.
0081-47
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OPERATION - Continued Initial Startup - Continued 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Press the MINUTE button (Figure 27, Item 16) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) to set the current minutes. Press the TA button (Figure 27, Item 20) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the ON/OFF button (Figure 27, Item 26) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
0081
Verify that the green UNIT ON INDICATOR (Figure 28, Item 3) is illuminated on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit (Figure 28, Item 1) and that it is operating. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
1
3
O0491T73
Figure 28.
Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Unit (Closed).
END OF TASK RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT REMOTE OPTIONS Temperature Setting 1. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
NOTE
The radio room rooftop air conditioning unit is a cool only unit. Increasing the temperature setting only indicates what temperature the unit will cool to. 2. Press the UP arrow button (Figure 27, Item 12) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) to increase the temperature setting (Figure 27, Item 6) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5).
0081-48
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT REMOTE OPTIONS - Continued Temperature Setting - Continued 3. 4.
0081
Press the DOWN arrow button (Figure 27, Item 25) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) to decrease the temperature setting (Figure 27, Item 6) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
Operation Mode 1. 2. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
NOTE
In the fan mode, only the fan operates. Cooling is not available. 3. To select the fan mode, press the MODE button (Figure 27, Item 24) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 34) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the fan symbol (Figure 27, Item 4) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote.
NOTE
The dry mode is the preferred operation mode. The radio room rooftop air conditioning unit is controlled automatically by a microcomputer according to room temperature. 4. To select the dry mode, press the MODE button (Figure 27, Item 24) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 34) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the water droplet symbol (Figure 27, Item 3) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote. To select the cool mode, press the MODE button (Figure 27, Item 24) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 34) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the snow flake symbol (Figure 27, Item 2) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
5.
6.
Fan Speed
NOTE
The fan can only be adjusted in the fan or cool mode operation. 1. 2. 3. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. Open the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To select the LOW fan speed setting, press the FAN button (Figure 27, Item 13) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 29) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the small sized fan symbol (Figure 27, Item 28) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To select the MEDIUM fan speed setting, press the FAN button (Figure 27, Item 13) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 29) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the medium sized fan symbol (Figure 27, Item 9) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To select the HIGH fan speed setting, press the FAN button (Figure 27, Item 13) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 29) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the large sized fan symbol (Figure 27, Item 10) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
4.
5.
0081-49
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT REMOTE OPTIONS - Continued Fan Speed - Continued
0081
NOTE
If the AUTO fan speed mode is selected, the fan speed will be controlled automatically by the microcomputer of the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit. 6. To select the AUTO fan speed setting, press the FAN button (Figure 27, Item 13) until the arrow (Figure 27, Item 29) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) is aligned with the A and smallest sized fan symbol (Figure 27, Item 27) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
7.
Flap Setting 1. 2. 3. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To select the AUTO flap setting, press the FLAP button (Figure 27, Item 14) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the word AUTO (Figure 27, Item 7) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) next to the work FLAP (Figure 27, Item 32) and the FLAP symbol (Figure 27, Item 33). To select the SWING flap setting, press the FLAP button (Figure 27, Item 14) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the word SWING replaces the word AUTO (Figure 27, Item 7) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) next to the work FLAP (Figure 27, Item 32) and the FLAP symbol (Figure 27, Item 33). To select a desired flap setting other than AUTO or SWING, press the FLAP button (Figure 27, Item 14) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the FLAP symbol (Figure 27, Item 33) on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5) displays the desired setting. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
4.
5.
6.
On Timer Operation 1. 2. 3. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. Open the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop are conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To select the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) to start at a specific time setting, press the ON TIMER button (Figure 27, Item 22) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). The current on timer setting (Figure 27, Item 8) and temperature setting (Figure 27, Item 6) will be displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). The ON TIMER symbol (Figure 27, Item 30) will start flashing.
NOTE
The ON TIMER symbol must be flashing to set the hour and minute start time. If the ON TIMER symbol stops flashing, press the ON TIMER button. 4. 5. Press the HOUR button (Figure 27, Item 23) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the desired start hour (Figure 27, Item 8) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). Press the MINUTE button (Figure 27, Item 16) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the desired start minute (Figure 27, Item 8) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5).
0081-50
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT REMOTE OPTIONS - Continued On Timer Operation - Continued 6.
0081
Point the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) at the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) and press the RESERV button (Figure 27, Item 18) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until a beep is heard. Verify that the yellow TIMER LAMP (Figure 28, Item 2) is illuminated on the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1). Perform the OPERATION MODE procedure in this work package. Perform the FAN SPEED procedure in this work package. Perform the FLAP SETTING procedure in this work package. Perform the TEMPERATURE SETTING procedure in this work package. Press the ON/OFF button (Figure 27, Item 26) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Off Timer Operation 1. 2. 3. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). To set the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) to turn off at a specific time setting, press the OFF TIMER button (Figure 27, Item 19) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). The current off timer setting (Figure 27, Item 8) and temperature setting (Figure 27, Item 6) will be displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). The OFF TIMER symbol (Figure 27, Item 30) will start flashing.
NOTE
The OFF TIMER symbol must be flashing to set hour and minute stop time. If the OFF TIMER symbol stops flashing, press the OFF TIMER button. 4. 5. Press the HOUR button (Figure 27, Item 23) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the desired start hour (Figure 27, Item 8) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). Press the MINUTE button (Figure 27, Item 16) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until the desired start minute (Figure 27, Item 8) is displayed on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). Point the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) at the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) and press the RESERV button (Figure 27, Item 18) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) until a beep is heard. Verify that the yellow TIMER LAMP (Figure 28, Item 2) is illuminated on the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1). CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
6.
7. 8.
Combination of On and Off Timer 1. 2. Perform the ON TIMER OPERATION procedure in this work package. Perform the OFF TIMER OPERATION procedure in this work package.
0081-51
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT REMOTE OPTIONS - Continued Combination of Off and On Timer 1. 2. Perform the OFF TIMER OPERATION procedure in this work package. Perform the ON TIMER OPERATION procedure in this work package.
0081
Cancellation of the On Timer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the ON TIMER button (Figure 27, Item 22) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Point the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) at the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) and press the CANCEL button (Figure 27, Item 17) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
Cancellation of the Off Timer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the OFF TIMER button (Figure 27, Item 19) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Point the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1) at the fan unit (Figure 28, Item 1) and press the CANCEL button (Figure 27, Item 17) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
Set Back (Sleep) Timer 1. 2. 3. Perform the INITIAL STARTUP procedure in this work package. OPEN the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). Press the SET BACK button (Figure 27, Item 11) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1). The word SLEEP (Figure 27, Item 31) will be flashing on the LCD (Figure 27, Item 5). Continue to press the SET Back Button until the desired sleep time (1hr, 2hr, 3hr, 7hr, 9hr, or CANCEL) (Figure 27, Item 8) is displayed on the LCD. CLOSE the cover (Figure 27, Item 15) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning unit remote (Figure 27, Item 1).
4.
END OF TASK
0081-52
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR FAN OPERATION 1.
0081
Set to ON the PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR 2 SPEED SUPPLY FANS circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the PILOT HOUSE FRESH AIR SUPPLY FANS circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 9, Item 2) and the PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR INTAKE DAMPERS circuit breakers (Figure 9, Item 3) in 120 V distribution panel No. 2. Turn ON the FRESH AIR SUPPLY switch (Figure 29, Item 2). To adjust the fan speed, turn the FRESH AIR FANS SPEED CONTROL knob (Figure 29, Item 1). Clockwise rotation will INCREASE fan speed, counterclockwise rotation will DECREASE fan speed. To secure the pilothouse fresh air fans, set the FRESH AIR SUPPLY switch (Figure 29, Item 2) to OFF.
1
2. 3. 4.
SLOW
FAST
FRESH AIR FANS SPEED CONTROL
OFF PILOTHOUSE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL (PORT)
ON
FRESH AIR SUPPLY
O0492T73
Figure 29. Pilothouse Fresh Air Fan Control Panel. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0081-53/54 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS INTERCOMMUNICATION AND SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
0082
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
0082-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0082
SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM
NOTE
There are four models of sound powered telephones used on the Large Tug (LT), and all operate with the same overall method of operation as described in this work package. 1. 2. To answer a call, pick up the handset (Figure 1, Item 1), press and hold the pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 4), and talk into handset. To place a call: a. b. Turn the selector knob (Figure 1, Item 2) to the desired station number. Turn the magneto handle (Figure 1, Item 3) clockwise three to four times to signal the station being called.
NOTE
The handset pushbutton must be pressed to talk or listen. c. Press the handset pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 4) to communicate with station called.
1 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
3 4
O0493T73
Figure 1. Typical Sound Powered Handset. 3. To communicate with a headset: a. b. c. d. e. f. Remove the headset from the storage box. Unhook one end of the strap (Figure 2, Item 1) from the chest plate and unroll the phone cord (Figure 2, Item 7). Remove the jack cover from the phone jack box. Insert the jack plug (Figure 2, Item 6) into the socket. Place the strap around neck and connect the hook to the chest plate (Figure 2, Item 8). Place the headset (Figure 2, Item 2) on the head with the ear cups covering the ears.
0082-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM - Continued g.
0082
Adjust the strap so that the mouthpiece (Figure 2, Item 3) is approximately 3 in. in front of the mouth and 2 in. below lips.
NOTE
The headset will receive the other party even when the button is pressed. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Press and hold the button (Figure 2, Item 4) on top of the mouthpiece to speak to another station. When authorized to discontinue operation, remove the headset (Figure 2, Item 2) from around the neck and loop it over the mouthpiece and around the support bracket (Figure 2, Item 5). Disconnect the jack plug (Figure 2, Item 6) from the telephone jack. Replace the jack cover on the telephone box. Roll up the phone cord (Figure 2, Item 7), loop it over the mouthpiece, and place it on the support bracket. Disconnect one end of the strap from the chest plate, remove it from around the neck, wrap it around the support bracket, and reconnect it to the chest plate to secure the headset and cord. Replace the headset in its storage box and secure the storage box cover.
1 5
O0494T73
Typical Sound Powered Handset.
0082-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0082
INTERCOM SYSTEM 1. In the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, at the 120 V emergency load center distribution panel, verify that the PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) is set to ON.
1
GROUND DETECTION PUSH TO LIGHT LAMPS
O0495T73
Figure 3.
120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel.
0082-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 INTERCOM SYSTEM - Continued 2. At the 120 V pilothouse emergency distribution panel, set the INTERCOM SYSTEM circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
0082
O0496T73
Figure 4. 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel.
0082-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 INTERCOM SYSTEM - Continued 3. To answer a call: a. b. c. d. 4.
0082
Turn DOWN and hold the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) in the PRESS TO TALK position. Speak directly into the wire mesh speaker (Figure 5, Item 4). Acknowledge the incoming call by giving your station name, then release the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3). Each time you answer a call or pass information, you must turn down and hold the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) in the PRESS TO TALK position. Press a STATION pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 2). Turn DOWN and hold the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) in the PRESS TO TALK position. Speak the station name being called directly into the wire mesh speaker (Figure 5, Item 4). Release the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) to hear the answer from the station you called. When the call is complete, press the PRESS TO RELEASE pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 1). Press all the station pushbuttons (Figure 5, Item 2). Turn UP the intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) and lock it into the HANDS FREE position. Speak directly into the wire mesh speaker (Figure 5, Item 4) to make the announcement. When the announcement is completed, turn down intercom control lever (Figure 5, Item 3) and allow it to return to the NORMAL position. Press the PRESS TO RELEASE pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 1).
To place a call: a. b. c. d. e.
5.
To make a general announcement: a. b. c. d. e.
0082-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 INTERCOM SYSTEM - Continued
0082
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REL CALL BUSY
1
PRESS TO RE LEASE
C
PRESS TO RE LEASE
VOLUME OFF
DIMMER C
3
HANDS FREE MAL
MIC OR
HANDSET
PRESS TO TALK
4
Figure 5. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE Intercom Panel.
O0497T73
0082-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0083
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH, GENERAL ALARM, DOOR ALARM, AND FREEZER ALARM SYSTEMS
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH (EOT) OPERATION. GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM OPERATION. DOOR ALARM AND FREEZER ALARM SYSTEM OPERATION.
0083-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0083
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH OPERATION 1. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the EOT SYSTEM circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON.
1
O0498T73
Figure 1. 2.
In the pilothouse, order the desired speed and direction for each engine by rotating EOT selector (Figure 2, Item 2) to the desired position.
NOTE
The EOT bell will sound until the Engine Room Operating Station (EOS) answers with the correct speed and direction on the EOS EOT panel. When the EOS completes the appropriate throttle adjustments, the Light Emitting Diode (LED) will stop flashing and stay on. 3. In the EOS, complete the following actions when the EOT bell sounds, and the LED flashes, signifying that a change in speed and/or direction is ordered. a. b. Acknowledge order by rotating the selector(s) (Figure 2, Item 2) to the ordered position. Verify that the bell goes silent.
NOTE
If incorrect throttle adjustments are made the EOT bells will continue to sound, and the LEDs in the pilothouse and EOS will flash until the throttles match ordered direction and speed. c. In the EOS, make throttle adjustment(s) as ordered, and verify that the LED(s) (Figure 2, Item 1) stop(s) flashing and remain(s) lit.
0083-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH OPERATION - Continued
0083
PORT STOP
1/4
STARBOARD
STOP
1/4
1/4
1/4
HA
LF
STERN
HA
E AH AD
LF
HA
LF
STERN
L HA
E AH AD
F
1
3/4
1
3/4
FU LL
3/4
FU LL
3/4
FU LL
FU
LL
ENG
IN E O
R D ER TELE G
RAP
ENG
DIMMER
1
Figure 2.
1
EOT Panel.
END OF TASK
0083-3
A
IN E O R D ER TELE G
RA
PH
2
O0499T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0083
GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM OPERATION 1. In the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) room, at the 120 V emergency load center distribution panel, set to ON the GENERAL ALARM BATTERY CHARGER circuit breaker (LT 803 ONLY), or the GENERAL ALARM DC POWER PANEL BATTERY CHARGER circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1).
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
O0500T73
Figure 3. 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel No. 1.
NOTE
The general alarm system is a 24 V DC system, and it is always powered by the alarm battery charger or battery bank. 2. 3. Test the general alarm system by activating the contact makers in the pilothouse and the 01 Level passageway. Verify operation of the general alarm system by ensuring that the bells provide an audible alarm throughout the Large Tug (LT) and the routing lights operate when each actuator is pressed.
END OF TASK
0083-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0083
DOOR ALARM AND FREEZER ALARM SYSTEMS OPERATION 1. At 120 V main deck, 01 & 02 emergency lighting panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. FREEZER ALARM (Figure 4, Item 1). ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE & SPRINKLER) (Figure 4, Item 2).
Verify operation of the radio room door alarm system by opening the radio room door and verifying that the alarm buzzer and indicator on the alarm switchboard in the pilothouse activates. Verify operation of the arms stowage alarm system by opening the arms stowage room door and verifying that the alarm buzzer and indicator on the alarm switchboard in the pilothouse activates. Verify operation of the main deck fan room door alarm system by opening the main deck fan room door and verifying that the alarm buzzer and indicator on the alarm switchboard in the pilothouse activates. Verify operation of the freezer alarm system by operating the switches located in the thaw room, vegetable storage room, and freezer room and verifying that the alarm buzzer and lamp in the galley activates.
2 1
O0862T73
Figure 4. 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0083-5/6 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FM-200 SYSTEM
0084
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Sampling Pump (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 471) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (6) References TM 55-1925-273-SDC References (cont.) Volume 1, WP 0007 WP 0070 Volume 4, WP 0163 Equipment Condition N/A
0084-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0084
FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION The following steps must be accomplished prior to system actuation: 1. 2. 3. Evacuate all personnel from the engine room and Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1. Close the watertight doors between the engine room, AMS 1, and AMS 2. Align fire and general service pump 1 as the online fire pump (WP 0070).
CAUTION
FM-17 and/or FM-15 supplies raw water to various shipboard systems including the refrigeration plant, the air conditioning plant, and the water maker. Failure to secure power to these systems prior to closing the valves will cause damage to the equipment. 4. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH. TO GS (Figure 1, Item 2). FM-15, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 DISCH. TO GS (Figure 1, Item 1).
0084-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION - Continued
0084
FWD
Figure 1. Fire and General Service Pump Valves.
O0501T73
0084-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION - Continued 5.
0084
OPEN WWS-1 (Figure 2, Item 1), located in the main deck vestibule, starboard side, to activate the Engine Room Water Washdown System (ERWWS).
Figure 2.
Engine Room Water Washdown Station.
OFF ON
JCV-PRO-3
2 3
O0863T73
0084-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION - Continued 6. CLOSE the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.
1
0084
PORT engine room supply fan intake damper (Figure 3, Item 1). PORT engine room exhaust fan outlet damper (Figure 3, Item 2). STBD engine room supply fan intake damper (Figure 4, Item 2). STBD engine room exhaust fan outlet damper (Figure 4, Item 1). AMS 1 supply fan intake hinged cover (Figure 5, Item 1). AMS 1 exhaust hinged cover (Figure 6, Item 1). Engine room entrance door engine room vestibule (Figure 7, Item 1). Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) emergency escape scuttle (Figure 8, Item 1). AMS 1 emergency escape scuttle (Figure 9, Item 1).
2
PULL TO CLOSE E.R. VENT. AIR IN
PULL TO CLOSE M.E. PORT. AIR IN
PULL TO CLOSE E.R. VENT. AIR OUT
O0502T73
Figure 3. PORT Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.
0084-5
0084
1 2
PULL TO CLOSE M.E. STBD AIR IN
O0503T73
Figure 4.
STBD Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.
0084-6
0084
O0504T73
Figure 5.
AMS 1 Supply Fan Intake Hinged Cover.
0084-7
0084
O0505T73
Figure 6.
AMS 1 Exhaust Hinged Cover.
0084-8

1
0084
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE
PULL HARD
PULL
DOWN
O0506T73
Figure 7.
Engine Room Entrance Door.
0084-9
0084
O0507T73
Figure 8.
EOS Emergency Escape Scuttle.
0084-10

1
0084
O0508T73
Figure 9.
AMS 1 Emergency Escape Scuttle.
0084-11
0084
NOTE
The ERWWS will shut down once the FM-200 system has been activated. Restart fire and general service pump 1 remotely (pilothouse) once emergency generator has come online. 7. Break the glass on one of the FM-200 pull boxes (Figure 10 or 11, Item 1). Pull boxes are found in the following locations: a. b. 8. Engine room vestibule, main deck, 01 level, frame 23. Main deck, on the weather deck, starboard of the engine room vestibule entrance door, frame 21. This exterior watertight pull box requires opening the watertight cover to expose the glass.
Pull the handle (Figure 10 or 11, Item 1) to actuate the FM-200 system. The handle is designed to require less than 40 lbs (18.14 kg) force and 14 in. (35.6 cm) of pull to operate. If the FM-200 system fails to actuate, proceed to the FM-200 cylinder location, AMS 2, frame 22, and follow the emergency discharge instructions posted at the FM-200 cylinder location and in (Volume 1, WP 0007). Enter and evacuate AMS 2 using the emergency escape scuttle. Verify that the emergency generator has come online and start fire and general service pump 1 at the remote start located in the pilothouse. Wait a minimum of 15 minutes after FM-200 system actuation before initiating re-entry procedures. The water washdown system should be allowed to operate continuously during this time. Allow no one to enter the protected spaces until re-entry procedures are complete and permission is granted to do so. Actuation of the FM-200 fire suppression system will result in the automatic shutdown of the auxiliary engines and ventilation fan motors affecting the protected spaces. Verify that the following fans, engines, and pumps are shut down: a. Fan Motors: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) c. (1) (2) PORT engine room supply fan. PORT engine room exhaust fan. STBD engine room supply fan. STBD engine room exhaust fan. AMS 1 supply fan. Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 1. SSDG 2. Pump drive engine. Bow thruster engine. Fuel oil transfer pump 1. Fuel oil transfer pump 2.
9. 10.
11.
Engines:
Pumps:
0084-12
0084
O0509T73
Figure 10.
Interior FM-200 Pull Box.
1 CLOSED OPEN
O0510T73
Exterior FM-200 Pull Box.
0084-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0084
RE-ENTRY PROCEDURES
WARNING
Following a fire and actuation of the engine room fire suppression system, the engine room may contain a dangerous level of Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas, which is dangerous to humans. Do not re-enter the engine room until the post-fire re-entry procedure has been performed. Death or serious injury can result from unprotected entry into this space prior to completion of the post-fire re-entry procedure. 1. 2. Wait at least 15 minutes after extinguishing the fire before performing this procedure. The natural decay rate for Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas is approximately 15 minutes after a fire is extinguished. Perform HF gas sampling as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. Remove the cap (Figure 2, Item 2) from the aft HF sampling port (Figure 2, Item 3) located in the main deck vestibule or the forward HF sampling port (Figure 9, Item 2) located in the damage control locker. Zero the stroke counter (Figure 12, Item 5). Install the rubber hose (Figure 12, Item 1) on the pump by sliding one end of the rubber hose over the tube holder (Figure 12, Item 2). Break off both tips (Figure 12, Item 8) of the detector tube (Figure 12, Item 9) using the breaker (Figure 12, Item 10) on the sampling pump (Figure 12, Item 4). Install the detector tube (Figure 12, Item 9) into the rubber hose (Figure 12, Item 1) with the arrow on the detector tube pointing toward the sampling pump (Figure 12, Item 4). Insert the detector tube (Figure 12, Item 9) into the HF sampling port (Figure 2, Item 3). Ensure that all of the rubber hose (Figure 12, Item 1) is inserted into the HF sampling port.
NOTE
Determine the number of strokes required for a proper sample by checking the detector tube instructions that are in the box of detector tubes or the detector tube itself. The tube will be labeled as n=number of strokes. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. With all four fingers on the handle (Figure 12, Item 7), fully press the knob (Figure 12, Item 6) with the palm of the hand until the stroke counter (Figure 12, Item 5) changes number. Release the knob (Figure 12, Item 6). Verify that the end of stroke indicator (Figure 12, Item 3) has turned a high visibility yellow. Once the pump has consumed 100 cc of the sample, the end of stroke indicator will return to its black color. Repeat Steps (f) through (i) until the proper number of strokes has been performed. Remove the detector tube (Figure 12, Item 9) from the HF sampling port (Figure 2, Item 3). Install the cap (Figure 2, Item 2) on the HF sampling port (Figure 2, Item 3). Observe the color of the detector tube and read the scale printed on the detector tube. Record the reading. Remove the detector tube (Figure 12, Item 9) from the hose (Figure 12, Item 1). Wait 2 minutes and repeat Steps (a) through (m) above using a new detector tube. When three consecutive readings of 3 ppm are obtained, the engine room is safe for re-entry.
0084-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RE-ENTRY PROCEDURES - Continued
0084
10 7
1
O0511T73
Figure 12.
Sampling Pump.
WARNING
Residue from FM-200 fire suppression is a minor irritant to the skin, the eyes, and the respiratory tract. All personnel who may come in contact with this residue must wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), which prevents the FM-200 residue from contacting the skin, eyes, and/or respiratory tract. 3. After ensuring that no reflash risks exist, engine room must be ventilated IAW TM 55-1925-273-SDC and the following procedure: a. b. c. d. e. If explosive or flammable gases are present, desmoke using the water-driven blower. Desmoke using the waterdriven blower until no flammable gases are detected. If no explosive or flammable gases are present, desmoke using the ventilation exhaust fans in high speed. When the smoke has cleared, restart the ventilation supply fans in high speed. When all smoke is cleared and air quality is at normal levels, return all ventilation fans to their normal operating speed. Ventilate the engine room for at least 15 minutes before proceeding to the cleanup phase.
0084-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RE-ENTRY PROCEDURES - Continued 4.
0084
After the engine room has been ventilated and has cooled down, wash down the engine room interior and all equipment with fresh water.
NOTE
Bilge water which has been exposed to FM-200 fire extinguishing agent while extinguishing a fire shall be classified and treated as hazardous waste. 5. 6. Use the oily water collection system to remove all contaminated bilge water from the engine room. Discharge this contaminated water only to a suitable treatment facility. Return the equipment to the desired readiness condition.
END OF TASK PRESSURIZE FIRE MAN 1. 2. 3. Align fire and general service pump No. 1 as the online fire and general service pump (WP 0070). CLOSE valve FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO GS (Figure 13, Item 2). OPEN valve FM-16, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO FM (Figure 13, Item 1).
0084-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PRESSURIZE FIRE MAN - Continued
0084
O0512T73
Pressurize Fire Main.
0084-17/18 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS WORKBOAT/CRANE
0085
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (2) References TM 55-1945-221-14&P References (cont.) TM 55-1945-224-14&P WP 0075 WP 0101 Equipment Condition N/A
0085-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0085
LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP 1. Set to ON the CRANE LOAD circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) on the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 1).
1
O0513T73
Figure 1. Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) panel (Figure 2, Item 1) on the LMI receiver panel (Figure 2, Item 2) will display the screens shown in Figures 3 through 5 before any operator action is required. When START UP SCREEN 3 (Figure 5) appears on the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to continue to the VERIFY LOAD CHART screen (Figure 6). Accept the programmed load chart by pressing the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6). After accepting the programmed load chart, the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7) will be displayed on the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) indicating that the LMI is ready for normal operation.
1 2
BYPASS
SELECT
ACCEPT
3
O0864T73
Figure 2. LMI Receiver Panel.
0085-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP - Continued
0085
CR ANE SMART
SYSTEMS
TM
O0865T73
Figure 3.
STARTUP Screen 1.
CRANE:Appleton Marine EB10-35-15 SN: 02657
Sep 07 2005 6:51 AM

O0866T73
Figure 4.
STARTUP Screen 2.
STARTUP>SETUP WINCH main MAIN POL 3 CONTINUE CHANGE

O0867T73
Figure 5.
STARTUP Screen 3.
VERIFY LOAD CHART

1: Appleton Marine EB10-35-15 15.8' - 35.8' Hydraulic Boom CONTINUE BACK
O0514T73
Figure 6.
VERIFY LOAD CHART Screen.
1 6
2
MAIN Winch ANGLE
500lb
5
MAX LOAD = 7,500lb
0.5
RADIUS
15.0
3
O0515T73
PRIMARY OPERATING Screen.
0085-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) OPERATION 1. 2. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package.
0085
Verify that the LMI defaults to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen as shown in Figure 7. Move from screen to screen by pushing the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until the desired function is highlighted and then press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6). After approximately 10 seconds of inactivity, verify that the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) returns to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen. Verify that the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) displays the information in Figure 7 and Table 1. Table 1. Item No. 1 2 3 Display Winch ANGLE RADIUS PRIMARY OPERATING Screen Display Data. Information Displayed Displays the actual winch the LMI is in use for. Displays the actual boom angle measured in degrees in 0.5 degree increments. Displays the calculated boom radius measured in ft in 0.1 ft increments as measured from the crane center of rotation to the calculated vertical center of the hook. Displays the maximum calculated load for the current loading moment as defined by the programmed load chart. Displays the calculated percentage of the pre-set maximum load as defined by the programmed load chart. A "T" displayed at the end of the bar graph indicates that the Tare Out function is enabled. Displays the actual weight of the load on the winch in use.
3.
4 5
MAX LOAD Bar Graph
Load
NOTE
While in use, the LMI alerts the crane operator to overload conditions via audible and visual alarms. The audible alarm is in the form of a beeper signal; the visual alarm is in the form of a flashing display panel accompanied by various text messages. 4. During overload conditions, verify that the following screens are displayed for the given condition. a. If the crane reaches 90% of its rated capacity for a given condition, the 90% alarm will activate. In this mode, the following indications are given: (1) The MAIN 90% OF LOAD MOMENT screen (Figure 8) will appear and the alarm will beep slowly.
MAIN 90% OF LOAD MOMENT

O0516T73
Figure 8. MAIN 90% OF LOAD MOMENT Screen.
0085-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) OPERATION - Continued (2)
0085
After approximately 10 seconds, the MAIN 90% OF LOAD MOMENT screen (Figure 8) will be replaced by the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), the bar graph (Figure 7, Item 5) will flash, and the alarm will beep slowly. The bar graph (Figure 7, Item 5) will continue to flash and the alarm will continue to beep slowly until the load moment is reduced or until a 100% overload condition is achieved.
(3) b.
If the crane exceeds 100% of rated capacity for a given condition, the overload alarm will activate. In this mode, the following indications are given; (1) The MAIN LOAD ABOVE CHART screen (Figure 9) will appear and the alarm will beep rapidly.
MAIN LOAD ABOVE CHART

O0517T73
Figure 9. (2)
MAIN LOAD ABOVE CHART Screen.
After approximately 10 seconds, the MAIN LOAD ABOVE CHART screen (Figure 9) will be replaced by the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7). As long as the overload condition is present, the bar graph (Figure 7, Item 5) will be replaced by a flashing OVERLOAD text message and the alarm will beep rapidly.
c.
When the crane's boom angle falls below the minimum valve for the programmed load chart (0.0 degrees), the minimum boom angle alarm will activate. In this mode, the following indications are given; (1) (2) (3) The TIP HEIGHT BELOW PRESET MINIMUM bar (Figure 10, Item 1) will be displayed across the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1). The alarm will beep rapidly. After approximately 10 seconds, the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) will alternate between showing the TIP HEIGHT BELOW PRESET MINIMUM bar (Figure 10, Item 1) and the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
1
TOP MENU>LIMITS>RADIUS MAIN RADIUS MAX 249' MIN 0' TIP HEIGHT BELOW PRESET MINIMUM = 21 EXIT BACK TOP MENU
O0518T73
Figure 10.
TIP HEIGHT BELOW PRESENT MINIMUM Bar.
0085-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) OPERATION - Continued d. When the crane's boom angle exceeds the maximum value for the load chart (80.0 degrees), the maximum boom angle alarm will activate. In this mode, the following indications are given: (1)
0085
The TIP HEIGHT ABOVE PRESET MAXIMUM bar (Figure 11, Item 1) will be displayed across the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1).
1
TOP MENU>LIMITS>RADIUS MAIN RADIUS MAX 249' MIN 0' TIP HEIGHT ABOVE PRESET MINIMUM = 21 EXIT BACK TOP MENU
O0519T73
Figure 11. TIP HEIGHT ABOVE PRESENT MAXIMUM Bar. (2) (3) The alarm will beep rapidly. After approximately 10 seconds, the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) will alternate between the TIP HEIGHT ABOVE PRESET MAXIMUM bar (Figure 11, Item 1) and the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK ENABLE LOAD TARE OUT FUNCTION 1. 2. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12).
MAIN WINCH LASER= OKAY POL LENGTH TIP
A2B= N/A WIND
3
EXIT LIMITS
15.8
0.2
INFO
N/A
SETUP
TARE SIG
2
O0520T73
Figure 12. SECONDARY OPERATING Screen. 3. 4. 5. Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight TARE (Figure 12, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6). A "T" (Figure 13, Item 2) will be displayed on the screen at the end of the bar graph (Figure 13, Item 1). Change the crane's boom angle to disable the Tare Out function.
0085-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ENABLE LOAD TARE OUT FUNCTION - Continued
0085
1
MAIN Winch ANGLE
000lb
T
MAX LOAD = 7,500lb
0.5
RADIUS
15.0
2
O0521T73
Figure 13. END OF TASK CHECKING TRANSDUCER SIGNAL STRENGTH 1. 2. 3.
TARE OUT FUNCTION.
Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen, (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SIG (Figure 12, Item 3).
NOTE
The display will automatically return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen after approximately 10 seconds. 4. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SIGNAL STRENGTH screen (Figure 14).
SIGNAL STRENGTH LOAD MAIN 85% ANG MAIN 85% EXIT BACK RF COUNT 2 2 TOP MENU
O0522T73
Figure 14. END OF TASK CHANGE MAXIMUM LOAD LIMIT
SIGNAL STRENGTH Screen.
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12).
0085-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CHANGE MAXIMUM LOAD LIMIT - Continued 3. 4. 5.
0085
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3).
1
TOP MENU>LIMITS>RADIUS CONFIGURE SYSTEM LIMITS DIAGNOSTIC
MAIN LOAD= EXIT
600lb
O0523T73
Figure 15. 6. 7.
TOP MENU Screen.
Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LOAD (Figure 16, Item 1).
1 4
TOP MENU>LIMITS LOAD ANGLE MAIN LOAD= EXIT BACK
TIP HEIGHT RADIUS 600lb TOP MENU

O0524T73
2 3
Figure 16. 8. 9. 10. 11.
LIMITS Screen.
Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LOAD screen (Figure 17). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MAX LOAD MAIN (Figure 17, Item 1). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LOAD screen (Figure 17). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the maximum programmed load (Figure 17, Item 2).
TOP MENU>LIMITS>LOAD MAX LOAD MAIN 15,000lb DERATE MAIN LOAD= EXIT BACK 100% 600lb TOP MENU
O0525T73
Figure 17. 12. 13.
LOAD Screen.
Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted.
0085-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CHANGE MAXIMUM LOAD LIMIT - Continued 14.
0085
Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK SET MAXIMUM BOOM ANGLE ALARM LIMIT
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight ANGLE (Figure 16, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the ANGLE screen (Figure 18).
TOP MENU>LIMITS>ANGLE MAIN ANGLE MAX 30.0 MIN 0.0 MAIN LOAD= EXIT BACK
2 3
600lb TOP MENU
O0526T73
Figure 18. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
ANGLE Screen.
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MAX (Figure 18, Item 1). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight the maximum angle number (Figure 18, Item 2). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the maximum angle number (Figure 18, Item 2) to the desired valve. Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MIN (Figure 18, Item 4).
END OF TASK
0085-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SET MINIMUM BOOM ANGLE ALARM LIMIT
0085
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 2) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight ANGLE (Figure 16, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the ANGLE screen (Figure 18). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MIN (Figure 18, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight minimum angle number (Figure 18, Item 3). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the minimum angle number (Figure 18, Item 3) to desired valve. Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK SET MAXIMUM TIP HEIGHT ALARM
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15).
0085-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SET MAXIMUM TIP HEIGHT ALARM - Continued 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
0085
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight TIP HEIGHT (Figure 16, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TIP HEIGHT screen (Figure 19). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MAX (Figure 19, Item 1). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight the maximum tip height number (Figure 19, Item 2). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the maximum tip height number (Figure 19, Item 2) to desired valve.
TOP MENU>LIMITS>TIP HEIGHT MAIN TIP MAX 99' MIN 1' MAIN LOAD= 600lb EXIT BACK TOP MENU
O0527T73
2 3
Figure 19. 12. 13. 14.
TIP HEIGHT Screen.
Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK SET MINIMUM TIP HEIGHT ALARM
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16).
0085-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SET MINIMUM TIP HEIGHT ALARM - Continued 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
0085
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight TIP HEIGHT (Figure 16, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TIP HEIGHT screen (Figure 19). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MIN (Figure 19, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight the minimum tip height number (Figure 19, Item 3). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the minimum tip height number (Figure 19, Item 3) to the desired valve. Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK SET MAXIMUM RADIUS ALARM
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight RADIUS (Figure 16, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the RADIUS screen (Figure 20). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MAX (Figure 20, Item 1).
0085-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SET MAXIMUM RADIUS ALARM - Continued
0085
TOP MENU>LIMITS>RADIUS MAIN RADIUS MAX 249' MIN 0' EXIT BACK TOP MENU
O0528T73
2 3
Figure 20. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
RADIUS Screen.
Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight the maximum angle number (Figure 19, Item 2). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the maximum radius number (Figure 20, Item 2) to the desired valve. Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK SET MINIMUM RADIUS ALARM
NOTE
The LMI allows the operator to specify minimum and maximum operating limits for various crane functions. If any maximum preset limit is exceeded or the minimum limits are broken, the LMI will alarm. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LIMITS (Figure 15, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LIMITS screen (Figure 16). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight RADIUS (Figure 16, Item 3). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the RADIUS screen (Figure 20). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight MIN (Figure 20, Item 4). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight the minimum radius number (Figure 20, Item 3). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the minimum radius number (Figure 20, Item 3) to the desired valve.
0085-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SET MINIMUM RADIUS ALARM - Continued 12. 13. 14.
0085
Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK VIEW MAIN WINCH/PARTS OF LINE CONFIGURATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight CONFIGURE (Figure 15, Item 1).
NOTE
The information displayed on the CONFIGURE screen is not changeable. This screen is provided for informational purposes only. WINCH should display as MAIN and MAIN POL should display as 3. 6. 7. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the CONFIGURE screen (Figure 21). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 21, Item 1) is highlighted.
TOP MENU>CONFIGURE WINCH MAIN MAIN POL 3 MAIN LOAD= EXIT BACK 600lb CHANGE
O0529T73
Figure 21. CONFIGURE Screen. 8. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK CHANGING LCD CONTRAST 1. 2. 3. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2).
0085-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CHANGING LCD CONTRAST - Continued 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15).
0085
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SYSTEM (Figure 15, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SYSTEM screen (Figure 22). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight LCD CONTRAST (Figure 22, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the LCD CONTRAST screen (Figure 23).
1 2
TOP MENU>SYSTEM ABOUT LCD CONTRAST EXIT BACK
PERMISSION
TOP MENU
O0530T73
Figure 22.
1
SYSTEM Screen.
2
TOP MENU>SYSTEM>LCD CONTRAST CONTRAST EXIT BACK XXXXXXXX TOP MENU

O0531T73
Figure 23. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
LCD CONTRAST Screen.
Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to highlight CONTRAST (Figure 23, Item 1). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to change the LCD contrast to the desired level (Figure 23, Item 2). Press the ACCEPT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) twice to accept the change and return to the SECONDARY OPERATION screen. Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 12, Item 1) is highlighted. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS 1. 2. 3. 4. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package. At the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7), press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SECONDARY OPERATING screen (Figure 12). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight SETUP (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the TOP MENU screen (Figure 15).
0085-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS - Continued 5. 6. 7. 8.
0085
Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight the SYSTEM (Figure 15, Item 2). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the SYSTEM screen (Figure 22). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) to highlight ABOUT (Figure 22, Item 1). Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to display the CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS screen (Figure 24).
NOTE
The information displayed on the CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS screen cannot be changed; it is provided for information purposes only. 9. 10. Verify that the information displayed on the LCD panel (Figure 2, Item 1) matches the CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS screen (Figure 24). Push the UP arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 5) or the DOWN arrow pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 4) until EXIT (Figure 24, Item 1) is highlighted.
KEY: Q9FYYTQ VER: 2.303b SN: 02657 LOAD: MAIN=OK ANGLE: MAIN=OK LASR: OK EXIT BACK FREQ: 0125
TOP MENU
O0532T73
Figure 24. CHECK SYSTEM INFORMATION/SENSOR STATUS Screen. 11. Press the SELECT pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6) to return to the PRIMARY OPERATING screen (Figure 7).
END OF TASK LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) SHUTDOWN 1. 2. Ensure that any minimum and/or maximum alarm settings have been returned to their desired readiness condition. Set to OFF the CRANE LOAD circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) on the 24 V machinery DC control distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 1) in the engine room.
END OF TASK CRANE OPERATION 1. 2. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP procedure (WP 0075). Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) STARTUP procedure in this work package.
0085-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CRANE OPERATION - Continued
0085
WARNING
Maintain at least five dead wraps of wire rope on the drum at all times. Failure to comply will result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION
The control handles should be moved smoothly and deliberately, NOT with a jerking motion. Damage to the crane could result.
NOTE
Moving control handles progressively away from the neutral position in either direction will increase the rate of movement. When the handle is released, the control will automatically return to the neutral position. 3. Movement of the crane controls (Figure 25, Items 4, 5, 6, and 7) produces a corresponding movement in the crane's block (Figure 25, Item 2) or boom (Figure 25, Item 1). a. b. c. d. To swing the crane to the right, pull the SWING control handle (Figure 25, Item 7) toward the operator. To swing the crane to the left, push the SWING control handle away from the operator. To extend the boom (Figure 25, Item 1), push the TELESCOPE control handle (Figure 25, Item 4) away from the operator. To retract the boom, pull the TELESCOPE control handle toward the operator. To move the boom (Figure 25, Item 1) down, push the BOOM control handle (Figure 25, Item 6) away from the operator. To move the boom up, pull the BOOM control handle toward the operator. To raise the block (Figure 25, Item 2), pull the WINCH control handle (Figure 25, Item 5) toward the operator. To lower the block, push the WINCH control handle away from the operator.
4 5 6
1
III
ll l
lll
l ll l l l l l l l ll
ll
ll
l ll
l l l l ll l I I I I I I I
II
IIII
III II III I
2 3
LEFT
EXTEND TELESCOPE
LOWER
LOWER
WINCH
BOOM
SWING
RIGHT
RETRACT
HOIST
RAISE
O0533T73
Crane Controls.
0085-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0085
CRANE SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. Verify that crane operations have ended. Perform the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR (LMI) SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN procedure (WP 0101).
END OF TASK WORKBOAT Operating procedures for the workboat are contained in TM 55-1945-221-14&P and TM 55-1945-224-14&P. Consult these publications for all workboat operation, PMCS, and maintenance procedures. END OF TASK LAUNCH THE WORKBOAT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Operate the crane as necessary to position the hook (Figure 25, Item 3) over the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3). Attach the lifting sling (Figure 26, Item 1) securely to the lift points. Attach the hook (Figure 25, Item 3) to the lifting sling ring (Figure 26, Item 2). Remove the tie down straps securing the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3) to the deck cradle. Operate the crane as necessary to raise the workboat from the deck and move it to the water. Once the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3) is in the water, have personnel man the workboat and disconnect the hook (Figure 25, Item 3) from the lifting sling ring. Remove the lifting sling (Figure 26, Item 1) from the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3).
END OF TASK RECOVER THE WORKBOAT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Attach the lifting sling (Figure 26, Item 1) securely to the lift points in the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3). Operate the crane as necessary to position the hook (Figure 25, Item 3) over the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3). Attach the hook (Figure 25, Item 3) to the lifting sling ring (Figure 26, Item 2). Instruct personnel to disembark the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3). Operate the crane as necessary to raise the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3) from the water and move it to the deck cradle. Secure the workboat (Figure 26, Item 3) in place with the tie down straps. Remove the hook (Figure 26, Item 3) from the sling lifting ring (Figure 26, Item 2). Perform the CRANE SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package.
0085-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RECOVER THE WORKBOAT - Continued

1 2
0085
3
O0534T73
Workboat.
0085-19/20 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS ANCHOR WINDLASS
0086
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References WP 0075 WP 0101 Equipment Condition N/A
0086-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0086
ANCHOR WINDLASS OPERATION General Three modes of operation are provided for the anchor windlass: powered wildcat, free wheeling, and gypsey only. Operating procedures for each mode follow the pre-operation procedure. Anchor Windlass Pre-Operation 1. 2. 3. Verify that the pelican hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) are secured to the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) and that the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4) are tight. Set both anchor windlass brakes (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9). Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP procedure (WP 0075).
5 6
9 8 7
FWD
O0535T73
Anchor Windlass.
0086-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0086
ANCHOR WINDLASS POWERED WILDCAT OPERATION General 1. Wildcats can be operated together or separately as dictated by the torque limitations and the load. Each wildcat is equipped with a dog clutch and hand brake. Engaging the dog clutch and releasing the brake allows the wildcat to be driven in a direction and at a speed set by the appropriate controls. For normal speeds and loads, the two-speed lever will be in the HIGH SPEED position. The chain can be lowered or raised at a variable speed from creep to approximately 25 FPM (7.9 m/min). For heavy loads, the two-speed lever should be in the LOW SPEED position. The LOW SPEED mode doubles the torque and allows the chain to be lowered or raised at variable speeds, from creep to approximately 12 FPM (3.8 m/min).
2.
Operation 1. 2. Perform the ANCHOR WINDLASS PRE-OPERATION procedure in this work package. Engage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) by performing the following steps: a. b. Remove the dog clutch tool from the frame-mounted bracket. Loosen both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
CAUTION
Maneuvering the main shaft may be necessary (with the brake set) to engage the dogs with the clutch jaws on the wildcat. Attempting to engage dogs and clutch jaw when not properly aligned could damage the windlass. c. d. e. f. g. Verify that the anchor windlass brake (Figure 1, Item 8) is set by rotating the anchor windlass brake handwheel (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise. Verify that the pelican hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) are secured to the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) and that the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4) are tight. Set the two-speed control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to LOW SPEED. Operate the RAISE-LOWER control (Figure 2, Item) until the slots in the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) are aligned with the slots in the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7). Insert the dog clutch tool in the nearest slot that is aligned with the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) and the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
NOTE
A 50-degree movement of the clutch shifter ring is required to fully engage or disengage the dog clutch. h. i. Push the dog clutch tool forward to engage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5). Tighten both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
0086-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ANCHOR WINDLASS POWERED WILDCAT OPERATION - Continued Operation - Continued 3. Select the desired speed by setting the two-speed control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to the desired speed.
0086
NOTE
Raise the anchor chain until there is slack in the pelican hook/turnbuckle chain. 4. Swing the hawsepipe cover plate (Figure 1, Item 3) clear of the hawsepipe opening and remove the pelican hook (Figure 1, Item 2) from the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) by loosening the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4).
NOTE
It may be necessary to lightly tap on the anchor windlass brake handwheel to free the anchor windlass brake. Proper lubrication will prevent the anchor windlass brake from becoming stuck. 5. 6. Release the anchor windlass brake(s) (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9). To raise or lower the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1), move the RAISE/LOWER control (Figure 2, Item 2) to the desired position.
END OF TASK ANCHOR WINDLASS FREE WHEELING OPERATION 1. Perform the ANCHOR WINDLASS PRE-OPERATION procedure in this work package.
CAUTION
When operating the anchor windlass in the free wheeling mode, the windlass must be carefully observed and controlled to ensure that the windlass speed does not cause the chain to "jump the cat" causing damage to the anchor windlass.
NOTE
With the dog clutch disengaged and the brake released, the wildcat will free wheel, allowing the anchor to free-fall. Manipulating the brake slows or stops the anchor as desired. 2. Set both anchor windlass brakes (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise.
0086-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ANCHOR WINDLASS FREE WHEELING OPERATION - Continued

1 LOW SPEED
0086
HIGH SPEED
AFT 2
O0536T73
Figure 2.
Anchor Windlass Control Station.
0086-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ANCHOR WINDLASS FREE WHEELING OPERATION - Continued 3. Disengage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) by performing the following steps: a. b. Remove the dog clutch tool from the frame-mounted bracket. Loosen both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
0086
CAUTION
Maneuvering the main shaft may be necessary (with the brake set) to engage the dogs with the clutch jaws on the wildcat. Attempting to engage dogs and clutch jaws when not properly aligned could damage the windlass. c. d. e. f. g. Verify that the anchor windlass brake (Figure 1, Item 8) is set by rotating the anchor windlass brake handwheel (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise. Verify that the pelican hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) are secured to the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) and that the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4) are tight. Set the two-speed control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to LOW SPEED. Operate the RAISE-LOWER control (Figure 2, Item 2) until the slots in the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) are aligned with the slots in the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7). Insert the dog clutch tool in the nearest slot that is aligned with the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) and the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
NOTE
A 50-degree movement of the clutch shifter ring is required to fully engage or disengage the dog clutch. h. i. 4. Pull the dog clutch tool aft to disengage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5). Tighten both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
Remove the pelican hook (Figure 1, Item 2) from the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) by loosening the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4).
CAUTION
Observe the anchor windlass and control its speed using the brake to ensure that the windlass speed does not cause the chain to "jump the cat," causing damage to the windlass. 5. 6. Slowly release the anchor windlass brake(s) (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9) counterclockwise. When the desired amount of anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) has been paid out, set the anchor windlass brake(s) (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheel(s) (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise.
END OF TASK
0086-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0086
ANCHOR WINDLASS GYPSEY ONLY OPERATION 1. Perform the ANCHOR WINDLASS PRE-OPERATION procedure in this work package.
NOTE
The gypsies turn whenever the anchor windlass is being operated. For gypsey-only operation, the dog clutch is disengaged, and the brake is set. The main shaft can be driven with the wildcats held stationary. 2. 3. Set both anchor windlass brakes (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise. Disengage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) by performing the following steps: a. b. Remove the dog clutch tool from the frame-mounted bracket. Loosen both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
CAUTION
Maneuvering the main shaft may be necessary (with the brake set) to engage the dogs with the clutch jaws on the wildcat. Attempting to engage dogs and clutch jaws when not properly aligned could damage the windlass. c. d. e. f. g. Verify that the anchor windlass brake (Figure 1, Item 8) is set by rotating the anchor windlass brake handwheel (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise. Verify that the pelican hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) are secured to the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) and that the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4) are tight. Set the two-speed control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to LOW SPEED. Operate the RAISE-LOWER control (Figure 2, Item 2) until the slots in the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) are aligned with the slots in the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7). Insert the dog clutch tool in the nearest slot that is aligned with the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5) and the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
NOTE
A 50-degree movement of the clutch sifter ring is required to fully engage or disengage the dog clutch. h. i. 4. 5. Pull the dog clutch tool aft to disengage the dog clutch (Figure 1, Item 5). Tighten both wingnuts (Figure 1, Item 6) on the face of the shifter ring (Figure 1, Item 7).
Select the desired speed by setting the two-speed control lever (Figure 2, Item 1) to the desired speed. Haul in (raise) or pay out (lower) by moving the RAISE-LOWER control (Figure 2, Item 2) to the desired position.
END OF TASK
0086-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0086
ANCHOR WINDLASS SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Verify that anchor windlass operations have ended and the anchors are properly stowed in their hawse pipes. Set both anchor windlass brakes (Figure 1, Item 8) by turning the anchor windlass brake handwheels (Figure 1, Item 9) fully clockwise. Install the pelican hooks (Figure 1, Item 2) on the anchor chain (Figure 1, Item 1) and tighten the pelican hook turnbuckles (Figure 1, Item 4). Perform a thorough fresh water washdown of the anchor windlass. Notify field maintenance to perform lubrication of the anchor windlass following each use. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN procedure (WP 0101).
0086-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS CAPSTAN
0087
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References WP 0101 WP 0075 Equipment Condition N/A
0087-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0087
CAPSTAN OPERATION 1. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP procedure (WP 0075).
NOTE
The directional control valve is equipped with a spring, that will return the handle to the NEUTRAL position when the handle is released. 2. 3. 4. In Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2, OPEN capstan isolation valves CH-32 (Figure 1, Item 1), CH-31 (Figure 2, Item 1), and CH-30 (Figure 2, Item 2). To operate the capstan, move the directional control valve handle (Figure 3, Item 1) by pushing or pulling in the desired direction (HEAVE or PAYOUT). The rotational direction and speed of the capstan is controlled by throttling the directional control valve (Figure 3, Item 1).
END OF TASK CAPSTAN SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. Verify that capstan operations have ended. In AMS 2, CLOSE capstan isolation valves CH-32 (Figure 1, Item 1), CH-31 (Figure 2, Item), and CH-30 (Figure 2, Item 2). Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN procedure (WP 0101).
O0713T73
Figure 1.
Capstan Isolation Valve CH-32.
0087-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CAPSTAN SHUTDOWN - Continued
0087
O0537T73
Figure 2. Capstan Isolation Valves CH-30 and CH-31.
0087-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CAPSTAN SHUTDOWN - Continued

1
0087
FWD
UP
O0538T73
Figure 3. Capstan Control Valve. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0087-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE
0088
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (2) References WP 0070 Equipment Condition N/A
0088-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP 1. CLOSE the following valves, located in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1: a. b. c. TH-3, RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD (Figure 1, Item 7). TH-2, PRESS CRSVR CTL HYDR TOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 1). TH-4, DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. (Figure 1, Item 6).
0088-2
0088
1 PORT
6 7 8 9
11
10
FWD
Figure 1. Towing Machine Hydraulic Power Unit.
O0539T73
0088-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP - Continued 2.
0088
In the engine room, on the port side, at the central hydraulic system reservoir (Figure 2, Item 7), verify that the hydraulic fluid level is at 3/4 full in the hydraulic reservoir sight glass (Figure 2, Item 5). If the hydraulic fluid level is low, add hydraulic fluid at the breather (Figure 2, Item 6) until the fluid level on the sight glass is 3/4 full. Set to ON the CENT HYD SYS POWER UNIT No. 1 & 2 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 2) on the main switchboard (Figure 3, Item 1). Set to ON the MAIN switch (Figure 2, Item 3) on the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). To enable local operation of the central hydraulic system, set to ON the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 2, Item 1) at the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). To enable remote operation from the Enclosed Operating Space (EOS), set to REMOTE the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch.
3. 4. 5.
CAUTION
Only one pump is required to operate the power pack. Both pumps may be used, but the reservoir temperature must be checked frequently. If oil temperature exceeds 180F (82C), or a low oil level is indicated, shut down the system immediately. Operating the pumps with hot and/or low oil could damage the equipment. 6. 7. 8. Set the P1/P2/P1 & P2 switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to the P1, P2, or P1 & P2 position. In the P1 position, pump 1 is enabled; in the P2 position, pump 2 is enabled; and in the P1 & P2 position, both pumps are enabled. Verify that the READY light (Figure 2, Item 2 and/or 13) is illuminated for the selected pump(s). If local operation was selected in Step (5), press the START pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 9) to start the selected pump(s). If remote operation was selected, press the No.1 & 2 HYD PMP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 1) to start the selected pump(s). Verify that the RUNNING indicator(s) (Figure 2, Item 10 and/or 11) are illuminated for the selected pump(s). Perform the TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM STARTUP procedure in this work package.
9. 10.
0088-4
0088
REMOTE
OFF ON
P1
P2
P1 & 2
3
PUMP NO. 1 PUMP NO. 2
13 12 11
READY
READY
MAIN SWITCH
RUNNING
RUNNING
LOW OIL LEVEL
HIGH OIL TEMP
START
10 9 8
STOP
RESET
RESET
7
60 0
4000 7000
900
1200
300
9500 7000 10000
O0540T73
Figure 2.
Central Hydraulic System, Hydraulic Power Unit.
0088-5
15
KPA
00
0088
2 1
O0541T73
Figure 3.
Main Switchboard.
0088-6
0088
1
STARBOARD
PORT
STOP
STOP
HA L
1/4
H
AHEA
D
F AL
3/4
HA L
1/4
ERN ST
1/ 4
TER AS
1/ 4
N
A
HEAD
HA
LF
3/4
3/4
3/4
LL
LL FU
E NG
I NE O PH RD ER TELEGRA
EN G
START
STOP
START
STOP
NO.1 MAIN ENGINE
NO.2 MAIN ENGINE
START
STOP
START
STOP
S.S.D.G NO.1
S.S.D.G. NO.2
START
STOP
START
STOP
PUMP DRIVE ENG
NO.1&2 HYD PUMP
Remote Control Station (EOS).
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package. If local operation was selected during the startup procedure, press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 8) at the central HPU motor controller. If remote operation was selected during the startup procedure, press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 2) at the remote control station. Verify that the RUNNING indicator(s) (Figure 2, Item 10 and/or 11) extinguish for the selected pump(s). Set to OFF the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 2, Item 1) on the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). Set to OFF the MAIN switch (Figure 2, Item 3) on the central HPU motor controller (Figure 2, Item 4). Set to OFF the CENT HYD SYS POWER UNIT No. 1 & 2 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 2) on the main switchboard (Figure 3, Item 1).
3. 4. 5. 6.
END OF TASK
0088-7
LL FU
FU
FU
LL
IN E OR DER TELEG
RA
PH
NO.1 FIRE PUMP
START
STOP
NO.2 FIRE PUMP
2
O0542T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM STARTUP 1. OPEN the following valves in AMS 1: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 2. a. b. c. 3. a. b. c. d. TH-13, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 2). TH-1, C.O.V. PMP DISCH.TO TOW WN. HYD (Figure 1, Item 4). TH-14, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 3). GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SPLY (Figure 1, Item 9). GS-77, HYD OIL CLR DISCH (Figure 1, Item 10). TH-12, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 5). CH-27, RTN CUT-OUT TOW WN. HYDR (Figure 1, Item 8). CH-26, DRN CUT-OUT TOW WN. HYDR (Figure 1, Item 11). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 5, Item 9) CA-6, STG AIR TO PMP DR ENG (Figure 5, Item 7). ASW-19, S.W. TP PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 5, Item 5). ASW-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 5, Item 6). ASW-22, OVB'D DISCH. S.W. COOLING (Figure 5, Item 8). TH-2, PRESS CRSVR CTL HYDR TOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 1). TH-3, RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD (Figure 1, Item 7). TH-4, DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. (Figure 1, Item 6). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 5, Item 1). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 5, Item 2). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 5, Item 3). ASW-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 5, Item 4).
CLOSE the following valves in AMS 1:
In the engine room, OPEN the following valves:
WARNING
High noise levels are present in the engine room and AMS 1 when the engines are operating. Hearing protection must be worn at all times when the engines are operating. Failure to comply can result in permanent loss of hearing. 4. 5. 6. Start the pump drive engine (WP 0070). Allow the engine to idle 3 to 5 minutes, or until the oil pressure gage indicates between 35 and 70 PSI (2.4 and 4.8 bar). Perform the desired towing machine operation procedure in this work package.
0088-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM STARTUP - Continued
0088
3 4
AMS 1
5
EOS
ENGINE ROOM
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
DETAIL A
7 8 9 FWD
O0543T73
Figure 5. Towing Machine Hydraulic System Startup Valve Locations. END OF TASK
0088-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN 1. Verify that all towing machine operations have ended.
CAUTION
Stopping the pump drive engine immediately after it has been under a load can result in overheating and accelerating wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure below to avoid damage to the engine. 2. 3. 4. Operate the pump drive engine at low idle, with no load for 5 minutes (WP 0070). Secure the pump drive engine (WP 0070). CLOSE the following valves in AMS 1: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 5. a. b. TH-13, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 2). TH-1, C.O.V. PMP DISCH.TO TOW WN. HYD (Figure 1, Item 4). TH-14, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 3). GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SPLY (Figure 1, Item 9). GS-77, HYD OIL CLR DISCH (Figure 1, Item 10). TH-12, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 5). CH-27, RTN CUT-OUT TOW WN. HYDR (Figure 1, Item 8). CH-26, DRN CUT-OUT TOW WN. HYDR (Figure 1, Item 11). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 5, Item 9). CA-6, STG AIR TO PMP DR ENG (Figure 5, Item 7). ASW-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 5, Item 5). ASW-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 5, Item 6). ASW-22, OVB'D DISCH. S.W. COOLING (Figure 5, Item 8). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 5, Item 3). ASW-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 5, Item 4).
In the engine room, CLOSE the following valves:
END OF TASK
0088-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM STARTUP procedure in this work package. Set to ON the TOWING MACHINE circuit breaker (Large Tug [LT] 803 Only), or the TOWING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) in 120 V emergency distribution panel 1.
O0544T73
Figure 6.
120 V Emergency Distribution Panel 1.
0088-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP - Continued
0088
CAUTION
Never use a lever or wrench to tighten the clutch brake. Overtightening the clutch brake will damage the mechanism.
NOTE
A force of about 25 lb on the handwheel is usually sufficient to provide enough friction in the clutch brake to drive the towing machine under normal loads. 3. 4. Tighten the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) by tightening the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4). Loosen the auxiliary brake (Figure 7, Item 1) by loosening the auxiliary brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 3) to allow free rotation of the drum.
O0545T73
Figure 7. Towing Machine Clutch Brake and Auxiliary Brake.
0088-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP - Continued 5.
0088
Disengage the mechanical dog (Figure 8, Item 2) from the towing machine drum (Figure 8, Item 1) and insert the quick release pin (Figure 8, Item 3) in the retaining hole (Figure 8, Item 4).
4
O0546T73
Figure 8.
Towing Machine Mechanical Dog.
0088-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP - Continued 6. For port towing machine operation, OPEN the following valves at the port towing machine: a. b. c. d. e. TH-30, PORT TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 1). TH-32, PORT TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 9, Item 2). TH-34, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 4). TH-36, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 5). TH-38, PORT TOW WINCH BRAKE DR RSVR (Figure 9, Item 3).
0088
3
O0547T73
Figure 9. Port Towing Machine Isolation Valves.
0088-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP - Continued 7. For starboard towing machine operation, OPEN the following valves at the starboard towing machine: a. b. c. d. e. TH-31, STBD TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 1). TH-33, STBD TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 10, Item 2). TH-35, STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 5). TH-37, STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 3). TH-39, STBD TOW WINCH BRAKE DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 4).
0088
3 1 2
5
O0548T73
Figure 10. Starboard Towing Machine Isolation Valves. END OF TASK
0088-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
TOWING MACHINE OPERATION PAYOUT MODE NORMAL SPEED 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels). Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode.
3.
4.
NOTE
Shifting the two-speed valve must always be done with the control lever in the NEUTRAL position. The knob may be shifted at any time, but the control circuit will prevent a speed range shift while the towing machine is moving. Once the towing machine stops, the speed range will automatically take place, corresponding with the current position of the speed range selector knob valve. 5. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions. Place the speed torque selector (Figure 11, Item 7) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 6) (All Other Vessels) in the NORMAL OPERATION mode by pushing it down fully.
6.
CAUTION
It is advisable to free-spool after making up the tow and establishing the desired scope. The speed of the LT must be carefully controlled while powering out the line. The LT could overpower the towing machine motor, causing severe damage to motor. 7. Place the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) in the PAYOUT position. The towing machine will operate at a speed proportional to the lever movement.
END OF TASK TOWING MACHINE OPERATION PAYOUT MODE LOW SPEED
NOTE
Operation in the low speed range mode will seldom be required or desired, but if it is necessary to pay out a small amount of line to "freshen the nip" under heavy load, use this mode. 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated. Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system.
3.
0088-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION PAYOUT MODE LOW SPEED - Continued 4.
0088
Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions.
1 2
5.
OUTBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE
STBD MACH CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE
PORT MACH CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE
OUTBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE
STBD MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS
PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS
10
INBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE
STBD SLIP ALARM OFF ON
PORT SLIP ALARM OFF ON
INBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE
6 7 8 7
O0549T73
Figure 11. Towing Machine Operator Control Panel (LT 803 Only).
0088-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION PAYOUT MODE LOW SPEED - Continued
0088
TOW ROLLER TOW ROLLER STBD MACHINE STBD MACHINE SLIP ALARM UP DOWN UP DOWN CLUTCH-BRAKE MAX CABLE-OFF OFF ON SLIPPAGE BYPASS
SYSTEM READY
SLIP ALARM PORT MACHINE PORT MACHINE TOW ROLLER TOW ROLLER OFF ON MAX CABLE-OFF CLUTCH-BRAKE UP DOWN UP DOWN BYPASS SLIPPAGE
HYDRAULIC FAILURE
10
AL1 AL2 F1 F2 AL1 AL2 F1 F2
2
PRESSURE LOW
LINE TENSION X 10 (LBS.) BASED ON 4TH LAYER 2ND LAYER X 1.2 7TH LAYER X .7
LINE TENSION X 10 (LBS.) BASED ON 4TH LAYER 2ND LAYER X 1.2 7TH LAYER X .7
ALARM SILENCE
AL1
AL2
F1
F2
ALARM RESET
AL1
AL2
F1
F2
CABLE OFF DRUM (FT.)
CABLE OFF DRUM (FT.)
4 5 5
PAYOUT
STBD PULL UP FOR HIGH TORQUE TOW SPEED
PAYOUT
PILOT PRESSURE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
PORT PULL UP FOR HIGH TORQUE TOW SPEED
PUSH UP FOR NORMAL OPERATION AT CRANE

PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION
PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION
HEAVE
PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE
HEAVE
O0550T73
Figure 12.
Towing Machine Operator Control Panel (All Other Vessels).
0088-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION PAYOUT MODE LOW SPEED - Continued
0088
NOTE
The towing machine will pay out the line at half the normal speed and at a rate proportional to the lever movement. This mode develops twice the normal torque at half the normal speed. 6. 7. Place the speed torque selector (Figure 11, Item 7) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 6) (All Other Vessels) in the LOW SPEED mode by pulling it up to its fully extended position. Place the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) in the PAYOUT position. The towing machine will operate at a speed proportional to the lever movement.
END OF TASK TOWING MACHINE OPERATION HEAVE MODE NORMAL SPEED 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MODE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated. Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions.
3.
4.
5.
NOTE
Shifting the two-speed valve must always be done with the control lever in the NEUTRAL position. The knob may be shifted at any time, but the control circuit will prevent a speed range shift while the towing machine is moving. Once the towing machine stops, the speed range shift will automatically take place, corresponding with the current position of the speed range knob. 6. Place the speed torque selector (Figure 11, Item 7) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 6) (All Other Vessels) in the NORMAL OPERATION mode by pushing it down fully.
CAUTION
The speed of the LT must be carefully controlled while heaving in the line. The LT could overpower the towing machine motor, causing severe damage to the motor.
NOTE
The towing machine will operate at a speed proportional to the lever movement. 7. Place the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) in the HEAVE position. The towing machine will operate at a speed proportional to the lever movement.
END OF TASK
0088-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION HEAVE MODE LOW SPEED 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated.
0088
3.
Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions.
4.
5.
NOTE
Shifting the two-speed valve must always be done with the control lever in the NEUTRAL position. The knob may be shifted at any time, but the control circuit will prevent a speed range shift while the towing is moving. Once the towing machine stops, the speed range shift will automatically take place, corresponding with the current position of the speed range knob. 6. Place the speed torque selector (Figure 11, Item 7) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 6) (All Other Vessels) in the LOW SPEED mode by pulling it up to its fully extended position.
NOTE
The towing machine will heave at half the normal speed and at a rate proportional to the lever movement. This mode develops twice the normal torque at half the normal speed. 7. Place the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) in the HEAVE position. The towing machine will operate at a speed proportional to the lever movement.
END OF TASK TOWING MACHINE OPERATION FREE SPOOLING MODE 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated. Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions.
3.
4.
5.
0088-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION FREE SPOOLING MODE - Continued
0088
NOTE
The free spooling mode is used to rapidly deploy the towline after the tow has been made up and the line has sufficiently been payed out (usually 200 to 2,000 ft) to safely free spool the desired scope. The hydraulic power unit should be in operation for this mode to permit alternative modes of operation (heave or payout) to compensate for any sudden changes in the operating condition. 6. With the towline under light tension, slowly release the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) by loosening the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4) until the line begins to pull out.
CAUTION
This procedure produces heat in the clutch brake hand. Carefully observe the brake for overheating. If the brake overheats, release the clutch brake by using the handwheel or by slowing down the LT. Failure to do so will result in damage to brake lining. In the event of overheating and subsequent tightening of the clutch brake, there may be a tendency for the clutch brake to freeze or cement to the drum surface if left tight for long periods of time. It is good practice to loosen the clutch brake at the earliest opportunity to prevent any damage to the brake. 7. Accelerate the LT to approximately four knots and allow the towline to be pulled out at a speed of up to 400 FPM (122 m/min). Tension can be maintained on the towline by tightening and loosening the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) with the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4). When the desired scope is achieved, check down the speed of the LT.
8.
CAUTION
Severe shock loading can occur if the clutch brake is tightened while the line is being pulled out at full speed. Depending on the size of the tow, speed should be no higher than creep speed when the clutch brake is tightened. Tightening of the clutch brake with the speed of the LT too fast can cause severe damage to the towing machine. Do not over tighten the clutch brake. The clutch brake provides shock protection for towing machine and should be loose enough to slip under a sudden shock load due to heavy seas or other reason(s). 9. Slowly tighten the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) by turning the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4) until the clutch brake is properly adjusted for tow size, sea conditions, and the LT speed.
WARNING
The clutch brake should not slip excessively. If this occurs however, the slip alarm will activate. Continuous slipping can eventually cause an increase in scope to the point where the towline could be lost. Severe personal injury or death could result from towline whip if the towline is lost.
NOTE
Occasional slippage during heavy seas indicates that the clutch brake is doing its job, and it is necessary to heave in occasionally to maintain desired scope. Towing on smooth or moderate seas should not cause slippage of the clutch brake. 10. Towing operations can commence when the clutch brake is properly tightened.
END OF TASK
0088-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0088
TOWING MACHINE OPERATION GYPSEY HEAD MODE 1. 2. Perform the TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SYSTEM SETUP procedure in this work package. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated. Verify that the SYSTEM PRESSURE gage (Figure 11, Item 5) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 4) (All Other Vessels) indicates that the towing machine hydraulic system is supplying hydraulic fluid to the system. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode. Ensure that the payout/heave lever (Figure 11, Item 6) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 5) (All Other Vessels) is in the NEUTRAL position. The NEUTRAL position is centered between the PAYOUT and HEAVE positions. Loosen the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) by turning the handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4) to allow free rotation of the ring gear.
3.
4.
5.
6.
CAUTION
Never use a lever or a wrench to tighten the auxiliary brake. Damage to the mechanism will occur.
NOTE
A force of about 25 lbs on the handwheel is usually sufficient to provide enough friction on the band to hold the drum. 7. 8. Tighten the auxiliary brake (Figure 7, Item 1) by turning the auxiliary brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 3). Perform the desired TOWING MACHINE OPERATION HEAVE or PAYOUT MODE procedure in this work package.
END OF TASK TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SPOOLING DEVICE ALIGNMENT
NOTE
For tight spooling, the rollers should have a slight lead on the previous wrap. This is more important during respooling that paying out. 1. During all heave and payout operations, observe the spooling device alignment to make sure the wire rope is passing through the rollers more or less perpendicular to the drum and in line with the previous wrap.
0088-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE OPERATION SPOOLING DEVICE ALIGNMENT - Continued
0088
WARNING
Do not disengage the clutch if there is heavy quartering load on the towline as the towline may drive the handwheel at rapid speed until spooling rollers align themselves with wire rope. Always make sure there is a light line pull or small misalignment before disengaging the clutch. Rapidly turning the handwheel could cause personal injury. 2. 3. If the spooling device is not properly aligned to the towline, realign the spooling device by pulling OUT on the spooling device handwheel (Figure 13, Item 1) and turning it in the desired direction. After realigning the spooling device, push IN on the spooling device handwheel (Figure 13, Item 1) to engage it in the drive.
O0551T73
Figure 13. END OF TASK SECURE TOWING MACHINE 1.
Towing Machine Spooling Device.
Ensure that all towing machine operations have ended.
CAUTION
Never use a lever or wrench to tighten the clutch brake. Overtightening the clutch brake will damage the mechanism. 2. 3. 4. Tighten the clutch brake (Figure 7, Item 2) by turning the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 4). Tighten the auxiliary brake (Figure 7, Item 1) by turning the auxiliary brake handwheel (Figure 7, Item 3). Remove the quick release pin (Figure 8, Item 3) from the retaining hole (Figure 8, Item 4) and engage the mechanical dog (Figure 8, Item 2) in the drum (Figure 8, Item 1).
0088-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE TOWING MACHINE - Continued 5. If the port towing machine was operated, CLOSE the following valves at the port towing machine: a. b. c. d. e. 6. a. b. c. d. e. 7. 8. TH-30, PORT TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 1). TH-32, PORT TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 9, Item 2). TH-34, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 4). TH-36, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 9, Item 5). TH-38, PORT TOW WINCH BRAKE DR RSVR (Figure 9, Item 3). TH-31, STBD TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 1). TH-33, STBD TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 10, Item 2). TH-35, STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 5). TH-37, STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 3). TH-39, STBD TOW WINCH BRAKE DR TO RSVR (Figure 10, Item 4).
0088
If the starboard towing machine was operated, CLOSE the following valves at the starboard towing machine:
Set to OFF the TOWING MACHINE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the TOWING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) in 120 V emergency distribution panel 1. Perform the TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package.
END OF TASK TOW PIN OPERATION 1. 2. 3. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) STARTUP procedure in this work package. Set to ON the TOWING MACHINE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the TOWING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) in 120 V emergency distribution panel 1. Verify that the SYSTEM READY indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 1) (All Other Vessels) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 8) (All Other Vessels) is illuminated. Place the local or remote switch (Figure 11, Item 8) (LT 803 Only) or (Figure 12, Item 7) (All Other Vessels) in the local position by pushing it down fully to the NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE mode.
4.
NOTE
The tow pin switches on the towing machine operator control panel are spring loaded and return to the center (OFF) position when released. 5. To raise the starboard tow pins (Figure 14, Item 3) (LT 803 Only), turn the OUTBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 10) and the INBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 9) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) to the RAISE position and hold them in place until the starboard tow pins are fully extended. Release the OUTBOARD and INBOARD TOW PIN switches. To raise the starboard tow pins (Figure 14, Item 3) (All Other Vessels), turn the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 10) and the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 9) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 12, Item 8) to the UP position and hold them in place until the port tow pins are fully extended. Release the TOW ROLLER switches.
0088-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOW PIN OPERATION - Continued

1
0088
FWD 2
O0552T73
Figure 14.
Capstan Operation.
0088-25
UP
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOW PIN OPERATION - Continued 6.
0088
To raise the port tow pins (Figure 14, Item 1) (LT 803 Only), turn the OUTBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 3) and the INBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 4) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) the RAISE position and hold them in place until the starboard tow pins are fully extended. Release the OUTBOARD and INBOARD TOW PIN switches. To raise the port tow pins (Figure 14, Item 1) (All Other Vessels), turn the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 2) and the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 3) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 12, Item 8) to the UP position and hold them in place until the port tow pins are fully extended. Release the TOW ROLLER switches.
7.
To lower the starboard tow pins (Figure 14, Item 3) (LT 803 Only), turn the OUTBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 10) and the INBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 9) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) to the LOWER position and hold them in place until the starboard tow pins are fully extended. Release the OUTBOARD and INBOARD TOW PIN switches. To lower the starboard tow pins (Figure 14, Item 3) (All Other Vessels), turn the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 10) and the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 9) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 12, Item 8) to the DOWN position and hold them in place until the starboard tow pins are fully extended. Release the TOW ROLLER switches.
8.
To lower the port tow pins (Figure 14, Item 1) (LT 803 Only), turn the OUTBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 3) and the INBOARD TOW PIN switch (Figure 11, Item 4) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 11, Item 1) to the LOWER position and hold them in place until the port tow pins are fully extended. Release the OUTBOARD and INBOARD TOW PIN switches. To lower the port tow pins (Figure 14, Item 1) (All Other Vessels), turn the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 2) and the TOW ROLLER switch (Figure 12, Item 3) on the towing machine operator control panel (Figure 12, Item 8) to the DOWN position and hold them in place until the port tow pins are fully extended. Release the TOW ROLLER switches.
END OF TASK TOW PIN SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. Verify that the starboard and port town pins (Figure 14, Items 1 and 3) are in the desired position. Set to OFF the TOWING MACHINE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the TOWING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) in 120 V emergency distribution panel 1. Perform the CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package.
0088-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS PORTABLE DEWATERING PUMP
0089
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts Lubricant, Silicone (Volume 4, WP 0165, Table 1, Item 102) Lubricating Oil, Engine (Volume 4, WP 0165, Table 1, Item 108) Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: PREOPERATIONAL CHECK. STARTING THE PUMP. PRIMING THE PUMP AND COMMENCING PUMPING. SECURING THE PUMP.
0089-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0089
PREOPERATIONAL CHECK Perform the following steps to prepare the P-100 dewatering pump for operation.
CAUTION
The suction hose may require support to prevent excessive weight from stressing the pump casing, inboard head, or engine. Where practical, the suction hose should be tied to a nearby structure or blocks should be placed beneath the suction hose adjacent to the pump unit to relieve stress on the pump.
NOTE
Care should be taken to ensure that the suction hose (or pipe) is airtight. Neither the pump nor the primer will lift water if the suction side of the pump has any air leaks. 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect the suction hose fitting to the suction coupling and place the suction hose into the water supply. Submerge the suction intake sufficiently into the water to prevent sucking in air. CLOSE the drain valve and all other openings into the pump casing. Connect the discharge hose fitting to the discharge valve. Ensure that the discharge hose is manned.
WARNING
Do not operate the pump unit in confined spaces unless the exhaust hose is connected to carry the toxic engine exhaust gases to weather. Failure to comply can result in serious injury or death. 5. Check the engine lube oil for proper level prior to starting the pump:
CAUTION
When checking the oil level, ensure that the pump unit is sitting level. If it is tilted, too much or too little oil may be installed. Overfilling the recommended oil level may cause the engine to consume too much oil and the oil temperature may become dangerously high. Operation of the pump unit with the oil level below the recommended level may cause severe damage to the engine. Never check the engine lube oil level with the engine running. a. b. Unscrew the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1). Wipe the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) clean and then dip into the oil sump (Figure 1, Item 4).
NOTE
Do not screw in the dipstick when checking the oil level. Screwing the dipstick in will give a false reading indicating that the level is higher than actually present c. d. e. 6. Remove the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1) and check that the oil is within the acceptable range. If the oil level is reading low, add additional oil MIL-PRF-2140. Install the dipstick (Figure 1, Item 1).
Check the fuel level by removing the fuel cap (Figure 1, Item 2) on the fuel tank (Figure 1, Item 3). Add fuel as required.
0089-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0089
4
O0553T73
P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump.
0089-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0089
STARTING THE PUMP 1. Set the fuel tank isolation valve (Figure 2, Item 1) located under the fuel tank to the ''O" (OPEN) position.
O0554T73
Figure 2. 2.
Fuel Tank Isolation Valve.
Set the engine throttle control (Figure 3, Item 1) to the START position.
O0555T73
Figure 3. Engine Throttle Control.
0089-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARTING THE PUMP - Continued
0089
NOTE
The valve is OPENED when the knob is aligned with the air passage. 3. 4. 5. OPEN the primer line shutoff valve between the primer jet and the pump suction. Prime the exhaust butterfly valve. Press down on the compression release lever (Figure 4, Item 1), ensuring that it remains pressed downward.
O0556T73
Figure 4. P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump Compression Release Lever.
0089-5
0089
NOTE
The first pull of the recoil starter rope is to verify that the motor will operate smoothly. 6. 7. Slowly pull on the recoil starter rope (Figure 5, Item 1) while checking the engine and pump for freedom of movement. Press down on the compression release lever (Figure 4, Item 1), ensuring that it remains pressed downward.
CAUTION
A strong deliberate pull is required to prevent engine kickback and possible starting in the reverse rotational direction. If this occurs, immediately shut down the engine. Operation in the reverse direction is characterized by the evidence of exhaust gases coming out of the intake filter. Reverse operation does not allow full power operation or positive priming, and will cause damage to the pump unit.
NOTE
The compression release lever will spring shut when the engine rotates during starting attempts. 8. Start the engine by pulling the recoil starter rope (Figure 5, Item 1).
0089-6
0089
O0868T73
P-100 Portable Dewatering Pump Recoil Starter Rope.
0089-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMMISSARY EQUIPMENT
0090
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Suitable Drain Pan Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
0090-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD Preparation for Use 1. At the main switch in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) (Figure 1, Item 2), set the GALLEY 440 V PWR. PNL.#2 circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON.
3
O0557T73
0090-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Preparation for Use - Continued 2. At 440 V power panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. REHEATER 1-23-1. (Figure 2, Item 1) (LT 803 Only). CONTROLLER FOR REHEATER, 1-23-1 (Figure 2, Item 1) (All Other Vessels). b. GALLEY SUPPLY FAN S1-22-4/CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY EXTRACT FAN E1-37-1. (Figure 2, Item 2) (LT 803 Only).
0090
LVP FOR GALLEY SUPPLY FAN, S1-22-4/CONTROLERS FOR GALLEY EXHAUST FAN, E1-37-1 (Figure 2, Item 2) (All Other Vessels). c. GALLEY EXHAUST FAN E1-37-1/CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY SUPPLY FAN S1-22-4. (Figure 2, Item 4) (LT 803 Only). LVP FOR GALLEY EXHAUST FAN, E1-37-1 /CONTROLERS FOR GALLEY SUPPLY FAN, S1-22-4 (Figure 2, Item 4) (All Other Vessels).
1 7 6
2 3 4
O0558T73
Figure 2.
0090-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Preparation for Use - Continued 3.
0090
At the galley supply fan controller located in the main deck fan room and the galley exhaust fan located in the galley, perform or observe the following: a. b. c. d. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 3, Item 1) to the ON position. The POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 3, Item 2) is illuminated. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 4). The MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 3, Item 3) is illuminated.
ON
OFF
2
START STOP
4 5
6
RESET
O0559T73
Figure 3.
Motor Controllers.
0090-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Preparation for Use - Continued 4.
0090
At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the GAYLORD CONT CABINET circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the GAYLORD CONTROL CABINET circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 5) to ON.
1 8 7 6 5
3 4
O0560T73
Figure 4.
0090-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Preparation for Use - Continued
0090
NOTE
PW-29 is located in the ventilator control cabinet. 5. At the galley ventilator and control cabinet, perform the following: a. b. OPEN valve PW-29 (Figure 5, Item 13). Observe the pressure-temperature gage (Figure 5, Item 1). Pressure should be between 40 and 80 PSI (2.75 and 5.52 bar). Temperature should be between 140F and 180F (60C and 82C). If the readings are out of range, notify Field Maintenance.
6.
Program the automatic exhaust fan and wash cycle functions by performing the following steps:
NOTE
The panel must be opened to operate keypad pushbuttons. a. On the control center (Figure 5, Item 4), press the ENTER pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 9) and hold for 5 seconds until the "1" appears.
CAUTION
The wash cycle should be programmed to come on during a time when the cooking equipment is either off or turned to low to avoid high heat buildup that could set off the surface fire protection system. b. c. d. e. f. Press the START FAN pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 7) to program the exhaust fan or press the START WASH pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 8) to program wash cycle. Press the HOUR pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 12) and hold down until the desired hour appears. Press the MINUTE pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 11) and hold down until the desired minute appears. Press the ENTER pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 9). Press the CLOCK pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 10).
Exhaust Fan Operation 1. 2. Ensure that the damper control switch (Figure 5, Item 3) is in the OPEN position (pushed in). On the control center (Figure 5, Item 4), press the START FAN pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 7). Observes that the FAN ON indicator (Figure 5, Item 5) illuminates and the exhaust fan operates.
0090-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Exhaust Fan Operation - Continued

1 2 3
0090
13
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THU
FRI
SAT
LOW DETERGENT FAN ON
HOLIDAY
FIRE CYCLE
WASH CYCLE
5 6 7
12 11
START FAN
START WASH
EMERG STOP ONLY
SELECT UNIT
WASH TIMER
DELAY TIMER
8 9
MINUTE
HOUR
DAY
HOLIDAY
CLOCK
ENTER
10
O0561T73
Figure 5.
Galley Ventilator and Control Cabinet.
0090-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GALLEY VENTILATOR HOOD - Continued Wash Mode Operation 1. With the exhaust fan operating, press the START WASH pushbutton.
0090
NOTE
The exhaust fan will stop. The FAN ON indicator will go out. The WASH CYCLE indicator will illuminate and water will begin spraying inside the hood. 2. At the control cabinet, check the pressure-temperature gage (Figure 5, Item 1). Pressure should be between 40 and 80 PSI (2.75 and 5.52 bar). Temperature should be between 140F and 180F (60C and 82C). If the readings are out of ranges, notify Field Maintenance. Verify that liquid detergent pump (Figure 5, Item 2) is operating. Verify that the WASH CYCLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 6) is illuminated. When the wash cycle is complete: a. b. c. d. The liquid detergent pump (Figure 5, Item 2) will stop. Water will stop spraying inside the hood. The WASH CYCLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 6) will go out. If cooking operations are to continue, or the ventilator is to be operational, restart the exhaust fan by pressing the START FAN pushbutton (Figure 5, Item 7).
3.
END OF TASK
0090-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
GALLEY FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM OPERATION The galley fire suppression system operates automatically when fusible links detect fire at the range, griddle and/or the fryer. To manually actuate the system, PULL the manual pull box (Figure 6, Item 1) located just inside the galleys forward door.
O0562T73
Figure 6. Galley Fire Suppression System Manual Pull Box. END OF TASK
0090-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
RANGE 1. 2. At 440 V powered panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the RANGE circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 7) to the ON position. To operate the range top, perform the following steps:
WARNING
Hot surface may cause serious burns and injury. a. b. 3. 4. Set the appropriate LEFT/CENTER/RIGHT control (Figure 7, Item 1) to the desired temperature and preheat for 10 minutes. When the desired heat setting has been reached, place the pot on the range and cook.
To shut down the range top, set the selected LEFT/CENTER/RIGHT control (Figure 7, Item 1) to the OFF position. To operate the oven, perform the following steps: a. b. c. d. e. Set the oven TEMPERTURE/HEATING control (Figure 7, Item 2) to 50 degrees above the desired temperature. Set the oven LOW/MED/HIGH element control (Figure 7, Item 3) to the ON position. Allow the oven to preheat until the signal light goes out. Place the pans containing food in the oven. Set the oven TEMPERTURE/HEATING control (Figure 7, Item 2) to the desired temperature.
WARNING
Use the potholders and/or heatproof gloves when removing the pans to prevent burns. f. 5. a. b. When cooking is complete, remove the food pans. Set the oven TEMPERTURE/HEATING control (Figure 7, Item 2) to the OFF position. Set the oven LOW/MED/HIGH element control (Figure 7, Item 3) to the OFF position. To shut down the oven, preform the following steps:
0090-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 RANGE - Continued
0090
1 2 3
O0563T73
Range.
0090-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
GRIDDLE 1. 2. At the 440 V power panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the griddle circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 3) to ON. To season the griddle, perform the following steps:
NOTE
Unless the product to be cooked contains sufficient fat, the griddle must be seasoned before each cooking operation. a. Set the LEFT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 4) and on the RIGHT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 3) to 400F (204C).
WARNING
Hot surface may cause serious burns and injury. b. c. d. e. 3. a. When the HEATING indicator lights (Figure 8, Item 2) go out, use a clean cloth to spread a light film of unsalted cooking oil or fat over the cooking surface. Wait 3 to 5 minutes and wipe the excess oil off the cooking surface with a clean cloth. Apply a second coat of oil or fat. Wait 3 to 5 minutes and wipe the excess oil off the cooking surface with a clean cloth. Set the LEFT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 4) and the RIGHT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 3) to the desired temperature. When the HEATING indicator lights (Figure 8, Item 2) go out, the griddle is ready. Use a metal spatula to turn food being cooked and use it to push excess oil or grease in the grease drawer (Figure 8, Item 1). This will reduce smoking. Set the LEFT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 4) and the RIGHT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 3) to 200F (93.99C) during idle periods. Set the LEFT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 4) and the RIGHT SIDE temperature control (Figure 8, Item 3) to the OFF position. The HEATING indicator lights (Figure 8, Item 2) will go out. Slide the grease drawer (Figure 8, Item 1) out and empty into an approved container after each shift and wash it with washing detergent. Rinse and dry with a soft cloth. Replace the drawer. At 440 V power panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the GRIDDLE circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 3) to OFF.
To operate the griddle, perform the following steps:
b. c. 4.
To shut down the griddle, perform the following steps: a. b. c. d.
0090-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 GRIDDLE - Continued
0090
5
2
O0564T73
Griddle.
0090-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
FRYER 1. At the 440 V power panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the FRY KETTLE circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 6) to ON.
WARNING
Overfilling the fryer oil container with cooking oil may result in oil spilling onto the deck causing slippery conditions. Overfilling may also present a fire hazard.
NOTE
There are two fill marks on the oil container. The oil level should be maintained between the upper and lower fill marks. 2. To operate the fryer, perform the following steps: a. b. Fill the fryer oil container with cooking oil until the level is between the upper and lower fill marks. Set the ON/OFF POWER switch (Figure 7, Item 4) to the ON position. The POWER indicator (Figure 9, Item 1) will illuminate.
WARNING
Failure to keep oil level above the top of the heating element will result in overheating of elements, and a possible flash fire if oil is splashed on them. c. Set the THERMOSTAT (Figure 3, Item 3) to desired temperature. Observe that the heating indicator (Figure 9, Item 2) is illuminated.
WARNING
When the fryer is in operation, an attendant must always be present.
NOTE
When cooking oil reaches the desired temperature, the heating indicator will go out. d. e. 3. Place food in the wire-mesh type cooking basket and place the basket in the hot cooking oil. When the food is cooked, remove the basket and hang it on the support to allow the excess oil to drain off. Set the THEROMSTAT (Figure 9, Item 3) to the OFF position. Set the ON/OFF POWER switch (Figure 9, Item 4) to the OFF position. The POWER indicator (Figure 9, Item 1) will go out.
To shut down the fryer, perform the following steps: a. b.
0090-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FRYER - Continued
0090
WARNING
Allow the heating elements to cool down before raising the heating elements from the cooking oil. The hot elements and the hot cooking oil may cause severe burns. c. d. When the cooking oil has cooled down, OPEN the drain (Figure 9, Item 5) and allow the oil to drain into the bucket. At the 440 V power panel No. 2 (Figure 2, Item 5), set the FRY KETTLE circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 6) to OFF.
1 2 3
O0565T73
Fryer.
0090-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
TOASTER
NOTE
There are two toasters, one in the galley and the other is in the mess/recreation space. Both toasters operate exactly the same except for the supplying circuit breaker. 1. 2. At the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 2), set the 1-25 kVA XFMR 440 V/220 V/110 V circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 3) to the ON position. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. CREWS MESS TOASTER (Figure 10, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). MESS/RECERATION SPACE TOASTER RECEPTACLE (Figure 10, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). b. GALLEY TOASTER (Figure 10, Item 7) (LT 803 Only). GALLEY TOASTER RECEPTACLE (Figure 10, Item 7) (All Other Vessels).
1 2
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C ?????
7 3 6 5 4
O0566T73
Figure 10.
220/110 V Distribution Panel.
0090-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOASTER - Continued 3. To operate the toaster, perform the following steps: a. b. c. Set the adjustment knob (Figure 11, Item 1) about halfway between LIGHTER and DARKER. Load the bread. Drop the bread slices in the toaster wells.
0090
Start operation of the toaster by pressing down the front handle (Figure 11, Item 2) as far as it will go.
NOTE
The front handle lowers the bread and starts the toasting cycle. When the cycle is complete the bread will automatically pop up and the toasting elements will be turned off. d. e. 4. Adjust the toasting level by moving the adjustment knob (Figure 11, Item 1) LIGHTER or DARKER as desired. Repeat the operation by inserting bread slices and toast again. Once the desired toasting level is reached, no further adjustment is required. CREWS MESS TOASTER (Figure 10, Item 3) (LT 803 Only). MESS/RECREATION SPACE TOASTER RECEPTACLEE (Figure 10, Item 3) (All Other Vessels). b. GALLEY TOASTER (Figure 10, Item 7) (LT 803 Only). GALLEY TOASTER RECEPTACLE (All Other Vessels).
2
To shut down the toaster, set to OFF the following circuits breakers at the 220/110 V distribution panel: a.
O0567T73
Toaster.
0090-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
MICROWAVE OVEN 1. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1 set the MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) FOR MICROWAVE MESS/RECREATION SPACE AND GALLEY circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 4) to ON. Perform the following steps for operating the microwave oven:
2.
CAUTION
DO NOT place non-microwave items in the microwave (e.g. aluminum foil). a. b. c. d. e. f. 3. Press the DOOR OPEN button (Figure 12, Item 4) until the door (Figure 12, Item 1) opens. Place the food in the microwave oven and close the door (Figure 12, Item 1). Select the desired setting on the control panel (Figure 12, Item 2). Press the START button (Figure 12, Item 3). When cooking is complete, press the DOOR OPEN button (Figure 12, Item 4) until the door (Figure 12, Item 1) opens. Remove the food and close the door (Figure 12, Item 1).
To shut down the microwave oven, set the MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) FOR MICROWAVE MESS/RECREATION SPACE AND GALLEY circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 4) to OFF.
0090-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MICROWAVE OVEN - Continued

2
0090
INSTANT SENSOR REHEAT POPCORN MINUTE PLUS
BAKED POTATOES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
MEMORY PLUS MED HIGH
DINNER PLATE
SOUP
COMPU COOK
1. Rolls, muffins 2. Fresh vegetables 3. Frozen vegetables 4. Hamburgers 5. Chicken pieces 6. Turkey breast
COMPU DEFROST
1. Roast beef, pork 2. Steaks, chops 3. Ground meat 4. Chicken, whole 5. Chicken pieces
AUTO START CLOCK
TIMER PAUSE
LOW
MED LOW OFF
MED
HIGH
STOP CLEAR
START
O0568T73
Microwave Oven.
0090-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
PEELER The following procedures describe how to prepare the peeler for use, and how to operate and shut down the peeler. 1. To prepare the peeler for use, perform the following steps: a. At 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the GALLEY RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the GALLEY AND MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON. Place the peeler on the sink well cover next to the sink with the garbage disposal. Turn the peeler so that the water and the peelings will discharge thought the drain outlet (Figure 13, Item 6) into the sink. Place the water inlet tube (Figure 13, Item 3) into position. Water must flow into the top of the peeler without obstructing the cover (Figure 13, Item 1). Place the small end of the flexible hose (Figure 13, Item 4) over the intake end of the water inlet tube (Figure 13, Item 3). Place the large end of the flexible hose (Figure 12, Item 4) over the cold water faucet. Close and latch the discharge door (Figure 13, Item 7). Plug the power cord into the outlet. Adjust the cold water faucet for a small flow of water to flush away the peelings. Turn on the garbage disposal.
b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. a. b.
Perform the following steps for operation of the peeler.
CAUTION
Start the peeler before loading. c. Turn the timer knob (Figure 13, Item 5) beyond the desired time, then turn it back to the 1 minute mark.
NOTE
The average time to peel a 20 lb load is 1 minute. d. e. Open the lid (Figure 13, Item 2) and insert the vegetables. Close the lid (Figure 13, Item 2) to prevent splashing.
NOTE
The timer will automatically stop the unit. f. g. h. i. Open the lid (Figure 13, Item 2) and inspect the vegetables. If satisfied with the peeling, place the container under the discharge door (Figure 13, Item 7). Unlatch the discharge door (Figure 13, Item 7). To eject the vegetables, perform the following steps: (1) Release the door latch and hold the discharge door (Figure 13, Item 7) partially open with the container below.
NOTE
Timer may be turned OFF and ON without causing any damage. (2) Set the timer knob (Figure 13, Item 5) ON and OFF without causing any damage. 0090-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PEELER - Continued
0090
NOTE
Rotation of the peeling disc will eject the load. (3) 3. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. When the peeler is empty, turn the timer knob (Figure 13, Item 5) to the OFF position. To shut down the peeler, perform the following steps. Allow water to flow for 2 or 3 minutes to clear the disposal. Turn OFF the garbage disposal. Turn OFF the faucet. Remove the flexible hose (Figure 13, Item 4) from the faucet and the water inlet tube (Figure 13, Item 3) and stow. Place the water inlet tube (Figure 13, Item 3) in the stowed (down) position. Latch the discharge door (Figure 13, Item 7). Close the lid (Figure 13, Item 2). Unplug the power cord. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the GALLEY RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the GALLEY AND MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF.
2 3 1
7 4
O0569T73A
Peeler.
0090-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
MEAT SLICER 1. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the MEAT SLICER AND FOOD MIXER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the J.B. FOR MEAT SLICER, FOOD MIXER AND GALLEY (RECEPTACLES) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 6) to ON.
WARNING
The rotating knife blade is extremely sharp and may cause serious personal injury. Keep fingers and hands clear of the rotating knife blade when in use. Use caution when cleaning the knife blade. 2. To operate the meat slicer, perform the following steps. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 3. a. Plug the power cord into the outlet. Pull the carriage handle (Figure 14, Item 3) towards you until the carriage reaches its stop. With the meat grip (Figure 14, Item 2) out of the way, place the product to be sliced on the carriage tray (Figure 14, Item 1). Set the meat grip (Figure 14, Item 2) against the product. Adjust the slice-adjusting dial (Figure 14, Item 4) for the desired thickness. Place a tray on the tray shelf (Figure 14, Item 6) to receive meat slices. Pull the PULL TO START PUSH TO STOP switch (Figure 14, Item 5) to the OUT position. Move the carriage handle (Figure 14, Item 3) back and forth with the right hand to slice the product. Push the PULL TO START PUSH TO STOP switch (Figure 14, Item 5) to the IN position.
To shut down the meat slicer, perform the following steps:
WARNING
To prevent accidentally cutting yourself, set the slice-adjusting dial to the minimum setting and place the gauge plate over the slice knife. Unplug the power cord before cleaning, servicing, or removing the guards. b. c. d. e. Set the slice adjusting dial (Figure 14, Item 4) to the minimum setting. Unplug the power cord. Clean the meat slicer after each use. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the MEAT SLICER AND FOOD MIXER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the J.B. FOR MEAT SLICER, FOOD MIXER AND GALLEY (RECEPTACLES) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 6) to OFF.
0090-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MEAT SLICER - Continued

1 2
0090
O0570T73
Meat Slicer.
0090-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
ELECTRIC MIXER 1. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the MEAT SLICER AND FOOD MIXER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the J.B. FOR MEAT SLICER, FOOD MIXER AND GALLEY (RECEPTACLES) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 6) to ON. To operate the electric mixer, perform the following steps: a. b. c. Lower the bowl lift hand lever (Figure 15, Item 2) to the DOWN position. Select the desired attachment: line up the slots in the attachment spindle (Figure 15, Item 6) with the pins on the beater shaft (Figure 15, Item 5). Raise the attachment on the beater shaft (Figure 15, Item 5) and twist clockwise. When released, the attachment will drop slightly into the fully locked position.
2.
NOTE
Ensure that the bowl retainer latches are clear of the bowl support guide pins. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Place the bowl (Figure 15, Item 4) on the bowl support (Figure 15, Item 3). Lock the bowl in place with the bowl retaining latches. Place the ingredients in the bowl (Figure 15, Item 4). Raise the bowl lift hand lever (Figure 15, Item 2) to the UP position. Select the desired speed on the gearshift lever (Figure 15, Item 9). Set the ON/OFF power switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to the ON position. When the mixing is complete, set the ON/OFF power switch (Figure 15, Item 1) to the OFF position. Lower the bowl lift hand lever (Figure 15, Item 2) to the down position.
NOTE
Unlock the bowl retainer latches. k. l. 3. Remove the bowl (Figure 15, Item 4) from the bowl support (Figure 15, Item 3). Remove the attachment from the beater shaft (Figure 15, Item 5) by holding it near the top, raising slightly while twisting counterclockwise, and sliding it downward. Turn the thumbscrew (Figure 15, Item 8) counterclockwise so that it does not extend into the auxiliary drive socket. Remove the cover plate (Figure 15, Item 7) from the auxiliary drive socket. Insert the hub of the attachment into the auxiliary drive socket, rotating until it slides into place against the mixer housing. Turn the thumbscrew (Figure 15, Item 8) clockwise to lock the attachment in place. Set the ON/OFF power switch to the OFF position. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the MEAT SLICER AND FOOD MIXER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the J.B. FOR MEAT SLICER, FOOD MIXER AND GALLEY (RECEPTACLES) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 6) to OFF.
To mount the electric mixer accessories, perform the following steps: a. b. c. d.
4.
To shut down the electric mixer, perform the following steps: a. b.
0090-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ELECTRIC MIXER - Continued
0090
ON
OFF
9 8 7
CONTROL PANEL
O0571T73
Electric Mixer.
0090-25
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
STEAM TABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the STEAM TABLES 1 AND 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the J.B. STEAM TABLES 1 AND 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 3) to ON. At the steam table, CLOSE the drain valves (Figure 16, Item 3). Fill the wells (Figure 16, Item 1) with water to 1 in. above the heating elements. Set the POWER switches (Figure 16, Item 2) to the ON position. To shut down the steam table, perform the following steps: a. b. At the steam table, set the POWER switches (Figure 16, Item 2) to the OFF position. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the STEAM TABLES 1 AND 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the J.B. STEAM TABLES 1 AND 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 3) to OFF.
WARNING
The heating elements are very hot. Use extreme care to avoid contact with the elements. Allow water to cool before draining and cleaning the wells. Serious burns or scalding could result. c. To empty the wells (Figure 16, Item 1), place suitably sized drain pans under the drain valves (Figure 16, Item 3). OPEN the drain valves until all water has drained from the wells. After the water has drained, use a sponge or a clean rag to clear the wells. Wipe dry with a soft cloth. CLOSE the drain valves.
3
O0572T73
Steam Table.
0090-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
GARBAGE DISPOSAL 1. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the GARBAGE DISPOSAL circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 2) to ON.
WARNING
Never use your hand to check rotation of the flywheel or to remove foreign matter from the garbage disposal. Use a stick or a similar object to turn the flywheel. Foreign matter should only be removed using tongs or pliers. Use of hands could result in serious personal injury. Never reach inside the garbage disposal while it is operating. Serious personal injury will result. 2. Perform the following steps for operating the disposal: a. b. Turn ON the cold water. Set the GARBAGE DISPOSAL SW to the ON position.
CAUTION
Do NOT feed china, metal, rags, clamshells, etc. in to the garbage disposal. Damage to the blades will result. Do NOT put grease or oil in the garbage disposal. The drain may become clogged. c. d. 3. Feed the food waste into the garbage disposal. Allow the garbage disposal to run 2 minutes after the grinding is complete to allow proper flushing of the garbage disposal and the drain line. Set the GARBAGE DISPOSAL SW to the OFF position. Turn off the cold water. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the GARBAGE DISPOSAL circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 2) to OFF.
To shut down the garbage disposal, perform the following steps. a. b. c.
END OF TASK
0090-27
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
DISHWASHER 1. To prepare the dishwasher for use, perform the following steps: a. b. c. d. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the DISHWASHER/BOOSTER HEATER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 1) to ON position. CLOSE the latch door. Set the selector switch (Figure 17, Item 4) to ON. Allow the dishwasher to cycle through three wash cycles to fill the booster heater.
NOTE
It will be necessary to OPEN the door between each cycle. OPEN the door and observe the cycle indicator. When the cycle indicator goes out, CLOSE the door to start the next cycle. 2. To operate the dishwasher, perform the following steps: a. b. c. Dishes must be scraped and rinsed to remove food particles/debris. Place the dishes in the rack. OPEN the door.
NOTE
When the door is opened, the CYCLE indicator will illuminate during the reset period (approximately 8 seconds). d. e. f. g. Slide the rack of dishes in to the dishwasher. Add detergent. Ensure that the CYCLE indicator (Figure 17, Item 3) is not illuminated. CLOSE and latch the door.
CAUTION
If the OVER TEMP indicator lights during any operation cycle, turn OFF the dishwasher to prevent damage, and notify Field Maintenance.
NOTE
The wash cycle will begin automatically. The CYCLE indicator will be illuminated. h. Verify that the OVER TEMP indicator (Figure 17, Item 2) is not illuminated and observe that water temperature gage (Figure 17, Item 1) during the rinse cycle. The temperature should be 180F (82C) as a minimum.
NOTE
When the cycle indicator goes out, the cycle is complete. 3. To shut down the dishwasher, perform the following steps: a. b. Set the selector switch (Figure 17, Item 4) to the OFF position. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the DISHWASHER/BOOSTER HEATER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 1) to OFF.
0090-28
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 DISHWASHER - Continued
0090
3
OVER TEMP
CYCLE ON OFF
O0573T73
Dishwasher.
0090-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
TRASH COMPACTOR 1. 2. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the TRASH COMPACTOR circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 6) to ON. To operate the trash compactor, perform the following steps: a. b. c. Load the compactor. Pull the PULL handle (Figure 18, Item 3) and open the load door (Figure 18, Item 4). Load the compactor with trash. Insert the key and turn the key switch (Figure 18, Item 1) to the ON position. Start the compactor. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 18, Item 2) and then release.
NOTE
The trash compactor will operate automatically, compacting the trash and returning the compactor mechanism to the ready (UP) position. d. 3. Empty the trash compactor. Pull up and turn the handle (Figure 18, Item 5). Open the door (Figure 18, Item 6) and empty the compactor. Turn the key switch (Figure 18, Item 1) to the OFF position. Remove the key. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the TRASH COMPACTOR circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 6) to OFF.
To shut down the compactor, perform the following steps. a. b.
0090-30
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TRASH COMPACTOR - Continued

1 2
0090
4
PULL
5 6
O0574T73
Trash Compactor.
0090-31
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
BEVERAGE DISPENSER 1. 2. At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the BEVERAGE DISPENSER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 6) to ON. To set up the beverage dispenser, perform the following steps: a. To install the drip pan, perform the following steps: (1) (2) (3) b. Place the drip pan cover on top of each drip pan. Place the top edge of the drip pan under the lip on the front panel. Lower each drip pan enough that the alignment tab goes into the tab slot and locks the pan into place. Place the bowl (Figure 19, Item 1) upside down on the counter.
To assemble the bowl, perform the following steps: (1)
NOTE
Both the bowl and the gasket must be dry. If wet, beverage could leak out. (2) (3) (4) Place the bowl gasket over the neck of the large opening on the bottom of the bowl (Figure 19, Item 1). Place the bowl (Figure 19, Item 1) right side up, with the bowl gasket centered on the cooling plate and the guide pin. Grasp the bowl (Figure 19, Item 1) by the opposite corners and with downward pressure and twisting motion, set the bowl (Figure 19, Item) into position.
NOTE
Ensure that the bowl is square to front of the unit, with the handle bracket in front over the drip pan. If necessary, use a touch of cornstarch to lubricate the gasket for easier assembly. There are flat surfaces on the guide pin. Turn the bearing sleeve until the sleeve aligns with the guide pin and drops into place. The flange on the bearing sleeve must rest on the cooling plate. (5) (6) Place the bearing sleeve over the guide pin in the middle of the cooling plate. Place the impeller on the bearing sleeve (fin side up).
NOTE
The top of the spray tube is pinched and bent. The pinched and bent top end of tube is to be pointed towards the front of the bowl. A 3/8-in. tab on the front of the pump cover, near the spray tube sleeve, goes between the two notches on the bowl. (7) (8) (9) c. (1) Press the spray tube into the sleeve on top of the pump cover. Place the pump cover over the guide pin, keeping the spray tube toward the front of the unit and centered in the bowl. Install the lockwasher on the guide pinhead until the guide pin neck is completely in the keyway. Place the handle (Figure 19, Item 5) in the two V notches in front of the handle bracket.
To assemble the valve and handle, perform the following steps:
0090-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BEVERAGE DISPENSER - Continued (2) (3) (4) (5) d. (1) (2)
0090
While holding the handle in place and pushed back, lower the valve down through the valve hole and through the hole in the handle (Figure 19, Item 5). When the valve is seated on the O-ring, release the handle. Push the handle (Figure 19, Item 5) in and release it several times to make sure that the valve moves up and down freely. To seat the O-ring, press down on the valve and twist. Fill the bowl (Figure 19, Item 1) with the desired beverage. Install the cover (Figure 19, Item 2).
To start the dispenser, perform the following steps:
NOTE
Ensure that the cover is well down over the over the bowl edge, not resting on the lip. An improperly installed cover will leak. (3) (4) 3. a. b. Set the SPRAY switch (Figure 19, Item 3) to the 1/ON position. Set the REFRIG. switch (Figure 19, Item 4) to the 1/ON position.
To dispense the beverage, perform the following steps: Place a glass against the handle (Figure 19, Item 5). Press the handle (Figure 19, Item 5) rearward to dispense the beverage. Release the handle (Figure 19, Item 5) when the glass has been filled to the desired level.
3 4
SP ON RE ON Y F RA OF IG F FR OF
O0575T73
Figure 19.
Beverage Dispenser.
0090-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BEVERAGE DISPENSER - Continued 4. To shut down the beverage dispenser, perform the following steps: a. b. c. Set the SPRAY switch (Figure 19, Item 3) to the 0/OFF position Set the REFRIG. switch (Figure 19, Item 4) to the 0/OFF position
0090
At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the BEVERAGE DISPENSER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 6) to OFF.
END OF TASK MILK DISPENSER 1. To prepare the milk dispenser for use, perform the following steps: a. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the GALLEY RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the GALLEY AND MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 2) to ON.
NOTE
During an initial startup (after the unit has been inoperative for some time), the unit should operate for at least 1 hour to obtain operating temperature. b. c. d. e. Ensure that the unit is at operating temperature by observing the thermometer (Figure 20, Item 4) reading; it should be in the GREEN (safe) zone. Set the temperature control switch (Figure 20, Item 3) to maintain the temperature in the GREEN (safe) zone. Open the door by disengaging the latch (Figure 20, Item 1) and pulling the door edge. Place the milk container over the dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2).
CAUTION
Do not stretch the tube. Pulling the tube may cause the tube to pull loose from the milk container, causing the milk container to drain. f. g. h. i. Lift the dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2) and feed the tube from the milk container through the tube passage in the dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2). Remove the polyethylene film covering the tube. Lower the dispersing valve (Figure 20, Item 2). Remove the plug from the feed tube.
NOTE
If the feed tube is too long, cut off 1/2 in. (13 mm) below the valve. j. 2. a. b. c. Close the door and secure the latch (Figure 20, Item 1). Hold the container under the feed tube of the selected dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2). Raise the dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2) so that milk will flow into the container. When the container is filled to the desired level, lower the dispensing valve (Figure 20, Item 2). To operate the milk dispenser, perform the following steps:
0090-34
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 MILK DISPENSER - Continued 3. To shut down the milk dispenser, perform the following steps: a.
0090
At the 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the GALLEY RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the GALLEY AND MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 2) to OFF. If the milk dispenser is not to be used for an extended period of time, block the door OPEN.
b.
2 3
4 3 2 1 7 5 6
O0576T73
Milk Dispenser.
0090-35
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
ICEMAKER 1. 2. To operate the icemaker, set to ON the ICE MAKER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 5) at the 220/110 V distribution panel. OPEN valve PW-93, C.W. TO ICE MAKER (Figure 21, Item 1).
NOTE
The icemaker operates automatically. Notify Field Maintenance of any problem. 3. To shut down the icemaker, perform the following steps: a. b. CLOSE valve PW-93, C.W. TO ICEMAKER (Figure 21, Item 1). At the 220/110 V distribution panel, set the ICEMAKER circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 5) to OFF.
CREW'S MESS
PW-93
MAIN DECK
O0577T73
Figure 21. Ice Maker Valve Location. END OF TASK
0090-36
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0090
REFRIGERATOR 1. To operate the refrigerator, set to ON the REFRIGERATOR circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) in the 120 V distribution panel No. 1.
NOTE
All controls are factory set for proper operation. If the thermometer reads below 37F (3C) or above 43F (6C) refer to Field Maintenance. It is important that the refrigerator not be loaded with perishables until the inside temperature has reached operating level. This will take approximately 3 hours. 2. 3. 4. Allow space for the air to circulate within the refrigerator for maximum efficiency. To shut down the refrigerator, set to OFF the REFRIGERATOR circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 2) in the 120 V distribution panel No. 1. If the freezer is not to be used for an extended period of time, block the door OPEN.
END OF TASK FREEZER 1. To operate the freezer, set to ON the FREEZER circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 7) in the 120 V distribution panel No. 1.
NOTE
All controls are factory set for proper operation. If the thermometer reads below -5F (-21C) or above 0F (-18C) refer to Field Maintenance. It is important that the freezer not be loaded with perishables until the inside temperature has reached operating level. This will take approximately 3 hours. 2. 3. 4. Allow space for the air to circulate within the freezer for maximum efficiency. To shut down the freezer, set the FREEZER circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 7) in the 120 V distribution panel No. 1. to OFF If the freezer is not to be used for an extended period of time, block the door OPEN.
0090-37/38 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT
0091
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Gloves, Leather (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 240) Helmet, Welder's (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 263) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References Volume 4, WP 0163 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package describes the arc welder, the drill press, and the bench grinder. The operating procedures describe how to power up, operate, and shut down these items.
0091-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0091
ARC WELDER
WARNING
Electric shock can kill. Electrodes and work area (or ground) are "hot" when the welder is on. Never touch electrodes to body or clothing. Wear dry gloves. Never weld in wet or damp areas. Ensure that all the connections are tight and clean. Fumes and gases can be dangerous. Keep away from fumes. Work in well ventilated area. Welding on galvanized steel, lead or cadmium produces toxic fumes. Ensure adequate ventilation. DO NOT weld in areas where chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors from degreasing, cleaning or spraying chemicals are present. These are highly toxic gases. Death could result. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin. Wear proper protection for eyes and skin to prevent injury. Wearing of contact lenses during welding can fuse the eye and lens when welding. DO NOT wear contact lenses when welding. Serious eye injury could result. Welding produces heat and sparks; keep a fire extinguisher at hand in the event of a fire during welding. Welder and electrodes are "live" when the power switch is ON. Observe safety precautions or injury could result. 1. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, set the WELDING MACHINE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the WELDING MACHINE, (WORKSHOP) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 1, Item 1) to ON.
0091-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ARC WELDER - Continued
0091
O0578T73
Figure 1.
0091-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ARC WELDER - Continued 2. To prepare to weld at the arc welder: a. b. Set the RANGE SELECTOR switch (Figure 2, Item 10) to the desired amperage. Set the OUTPUT SELECTOR switch (Figure 2, Item 9) to the Direct Current (DC) position.
0091
WARNING
Use of V AC output requires the use of remote controls not provided. Serious personal injury or death could result. c. d. e. f. g. h. Set the OUTPUT/CONTRACTOR ON switch (Figure 2, Item 4) to the ON position. Set the HIGH FREQUENCY switch (Figure 2, Item 1) to the OFF position. Set the AMPERAGE PANEL switch (Figure 2, Item 6) to the PANEL position. Set the AMPERAGE ADJUSTMENT control (Figure 2, Item 5) to the desired position. Set the START AMPERAGE ADJUSTMENT ON/OFF switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to the desired position. If the START AMPERAGE ADJUSTMENT ON/OFF switch (Figure 2, Item 2) was set to the ON position, set the START AMPERAGE ADJUSTMENT control (Figure 2, Item 3) to the desired amperage.
WARNING
Wear leather gloves, dry insulating clothing, and a welding helmet with a properly fitting lens when performing welding operations. Failure to comply could result in serious personal injury or death. i. j. k. 3. a. b. c. Connect the work clamp to clean, bare metal at the work piece. Select and obtain proper electrode; insert the electrode into the electrode holder. Press the POWER ON pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 7) to begin welding. Stop welding. Push the POWER OFF pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 8). At the 440 V power panel No. 5, set the WELDING MACHINE circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the WELDING MACHINE, (WORKSHOP) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 1, Item 1) to OFF.
To shut down the arc welder:
0091-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ARC WELDER - Continued
0091
3 4
5 6
10
O0579T73
Figure 2. END OF TASK DRILL PRESS
Arc Welder.
WARNING
Always wear eye protection when operating the drill press to prevent eye injury. Never operate the drill press while wearing jewelry or loose clothing. Always remove the chuck key before starting the drill press. Serious injury or death could result. 1. On the load center distribution panel, set the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX. (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 1), or the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT SHOP JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
0091-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 DRILL PRESS - Continued

1
0091
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
LOAD CENTER ENG RM
O0580T73
Figure 3.
Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0091-6
0091
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
LOAD CENTER ENG RM
O0581T73
Figure 4.
Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0091-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 DRILL PRESS - Continued 2. To operate the drill press: a. b. Install the drill bit in the chuck (Figure 5, Item 6). To select the correct drilling speed:
0091
CAUTION
Always ensure that the drill press has completely stopped before changing speeds. Damage to the drill press could result. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Loosen the slide bar bolts. Pull the cam handle (Figure 5, Item 4) towards the front of the drill press. Open the top cover (Figure 5, Item 2). Relocate the belts on the appropriate pulley rings for the desired spindle speed referring to the diagram attached to the top cover (Figure 5, Item 2). Close the top cover (Figure 5, Item 2). Push the cam handle (Figure 5, Item 4) toward the motor. Tighten the slide bar bolts.
WARNING
Work should never be held by hand. The force of the drill bit could "throw" work and seriously injure or kill the operator.
CAUTION
Always place a piece of scrap material below work to protect the table from damage. c. d. Secure the work to the table by blocking and clamping securely to the table. To adjust the table height: (1) (2) (3) e. (1) (2) (3) 3. a. b. Loosen the column lock handle. Turn the table crank handle (Figure 5, Item 5) to the desired height. Tighten the column lock handle. Set the M (motor) power switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to ON. Set the L (light) switch (Figure 5, Item 3) to ON. Turn the handle (Figure 5, Item 4) to lower the bit and drill the hole.
To operate the drill press:
To secure the drill press: Raise the spindle to the UP position by turning the handle (Figure 5, Item 4). Turn OFF the drill press by setting the M and L power switches (Figure 5, Item 1 and 3) to OFF.
0091-8
0091
2 1 3 4
6 5
O0582T73
Drill Press.
0091-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0091
BENCH GRINDER
WARNING
Keep guards in place and in working order. Remove adjusting keys and wrenches. Ensure that these items are removed from the grinder before turning it on. Keep the work area clean. Avoid a dangerous environment. Do not use power tools in a wet location. Keep work area well lit. Use the right tool. Do not force tools or attachments to do a job for which they are not designed. Wear appropriate apparel. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, which can get caught in moving parts. Rubber-soled footwear is recommended for best footing. Use safety glasses. Secure material. Use clamps or a vise to hold work at all times. Do not overreach. Keep proper footing and balance at all times. Disconnect tools before servicing. Avoid accidental starting. Ensure switch is in the OFF position before plugging in. Use only recommended accessories. Check for damaged parts before using. Severe personal injury or death could occur. 1. 2. 3. 4. Check that the ON/OFF switch (Figure 6, Item 5) is in the OFF position and that the grinder wheel (Figure 6, Item 3) rotates freely. Check that the eye shield (Figure 6, Item 2) is in place. Check that the tool rest (Figure 6, Item 4) has a 1/16 in. clearance for the grinder wheel (Figure 6, Item 3). Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 6, Item 5) to ON.
NOTE
Allow the bench grinder to reach full running speed before starting to grind. 5. Hold the piece being ground firmly against the grinder wheel (Figure 6, Item 3) with a light but steady pressure.
CAUTION
Excessive or sudden pressure slows grinding action, overloads the motor and puts dangerous stresses in the wheel, gouging the wheel and causing rough grinding with reduced accuracy. 6. 7. Keep the tool rest (Figure 6, Item 4) adjusted to within 1/16 in. of the grinding wheel (Figure 6, Item 3). When finished, set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 6, Item 5) to OFF.
0091-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BENCH GRINDER - Continued
0091
OF F
ON
5 4
3
O0583T73
Bench Grinder.
0091-11/12 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LIFE RAFTS
0092
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (2) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
0092-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0092
PRE-OPERATION 1. 2. Secure the life raft painter line (Figure 1, Item 8) to the life raft launching ramp (Figure 1, Item 9). Visually inspect the pelican hook (Figure 1, Item 6), locking ring (Figure 1, Item 5), and the retainer strap (Figure 1, Item 2) for damage. Notify the maintenance supervisor of any damage.
3 2 1 2
5 6 7 4
9 8
O0584T73
Life Raft.
0092-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0092
MANUAL LIFE RAFT LAUNCH To manually launch the life raft, perform the following steps: 1. 2. 3. Open the pelican hook (Figure 1, Item 6) by prying the locking ring (Figure 1, Item 5) up and over the end of the hook. The retainer strap (Figure 1, Item 2) is released. Remove the two retaining pins (Figure 1, Item 4).
NOTE
The life raft frame tilts outboard. 4. 5. Two crew members should tilt the life raft container (Figure 1, Item 1) and launch over the side of the vessel. If the life raft does not inflate after hitting the water, pull sharply on the painter line (Figure 1, Item 8).
NOTE
Three container straps (Figure 1, Item 3) that are secured around the life raft will release as the life raft inflates. 6. After boarding the life raft, cut the painter line (Figure 1, Item 8).
END OF TASK AUTOMATIC LIFE RAFT LAUNCH Life rafts are equipped with hydrostatic released (Figure 1, Item 7) designed to release the life raft when submerged. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0092-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS CONNECTING SHORE POWER AND RIGGING THE GANGPLANK
0093
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References WP 0068 References (cont.) WP 0075 WP 0085 Equipment Condition N/A
0093-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0093
SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTION 1. At the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 4), verify that the SHORE POWER CKT. BKR. circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) is set to OFF.
4 1 2 3 5 6
O0585T73
Figure 1.
Main Switchboard.
0093-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTION - Continued
0093
CAUTION
Failure to take the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) out of the automatic starting mode prior to shifting from ship's power to shore power may/will cause major damage to the Large Tug (LT) electrical power distribution system. 2. 3. At the EDG control panel (Figure 2, Item 1), push the red START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) to the IN position to disconnect the starting circuit. Place the RESET control switch (Figure 2, Item 2) in the RESET position.
1
WARNING
RESET
0 3 2 1
2
O0586T73
Figure 2.
Emergency Diesel Generator Control Panel.
0093-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTION - Continued 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3) from its storage location. Position the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3) through the bottom section of handrail of the LT. Tie a heaving line to the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3). Position a crewmember at the dockside facility.
0093
WARNING
Ensure that the shore power cable connector does not enter the water. Electrocution, serious injury, death, and equipment damage can occur during connection if the shore power cable connector gets wet.
NOTE
There is 75 ft (22.9 m) of shore power cable; continuous attention must be paid to the amount of shore power cable remaining on the deck. There should be a sufficient amount of shore power cable on the deck to prevent it from paying out completely. Attach a preventer line to the shore power cable to prevent complete shore power cable runoff. 8. Throw the heaving line to the crewmember at the dockside facility and pay out the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3).
2 3
O0587T73
Figure 3. Shore Power Cable.
0093-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTION - Continued 9. 10. At the dockside facility verify that the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1) is set to OFF.
0093
Remove the waterproof covers (Figure 4, Item 2) from the shore power plugs (Figure 3, Item 2 and Figure 4, Item 4) on both ends of the shore power cable (Figure 4, Item 3) and from the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1).
WARNING
Ensure that electrical power is OFF at the dockside shore power panel prior to connecting the shore power cable. Electrocution could result in serious injury or death. 11. Connect the shore power cable (Figure 4, Item 3) to the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1).
3 2
O0588T73
Figure 4.
Shore Power Panel.
0093-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTION - Continued 12. 13. At the vessel shore power connector (Figure 3, Item 1 and Figure 5, Item 3), turn the handle (Figure 5, Item 1), and OPEN the waterproof cover (Figure 5, Item 4). Align the shore power cable plug (Figure 3, Item 2) with the vessel shore power connector (Figure 3, Item 1 and Figure 5, Item 3) so that the slot on the shore power plug slides into the tongue (Figure 5, Item 2) of the vessel shore power connector. Install the shore power cable plug (Figure 3, Item 2) completely in the vessel shore power connector (Figure 3, Item 1 and Figure 5, Item 3). Secure the cable clamp (Figure 5, Item 5) on the bottom of the vessel shore power connector (Figure 5, Item 3) to the shore power cable plug (Figure 3, Item 2). At the dockside facility, set the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
0093
14. 15. 16.
3 1 2 4
DANGER - 440 VOLTS KEEP COVER CLOSED AND LATCHED WITH RECEPTACLE NOT IN USE
5
O0589T73
Figure 5. Vessel Shore Power Connector. END OF TASK
0093-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0093
SHIFTING TO SHORE POWER
CAUTION
Failure to take the EDG out of the automatic starting mode prior to shifting from ship's power to shore power may/will cause major damage to the Large Tug's electrical power distribution system. 1. 2. 3. At the EDG control panel (Figure 2, Item 1), verify that the red START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) has been pushed in to the IN position, disconnecting the starting circuit. Verify that the RESET control switch (Figure 2, Item 2) is in the RESET position. At the emergency switchboard (Figure 6, Item 1), set the ENGINE CONTROL SW. MAN. OFF AUTO. Switch (Figure 6, Item 6) to OFF.
1
2 3
4 5 6
O0590T73
Figure 6.
0093-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIFTING TO SHORE POWER - Continued 4. At the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 4), perform the following: a. Verify that the SHORE POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 1, Item 1) is illuminated.
0093
CAUTION
Failure to establish the correct phase sequence when connecting the vessel to shore power may cause serious damage to electrical systems and electrical equipment. Failure to comply with this caution will result in damage to equipment. b. Verify that the PHASE SEQUENCE METER (Figure 1, Item 5) indicates the correct phase sequence of shore power. If the proper phase sequence is not indicated notify the maintenance supervisor. Do not continue with the procedure until the proper shore power phase sequence is established. Verify that the SHORE POWER FREQUENCY HERTZ meter (Figure 1, Item 3) indicates 60 Hz. Verify that the SHORE POWER AC VOLTS meter (Figure 1, Item 6) indicates 440 V. Place all electronic and unnecessary equipment on standby. Set the GENERATOR 1 CKT. BKR. circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 7) or the GENERATOR 2 CKT. BKR. Circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 8) to OFF. Quickly set the SHORE POWER CKT. BKR. circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) to ON. Verify that the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. OPEN indicator (Figure 6, Item 2) is illuminated. Push the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. OPEN pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 5). Push the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. CLOSED pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 4). Verify that the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. CLOSED indicator (Figure 6, Item 3) is illuminated. Place all required electrical equipment online.
c. d. e. f. g. 5. a. b. c. d. e.
At the emergency switchboard (Figure 6, Item 1), perform the following:
END OF TASK DISCONNECTING SHORE POWER
CAUTION
Failure to take the EDG out of the automatic starting mode prior to shifting from shore power to ships power may/will cause major damage to the LT's electrical power distribution system. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. At the EDG control panel (Figure 2, Item 1), verify that the red START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) has been pushed in to the IN position, disconnecting the starting circuit. Verify that the RESET control switch (Figure 2, Item 2) is in the RESET position. Start the desired Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) (WP 0068). Place all electronic and unnecessary equipment on standby. At the main switchboard (Figure 1, Item 4), perform the following: a. b. 6. Set the SHORE POWER CKT. BKR. Circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 2) to OFF. Quickly set the GENERATOR 1 CKT. BKR. Circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 7) or the GENERATOR 2 CKT. BKR. Circuit breaker (Figure 1, Item 8) to ON.
At the dockside facility, set the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF.
0093-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 DISCONNECTING SHORE POWER - Continued 7. At the emergency switchboard (Figure 6, Item 1, perform the following: a. b. c. d. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Verify that the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. OPEN indicator (Figure 6, Item 2) is illuminated. Push the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. OPEN pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 5). Push the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. CLOSED pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 4).
0093
Verify that the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CKT. BKR. CLOSED indicator (Figure 6, Item 3) is illuminated.
Place all required electrical equipment online. Set the EDG control panel (Figure 2, Item 1) to the desired readiness condition. Loosen the cable clamp (Figure 5, Item 5) on the bottom of the vessel shore power connector (Figure 5 Item 3) and remove it from the shore power cable plug (Figure 3, Item 2). Remove the shore power cable plug (Figure 3, Item 2) from the vessel shore power connector (Figure 3, Item 1 and Figure 5, Item 3). At the vessel shore power connector (Figure 3, Item 1 and Figure 5, Item 3), CLOSE the waterproof cover (Figure 5, Item 4) and turn the handle (Figure 5, Item 1) to secure the waterproof cover.
WARNING
Ensure that electrical power is OFF at the dockside shore power panel prior to connecting the shore power cable. Electrocution could result in serious injury or death. 13. 14. Remove the shore power cable (Figure 4, Item 3) from the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1). Install the waterproof covers (Figure 4, Item 2) and the shore power plugs (Figure 3, Item 2 and Figure 4, Item 4) on both ends of the shore power cable (Figure 4, Item 3) and on the shore power panel (Figure 4, Item 1). Tie a heaving line to the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3).
15.
WARNING
Ensure that the shore power cable connector does not enter the water. Electrocution, serious injury, death, and equipment damage can occur during connection if the shore power cable connector gets wet. 16. 17. Throw the heaving line to the crewmember on the vessel and heave in the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3). Return the shore power cable (Figure 3, Item 3) to its storage location.
END OF TASK
0093-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0093
RIGGING THE GANGPLANK
WARNING
Never use the crane for any type of human support or transportation. The operator will never lift a load over other personnel. Personnel will not walk under a hoisted load. The operator will not attempt to hoist the load until conditions allow safe operation. Ensure that the load comes to a complete stop and is stable before changing direction of travel of the crane boom. Failure to observe these warnings could result in serious injury or death. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Start the central hydraulic system (WP 0075). Operate the crane (WP 0085) into position over the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4). Ensure that the lifting sling (Figure 7, Item 3) is securely attached at lift points (Figure 7, Item 1). Attach the crane hook to the lifting ring (Figure 7, Item 2). Operate the crane to move the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) into position. Install the side rails on the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4). Remove the lifting sling (Figure 7, Item 3) from the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) and secure the crane (WP 0085). Secure the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) to the vessel by placing lines through each end slot and securing the lines to the vessel. Secure the central hydraulic system (WP 0075).
2 3 1 1
4
Figure 7. Rigging the Gangplank. END OF TASK
O0591T73
0093-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0093
STOWING THE GANGPLANK
WARNING
Never use the crane for any type of human support or transportation. The operator will never lift a load over other personnel. Personnel will not walk under a hoisted load. The operator will not attempt to hoist the load until conditions allow safe operation. Ensure that the load comes to a complete stop and is stable before changing direction of travel of the crane boom. Failure to observe these warnings could result in serious injury or death. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Start the central hydraulic system (WP 0075). Operate the crane (WP 0085) into position over the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4). Remove the handrails from the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4). Ensure that the lifting sling (Figure 7, Item 3) is securely attached at the lift points (Figure 7, Item 1). Attach the crane hook to the lifting ring (Figure 7, Item 2). Prepare the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) by removing the lines securing the gangplank to the vessel. Operate the crane (WP 0085) as necessary to position the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) on the storage brackets. Secure the gangplank (Figure 7, Item 4) in the stowed position. Remove the lifting sling (Figure 7, Item 3) and secure the crane (WP 0085). Secure the central hydraulic system (WP 0075).
0093-11/12 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS RIGGING TO TOW
0094
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References TB 55-1900-232-10 References (cont.) WP 0085 WP 0088 Equipment Condition N/A
1. 2. 3.
Refer to (WP 0088) for the towing machine operating procedures. Refer to (WP 0085) for the crane operating procedures. Refer to the U.S. Army Towing Manual, TB 55-1900-232-10, to rig the Large Tug (LT) to tow. Receive specific towing instructions for the towing vessel master.
0094-1/2 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS GETTING UNDERWAY
0095
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Operator 88K (2) Watercraft Enginee 88L (2) References TM-55-5825-311-10-1 Volume 2, WP 0065 WP 0067 WP 0068 WP 0069 WP 0070 WP 0071 WP 0072 WP 0073 WP 0074 WP 0075 WP 0076 WP 0079 WP 0080 WP 0081 WP 0093 References (cont.) Volume 4, WP 0137 Volume 4, WP 0138 Volume 4, WP 0139 Volume 4, WP 0140 Volume 4, WP 0141 Volume 4, WP 0142 Volume 4, WP 0143 Volume 4, WP 0144 Volume 4, WP 0145 Volume 4, WP 0146 Volume 4, WP 0147 Volume 4, WP 0148 Volume 4, WP 0149 Volume 4, WP 0150 Volume 4, WP 0151 Volume 4, WP 0152 Volume 4, WP 0153 Volume 4, WP 0154 Volume 4, WP 0155 Volume 4, WP 0156 Volume 4, WP 0157 Volume 4, WP 0158 Volume 4, WP 0159 Volume 4, WP 0160 Equipment Condition N/A
0095-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0095
GETTING UNDERWAY Prior to getting underway, the following must be accomplished: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. All BEFORE Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) items (Volume 4, WP 0137) through (Volume 4, WP 0160). Vessel prepared for use (WP 0067). Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) online; vessel on ship's service power (WP 0068). Compressed air system pressurized (WP 0069). Fire main and general service water systems online and pressurized (WP 0070). Main propulsion engines running and at operating temperature (WP 0071). Lube oil purification operating (as appropriate) (WP 0072). Fuel oil transferred to appropriate day tanks (WP 0073). Bow thruster engine running and at operating temperature (as required) (WP 0074). Central hydraulic system online (as required) (WP 0075). Steering system operating (WP 0076). Potable water system online and hydropneumatic tank pressurized (WP 0079). Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) online and operating in appropriate mode (WP 0080). Heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration units operating as appropriate (WP 0081). Gyrocompass online and read for use IAW TM 55-5825-311-10-1. External communication gear operating (as required) IAW TM 55-5825-311-10-1. Shore power cable disconnected and stowed (WP 0093). Gangplank stowed (WP 0093).
0095-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0096
STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. At the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) console, verify the CONTROL AIR TRANSFER valve (Figure 1, Item 1) is in the EOS position. At the EOS console, place the STBD MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 1, Item 3) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position. Verify that the governor maintains the engine at idle speed. If idle speed cannot be maintained, notify the maintenance supervisor.
CAUTION
If raw water ambient temperature is above 90F (32.2C), it may be necessary to cool the main engine for at least 20 minutes. Stopping an engine without a proper cool down can result in damage to the engine. 4. Let the starboard main engine idle for at least 15 minutes to allow cooling water to remove excess heat.
3
Figure 1.
2
EOS Console.
O0592T73
0096-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued
0096
CAUTION
If the turbocharger lube oil pump fails to operate when the engine is shut down and the low turbo oil pressure alarm sounds, restart the engine immediately. Idle the engine 15 additional minutes with no load to prevent turbocharger damage. If engine restart is not possible within 2 minutes, do not restart the engine until the turbocharger lube oil pump has been restored and the engine has been allowed to cool, or damage to the turbocharger could result.
NOTE
The starboard main engine can also be stopped by pressing the starboard main engine STOP pushbutton on the EOS control panel. 5. At the starboard main engine control panel, STOP the starboard main engine by pressing the ENGINE STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 1).
0096-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued
0096
TOTAL HOURS
ENGINE RPM
ANNUNCIATOR
LUBE OIL
FUEL OIL
START AIR
DATE
MODEL
SERIAL NO.
TOTAL HOURS
ENGINE RPM
ANNUNCIATOR
O0593T73
Figure 2.
Main Engine Control Panel.
0096-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued 6.
0096
On the aft engine room bulkhead, at the reduction gear 1 fresh water cooling pump motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 3, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 3, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 3, Item 2) goes out.
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4
RESET
O0594T73
Figure 3. Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller.
0096-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued 7. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.
1
0096
FO-20, F.O. SPLY TO STBD ME No. 1 (Figure 4, Item 10). FO-14, F.O. SERV. CRSVR (Figure 4, Item 13). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD (Figure 4, Item 14) (remote operator in the galley). FO-35, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD (Figure 4, Item 15). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 4, Item 17). Fwc-15, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 1 (Figure 4, Item 9). Fwc-13, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 4, Item 12). Fwc-1, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 1 (Figure 4, Item 16). Fwc-3, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 4, Item 18). CA-9, STG AIR TO ME No. 1 (Figure 4, Item 11).
2 3 4 5 6
FWC-4
FWC-2
FO-33
FO-13
FO-19
MAIN ENGINE 2
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
FWC-14
FWC-16 CA-8
FWC-13 FWC-15 FO-20 MAIN ENGINE 1 CA-9 FO-14 FWD
8 9
10
(IN SHAFT ALLEY) FWC-3
FO-34 FWC-1 FO-35 FO-15
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
O0595T73
Figure 4.
Main Propulsion System Valve Locations. 0096-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued 8. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set to OFF the following circuit breakers: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 1). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 1). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 3).
0096
CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 3). c. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 6). CONTROL PANEL FOR-STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 6).
1 2
O0596T73
0096-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0096
PORT MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. At the EOS console, verify that the CONTROL AIR TRANSFER switch (Figure 1, Item 1) is in the EOS position. At the EOS console, place the PORT MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 1, Item 2) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position. Verify that the governor maintains the engine at idle speed. If idle speed cannot be maintained, notify the maintenance supervisor.
CAUTION
If raw water ambient temperature is above 90F (32.2C), it may be necessary to cool the main engine for at least 20 minutes. Stopping an engine without a proper cool down can result in damage to the engine. 4. Let the port main engine idle for at least 15 minutes to allow cooling water to remove excess heat.
CAUTION
If the turbocharger lube oil pump fails to operate when engine is shut down and the low turbo oil pressure alarm sounds, restart the engine immediately. Idle the engine 15 additional minutes with no load to prevent turbocharger damage. If engine restart is not possible within 2 minutes, do not restart the engine until the turbocharger lube oil pump has been restored and the engine has been allowed to cool, or damage to the turbocharger could result
NOTE
The port main engine can also be stopped by pressing the port main engine STOP pushbutton on the EOS control panel. 5. 6. At the port main engine control panel, STOP the port main engine by pressing the ENGINE STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 1). On the aft engine room bulkhead, at the reduction gear 2 fresh water cooling pump motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. 7. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Press and release the STOP pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 3, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 3, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 3, Item 2) goes out. FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 4, Item 3). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 4, Item 4) (remote operator in the main deck fan room). FO-19, F.O. SPLY TO PORT ME No. 2 (Figure 4, Item 6). Fwc-4, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR. (Figure 4, Item 1). Fwc-2, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 2 (Figure 4, Item 2). Fwc-14, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 4, Item 5). Fwc.-16, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 4, Item 8). CA-8, STG AIR TO ME No. 2 (Figure 4, Item 7).
CLOSE the following:
0096-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PORT MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued 8. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set to OFF the following circuit breakers: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 2). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 2). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 5).
0096
CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 5). c. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 4). CONTROL PANEL FOR-PORT MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 4). END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0096-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BOW THRUSTER SHUTDOWN
0097
1.
At the pilothouse console: a. b. Verify that the COMMAND TRANSFER plunger (Figure 1, Item 2) is UP in the engaged position, and that the pilothouse console has control of the bow thruster. Place the bow thruster engine throttle control lever (Figure 1, Item 1) in the NEUTRAL (center) position.
2
O0597T73
Figure 1.
Pilothouse Console.
0097-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0097
2.
In AMS 1, secure the bow thruster by completing the following actions: a. b. c. d. Place the governor control lever (Figure 2, Item 3) in the IDLE position (local control and locked). Allow the bow thruster engine to idle for at least 5 minutes. Set the START/STOP switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to the OFF position, or push the governor control lever (Figure 2, Item 3) in the aft direction until the engine stops. Push in the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 1).
RPM
O0598T73
Figure 2. Bow Thruster Engine Controls.
0097-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0097
3.
Wait until the bow thruster engine stops completely, then push the shaft brake plunger (Figure 3, Item 1) DOWN to lock the bow thruster shaft.
1
O0869T73
Figure 3.
Bow Thruster Shaft Brake Plunger.
0097-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0097
4.
Secure the bow thruster engine fuel oil system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b. Fuel filter/water separator inlet and outlet valves (Figure 4, Item 1), located on the bow thruster engine. FO-30, F.O. SPLY TO BOW THRUSTER ENG (Figure 4, Item 2). CA-5, STG AIR TO BOW THRUSTER ENG (Figure 4, Item 3). CA-62, STARTING AIR GAGE-COV (Figure 4, Item 4). ASW-18, S.W. TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. (Figure 4, Item 5). ASW-21, S.W. FR. BOW THRUSTER ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 4, Item 6).
5.
Secure the bow thruster compressed air system by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b.
6.
Secure cooling water to the bow thruster engine by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: a. b.
2 3
FO-33
FO-13
4
AMS 1 CA-5 AE-28 FO-30 ASW-17 ASW-21 CA-62 ASW-18
ASW-22
5
O0599T73
Bow Thruster Valve Locations.
0097-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0098
SECURE THE STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1. To secure the steering gear motor controllers 1 and 2: a. b. c. Place the change-over switches (Figure 1, Item 3) to the 2 position for STOP. Set the ON/OFF POWER switches (Figure 1, Item 2) to OFF. Verify that the POWER ON indicator (Figure 1, Item 1) goes out.
2 3
O0600T73
Figure 1.
Steering Gear Motor Controllers.
0098-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued 2. To secure the steering hydraulic pump station, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. SH-5, RUD. MOT No. 1 SUMP (Figure 2, Item 1). SH-6, RUD. MOT No. 2 SUMP (Figure 2, Item 2). SH-4, C.O.V.-RUD MOT. No. 2 PRESS/RTN (Figure 2, Item 3). SH-2, C.O.V.-RUD MOT. No. 2 PRESS/RTN (Figure 2, Item 4). SH-3, C.O.V.-RUD MOT. No. 1 PRESS/RTN (Figure 2, Item 5). SH-1, C.O.V.-RUD MOT. No. 1 PRESS/RTN (Figure 2, Item 6).
1 ENGINE ROOM 2
0098
AMS 2
STEERING HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SH-5
STEERING HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SH-6
FWD
SH-1
SH-3
SH-2
SH-4
3
O0601T73
Figure 2. Steering Hydraulic Pump Station. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0098-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS BILGE/BALLAST SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0099
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References TM 55-1925-285-13&P Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: OIL WATER SEPARATOR (OWS) AND OIL CONTENT MONITOR (OCM) SHUTDOWN. SECURE THE BILGE/BALLAST PUMPS. SECURE THE OILY BILGE, OCM, AND OWS PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE BILGE/BALLAST PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE BILGE EDUCTOR PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
0099-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099
OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN 1. Set the OWS control panel switch (Figure 1, Item 1) to OFF.
O0870T73
Figure 1. OWS Control Panel.
0099-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN - Continued 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set the OPERATION SELECTOR switch A1S1 (Figure 2, Item 2) to AUTOMATIC.
0099
Perform OCM backflush by OPENING OCM 2 (Figure 3, Item 22) and CLOSING OCM 1 (Figure 3, Item 6). Continue OCM backflush until all liquid from the OCM discharge tube (Figure 2, Item 1) is clear. Set OPERATION SELECTOR switch A1S1 (Figure 2, Item 2) to OFF. Perform OWS manual backflush IAW TM 55-1925-285-13&P. Return all valves from Table 1 and Figure 3 to the CLOSED position.
OPERATION SELECTOR AUTO OFF TEST
ALARM LIMIT (PPM) SELECTOR 70 PPM REMOTE 15 PPM
O0602T73
Figure 2.
Sampling/Sensor Assembly Interior.
0099-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN - Continued

1 2
0099
OVERBOARD 22 23 24
FROM GENERAL SERVICE 5
21 20 6 TO OWT 19 7 8
18 17 OILY WASTE TANK 14 16 9 13
10
15
12 11
O0603T73
Figure 3.
OWS, OB, and OCM Piping.
0099-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN - Continued Table 1. Item Number (Figure 3) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions. Function OWS OVERBOARD DISCHARGE OCM 3-WAY DIVERTER BACKFLUSH WTR PRESS RDCR BYPASS BACKFLUSH WTR TO PRESS RDCR SW TO OWS PRESS GAGE ISOLATION OCM NOZZLE SAMPLER COV OWS PITOT SAMPLE XFR PUMP DISCH TO SHORE XFR PUMP TO OILY WATER TANK OWS BACKFLUSH INLET SOLENOID Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions OPEN Controlled by OCM CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
0099
Valve Number OB-10 OWS-4 OWS-9 OWS-6 OWS-24 OCM-1 OWS-6 OB-9 OB-8 GS-74
Automatic (Ensure that the manual override handle is in the CLOSED position [CCW] with the valve stem all the way out) CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
OB-14 OB-13 OWS-3 OWS-5 OB-16 OB-15 OWS-1 OB-17 OWS-10 OCM-3 OCM-4
COV-XFR PUMP SUCTION OWT TO XFR PUMP SUCTION OWS PUMP DISCHARGE OWS DISCHARGE WATER FROM OWT COV OWS INLET OWS MANUAL BACKFLUSH OILY WATER TANK INLET OWS RECIRCULATING COV OCM SAMPLING VALVE OCM INLET
0099-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN - Continued Table 1. Item Number (Figure 3) 22 23 24 25 Valve Positions During Operation Under Usual Conditions - Continued. Function OCM BACKFLUSH WATER OCM GAGE ISOLATION BACKFLUSH WTR FROM PRESS RDCR OWS DISCHARGE Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN
0099
Valve Number OCM-2 OCM-8 OWS-8 OWS-2
0099-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OWS AND OCM SHUTDOWN - Continued 7. At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. OILY WATER SEPARATOR (Figure 4, Item 1). OIL CONTENT MONITOR (Figure 4, Item 2).
1
0099
O0604T73
0099-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099
SECURE THE BILGE/BALLAST PUMPS At the bilge pump 1 and 2 motor controllers: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbuttons (Figure 5, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicators (Figure 5, Item 3) are out. Set the ON/OFF switches (Figure 5, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicators (Figure 5, Item 2) are out.
0099-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE BILGE/BALLAST PUMPS - Continued
0099
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4
RESET
O0605T73
Bilge Pump Motor Controller.
0099-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099
SECURE THE OILY BILGE, OCM, AND OWS PIPING SYSTEM 1. To secure the oily bilge system piping, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. 2. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. OB-18, HOSE CONN.-OIL BILGE SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 15). OB-2, OILY BILGE SUCTION. (Figure 6, Item 16). AMS 1 1-1/2 in. flush connection (Figure 6, Item 17). OB-1, OILY BILGE SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 19). OB-16, OILY WASTE STOR. TK. SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 18). OB-10, OWS OVERBOARD DISCHARGE (Figure 6, Item 22). OB-15, OWS INLET (Figure 6, Item 9). OB-9, XFER PUMP DISCH TO SHORE (Figure 6, Item 32). OB-5, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. (Figure 6, Item 33). OB-3, OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 6, Item 34). OB-7, OILY DR. TK. SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 2). PORT shaft alley 1-1/2 in. flush connection (Figure 6, Item 1). OB-4, OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY (Figure 6, Item 3). OB-6, OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. (Figure 6, Item 4). OB-21, HOSE CONN. - OILY BILGE SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 5). OB-14, C.O.V. - OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. (Figure 6, Item 6). OB-13, OWT TO XFR PUMP SUCTION (Figure 6, Item 7). OB-8, OILY BILGE PMP DISCH. TO OILY WST.STOR. TK (Figure 6, Item 8). OB-17,OILY WATER TANK INLET (Figure 6, Item 14). OWS-4, OCM 3-WAY DIVERTER (Figure 6, Item 23), operator to LOCAL/SHUT. OWS-2, OWS DISCHARGE (Figure 6, Item 10). OWS-3, OWS PUMP DISCHARGE (Figure 6, Item 21). GS-74, OWS BACKFLUSH INLET SOLENOID (Figure 6, Item 11). OWS-5, OWS DISCHARGE (Figure 6, Item 13). OWS-7, BACKFLUSH WTR TO PRESS RDCR (Figure 6, Item 25). OWS-8, BACKFLUSH WTR FROM PRESS RDCR (Figure 6, Item 26). OWS-10, OWS RECIRCULATING COV (Figure 6, Item 20).
To secure the OWS piping, CLOSE the following valves:
0099-10
3. To secure the OCM piping, CLOSE the following valves:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
OB-2 OB-6 OB-4
SECURE THE OILY BILGE, OCM, AND OWS PIPING SYSTEM - Continued
AMS 2
OB-7
OB-21
ENGINE ROOM
OB-18
17
Figure 6. Oily Bilge Pump Piping System.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
OB-14
AMS 1
OB-13 OB-15
OB-9 OB-5
TO BILGE OIL CONTENT MONITOR OCM-3 OCM-4 OCM-2
W S1
0099-11
18
OB-8 OILY BILGE PUMP OB-11 OWS PUMP OWS-10 OWS-2
OILY WATER SEPARATOR
OB-17
OB-16
OWS-5 OWS-3 OWS-6 GS-74 OWS-9 OWS-8 OWS-7 OWS-4 OB-10 FROM GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM
OB-3
OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK
19
OB-1
GS-73
O0606T73
OCM-1
34
33
32
31
30
29 28
27 FWD
26
25 24
23
22
21
20
0099
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE OILY BILGE, OCM, AND OWS PIPING SYSTEM - Continued a. b. c. d. e. f. g. OCM-1, OCM NOZZLE SAMPLER COV (Figure 6, Item 27). OCM-4, OCM INLET (Figure 6, Item 29). OWS-1, OWS MANUAL BACKFLUSH (Figure 6, Item 31). OWS-6, OWS PITOT SAMPLE (Figure 6, Item 24). OWS-9, BACKFLUSH WTR PRESS RDCR BYPASS (Figure 6, Item 12). OCM-2, OCM BACKFLUSH WATER (Figure 6, Item 28). OCM-3, OCM SAMPLING VALVE (Figure 6, Item 30).
0099
END OF TASK SECURE THE BILGE/BALLAST PIPING SYSTEM To secure the bilge/ballast piping system, CLOSE the following valves: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. BB-12, BLST. TK. No. 1 SUCT. COV (Figure 7, Item 4). BB-25, BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT (Figure 7, Item 15). BB-34, B/B PMP No. 1 OVBD DISCH. (Figure 7, Item 8). BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 7, Item 7). BB-29, B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT. (Figure 7, Item 16). BB-30, B/B PMP. No. 2 BILGE SUCT. (Figure 7, Item 17). BB-58 (Figure 7, Item 2), bilge/ballast overboard discharge. BB-13, S.W. TO BLST. PMPS (Figure 7, Item 5). BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. SUCT (Figure 7, Item 18). BB-27, B/B PMP. No. 2 BLST. SUCT (Figure 7, Item 19). BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. TO MANF. (Figure 7, Item 6). BB-33, B/B PMP. No. 2 BLST TO MANF. (Figure 7, Item 3). BB-49, BLST TK No.1 FILL (Figure 7, Item 9). BB-47, BLST TK No.2P FILL (Figure 7, Item 11). BB-45, BLST TK No.2S FILL (Figure 7, Item 14). BB-50, BLST TK No.1 SUCT (Figure 7, Item 10). BB-48, BLST TK No.2P SUCT (Figure 7, Item 12). BB-46, BLST TK No.2S SUCT (Figure 7, Item 13). All valves on the bilge manifold (Figure 7, Item 1).
0099-12
END OF TASK
AMS 2 STBD AMS 2 POR AMS T A 1 POR MS 1 STB ER STBD D T ER PO RT
FM-31
BB-58
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM AMS 1
BILGE MANIFOLD

FM-4
Figure 7. Bilge/Ballast System Valve Locations.
2 BB-32 BB-27 BB-30 BB-26 BB-29 1 BB-34 BB-35 FM-2 FM-3 BB-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099-13
19 18
SEA CHEST
AE 29
BB-13
TO
17
TO
BB-25 BB-45 BB-47 BB-50 BB-46 BB-48 BB-49
16 15
FROM
14
FROM
TO/FROM 2S TO/FROM 2P TO/FROM SW 1 BB-12
O0607T73
13 FWD
12 11 10
4
0099
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE BILGE EDUCTOR PIPING SYSTEM To secure the bilge eductor piping system, CLOSE the following valves: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. BB-10 (Figure 8, Item 5), chain locker bilge eductor overboard discharge. GS-44, BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 4). BB-9, OVBD. DISCH . BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 3). GS-45, BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 2). BB-11, OVBD. DISCH . BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 1). GS-47, BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 9). BB-37, BILGE EDUCT SUCT COV (Figure 8, Item 7). GS-46, BILGE EDUC (Figure 8, Item 8). BB-36, BILGE EDUCT SUCT C.O.V. (Figure 8, Item 6).
0099
0099-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099
BB-10
BB-9
GS-44
CHAIN LOCKER
GS-45
BB-11
GS-46
BB-37
TOWING GEAR LOCKER
BB-36
FWD
AFT STEERING
GS-47
O0608T73
Bilge Eductor System.
0099-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0099
SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. To secure the electrical system: a. At the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) main switchboard, set the BILGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 9, Item 1) to OFF.
O0609T73
Figure 9.
0099-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued b.
0099
At the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) emergency switchboard, set the BILGE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 10, Item 1) to OFF.
O0610T73
Figure 10.
0099-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2. At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. OILY WATER SEPARATOR (Figure 11, Item 1). OIL CONTENT MONITOR (Figure 11, Item 2).
0099
O0611T73
Figure 11. 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0099-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS TANK LEVEL INDICATOR (TLI) SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN
0100
0100-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0100
SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. 4. On the 11 channel master Tank Level Indicator (TLI) panel in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 1, Item 2) to OFF. On the seven channel master TLI panel in the EOS, set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to OFF. Verify that the POWER indicator for each TLI panel (Figures 1 and 2, Item 1) goes out. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the TLI SYSTEM circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to OFF.
2
PANEL CONTROL
O0612T73
Figure 1. 11 Channel Master TLI Panel.
0100-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHUTDOWN - Continued

1
0100
2
PANEL CONTROL
O0613T73
Figure 2.
Seven Channel Master TLI Panel.
0100-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHUTDOWN - Continued
0100
O0614T73
0100-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0101
GENERAL This work package provides instructions for the shutdown of the central hydraulic system under usual conditions.
0101-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0101
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN 1. If local operation was selected during the startup procedure (WP 0075), press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 3) at the central HPU motor controller. If remote operation was selected during the startup procedure (WP 0075), press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 1) at the remote control station. Verify that the RUNNING indicator(s) (Figure 1, Items 4 and/or 5) extinguish for the selected pump(s). Set to OFF the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 1, Item 1) on the central HPU motor controller. Set to OFF the MAIN switch (Figure 1, Item 2) on the central HPU motor controller. Set to OFF the CENT HYD POWER UNIT No. 1 and 2 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) on the main switchboard.
1
2. 3. 4. 5.
REMOTE OFF ON
P1
P2
P1 & 2
2
PUMP NO. 1 PUMP NO. 2 READY READY
MAIN SWITCH
RUNNING
RUNNING
LOW OIL LEVEL
HIGH OIL TEMP
5
START
4
STOP
RESET
RESET
O0615T73
Figure 1. Central Hydraulic System HPU Motor Controller.
0101-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN - Continued
0101
1
STARBOARD
PORT
STOP
STOP
HA L
1/4
AHEA
TER AS
ERN ST
LF HA
3/4
HA L
1/4
A
HEAD
1/ 4
1/ 4
HA
LF
3/4
3/4
3/4
LL
LL FU
EN
G IN
E ORD
ER TELEG R
APH
ENG
START
STOP
START
STOP
NO.1 MAIN ENGINE
NO.2 MAIN ENGINE
START
STOP
START
STOP
S.S.D.G NO.1
S.S.D.G. NO.2
START
STOP
START
STOP
PUMP DRIVE ENG
NO.1&2 HYD PUMP
Figure 2.
Remote Control Station (EOS).
0101-3
LL FU
FU
FU
LL
I N E O R D E R TELE G
RA
PH
NO.1 FIRE PUMP
START
STOP
NO.2 FIRE PUMP
O0616T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT (HPU) SHUTDOWN - Continued
1
0101
O0617T73
Figure 3.
Main Switchboard.
0101-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS LUBE OIL PURIFICATION AND TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0102
GENERAL The following procedures are included in the work package: STOP AND SECURE THE LUBE OIL PURIFIER. SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. SECURE THE LUBE OIL PIPING SYSTEM.
0102-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0102
STOP AND SECURE THE LUBE OIL PURIFIER
CAUTION
Verify that the lube oil purifier heater elements are cool prior to securing the lube oil purifier. Securing the oil flow before the heater elements are sufficiently cooled can cause damage to the purifier. 1. In the engine room, on the port bulkhead, at the lube oil purifier control panel: a. b. c. d. e. f. Set HEATER switch (Figure 1, Item 3) to OFF. Verify that the HEATER ON indicator (Figure 1, Item 1) goes out. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 6). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 1, Item 5) goes out. Set CONTROL POWER switch (Figure 1, Item 4) to OFF. Set MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 1, Item 2) to OFF.
0102-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STOP AND SECURE THE LUBE OIL PURIFIER - Continued
0102
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER

SE RE T
OFF
HEATER OVERTEMP
ALARM
OVERLOAD OVERTEMP
HEATER ON
ON
OFF
ON
CONTROL POWER
OFF
ON
DIRTY OIL
MOTOR START
MOTOR RUN
ACKNOWL
START
STOP
O0618T73
Figure 1.
Lube Oil Purifier Control Panel.
0102-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STOP AND SECURE THE LUBE OIL PURIFIER - Continued 2.
0102
At the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the LUBE OIL PURIFIER circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) to OFF.
O0619T73
Figure 2.
0102-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 STOP AND SECURE THE LUBE OIL PURIFIER - Continued 3. At the lube oil purifier: a. b. CLOSE shutoff valve (Figure 3, Item 2). CLOSE needle valve (Figure 3, Item 1).
1
0102
O0620T73
Lube Oil Purifier.
0102-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0102
SECURE THE LUBE OIL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. STOP the lube oil transfer pump by completing the following actions at the lube oil transfer pump motor controller: a. b. c. d. Press STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4). Verify that MOTOR RUN indicator lamp (Figure 4, Item 3) goes out. Set ON/OFF switch (Figure 4, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 4, Item 2) goes out.
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4
START STOP
RESET
O0621T73
Figure 4. Lube Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller.
0102-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE LUBE OIL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2.
0102
A/t 440 V power panel No. 1, set LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 1) to OFF.
O0622T73
0102-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0102
SECURE THE LUBE OIL PIPING SYSTEM 1. Place lube oil system fill and drain valves in CLOSED position as follows: a. b. Lo-28, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 1). At main engine 2: (1) (2) (3) c. (1) (2) d. (1) (2) e. (1) (2) f. (1) (2) g. (1) (2) (3) h. i. Lo-30, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 2). Lo-32, M.E. No. 2 - LUBO PUR DISCH./FILL. (Figure 6, Item 3). Lo-6, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 4). Lo-10, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 5). Lo-4, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 6). Lo-2, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK (Figure 6, Item 7). Lo-8, LUBO TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. (Figure 6, Item 8). Lo-9, LUBO TO PUMP DRIVE ENG. (Figure 6, Item 9). Lo-1, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 10). Lo-11, LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 11). Lo-3, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 12). Lo-31, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR DISCH./FILL (Figure 6, Item 14). Lo-5, LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 15). Lo-29, M.E. No. 1 - LUBO PUR. SUCT (Figure 6, Item 16).
At Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 2:
At bow thruster engine:
At pump drive engine:
At SSDG 1:
At main engine 1:
Lo-27, LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 17). Lo-14, LUBO XFER TO OILY WST. STOR. TK. (Figure 6, Item 13), located on the starboard engine room bulkhead, aft of SSDG 1.
0102-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE LUBE OIL PIPING SYSTEM - Continued

1 2 3 4 5 6
0102
LO-10 LO-32 SSDG 2 RED GEAR 2 LO-30 LO-6 AMS 1 MAIN ENGINE 2 LO-4 ACCY RACK
LO-28
BOW THRUSTER ENGINE
7 8
ENGINE ROOM LO-2 LO-8
9
LO-5 LO-29 LO-27 RED GEAR 2 MAIN ENGINE 1 LO-31 ACCY RACK LO-11 LO-3 SSDG 1 LO-1
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
LO-9
10
LO-14
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
FWD
O0623T73
Figure 6.
Lube Oil System Valve Locations.
0102-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE LUBE OIL PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 2. To secure the lube oil manifold and circuit valves: a. CLOSE the following valves: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) b.
0102
Lo-15, LUBO STOR. TK. OUT. (Figure 7, Item 4), located in the engine room, on the port side, below deck level. Lo-7, C.O.V. - LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT (Figure 7, Item 5), located in the engine room, on the port side, below deck level. Lo-33, LUBO TO MAIN ENGS (Figure 7, Item 1), lube oil manifold isolation valve. Lo-17, BKT. FILL CONN (Figure 7, Item 2). All valves on the lube oil manifold (Figure 7, Item 3).
Line up LO-18, LUBO SPLY (Figure 7, Item 6) to the manifold position.

1 2 3
LO-24 FROM PURIFIER TO PURIFIER LO-26
LO-23 LO-33 LUBE OIL MANIFOLD
LO-17 LO-25 FROM MAIN ENGINE 2 FROM MAIN ENGINE 1
LO-42 LO-37 TO GAGE

LO -38
LO
-3
9 LO
-4
FROM MAIN ENGINE 1 DECK LEVEL
FROM MAIN ENGINE 2
TO OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK
LO-43 LO-18
TO BOWTHRUSTER ENGINE TO PUMP DRIVE ENGINE TO SSDG 1
TO GAGE LO-44 TO SSDG 2 TO LUBE OIL STORAGE TANK LO-15
LO-7
FWD 6 5 4
O0624T73
Figure 7. Lube Oil Manifold and Circuit Valve Locations. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0102-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FUEL OIL FILL, TRANSFER, AND SUPPLY SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0103
GENERAL This work package provides the user with instructions for shutting down the fuel transfer system under usual conditions. The following procedures are contained within this work package: SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
0103-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0103
SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM 1. Perform the following actions at the fuel oil transfer pump motor controllers 1 and 2: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbuttons (Figure 1, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicators (Figure 1, Item 3) go out. Set the ON/OFF switches (Figure 1, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicators (Figure 1, Item 2) go out.
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4
START STOP
RESET
O0625T73
Figure 1.
Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Motor Controller.
0103-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 2. At the fuel filter/water separator control panel, set the OFF/ON (Figure 2, Item 1) switch to OFF.
0103
O0626T73
Figure 2.
Fuel Filter/Water Separator Filter Control Panel.
0103-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 3. To secure the fuel oil transfer piping, verify that the following valves are CLOSED: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. FO-3 DK. FILL CONN (Figure 3, Item 1). FO-4, DK. FILL CONN (Figure 3, Item 2). FO-5, F.O.DAY TK EMERG FILL (Figure 3, Item 3). FO-6, C.O.V. - F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION (Figure 3, Item 4). FO-7, C.O.V. - F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE (Figure 3, Item 5). FO-8, C.O.V. - F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (Figure 3, Item 11). FO-9, C.O.V. - F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE (Figure 3, Item 8). FO-17, F.O. FLTR / WATER SEP OUTLET. COV (Figure 3, Item 12). FO-42, F.O. FLTR / WATER SEP BYPASS COV (Figure 3, Item 13). FO-16 F.O. FLTR / WATER SEP INLET. COV (Figure 3, Item 14). FO-11 F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK (Figure 3, Item 7). FO-12, E.D.G DAY TK FILL (Figure 3, Item 6). FO-1, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 3, Item 9). FO-2, F.O. DAY TK. FILL (Figure 3, Item 10). All valves on the suction side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 3, Item 15). All valves on the fill side of the fuel oil manifold (Figure 3, Item 16).
0103
0103-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM - Continued
0103
2
TO EDG DAY TANK FO-12
6 7
16
FO-3 FO-4
FO-11
MANIFOLD FILL SIDE

FO-5
FILL (TO)
FO-8
SUCTION (FROM)
FO-16
8
FO-17 FO-6
MANIFOLD SUCTION SIDE
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
TO/FROM
15
FO-42 FO-9
14
SUPPLY TANK 2C SUPPLY TANK 3C SUPPLY TANK 1P SUPPLY TANK 2S SUPPLY TANK 2P SUPPLY TANK 4P SUPPLY TANK 1S SUPPLY TANK 4S
13
12
FO-7
9 10
11
FO-1
FO-2
TO STBD DAY TANK
TO PORT DAY TANK
O0627T73
Figure 3.
Fuel Oil Valve Locations.
0103-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 4.
0103
Verify that the fuel supply line connection valves located on the 01 level weather decks outboard the stacks, are secured by ensuring that the following valves are CLOSED: a. b. FO-18, F.O. FILL CONN PORT (Figure 4, Item 1). FO-39, F.O. FILL CONN. STBD (Figure 4, Item 2).
1
PORT FO-18
01 LEVEL FWD
EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM
STACK FO-12 FO-39
2
O0628T73
Fuel Oil Supply Line Connection Locations.
0103-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0103
SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. At the emergency switchboard set to OFF the FO XFER PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 5, Item 1).
O0629T73
Figure 5.
0103-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2.
0103
At 440 V power panel No. 1, set to OFF the FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1).
O0630T73
Figure 6. 440 V Power Panel No 1. 3. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set to OFF the FUEL FILTER / WATER SEPARATOR circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 1), or the FUEL FILTER / WATER SEPARATOR - RACOR FILTER circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 8, Item 1).
0103-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued
0103
O0631T73
0103-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued
0103
ENGINE ROOM EMER DIST PANEL NO. 1
O0632T73
120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0103-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS POTABLE WATER SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0104
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. SECURE THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES. REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNITS (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE. BROMINATOR SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE.
0104-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0104
SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. On the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. HOT POTABLE WTR HTR No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 1). HOT POTABLE WTR HTR No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 2).
O0633T73
Figure 1.
0104-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2. Complete the following actions at the hot potable water recirculating pump motor controller: a. b. Press and release the STOP pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 2). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 2, Item 3) goes out.
0104
PO AVA WER ILA BLE

MO TOR RU N
STA
RT STO P
3 2
O0634T73
Figure 2.
Hot Water Recirculating Pump Motor Controller.
0104-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 3.
0104
At the 440 V power panel No. 4, set the HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP, circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1) to OFF.
1
O0635T73
Figure 3. 4.
At the hot potable water recirculating pump motor controller, verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 2, Item 1) goes out.
0104-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 5. In AMS 2, at the potable water pump 1 and 2 motor controllers: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicators (Figure 4, Item 3) go out. Set the ON/OFF switches (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicators (Figure 4, Item 2) go out.
1
0104
ON
OFF
2 3 4
START STOP
RESET
O0636T73
Figure 4. Potable Water Pump 1 and 2 Motor Controller.
0104-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 6. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 2). LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 2). b. POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 1). LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 1).
0104
2 1 4 3
O0637T73
Figure 5.
0104-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 7.
0104
At the 120 V distribution panel No. 3, set the MAIN DECK DRINKING FOUNTAIN circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the MAIN DECK DRINKING FOUNTAIN (MESS/RECREATION SPACE) circuit break (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 1) to OFF.
O0638T73
Figure 6.
0104-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 8. At the 120 V distribution panel No. 2, set the following circuit breakers to OFF. a. b. 01 LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAIN (Figure 7, Item 1). PILOT HOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN and COFFEE MAKER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 7, Item 2). PILOT HOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN and COFFEE MAKER RECEPTACLE (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 2).
0104
0104-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE POTABLE WATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued
0104
O0639T73
Figure 7.
120 V Distribution Panel No. 2
END OF TASK
0104-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0104
SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES 1. To secure the main potable water system piping and valves, CLOSE the following valves: a. In AMS 2: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) c. (1) (2) d. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) PW-14, POT. WTR. TK. PORT SUCT (Figure 8, Item 29). PW-15, POT. WTR. TK. STBD SUCT (Figure 8, Item 28). PW-16, C.O.V. - POT. WTR. PMP. No. 1 SUCT (Figure 8, Item 25). PW-17, C.O.V. - POT. WTR. PMP. No. 2 SUCT (Figure 8, Item 24). PW-78, C.O.V. HYDR PNEU TK. OUTLET (Figure 8, Item 20). PW-18, HYDRO. PNEU TK. INLET (Figure 8, Item 21). PW-76, C.O.V. POT. WTR PMP. No. 1 DISCH (Figure 8, Item 23). PW-77, C.O.V. POT. WTR PMP. No. 2 DISCH (Figure 8, Item 22). PW-42, HW RECIRC PMP. SUCT. (Figure 8, Item 11). PW-43, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 8, Item 9). PW-44, RECIRC TO H.W. HEATER (Figure 8, Item 15). PW-79, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 8, Item 16). PW-80, POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. (Figure 8, Item 14). PW-81, H.W. HTR. OUT (Figure 8, Item 10). PW-82, H.W. HTR. OUT (Figure 8, Item 12). PW-22, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 8, Item 13). PW-10, POT. WTR. TK. PORT DR. (Figure 8, Item 1). PW-11, POT. WTR. TK. STBD DR. (Figure 8, Item 26). PW-12, POT. WTR. TK. PORT FILL (Figure 8, Item 30). PW-13, POT. WTR. TK. STBD FILL (Figure 8, Item 27). PW-36, BYPASS BROMINATOR (Figure 8, Item 3). PW-37, BROMINATOR INLET (Figure 8, Item 4). PW-38, BROMINATOR OUTLET (Figure 8, Item 5). PW-83, POT. WTR. TO. MN. DK. WSH. DN (Figure 8, Item 18). PW-35, M.E. KEEL CLR WTR FILL CONN DN (Figure 8, Item 19). PW-84, POT. WTR. TO. BROMINATOR (Figure 8, Item 2).
In AMS 1:
In the towing gear locker:
In AMS 2:
0104-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued e. (1) (2) (3) (4) PW-20, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 8, Item 8). PW-21, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 8, Item 7). PW-39, ENG. FILL CONN. STBD (Figure 8, Item 17). PW-40, ENG. FILL CONN. PORT (Figure 8, Item 6). In the engine room:
0104
12
13
11
PW-22
PW-82
WH-2
PW-80
PW-81
WH-1
PW-43 PW-79
AMS 1
PW-42
PW-44
9 10
ENGINE ROOM
PW-20
PW-21
5 6
PW-39
ROU 1
ROU 2
PW-38
PW-83
PW-35
PW-37 PW-36
3 4
PW-78
PW-84
FROM SHORE FILL
PW-18
PW-76
PW-77
AMS 2
PW-12
PW-16
PW-17
PW-14
PW-15
PW-13
POTABLE WATER TANK 2
POTABLE WATER TANK 1
PW-11
30
29
28
27
26
O0640T73
Figure 8.
Main Potable Water System Valves.
0104-11
25 1
24
PW-10
23
22
PW-9
21
HT AN K
20
19 18
PW-40
17
16
15
14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued 2. Secure the ship wide potable water system by verifying that the following valves are CLOSED. a. In the galley: (1) (2) (3) (4) PW-29 (Figure 9, Item 2), sprinkler supply to the GAYLORD HOOD. PW-33 (Figure 9, Item 3), galley hot water supply. PW-34 (Figure 9, Item 4), galley supply. PW-32 (Figure 9, Item 1), hot water to the dishwasher.
0104
1 2
FWD 4
Figure 9. Galley Valve Locations.
O0641T73
0104-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued b. In the crew's mess: (1) (2) (3) PW-25, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 10, Item 2). PW-67 (Figure 10, Item 3), supply to drinking fountain. PW-93, C.W. TO ICE MAKER (Figure 10, Item 1).
0104
2 3
O0642T73
Figure 10.
Crew's Mess Valve Locations.
0104-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued c. In the crew's sanitary space: (1) (2) (3) (4) d. (1) (2) (3) e. (1) (2) f. (1) (2) g. PW-53 (Figure 11, Item 1), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-52 (Figure 11, Item 2), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-51 (Figure 11, Item 3), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-50 (Figure 11, Item 4), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-24, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 11, Item 5) (overhead). PW-48 (Figure 11, Item 6), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-49 (Figure 11, Item 7), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-30 (Figure 11, Item 8), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-31 (Figure 11, Item 9), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-46 (Figure 11, Item 10), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-47 (Figure 11, Item 11), cold potable water to the sanitary space.
0104
In the crew's state room #3 and sanitary space:
In the laundry room:
In crew's stateroom #1 sanitary space:
In crew's stateroom #2: PW-23 (Figure 11, Item 12), cold water to the water closet:
0104-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued
0104
4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11
12
Figure 11.
FWD
O0643T73
Main Deck Potable Water Valve Location.
0104-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued h. In officer's stateroom #2 and sanitary space: (1) (2) i. (1) (2) j. (1) (2) k. (1) (2) l. (1) (2) m. (1) (2) PW-61 (Figure 12, Item 1), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-26, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 12, Item 2). PW-56 (Figure 12, Item 3), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-58 (Figure 12, Item 4), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-68 (Figure 12, Item 5), supply to drinking fountain. PW-62, C.W. TO W.C. (Figure 12, Item 10). PW-55 (Figure 12, Item 6), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-57 (Figure 12, Item 7), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-60 (Figure 12, Item 8), hot potable water to the sanitary space. PW-59 (Figure 12, Item 9), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-63 (Figure 12, Item 11), cold potable water to the sanitary space. PW-64 (Figure 12, Item 12), hot potable water to the sanitary space.
0104
In the chief engineer's stateroom and sanitary space:
In the 01 level passageway:
In the captain's stateroom and sanitary space:
In the officer's stateroom #1 sanitary space:
In the NCO's sanitary space:
0104-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PIPING AND VALVES - Continued

1 2
0104
3 4
12 11 5
10
8
O0644T73
Figure 12. 01 Level Potable Water Valve Locations. END OF TASK
0104-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0104
REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE ROWPU 1 Shutdown 1. At the ROWPU 1 flow control panel (Figure 13, Item 8): a. b. 2. Slowly decrease system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve (Figure 13, Item 10) in the counterclockwise direction to the fully OPEN position. Observe that the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 13, Item 7) reads less than 50 PSI (3.4 bar). Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 4). Observe that the BOOSTER PUMP indicator (Figure 14, Item 5) goes out. Observe that the SYSTEM OFF indicator (Figure 14, Item 6) illuminates.
At the ROWPU 1 system controller: a. b. c.
3. 4.
CLOSE RO-V-1-1 (Figure 13, Item 12), ROWPU 1 inlet sea water supply. At 440 V power panel No. 5, set the REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 3) to OFF.
1 2 3 4 7 8
10
11
12
O0645T73
0104-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU 2 Shutdown 1. At the ROWPU 2 flow control panel (Figure 13, Item 4): a. b. 2.
0104
Slowly decrease system pressure by rotating the SYSTEM HIGH PRESSURE REGULATOR valve (Figure 13, Item 6) in the counterclockwise direction to the fully OPEN position. Ensure that the SYSTEM OPERATION PRESSURE gage (Figure 13, Item 3) reads less than 50 PSI (3.4 bar). Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 4). Observe that the BOOSTER PUMP indicator (Figure 14, Item 5) goes out. Observe that the SYSTEM OFF indicator (Figure 14, Item 6) illuminates.
At the ROWPU 2 system controller: a. b. c.
3. 4.
CLOSE RO-V-2-1 (Figure 13, Item 11) , ROWPU 2 inlet sea water supply. At 440 V power panel No. 5, set the REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 4) to OFF.
1
6 2
System Controller
4 3
O0646T73
Figure 14.
System Controller.
0104-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU System Shutdown
0104
CAUTION
Perform ROWPU system shutdown only when both ROWPU 1 and ROWPU 2 are secured, and bother high pressure pumps are OFF. Equipment damage could result from improper shutdown procedures. 1. 2. Ensure that both high pressure pumps are OFF by verifying that the SYSTEM OFF indicators (Figure 14, Item 6) are illuminated at the ROWPU 1 and ROWPU 2 system controllers. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. RO-V-1 (Figure 15, Item 1), main sea water supply. RO-V-2 (Figure 15, Item 3), media filter supply. RO-V-3 (Figure 15, Item 2), media filter discharge. RO-V-8 (Figure 16, Item 1), product water discharge.
O0647T73
Figure 15.
ROWPU System as Viewed from Starboard Side.
0104-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU System Shutdown - Continued
ENGINE ROOM
0104
AMS-2
ROWPU 2 SYS. CON.
ROWPU 1 SYS. CON.
FWD
O0648T73
Figure 16. ROWPU System as Viewed from Above. 3. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 3). LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 3). b. REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 4). LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 4). 4. Perform the MEDIA FILTER BACKFLUSH procedure (WP 0079).
0104-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU Fresh Water Flush
0104
NOTE
Always perform a fresh water flush after ROWPU operations, and at least once a week when the ROWPU is in layup. 1. Perform the ROWPU SYSTEM SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package.
CAUTION
If valves RO-V-1-1 and RO-V-2-1 are not CLOSED, the fresh water flush will not be effective, and the service life of the reverse osmosis membrane elements will be shortened. 2. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. 3. a. b. c. d. 4. a. b. c. d. RO-V-1-1 (Figure 13, Item 12), ROWPU 1 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-2-1 (Figure 13, Item 11), ROWPU 2 inlet sea water supply. RO-V-9 (Figure 17, Item 1), fresh water flush pump supply. RO-V-6 (Figure 13, Item 1), backflow preventer discharge. RO-V-7 (Figure 13, Item 2), backflow preventer supply. Fresh water flush pump outlet valve (Figure 18, Item 2). Verify that the SYSTEM OFF indicators (Figure 14, Item 6) are illuminated. Press the FRESH FLUSH pushbuttons (Figure 14, Item 3). Observe that the FRESH FLUSH indicators (Figure 14, Item 2) are illuminated. Verify that the fresh water flush pump (Figure 18, Item 1) starts.
OPEN the following valve:
At the ROWPU 1 and ROWPU 2 systems controllers:
NOTE
During fresh water flush cycles, a brine flow meter reading of less than 1 GPM (3.8 liters) is an indication that the carbon filters may be clogged. Clogged carbon filters can cause shortened service life of the reverse osmosis membrane elements. 5. At each flow control panel, verify that the BRINE flow meters (Figure 13, Items 5 and 9) read approximately 1 GPM (3.8 LPM) during the fresh water flush cycle.
0104-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU Fresh Water Flush - Continued
1
0104
A/C/ REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT
SHIP'S STORES REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT
BILGE & BALLAST PUMPS

O0649T73
Figure 17. Potable Water Valves on AMS 2 Aft Bulkhead.

1
O0650T73
Figure 18.
Fresh Water Flush Pump.
0104-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT (ROWPU) SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued ROWPU System Layup 1. 2. 3. 4. Perform the ROWPU SYSTEM SHUTDOWN procedure in this work package. Perform the MEDIA FILTER BACKFLUSH procedure (WP 0079). Perform the ROWPU FRESH WATER FLUSH procedure in this work package.
0104
Upon completion of the fresh water flush cycles, observe the following indications at the ROWPU 1 system controller (Figure 13, Item 8) and at the ROWPU 2 system controller (Figure 13, Item 4):
NOTE
During ROWPU system layup cycles, the FRESH FLUSH indicator blinks occasionally to indicate that the layup cycle is active. a. FRESH FLUSH (Figure 14, Item 2) indicators blinking occasionally.
NOTE
During ROWPU system layup cycles, the SALINITY METER acts as a system clock and counts down from seven to zero indicating the number of days remaining until the next fresh water flush cycle. b. Verify that the SALINITY METER (Figure 14, Item 1) displays the number of days until next fresh water flush cycle.
END OF TASK BROMINATOR SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE 1. 2. OPEN PW-36, BYPASS-BROMINATOR valve (Figure 19, Item 1). CLOSE the following valves: a. b. PW-37, BROMINATOR INLET (Figure 19, Item 2). PW-38, BROMINATOR OUTLET (Figure 19, Item 3).
0104-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BROMINATOR SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued
0104
O0651T73
Figure 19.
Brominator.
0104-25
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 BROMINATOR SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE - Continued 3. At the 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, set the BROMINATOR circuit breaker (Figure 20, Item 1) to OFF.
0104
O0652T73
Figure 20. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0104-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS MARINE SANITATION DEVICE (MSD) SHUTDOWN
0105
0105-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0105
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
NOTE
The SYSTEM SHUTDOWN procedure is performed for the following reasons: System Lay Up, System Overhaul, Air Scour and Pump Out of the Media Tank, and Cleaning of the Media Tank. 1. 2. 3. Perform the SEWAGE HOLDING TANK TO SHORE CONNECTION procedure (WP 0080). Set the PUMP HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (Figure 1, Item 2) on the MSD control panel to OFF. Set to OFF the aeration blower by pressing the STOP button (Figure 1, Item 1) on the MSD control panel.
2 1
BLOWER RUN
HAND
PUMP AUTO OFF
START
STOP
O0653T73
Figure 1.
MSD Control Panel.
0105-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued 4.
0105
Set to OFF the MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only) or the CONTROLLER FOR MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 1) in 440 V power panel No. 4.
O0654T73
Figure 2. 5.
Set to OFF the SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP STARBOARD SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1), and SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR PORT SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1) in 440 V power panel No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 1).
0105-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued
0105
O0655T73
Figure 3. 440 V Power Panel No. 1
0105-4
0105

VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT VENT
02 LEVEL
01 LEVEL
MAIN DECK
ENGINE ROOM
SD-13
OVBD
0-30 PSIG BLOWER
MSD-6
SD-1 P 0-60 PSIG MSD-11 12 MSD-14 SD-12 MSD DISCH PUMP MSD-13 NO. 2 SEWAGE DISCH PUMP SD-6 SD-20 FROM WWTR SYS
WET WELL B MSD-10
P 0-60 PSIG
SD-8
O0656T73
Figure 4. 6.
MSD System Schematic.
Align the valves for the MSD as specified in Figure 4 and Table 1. Table 1. Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank to Shore Connection. Function BLOWER DISCH TO AIR SCOURING SOV MEDIA TANK PUMP-OUT DR MEDIA TANK DRAIN WET WELL DISCHARGE Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
Valve Number MSD-6 MSD-8 MSD-9 MSD-10
0105-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued Table 1. Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank to Shore Connection - Continued. Function WET WELL SAMPLE WET WELL DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK MSD DISCH PUMP GAGE ISLN WASTE WTR TO SEW HLDG TANK POTW ISOLATION SEWAGE INLET TO MSD SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE DRAIN TO HOLDING TANK COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 SUCT COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 SUCT COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 2 DISCH COV-SEW DISCH PMP NO. 1 DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEWAGE TO SHORE CONN SEWAGE SHORE CONN PORT SEWAGE SHORE CONN STBD MSD OVERBOARD DISCH PMP DISCH SEWAGE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
0105
Valve Number MSD-11 MSD-13 MSD-14 PD-4 PW-100 SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 SD-4 SD-5 SD-6 SD-7 SD-8 SD-9 SD-10 SD-11 SD-12 SD-13
0105-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued Table 1. Valve Alignment for Sewage Holding Tank to Shore Connection - Continued. Function SEW PMP NO. 1 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN SEW PMP NO. 2 DISCH PRESS GAGE ISLN Position During Operation Under Usual Conditions CLOSED CLOSED
0105
Valve Number SD-19 SD-20
0105-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION (HVACR) SYSTEMS SHUTDOWN
0106
GENERAL This work package provides the following procedures: SECURE THE CONDENSER UNITS. SECURE CONDENSER COOLING WATER. SECURE THE AIR CONDITIONING PLANT PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE REEFER PLANT PIPING SYSTEM. SECURE THE HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM. SECURE THE ENCLOSED OPERATING STATION (EOS) MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
END OF TASK
0106-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
SECURE THE CONDENSER UNITS At the condenser units in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place the dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 1, Item 10) at all operating condensing units to the CLOSED position. Allow the condensers to operate until they shut down automatically by their SUCTION PRESSURE switch. Place the compressor suction valve (Figure 1, Item 7) of each condensing unit in the CLOSED position. Place the compressor discharge valve (Figure 1, Item 6) of each condensing unit in the CLOSED position. Set the following switches to the OFF position on all condenser units: a. b. Main power disconnect switches (Figure 1, Item 2). Power ON/OFF switches (Figure 1, Item 4).
CAUTION
Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench to open and close refrigeration system valves, or damage may occur to the piping system. 6. Secure the refrigeration piping by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position at all condenser units: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Condenser outlet valve (Figure 1, Item 12). Dehydrator outlet valve (Figure 1, Item 8). Dehydrator inlet valve (Figure 1, Item 10). Equalizing line valve (Figure 1, Item 5). Water regulator valve actuating line valve (Figure 1, Item 1). Compressor suction valve (Figure 1, Item 7). Dehydrator bypass valve (Figure 1, Item 11). Purge valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Charge and drain valve (Figure 1, Item 9).
0106-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
TO AIR HANDLING UNIT 1
12 7 11
10
8
Figure 1. Condensing Unit Valves and Switches.
O0657T73
END OF TASK
0106-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
SECURE CONDENSER COOLING WATER Secure general service piping by placing the following valves in the CLOSED position: 1. For air conditioning condensing unit 1: a. b. 2. a. b. 3. a. b. 4. a. b. GS-33, A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 2, Item 5), air conditioning condenser 1 supply. GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 2, Item 6), water regulator inlet. GS-34, A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 2, Item 4), air conditioning condenser 2 supply. GS-37, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 2, Item 7), water regulator inlet. GS-38, RETR COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 2, Item 3), reefer condenser 1 supply. GS-68, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 2, Item 8), water regulator inlet. GS-39, RETR COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 2, Item 2), reefer condenser 2 supply. GS-67, WTR. RGLTR COV (Figure 2, Item 1), water regulator inlet.
For air conditioning condensing unit 2:
For reefer condensing unit 1:
For reefer condensing unit 2:
0106-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
GENERAL SERVICE SUPPLY
TOWING GEAR LOCKER
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
GS-82 GS-39
REEFER 2
GS-63 GS-67
GS-71 GS-38
REEFER 1
GS-64 GS-68
GS-83 GS-34
4
A/C 2
GS-65 GS-37
7
GS-72 GS-33
5
A/C 1
GS-66 GS-36
GS-32
6
Figure 2. END OF TASK Condenser Cooling Water Valves.
O0658T73
0106-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
SECURE THE AIR CONDITIONING PLANT PIPING SYSTEM 1. In AMS 2, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. 2. RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRVR COV, air conditioning liquid line crossover cutoff, located in the overhead. RFAC-41, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV, air conditioning suction line crossover cutoff, located in the overhead. RFAC-29, EQL LINE (Figure 3, Item 2), air conditioning 2 equalizing line. RFAC-30, EQL LINE (Figure 3, Item 4), air conditioning 1 equalizing line. RFAC-33, TXV/STNR/LLSV CPV, R1-25-2, 4 COIL (Figure 3, Item 1), TXV strainer and low-level cutoff from air conditioning 2. RFAC-34, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 3, Item 3), TXV strainer and low-level cutoff from air conditioning 2. RFAC-36, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 8 COIL (Figure 3, Item 5), TXV strainer and low-level cutoff from air conditioning 1. RFAC-37, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 8 COIL (Figure 3, Item 6), TXV strainer and low-level cutoff from air conditioning 1.
In the main deck fan room, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f.
0106-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE AIR CONDITIONING PLANT PIPING SYSTEM - Continued

1 2 3
0106
5 6
O0659T73
Figure 3.
Main Deck Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves.
0106-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE AIR CONDITIONING PLANT PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 3. In the 01 level fan room, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. RFAC-31, EQL LINE (Figure 4, Item 2), TXV outlet. RFAC-34, TXV COV, R01-23-2 (Figure 4, Item 3), TXV outlet. RFAC-40, COIL SUCT COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 4, Item 4), coil suction. RFAC-35, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 4, Item 1), TXV inlet.
0106
1
RFAC-27
RFAC-59
RFAC-35 RFAC-57
FAN COIL UNIT
RFAC-31 RFAC-22 RFAC-25 RFAC-34
2
RFAC-40
TO A/C CONDENSING UNIT

O0660T73
Figure 4. 01 Level Fan Room Air Conditioning Refrigerant Valves.
0106-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
SECURE THE REEFER PLANT PIPING SYSTEM On the engine room aft bulkhead, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR COV (Figure 5, Item 1), liquid line crossover cut out. RFSS-14, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 5, Item 5), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-11, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 5, Item 2), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-8, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 5, Item 4), equalizing line. RFSS-12, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 5, Item 9), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-15, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 5, Item 7), TXV strainer low-level suction. RFSS-9, EQL LINE (Figure 5, Item 8), equalizing line. RFSS-6, HAND EXP V (Figure 5, Item 3). RFSS-7, HAND EXP V (Figure 5, Item 6).
1 2 3 4 5
25 30 35 20 15 10 5 0 60 40 45 50 55
9
O0661T73
Figure 5.
Reefer Refrigerant Piping Valves.
0106-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION 1. Position all preheater ON/OFF switches (Figure 6, Item 1) to OFF.
0106
O0662T73
Figure 6.
Preheater ON/OFF Switch.
0106-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 2. Position all reheater ON/OFF switches (Figure 7, Item 1) to OFF.
0106
O0663T73
Figure 7.
Reheater ON/OFF Switch.
0106-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 3. Position all convection heater power ON switches (Figure 8, Item 1) to OFF.
0106
85
75
90
70
80
Figure 8.
Convection Heater.
0106-12
60
65
O0664T73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 4. Position all space heater ON/OFF switches (Figure 9, Item 1) to OFF.
0106
ON
OFF
O0665T73
Figure 9.
Space Heater.
0106-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 5. At the 01, 02, and pilothouse fan coil, R01-32-2 motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. Press STOP pushbutton (Figure 10, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 10, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 10, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 10, Item 2) goes out.
0106
ON
OFF
2 3
START STOP
4
RESET
O0666T73
Figure 10. Single Speed Fan Motor Controller.
0106-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 6.
0106
In the boatswain's locker, the boatswain's store room supply fan motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b. c. d. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 11, Item 5). Verify that the FAST speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 4) or SLOW speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 11, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) goes out. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 11, Item 5). Verify that the FAST speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 4) or SLOW speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 3) goes out. Press and release the STOP pushbutton (Figure 11, Item 5). Verify that the FAST speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 4) or SLOW speed indicator (Figure 11, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 11, Item 1) to the OFF position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 11, Item 2) goes out.
1
7.
In the boatswain's store, at the arms locker exhaust fan motor controller, perform the following actions: a. b.
8.
In AMS 1, at the AMS 1 supply fan motor controller: a. b. c. d.
ON
OFF
2
POWER AVAILABLE
3 4
SLOW FAST
FAST SLOW
STOP RESET
5
O0667T73
Figure 11.
Duel Speed Fan Motor Controller.
0106-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE HEATING AND VENTILATION - Continued 9. In AMS 2, at the workshop exhaust fan motor controller, perform the following actions: Place the ON/OFF switch (Figure 12, Item 1) in the OFF position.
0106
ON
OFF
O0668T73
Figure 12. 10. a. b. c. d.
Workshop Exhaust Fan Motor Control.
At the sanitary spaces exhaust fan motor controller perform the following: Press and release the STOP pushbutton (Figure 10, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 10, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 10, Item 1) to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 10, Item 2) goes out.
0106-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0106
SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT At the EOS marine air conditioning unit control panel, set the MASTER CONTROL switch (Figure 13, Item 1) to OFF.
1
AIR EXCHANGER
CLOSED OPEN
MASTER CONTROL
OFF LO FAN HI FAN
LO COOL MEDIUM COOL
HI COOL
THERMOSTAT
WARMER
2 3 4 5
8
COOLER
6 7
O0669T73
Figure 13.
EOS Marine Air Conditioning Unit.
0106-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 1. At 120 V distribution panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 14, Item 2). ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (All Other Vessels) (Figure 14, Item 2). b. c. WORKSHOP EXHAUST FAN E02-16-1 (Figure 14, Item 3). J.B.FOR SS REFG No. 1 and No. 2 (INC. FAN COIL AND CONTROLLERS) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 14, Item 4).
0106
J.B.FOR REFG No. 1 and No. 2 COMPRESSOR CONTROLLER DISCONNECT SWITCH AMS No. 2, FREEZE ROOM FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH & CHILL BOX FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH MAIN DECK (All Other Vessels) (Figure 14, Item 4). d. J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEMS No. 1 and No. 2 (INCL LIQUID SOLENOID VALVES) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 14, Item 5). J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEMS No. 1 and No. 2 CONTROLLERS AMS No. 2 THERMOSTAT FOR (2X) LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVES & FAN ROOM - MAIN DECK & THERMOSTAT FOR LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE FAN ROOM - 01 LEVEL (All Other Vessels) (Figure 14, Item 5). e. f. SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 2 (Figure 14, Item 6). SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 1 (Figure 14, Item 1).
2 1
6 3 5 4
O0670T73
0106-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 2.
0106
At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), of the ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER, 2-21-1 circuit break (All Other Vessels) (Figure 15, Item 1) to OFF.
1
O0671T73
Figure 15.
0106-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 3. At 440 V power panel No. 5 set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 2). LVP FOR AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 2). b. STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 3). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 3). c. TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 4). TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER, 2-8-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 4). d. STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HTR (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 5). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 5). e. AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 6). LVP FORAIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 6). f. UNIT HEATER, (AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 16, Item 1). AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE HEATER No. 2 UNIT HEATER, 2-15-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 16, Item 1).
0106
6 5
3 4
O0672T73
Figure 16. 440 V Power Panel No. 5. 0106-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 4. At 440 V power panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to the OFF position: a. UNIT HEATER BOW THRUSTER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 17, Item 2). UNIT HEATER BOW THRUSTER, 2-55-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 17, Item 2). b. AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1. UNIT HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 17, Item 3). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1. UNIT HEATER (All Other Vessels) (Figure 17, Item 3). c. AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1. SUPPLY FAN (LT 803 Only) (Figure 17, Item 1). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1. SUPPLY FAN, S01-45-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 17, Item 1).
0106
O0673T73
Figure 17.
0106-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 5. At 120 V distribution panel No. 3, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 1 (Figure 18, Item 2). MAIN DECK REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 3 (Figure 18, Item 1).
0106
O0674T73
Figure 18. 120 V Power Panel No. 3. 6. At 440 V power panel No. 3, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. PREHEATER 1-25-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 2). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 1-25-2 (FAN ROOM MAIN DECK) (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 2). b. BOSUN STORE REHEATER 1-57-1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 3). CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE PREHEATER, 1-57-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 3). c. REHEATER 01-32-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 4). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER, 01-32-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 4). d. CREW'S MESS CRSR FAN COIL R1-25-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 5). LVP FOR MESS/RECREATION SPACE FAN COIL UNIT, R1-25-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 5). e. LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 6). LVP FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 6).
0106-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued f. SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E01-44-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 7). LVP FOR SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E01-44-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 7). g. 01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 8).
0106
LVP FOR 01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 8). h. BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/CONTROLLER FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 9). LVP FORBOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/CONTROLLERFOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-61-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 9). i. PREHEATER 01-31-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 10). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER, 01-31-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 10). j. AUXILIARY MACHINERY No. 2 SUPPLY FAN 1-22-2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 11). LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY No. 2 SUPPLY FAN S1-22-2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 11). k. PREHEATER 1-23-4 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 19, Item 1). CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER, 1-23-4 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 19, Item 1).
1 11 10 9 8
2 3 4 5 6 7
O0675T73
Figure 19.
0106-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 7. At 120 V distribution panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. b. REFRIGERATION (Figure 20, Item 2). GAYLORD CONT CABINET (LT 803 Only) (Figure 20, Item 3). GAYLORD CONTROL CABINET (All Other Vessels) (Figure 20, Item 3). c. FREEZER (Figure 20, Item 1).
2
0106
O0676T73
0106-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EOS MARINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT - Continued 8.
0106
At 120 V distribution panel No. 2, set the 1 and 01 LEVEL CONVERTOR HEATER FUSE BOX No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 21, Item 1) to OFF.
O0677T73
0106-25/26 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0107
0107-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0107
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. Set the motor controller MANUAL/AUTO switch (Figure 1, Item 4) for both compressors to MANUAL. On each motor controller, PUSH the STOP pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 5) and observe that the MOTOR RUN indicator light (Figure 1, Item 3) goes out and that the affected air compressor stops running. Set both motor controllers ON/OFF switches (Figure 1, Item 1) to OFF and observe that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator light (Figure 1, Item 2) goes out.
ON
OFF
2 3
MANUAL AUTO
START
RESET STOP
5
O0678T73
Figure 1. Air Compressor Motor Controller.
0107-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued 4. At 440 V power panel No. 4, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. AIR COMPRESSOR No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 1). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 1). b. AIR COMPRESSOR No. 2. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 2). LVP FOR AIR COMPRESSOR No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2).
0107
O0679T73
Figure 2. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Ensure that valve CA-48, SVCE AIR TK DR (Figure 3, Item 11) is CLOSED. CLOSE valves CA-13, SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 3, Item 10), CA-51, AUTO DR (Figure 3, Item 12), and CA-14, SVCE AIR TK OUT (Figure 3, Item 13). CLOSE valves CA-40, SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 4, Item 1) and CA-39, SVCE AIR TK INL (Figure 4, Item 2). Ensure that valves CA-47, STG AIR TK DR (Figure 3, Item 2) and CA-46, STG AIR TK DR (Figure 3, Item 8) are CLOSED. CLOSE valves CA-50, AUTO DR (Figure 3, Item 3) and CA-49, AUTO DRIVE (Figure 3, Item 9). CLOSE valves CA-11, STG AIR TK INL (Figure 3, Item 5) and CA-12, STG AIR TK INL (Figure 3, Item 7). CLOSE valves CA-1 and CA-2, COV COMPR DISCH (Figure 5, Item 4), and CA-87 and CA-88, COV COMPR DISC (Figure 5, Item 2). Ensure that valves CA-89 and CA-90, COV COMPR DISCH (Figure 5, Item 1), and CA-93 and CA-94, MOISTURE SEP DR (Figure 5, Item 3) are CLOSED. CLOSE valves CA-4, STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 3, Item 4) and CA-3, STG AIR TK OUT (Figure 3, Item 6) at the starting air receivers (Figure 3, Item 1).
0107-3
0107
13
11, 12
10
9, 8
6 (ABOVE) 7 (BELOW)
4 (ABOVE) 5 (BELOW)
3, 2
O0680T73
Figure 3. Compressed Air System Component Locations.
2
TO PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
TO BOW THRUSTER ENGINE

O0681T73
Figure 4.
Ships Service Air System Valve Locations (Forward Bulkhead).
0107-4
0107
1
40 35 45 50 5 0 60 55 10 20 25 15 30
4 3
O0682T73
Figure 5. 14. To secure the control air system: a.
Dryer Valve Locations.
Secure the control air dryer by completing the following actions: (1) In the forward port corner of the engine room, above SSDG 2, set the CONTROL AIR DRYER switch (Figure 6, Item 1) to OFF.
1
O0683T73
Figure 6.
Control Air Dryer.
0107-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued (2)
0107
Set the J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVER. (INC REFER. DRYER.) circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVERS (INC. REFER DRYER) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) (Figure 7, Item 1) on 120 V power panel No. 4 to OFF.
O0684T73
Figure 7. b. (1) (2) (3) (4)
To align the air dryer piping and valves: CLOSE the air dryer inlet valve (Figure 8, Item 1). CLOSE the air dryer outlet valve (Figure 8, Item 4). CLOSE the transducer valve (Figure 8, Item 3). CLOSE the filter valve (Figure 8, Item 2).
0107-6
0107
FROM AIR RECEIVER
AIR DRYER
4
TO TRANSDUCER
3
O0685T73
Control Air Dryer Valve Locations.
0107-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FIRE MAIN, GENERAL SERVICE, AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF), AND WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
0108
GENERAL This work package provides the user with instructions for the shutdown of the fire main, general service, Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF), and Washdown Countermeasure (WDCM) systems under usual conditions. The following procedures are included in this work package: SHUTDOWN THE PUMPS AND SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. AFFF SYSTEM SHUTDOWN. PUMP DRIVE ENGINE SHUTDOWN. WDCM SYSTEM SHUTDOWN.
0108-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0108
SHUT DOWN THE PUMPS AND SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. To secure the fire and general service pumps, complete the following at each motor controller: a. b. c. d. e. Set the LOCAL/REMOTE switch (Figure 1, Item 5) for each controller to the LOCAL position. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 1, Item 3) goes out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 1, Item 1) for each controller to OFF. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 1, Item 2) for each controller goes out.
ON
OFF
2 3
MANUAL AUTO
START
RESET STOP
5
O0686T73
Figure 1.
Fire Pump Motor Controllers.
0108-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHUT DOWN THE PUMPS AND SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2.
0108
At the emergency switchboard, in the emergency diesel generator room, set the FIRE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) to OFF.
O0687T73
Figure 2.
0108-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHUT DOWN THE PUMPS AND SECURE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 3.
0108
At the main switchboard, in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the FIRE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 1) to OFF.
1
O0688T73
Main Switchboard.
0108-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0108
AFFF SYSTEM SHUTDOWN 1. To shut down the AFFF pump, complete the following at the AFFF motor controller: a. b. c. d. 2. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4). Observe that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 4, Item 3) goes out. Set the On/OFF switch (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF. Observe that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 4, Item 2) goes out.
On the main switchboard in the EOS, set the AFFF PUMP circuit breaker (Figure 3, Item 2) to OFF.
1
ON
OFF
2 3 4
START STOP
RESET
O0689T73
Figure 4.
AFFF PUMP Motor Controller.
0108-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 AFFF SYSTEM SHUTDOWN - Continued 3. 4. To isolate the AFFF system, CLOSE valve FM-84, AFFF TK SUCT (Figure 5, Item 4). To secure the pump drive engine system piping, CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 5, Item 1). Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE (Figure 5, Item 2). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 5, Item 3).
1 2
0108
ENGINE ROOM
AMS 1
FM-13
FM-1
(BELOW EOS)
ASW-17
ASW-19
ASW-20
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE

FO-31
CA-6
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY TANK

ASW-22 FM-84
3 4 FWD
O0690T73
Figure 5. Pump Drive Engine and Firefighting Pump Valve Locations. END OF TASK
0108-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0108
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE SHUTDOWN To unload and cool down the pump drive engine: a. b. Move the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 3) to half engine speed position. Place the power take-off control lever (Figure 6, Item 4) in the disengaged (aft) position.
CAUTION
Stopping the engine without a cool down period may cause accelerated wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure to avoid damage to the engine. c. d. e. f. Allow engine to idle with no load for at least 5 minutes. Pull upward on the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 3) and move the lever to OFF. Place the OFF/RUN/START toggle switch (Figure 6, Item 2) to OFF. Push in the START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 1).
0108-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PUMP DRIVE ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued

1
0108
RPM
RPM
3
O0691T73
Figure 6. Pump Drive Engine. END OF TASK
0108-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0108
WDCM SYSTEM SHUTDOWN To shutdown the WDCM system, CLOSE valve WDCM-11, WDCM SPLY (Figure 7, Item 1).
WDCM-11 FIRE & GENERAL SERVICE PUMPS 2 1
GS-12
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
FWD
O0692T73
General Services Valves.
0108-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND SWITCHBOARD SHUTDOWN
0109
SECURE THE EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG) FROM AUTOMATIC START
NOTE
Verify that all functions that use the emergency switchboard as backup are operating normally before running this procedure. 1. At the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) control panel in the EDG room, complete the following actions: a. b. Place the RESET control switch (Figure 1, Item 2) in the RESET position. Push the red START/STOP pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 1) to the IN position to disconnect the starting circuit.
1
WARNING
RESET
0 3 2 1
2
O0693T73
Figure 1.
EDG Control Panel.
0109-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG) FROM AUTOMATIC START - Continued 2. At the emergency switchboard in the EDG room, complete the following actions: a. b. c. d. e. Set the ENG. CONTROL SW. (Figure 2, Item 4) to OFF. Push the main switchboard bus-tie circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 3) to the OPEN position. Set the ENG GENERATOR circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 5) to OPEN. Set the AMMETER switch (Figure 2, Item 2) to OFF. Set the VOLTMETER switch (Figure 2, Item 1) to OFF.
1 2
0109
5 4
O0694T73
Figure 2.
0109-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURE THE EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG) FROM AUTOMATIC START - Continued 3. CLOSE the following valves (located in the EDG room overhead): a. b. FO-32, F.O SPLY TO ENG valve (Figure 3, Item 1). FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK FILL valve (Figure 3, Item 2).
1
0109
2
EDG
EDG ROOM
O0695T73
EDG DAY Tank Valves.
0109-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR (SSDG) SHUTDOWN
0110
GENERAL This work package contains the following procedures: TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 1 TO SSDG 2. TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 2 TO SSDG 1. SHIFT TO SHORE POWER/SHUTDOWN A SINGLE SSDG.
0110-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0110
NOTE
This procedure assumes that both SSDGs are operating in parallel. Select the appropriate section in the procedure to remove the desired SSDG from load. If only one generator is operating, proceed with the single generator shutdown procedure, and shut down SSDGs when the load is transferred to shore power. TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 1 TO SSDG 2
CAUTION
Ensure that the total load does not exceed the capacity of the SSDG, or damage could result. 1. 2. Reduce the shipwide electrical load by setting all non-essential circuit breakers to OFF. Transfer the load from SSDG 1 to SSDG 2 by completing the following actions at the main switchboard in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS): a. b. c. d. Set the BUS GEN. 1 switch (Figure 1, Item 12) to 1-2, 2-3, or 3-1 position. Set the AC AMMETER switch (Figure 1, Item 10) to 1, 2, or 3 position. Set the BUS GEN. 2 switch (Figure 1, Item 1) to 1-2, 2-3, or 3-1 position. Set the AC AMMETER switch (Figure 1, Item 3) to 1, 2, or 3 position.
CAUTION
Do not make one large adjustment to load sharing. Instead, make several small adjustments. Transferring too large a load too quickly could cause power failure and damage to the generator windings. e. Increase the load on SSDG 2 by positioning GEN 2 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 5) towards the RAISE position and GEN 1 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 9) towards LOWER position. Adjust voltage shown on AC VOLTS (Figure 1, Item 2) as necessary using GEN 2 AUTO VOLT RHEO. control (Figure 1, Item 14) to maintain 440 V. Adjust voltage shown on AC VOLTS (Figure 1, Item 7) as necessary using GEN 1 AUTO VOLT RHEO. control (Figure 1, Item 6) to maintain 440 V. Repeat Steps (e) through (g) until AC AMP meter (Figure 1, Item 8) for GEN 1 reads as low as possible (near zero).
f. g. h. 3.
To take SSDG 1 offline, complete the following at the EOS main switchboard:
CAUTION
AC amp meter must read at or near zero or damage to the SSDGs could result. a. b. c. Set the GEN 1 CKT BKR (Figure 1, Item 11) to OPEN. Adjust voltage to 440 V using GEN 2 AUTO VOLT RHEO as necessary (Figure 1, Item 14). Adjust frequency to 60 Hz using GEN 2 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 5) as necessary.
0110-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 1 TO SSDG 2 - Continued

2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0110
10 14 11 13 12
O0696T73
TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 2 TO SSDG 1
CAUTION
Ensure that the total load does not exceed the capacity of the SSDG, or damage could result. 1. 2. Reduce the shipwide electrical load by setting all non-essential circuit breakers to the OFF position. To transfer the load from SSDG 2 to SSDG 1: a. b. c. d. Set the BUS GEN. 1 switch (Figure 1, Item 12) to 1-2, 2-3, or 3-1 position. Set the AC AMMETER switch (Figure 1, Item 10) to 1, 2, or 3 position. Set the BUS GEN. 2 switch (Figure 1, Item 1) to 1-2, 2-3, or 3-1 position. Set the AC AMMETER switch (Figure 1, Item 3) to 1, 2, or 3 position.
0110-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM SSDG 2 TO SSDG 1 - Continued
0110
CAUTION
Do not make one large adjustment to load sharing. Instead, make several small adjustments. Transferring too large a load too quickly could cause power failure and damage to the generator windings. e. Increase the load on SSDG 1 by positioning GEN 1 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 9) towards the RAISE position and GEN 2 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 5) towards LOWER position. Adjust voltage shown on AC VOLTS (Figure 1, Item 7) as necessary using GEN 1 AUTO VOLT RHEO. control (Figure 1, Item 6) to maintain 440 V. Adjust voltage shown on AC VOLTS (Figure 1, Item 2) as necessary using GEN 2 AUTO VOLT RHEO. control (Figure 1, Item 14) to maintain 440 V. Repeat Steps (e) through (g) above until AC AMP meter (Figure 1, Item 4) for GEN 2 reads as low as possible (near zero).
f. g. h. 3.
To take SSDG 2 offline:
CAUTION
AC AMP meter must read at or near zero or damage to the SSDGs could result. a. b. c. Set the GEN 2 CKT BKR (Figure 1, Item 13) to OPEN. Adjust voltage to 440 V using GEN 1 AUTO VOLT RHEO as necessary (Figure 1, Item 6). Adjust frequency to 60 Hz using GEN 1 GOVERNOR RAISE LOWER control (Figure 1, Item 9) as necessary.
END OF TASK SHIFT TO SHORE POWER/SHUT DOWN SINGLE SSDG 1. 2. 3. Reduce the load by securing unnecessary loads throughout the vessel. Transfer the load to shore power (WP 0093). To disconnect the load from the SSDG: a. b. For SSDG 1, set the GEN. 1 CKT BKR (Figure 1, Item 11) to OPEN. For SSDG 2, set the GEN. 2 CKT BKR (Figure 1, Item 13) to OPEN.
CAUTION
Stopping the engine without proper cool down can result in damage to the engine. If ambient raw water temperature is greater than 90F (32.2C) it may be necessary to allow the engine to idle and cool down for at least 20 minutes. 4. 5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 15 minutes to allow cooling water to remove excess heat. To STOP the engine: a. To shut down SSDG 2 at the engine control panel: (1) (2) Set the START switch to (Figure 2, Item 2) to OFF (DOWN). Push the emergency stop pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 1) to IN.
0110-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIFT TO SHORE POWER/SHUT DOWN SINGLE SSDG - Continued b. To shut down SSDG 1: (1) (2) Set the OFF/RUN/START switch (Figure 2, Item 5) to OFF.
0110
At the SSDG 1 engine control panel, set the emergency stop pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 3) to IN.
3 1 2
(PUSH BUTTON FACES STBD)
5
Figure 2.
4
SSDG Engine Control.
O0697T73
0110-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIFT TO SHORE POWER/SHUT DOWN SINGLE SSDG - Continued
0110
CAUTION
The procedures that follow are intended for engines that have been shut down. Severe damage to the engine could result if these procedures are performed on a running engine. 6. Place the following valves in the CLOSED position on the secured engine: a. If SSDG 1 is shut down: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) b. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 7. Fuel oil filter outlet valve. Fuel oil filter inlet valve (Figure 2, Item 4). FO-21, F.O. SPLY TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 7). FWC-9, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO S.S.D.G No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 8). FWC-11, F.W. FR. S.S.D.G. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR. (Figure 3, Item 9). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD (Figure 3, Item 10). Fuel oil filter outlet valve. Fuel oil filter inlet valve (Figure 2, Item 4). FO-33 F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 3, Item 1). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 3, Item 2). Fwc-12, F.W. FR. S.S.D.G. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 3, Item 3). Fwc-10, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 4). FO-22, F.O. SPLY TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 5).
Is SSDG 2 is shut down:
To secure starting air, CLOSE valve CA-7, STG AIR TO DSL GEN (Figure 3, Item 6).
0110-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SHIFT TO SHORE POWER/SHUT DOWN SINGLE SSDG - Continued
0110
5 6
FO-33 FO-13
FWC-12
FWC-10
FO-22 SSDG 2
ENGINE ROOM
CA-7
AMS 1
FO-21
SSDG 1 FO-15 FO-35 FWC-11 FWC-9
11 10
9 FWD
Figure 3.
O0698T73
SSDG Valve Locations.
0110-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FINAL SHUTDOWN
0111
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References WP 0109 WP 0110 Equipment Condition N/A
FINAL SHUTDOWN 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Secure the emergency diesel generator (WP 0109). Verify that the vessel is operating on shore power (WP 0110). Secure the ship's service diesel GEN 1 and 2 (WP 0110). Verify that all major equipment on the vessel has been properly shut down. Ensure that an external lighting source, such as a flashlight, is available to all personnel onboard the vessel when performing this procedure. Set all circuit breakers and switches to OFF on the panels and switchboards that are listed as follows:
0111-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued a. 120 V pilothouse emergency distribution panel No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 1), located in the 01 level passageway.
0111
O0699T73
Figure 1. 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1.
0111-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued b. 24 V radio room Direct Current (DC) electronic distribution panel (Figure 2, Item 1).
0111
O0714T73
Figure 2. c.
24 V Radio Room DC Electronics Distribution Panel.
120 V main deck 01 and 02 emergency lighting panel No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 1), located in the crew's mess.
O0700T73
Figure 3. 120 V Main Deck 01 and 2 Emergency Lighting panel No. 1.
0111-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued d.
0111
120 V exterior emergency lighting panel No. 2 (Figure 4, Item 1), located aft in the 01 level passageway.
O0701T73
Figure 4. 120 V Exterior Emergency Lights Panel No. 2. e. 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1 (Figure 5, Item 1), located in the engine room on the starboard side.
O0702T73
Figure 5.
0111-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued f.
0111
120 V distribution panel No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 1), located in the 01 level vestibule passageway, starboard side.
O0703T73
Figure 6.
0111-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued g.
0111
120 V distribution panel No. 3 (Figure 7, Item 1), located in the main deck passageway, starboard side.
O0704T73
Figure 7. h.
120 V distribution panel No. 1 (Figure 8, Item 1), located in the galley.
O0705T73
Figure 8. i.
120 V distribution panel No. 4 (Figure 9, Item 1), located in the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS).
0111-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued
0111
O0706T73
Figure 9.
0111-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued j.
0111
120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1 (Figure 10, Item 1), located in the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the EOS.
O0707T73
Figure 10. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1. k. Machinery DC control distribution panel (Figure 11, Item 1), located in the engine room on the aft bulkhead of the EOS.
O0708T73
0111-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued l. Load center distribution panel (Figure 12, Item 1), located on the aft bulkhead of the EOS.
0111
O0709T73
Figure 12.
Load Center Distribution Panel.
0111-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued m.
0111
120 V emergency load center distribution panel (Figure 13, Item 1), located in the emergency diesel generator room.
1
O0710T73
Figure 13. 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel.
0111-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued n. Main switchboard (Figure 14, Item 1) in the EOS.
0111
O0711T73
Figure 14.
Main Switchboard.
0111-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FINAL SHUTDOWN - Continued o. Emergency switchboard (Figure 15, Item 1), located in the emergency diesel generator room.
0111
O0712T73
Figure 15. Emergency Switchboard. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0111-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS DECALS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES
0112
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
Figures 1, 2, and 3 show the location of the instruction plates onboard the vessel. Placards 1 through 34 below contain the complete text and figures contained on these instruction plates. Table 1 correlates Figures 1 through 3, their individual callouts, and the corresponding placard for the location. Table 1. Figure Item 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 2 3 4 5 6 128 ft Large Tug Instruction Plate Locations. Placard Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 10, 11 12 13
Instruction Plate Title Lube Oil Purifier Central Hydraulic System Towing Machine/Central Hydraulic Crossover Operation Propulsion Control System No. 2 Diesel Generator Set Hot Potable Water Air Compressor Bow Thruster Engine Pump Driven Engine Towing Machine/Central Hydraulic Crossover Operation Sewage Collection, Holding, Transfer (CHT) System and Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) Firefighting/AFFF Switchboard
0112-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 1. Figure Item 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 128 ft Large Tug Instruction Plate Locations - Continued. Placard Number 14 15 16 17 18, 19, 20 21 22, 23 24,25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
0112
Instruction Plate Title No. 1 Diesel Generator Set Main Propulsion Engines Oil Water Separator Oily Bilge System FM-200 System Cold Potable Water Air Conditioning Plant Refrigeration Stem Tube Seal Fire Main/WDCM/General Service System FM-200 Fm-200 Capstan Cargo Crane Anchor Capstan Emergency Diesel Generator Towing Machine
0112-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
1 2 23
3 22 4 5
6 21 7
20 19 18
9 10
17
11
12 13 16 14 15
O0315T73
Figure 1. Engine Room, AMS 1 and AMS 2 Instruction Plate Locations.
0112-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
FWD
DN
2
O0316T73
Figure 2.
Main Deck Instruction Plate Locations.
0112-4
UP
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
UP
DN
DN
4 2
O0317T73
3
Figure 3. 01 Level Instruction Plate Locations.
0112-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
LUBE OIL PURIFIER 1. 2. 3. 4. Ensure oil level in gear chamber is in the upper third of sight glass. Release break and verify that bowl turns easily by hand. Ensure power is available to purifier control panel and main circuit breaker on control panel is closed. Line up lube oil system to allow purifier to take suction from No.1 or No.2 main engines by opening the following valves: No.1 Main Engine L0-23, L0-24, L0-29 and L0-31 No.2 Main Engine L0-25, L0-26, L0-30 and L0-32 5. Start purifier by depressing start button and allow bowl to reach rated speed, approximately 3-4 minutes. Once bowl has reached rated speed, motor start light will extinguish and motor run light will illuminate. Fill bowl with seal water and adjust needle valve to obtain the proper amount of make-up water, 1-3 drops/second max. Open shut-off valve in suction line of purifier to feed dirty oil to heater. Once heater is full, as determined by opening petcock on heater outlet, energize heater. After sufficient warm-up time, 70-80 C, close control power switch and solenoid valve will open feeding dirty oil to purifier. Rate of dirty oil flow to purifier is controlled by throttling suction line valve.
6.
7. 8. 9.
10. To secure purifier, shut off power to oil heater, stop dirty oil supply, stop seal water supply, shut off control power, switch off motor and apply break. 11. Open drain cock and clean bowl if necessary.
O0879T73
Figure 4. Placard 1: Lube Oil Purifier.
0112-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1. Ensure power is available to hydraulic power unit control panel and main circuit breaker on control panel face is closed. Check reservoir level and ensure it is at the proper operating level. Place mode selector switch in the "ON" position for local control or "REMOTE" for remote control from the EOS. Select pump P1, P2 or both on pump selector switch. Simultaneous operation of both pumps is only required when the central hydraulic system is cross connected to the towing winch hydraulic system. When cross connecting to the towing winch hydraulic system open valves TH-1, TH-2, TH-3 and TH-4 and close valves CH26 and CH-27. Press local or remote start button to start pump or pumps. When pump selector switch is set for both pumps, there is a preset time delay to stagger pump start up.
2. 3.
4.
5.
NOTE: When operating both pumps simultaneously for extended periods of time, pay close attention to reservoir temperature as this mode of operation may cause excessive oil temperatures. 6. Once pump or pumps have started, observe local instrumentation to verify proper operation and observe return filter pressure gauge, when it exceeds 20 PSIG with one pump running, the elements must be changed. To secure power unit, remove load from system and depress local or remote stop button.
7.
O0880T73
Figure 5.
Placard 2: Central Hydraulic System.
0112-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
TOW WINCH/CENTRAL HYDRAULICS CROSSOVER OPERATION Normal: Pump drive engine supplies towing hydraulic system. Dual hydraulic power unit supplies central system. Crossover: Dual hydraulic power unit supplies towing hydraulic system. Valve Line Up: TH-1 TH-2 TH-32 TH-3 TH-4 TH-26 TH-27 Normal OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN Crossover OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
O0881T73
Figure 6. Placard 3: Towing Machine/Central Hydraulic Crossover Operation.
0112-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM Start Up & Station Transfer: 1. Ensure Compressed Air System is fully charged and in the automatic mode. See Air Compressor Operating Instructions. Line-up Compressed Air System to feed the control air dryer and control air lines from the dryer to supply the control air reservoir. For normal operation open air dryer inlet and outlet valves, close air dryer by-pass valve. In case of air dryer malfunction close air dryer inlet and outlet valves, open air dryer by-pass valve. Energize control air dryer. (normal operation only) Ensure all control station throttles are in the center neutral position. Place the EOS command transfer valve in the EOS position. Control air pressure will be shown on the local gage mounted on the EOS control console indicating that the local station has control. To transfer control from the local EOS station to any of the remote stations, place the command transfer switch in the remote position and pull up on any of the remote station transfer switches until indication of control air pressure is seen on the applicable remote control air pressure gage. At this time, all other command stations are disabled. Transfer of command from the EOS to remote stations may only be initiated from the EOS and the EOS station may regain control at any time by placing the command transfer switch back in the EOS position. To transfer command from one remote station to another, lift up on the station transfer switch at the desired station until control air is indicated on the control air gage.
2.
3. 4. 5.
6.
7.
Main Engine Throttle Control: 1. Ensure that engine throttles at the active station are in the neutral center position, or the start interlock feature of the control system will prevent engines from starting. Start main engines. (See Main Engines Operating Instructions.) Position throttle levers from the center detent position to either the 20 degrees ahead or astern position for clutch selection. Continued lever movement in the selected, clutch quadrant will increase engine speed. To change reduction gear ratio, main engine throttles at the active station must be in the center neutral position.
2. 3.
4.
Bow Thruster Throttle Control: 1. Ensure that bow thruster throttle lever controls (located at remote operating stations only) are in the neutral center detent position. Start bow thruster engine. (See Bow Thruster Operation Instructions.) Position throttle levers from the center detent position to either the 20 degrees port or starboard position for clutch selection. Continued lever movement in the selected clutch quadrant will increase engine speed.
O0882T73
2. 3.
Figure 7.
Placard 4: Propulsion Control System.
0112-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
NO. 2 DIESEL GENERATOR SET 1. 2. Ensure engine sump and jacket water cooling levels are at the proper operating levels. Line-up fuel oil system to allow engine to take suction from and return to port day tank by opening valves FO13, FO-22 and FO-33 or stbd day tank by opening valves FQ-1S, FO-14, FO-22, FO-34 and FO-35. Line-up cooling system by opening valves FWC-10 and FWC-12. Prime fuel oil system on engine, if necessary, with engine mounted hand pump. Ensure diesel starting air receivers are charged and that starting air system to generator is lined up by opening valves CA-7, CA-4 and CA-3. Ensure oiler on air starting system is at proper level. Start engine by depressing start button on local control panel or remotely in the EOS. Release start button after engine starts. After engine starts, observe local or remote diesel engine instrumentation to verify proper engine operation. Allow engine to warm up until all temperatures and pressures have stabilized.
3. 4. 5.
6. 7.
8. 9.
10. See switchboard operating instructions for placing generator on-line. 11. To secure engine, remove load (see switchboard operating instructions). 12. Allow temperature to cool, approximately 3-5 minutes if engine has been under load. 13. Depress engine stop button on local control panel or remotely in EOS.
O0883T73
Figure 8. Placard 5: No. 2 Diesel Generator Set.
0112-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
HOT POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 1. Align the hot potable water system to allow # 1 and #2 hot water heaters to be fed from the cold potable water system and to feed the hot potable water distribution lines including the hot water recirculating pump by opening valves PW-78, PW-79, PW-80, PW-81, PW-82, PW-43 and PW-44. All other valves serving various components and spaces shall be opened as required. With hot water heaters at the proper operating level, energize heaters by closing circuit breakers on main switchboard in EOS. Ensure power is available to the hot potable water recirc pump motor controller circuit breaker PP4-4P-E(1) and start pump by depressing start button. To secure system, depress stop button on the hot potable water motor controller and open circuit breakers feeding the hot water heaters.
O0884T73
2.
3.
4.
Figure 9. Placard 6: Hot Potable Water System.
0112-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
AIR COMPRESSORS 1. 2. 3. Ensure oil level in compressor crankcase is at the proper operating level. Ensure power is available to automatic moisture separators and air compressor control panels. Manually drain moisture from system by depressing the override button on the moisture separators. During automatic operation the moisture separator will automatically open and close at a pre-determined rate and duration. Line up compressed air system by opening valves CA-1, CA-2, CA-11, CA-12, CA-3, CA-4. CA-39, CA-40, CA-13 and CA-14, verify CA-41 (regulator by-pass) is closed. Other valves in system shall be opened as desired. Place air compressor motor controllers in the automatic mode and start compressors. In the automatic mode compressors will cycle ON at 225 PSI and OFF at 250 PSI. To manually operate compressors, place motor controllers in the manual mode and control compressor operation manually by depressing the start-stop pushbuttons. Do not leave compressors unattended in manual mode as pressure switches will not function.
4.
5.
6.
CAUTION: 7.
After compressors are running, verify proper operation by observing compressor oil pressure and system pressure.
O0885T73
Figure 10.
Placard 7: Air Compressors.
0112-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
BOW THRUSTER ENGINE 1. Ensure engine sump, marine gear sump, bow thruster lube oil system and jacket water cooling levels are at the proper operating levels (normal level is 1/2 of sightglass). Line up fuel oil system to allow engine to take suction from and return to port day tank by opening valves FO30, FO-13 and FO-33 or stbd tank by opening valves FO-30, FO-14, FO-15, FO-34 and FO-35. Prime fuel oil system with handpump at bow thruster engine. Line up cooling system by opening valves ASW-18, ASW-17, ASW-21, ASW-22 and AE-28. Ensure that diesel starting air receivers are charged and that starting air system to bow thruster engine is linedup by opening valves CA-5, CA-4, CA-3, CA-11, CA-12, CA-1 and CA-2. Ensure oiler on air starting system is at proper level (normal level is 3/4 full). Ensure that propulsion control air receiver is charged and propulsion control system is set up for normal operation. Transfer switch at the EOS station shall be in the remote position with pilothouse having control and bow thruster throttle in the neutral position. Ensure that 24V control power is available to engine. Release engine lockout switch. Turn start switch to run position and start engine by lifting the start button on the local control panel or by depressing the remote start button in the pilothouse. Release start button after engine starts, (observe illumination of remote run light in pilothouse when starting remotely).
2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. After engine starts, observe local or remote diesel engine instrumentation to verify proper engine operation. 11. Allow engine to warm up until all temperatures and pressure have stabilized. 12. Speed and direction of bow thruster rotation shall be controlled by moving the bow thruster throttle at any of the four bow thruster control stations in the desired thrust direction. (See Propulsion Control System Instructions.) 13. To operate engine in local manual control, lift on hand throttle to change from air control position and engage teeth in manual position. Rotate handle CCW to increase speed. Engine may be stopped by pushing throttle lever CW past idle. 14. To secure engine, remove load and allow temperatures to cool approximately 3 - 5 minutes if engine has been under load. 15. Stop engine by depressing the stop button on the local control panel or by depressing the remote stop button in the pilothouse. Release stop button after engine stops, (observe extinguishing of remote run light in pilothouse when stopping remotely). When stopping remotely, hold stop button down until run light extinguishes.
O0886T73
Figure 11.
Placard 8: Bow Thruster Engine.
0112-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE 1. 2. Ensure engine sump and jacket water cooling levels are at the proper operating levels. Line up fuel oil system to allow engine to take suction from and return to port ' day tank by opening valves FO31, FO-13 and FO-33 or stbd day tank by opening valves FO-31, FO-14, FO-15, F0-34 and FO-35. Line-up cooling system by opening valves ASW-17, ASW-19, ASW-20, ASW-22 and AE-28. Ensure that diesel starting air receivers are charged and that starting air system to pump drive engine is linedup by opening valves CA-6, CA-4, CA-3, CA-12, CA-11, CA-2 and CA-1. Ensure oiler on air starting system is at proper level. Ensure that fire fighting pump is declutched from engine and that tow winch hydraulic system is properly aligned. (See Operating instructions for tow winch/central hydraulics crossover). NOTE: Valve line-up must be in normal condition before running pump drive engine. Ensure tow winch hydraulic reservoir is at proper level. Ensure that 24V control power is available to engine. Release engine lock-out switch. For remote operation: Follow steps 1-7 above. Place local engine control switch in run position. Engine may be started and stopped from EOS.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. Start engine by lifting start button on local control panel. Release start button after engine starts. 11. After engine starts, observe local or remote diesel engine instrumentation to verify proper engine operation. 12. Allow engine to warm up until all temperatures and pressures have stabilized. 13. Ensure engine is at idle when engaging fire pump clutch. 14. Adjust engine speed as required by moving governor control handle to maintain 170 PSI water pressure or 1850 RPM for tow machine operations. 15. To secure engine slowly return engine to idle, remove load and allow temperatures to cool approximately 3-5 minutes if engine has been under load. 16. Depress engine stop button on local control panel.
O0887T73
Figure 12. Placard 9: Pump Drive Engine.
0112-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
SEWAGE COLLECTION, HOLDING AND TRANSFER (CHT) SYSTEM The CHT system has the following modes of operation: a. b. c. Directly Overboard Through the Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) to Overboard To the Sewage Holding Tank
Directly Overboard 1. To direct sewage drains directly overboard, close SD-3 (sewage drain to holding tank) and SD-1 (sewage inlet to MSD) and open valves SD-2 and SD-13 (sewage overboard discharging).
Through the Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) to Overboard 1. 2. To direct sewage drains to the MSD, close valves SD-3 (sewage drain to holding tank) and SD-2 and SD-13 (sewage overboard discharge) and open SD-1 (sewage inlet to MSD). See MSD operating instruction for MSD discharge overboard.
To the Sewage Holding Tank 1. To direct sewage drains to the sewage holding tank for eventual discharge overboard or to shore connections close valves SD-1 (sewage inlet to MSD) SD-2 and SD-13 (sewage overboard discharge) and open valve SD3 (sewage drain to holding tank).
Note: The tank level indicating system will sound an alarm when tank is at the 95% full condition. 2. To discharge sewage from holding tank to overboard, align system by opening valves as follows: #1 Sewage Discharge Pump: SD-5, SD-7, SD-8 and SD-13 #2 Sewage Discharge Pump: SD-4, SD-6, SD-8 and SD-13 Note : When discharging sewage overboard from holding tank, pumping may be enhanced by leading plumbing drains to the holding tank for dilution of sewage. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ensure power is available to #1 and #2 sewage discharge pump motor controllers. Start either pump by depressing start button and observe pump discharge pressure gage and local tank level indicator meter. To secure pump, depress stop button on motor controller. To discharge sewage from holding tank to Port or Stbd shore connection align system by opening valves as follows: #1 Sewage Discharge Pump to Port Conn.: SD-5, SD-7 and SD-10 #1 Sewage Discharge Pump to Stbd Conn.: SD-5, SD-7 and SD-11 #2 Sewage Discharge Pump to Port Conn.: SD-4, SD-6 and SD-10 #2 Sewage Discharge Pump to Stbd Conn.: SD-4, SD-6 and SD-11 7. 8. Ensure that shore connection chosen is properly connected to a suitable collection tank. Follow steps 3-5 above for start/stop of discharge pumps.
O0888T73
Figure 13. Placard 10: Collection, Holding, and Transfer (CHT) System.
0112-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
O0889T73
Figure 14. Placard 11: Marine Sanitation Device (MSD).
0112-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
FIRE FIGHTING/AFFF SYSTEM Firefighting 1. Align the firefighting system to allow the diesel engine driven fire fighting pump to take suction from the forward sea chest and discharge up to the fire monitors by opening valves AE-28 and FM-1. Individual supply valves to fire monitors, FM-60, FM-61 and FM-62, may be opened as required. Follow steps 1-14 of pump drive engine operating instructions. Open CA-73 and GS-111. Clutch in fire fighting pump at idle and observe fire fighting pump discharge pressure gauge. Engine RPM shall be set at 2200 when discharging from two monitors. Close CA-73 and GS-111 when pressure rises. To secure system, return engine to idle, declutch fire fighting pump and follow steps 15-16 of pump drive engine operating instructions.
2. 3. 4.
5. 6.
AFFF 1. 2. Ensure AFFF tank is at the proper operating level. Line up system to allow the AFFF pump to take suction from the AFFF storage tank and discharge to the in-line foam proportioner by opening valve FM-84. Ensure power is available to the AFFF pump motor controller. Follow steps 1- 4 of fire fighting operating instructions. Start AFFF pump by depressing start button on AFFF pump motor controller. Observe system duplex pressure gauge at the foam proportioner. AFFF concentrate supply pressure should be approximately 5 PSI higher than the fire fighting supply pressure. To secure system, depress stop button on the AFFF pump motor controller and allow fire fighting pump to continue discharging out of the monitors to flush system of remaining AFFF concentrate, close FM-84. Upon completion of flushing system, approximately 2-3 minutes, declutch fire fighting pump and follow steps 15-16 of pump drive engine operating instructions.
O0890T73
3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
8.
Figure 15. Placard 12: Firefighting/Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF).
0112-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
SWITCHBOARD SHORE POWER To Connect Shore Power: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Ensure shore power breaker is open. Connect shore power cable to plug. MN DK, FR 21. Check for proper phase rotation. Open all other breakers feeding 1S and 2S buses (i.e. SSDG No.1, No.2, EDG Feedback) Close shore power breaker.
SINGLE GENERATOR OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Star1 SSDG No.1 or No.2 (see operating instructions). Adjust voltage to 440 V, Frequency to 60 HZ. Open all other breakers feeding 1S and 2S buses (shore power, EDG feedback other SSDG, if running). Close generator breaker. Adjust voltage and frequency as required.
PARALLEL OPERATION NOTE: SSDG No.1 is set with isochronous governor. SSDG No.2 is set with 3% droop governor. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Apply single SSDG to 1S/2S bus (see above). Start second SSDG, adjust voltage and frequency to match on-line SSDG. Turn synchroscope to incoming SSDG. Adjust speed of incoming SSDG until synchroscope moves slowly clockwise (FAST). When synchroscope is just before 1200 position, and synchronizing lamps are off, close breaker of incoming SSDG. Adjust speed of droop SSDG (No.2) as load changes to maintain equal loads on both SSDGs.
SPLIT BUSS OPERATION 1. In case of emergency 1S and 2S buses may be fed separately. Open bus tie switch and follow steps for single generator operation for each SSDG. Caution: Under no circumstances should the bus tie switch attempted to be closed while both 15 and 25 buses are energized,
O0891T73
Figure 16. Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 1 of 3)
0112-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
EDG OPERATION Manual Run: 1. 2. Start EDG (see operating instruction). Open Main Bus Tie Breaker (Note: For push-button operation of motorized Main Bus Tie Breaker, mode switch must be in 'Hand' or 'Auto' and door on breaker closed.) Close EDG breaker.
3.
STAND BY (Normal at-sea condition): 1. 2. 3. 4. Place MODE switch to "AUTO". Place EDG engine control switch to auto start (see operating instructions). Ensure that EDG engine is set up for STAND BY operation (see operating instructions). Upon loss of power from main switchboard: EDG will start, the main bus tie circuit breaker will open and the EDG breaker will close automatically. FEEDBACK MODE With EDG running and breaker closed: 1. Ensure that no power is fed to the main switchboard, (i.e., SSDG No.1, SSDG No. 2 and shore power breakers are open). Insert key and turn to feedback position. Close main bus tie breaker and either 1S/E or 2S/E breaker on main switchboard.
2. 3.
O0892T73
Figure 16.
Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 2 of 3)
0112-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
SAFETY INTERLOCKS SSDG # 1 or #2 Shore Power Feeding Main Switchboard with Main Bus Tie Closed and Feedback switch in 'Normal. CLOSED SSDG # 1 Circuit Breaker SSDG #2 Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (ESWBD) 1S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker 2S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker CANNOT CLOSE Shore Power Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker SSDG #1 Circuit Breaker SSDG #2 Circuit Breaker EDG Circuit Breaker 2 S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker 1 S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
EDG Running With Feedback Switch in Normal Position 8. EDG Circuit Breaker Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (ESWBD)
EDG Running with Feedback Switch in Feedback Position 9. EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker SSDG # 1 Circuit Breaker (ESWBD) SSDG #2 Circuit Breaker (ESWBD) Shore Power Circuit Breaker (ESWBD)
10. EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker 11. EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker
POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER CANNOT CLOSE UNLESS SHORE POWER PLUG IS IN RECEPTACLE, BHD 21, MN DK.
O0893T73
Figure 16. Placard 13: Switchboard. (Sheet 3 of 3)
0112-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
NO.1 DIESEL GENERATOR SET 1. 2. Ensure engine sump and jacket water cooling levels are at the proper operating levels. Line-up fuel oil system to allow engine to take suction from and return to stbd day tank by opening valves FO15, FO-21 and FO-35 or port day tank by opening valves FO-13, FO-14, FO-21, FO-34 and FO-33. Line-up cooling system by opening valves FWC-9 and FWC-11. Prime fuel oil system on engine, if necessary, with engine mounted handpump. Ensure battery charger is energized and batteries are charged. Start engine by depressing start button on local control panel or remotely in the EOS. Release start button after engine starts. For remote start local switch must be in run position. After engine starts, observe local or remote diesel engine instrumentation to verify proper engine operation. Allow engine to warm up until all temperatures and pressures have stabilized. See switchboard operating instructions for placing generator on-line.
3. 4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. To secure engine, remove load (see switchboard operating instructions). 11. Allow temperature to cool, approximately 3-5 minutes if engine has been under load. 12. Depress engine stop button on local control panel or remotely in EOS. In EOS, stop button must be held down until run light goes out.
O0894T73
Figure 17. Placard 14: No. 1 Diesel Generator Set.
0112-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
MAIN PROPULSION ENGINES 1. Ensure Port and Starboard main engine and reduction gear lube oil sumps and fresh water cooling systems are at the proper operating levels. Ensure Port and Starboard main engine governor oil levels are at the proper operating level. Open Port and Starboard main engine air box drains to remove any oil that may have accumulated. Close drains. Check intake air filters for dirt and obstructions. Ensure power is available to the reduction gear cooling pumps, main engine pre-lube pumps and main engine control panels. Align main engine pre-lube systems by opening valves LO-47 and LO-48 and pre-lube engines for five minutes if engines have been shut down for twelve hours or longer. Do not exceed five minutes with valves open as oil will enter valve seats. Align cooling water system by opening valves FWC-2, FWC-4, FWC-14, FWC-16, for port main engine and reduction gear and FWC-3, FWC-I, FWC-15 and FWC-13 for stbd main engine and reduction gear. Start reduction gear cooling pumps. Ensure adequate supply of fuel oil is available in day tanks and open valves FO-15, FO-20 and F0-35 for stbd main engine taking suction from and returning to stbd day tank or valves FO-13, FO-14, FO-20, F034 and FO-33 for stbd main engine taking suction from and returning to the port day tank. Open valves F013, F0-19 and F0-33 for port main engine taking suction from and returning to port day tank or valves F015, F0-14, FO-19, FO-34 and FO-35 for port main engine taking suction from and returning to stbd day tank. Ensure that diesel starting air receivers are charged and that starting air system to port and stbd main engines is lined-up by opening valves CA-1, CA-2, CA-3, CA-4, CA-12, CA-8 and CA-9.
2. 3.
4. 5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Ensure that propulsion control air receiver is charged, air dryer is running and propulsion control system is set up for normal operation with propulsion control from EOS station and port and stbd main engine throttles in the neutral position. 11. Ensure that alarms are cleared on local control panels. 12. Ensure that governors emergency stops are pulled out. 13. Momentarily press engine start push-button on engine control cabinet to start turbo oil pump (allow turbo oil pump to run at least 60 seconds before starting engine). 14. Blow down cylinders to remove accumulated moisture by opening indicator cocks and rotate engine slowly (engine may be rotated by manually depressing starting solenoid valve while throttling air with engine mounted ball valve). Close indicator cocks after completion. 15. Push in governor emergency stops and ensure that overspeed trips are in the run position. 16. Start engine by depressing the start button on the local control panel or by pressing the remote start button in the EOS. Release start button after engine starts.
O0895T73
Figure 18. Placard 15: Main Propulsion Engines. (Sheet 1 of 2)
0112-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
17. After engine starts, observe local or remote instrumentation to verify proper engine and reduction gear operation. Check Main Engine oil sump level. 18. Secure pre-lube pumps. 19. See propulsion control instructions for operating main propulsion controls, engaging clutches and cooling shaft seals. 20. To secure engines, remove load and allow temperatures to cool, approximately 3-5 minutes if the engine has been under load. 21. Depress engine stop button on local control panel or remote panel in the EOS (in an emergency situation, engines may be shut down by tripping the overspeed trip lever). 22. After propulsion engine shutdown, ensure that turbo oil pump is operating for at least 15 minutes after shutdown. 23. Secure reduction gear cooling pumps.
O0896T73
Figure 18. Placard 15: Main Propulsion Engines. (Sheet 2 of 2)
0112-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
OB-20 SET AT 20 PSIG OB-4 OB-6 B OWS-8 OCM OCM-4 OCM-3 GS-73 SET AT 12 PSIG OWS-7 GENERAL SERVICE SW SUPPLY 1. PREPARE UNIT FOR OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN TECHNICAL MANUAL. 2. SET VALVES AS FOLLOWS: OWS-1 OWS INLET BYPASS OWS-2 OWS DISCHARGE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE OWS-3 OWS-4 OCM 3-WAY DIVERTER VALVE OWS ISOLATION/FLOW CONTROL OWS-5 OWS-6 OWS PITOT SAMPLE BACKFLUSH WTR TO PRESS RDCR OWS-7 BACKFLUSH WTR FROM PRESS RDCR OWS-8 OWS-9 BACKFLUSH WTR PRESS RDCR BYPASS OWS-10 OWS RECIRC COV OWS OVERBOARD DISCHARGE OB-1O OB-15 OWS INLET OILY WASTE FROM HLDG TANK COV OB-16 OILY WASTE TO HLDG TANK COV OB-17 GENERSL SERVICE PRESS RDCR GS-73 OWS BACKFLUSH INLET SOLENOID GS-74 OB-2 OWS-9 OB-18
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. STARTUP PROCEDURE
SET AT 20 PSIG
OB-21 NOZZLE SAMPLER OB-7 OCM-1
OCM-2 OWS-4 OB-10 OVBD DISCHARGE OB-19
CLOSED OPEN OPEN AUTOMATIC 4 GPM/OPENED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN PRESET/AUTO AUTOMATIC
3. PURGE ALL AIR FROM INLET PIPING BY BACK FLUSHING MANUALLY. OWS-6 PITOT SAMPLE VALVE B. MANUAL BACKFLUSH 1. SWITCH OWS "OFF." 2. CLOSE THE OWS DISCHARGE VALVE OWS-2. 3. OPEN THE OWS INLET BYPASS VALVE, OWS-1. 4. MANUALLY OPEN THE OWS BACKFLUCH INLET SOLENOID VALVE, GS-74. 5. AFTER SEPARATOR AND PIPING ARE WATER FILLED, RETURN VALVES TO ORIGINAL POSITIONS OUTLINED IN STEP A. C. OPERATION (SWITCHING POSITIONS DURING OPERATION) OWS-2 OWS-1 P OB-5 OWS-5 OB-22 OB-9 MAIN DECK SHORE CONN OB-8 GS-74 OB-17 OB-11 OILY WASTE HOLDING TANK OWS-10 OB-1 OB-16 1. SWITCH SYSTEM TO "MAN." THE SYSTEM WILL NOW OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY, INDEPENDENT OF ANY LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES. IF OIL CONCENTRATION EXCEEDS 15 PPM, UNIT WILL RECIRCULATE.
OB-14 OB-13 OWS-3 DP B OWS PUMP OB-3 TRANSFER PUMP OB-15
OILY WATER SEPARATOR (OWS)
VALVE LEGEND
OCM-1 OCM-2 OCM-3 OCM-4 GS-73 GS-74 OWS-1 OCM NOZZLE SAMPLER COV OWS-2 OCM BACKFLUSH WATER OWS-3 OCM SAMPLING VALVE OWS-4 OCM INLET GENERAL SERVICE PRESS RDCR OWS-5 OWS BACKFLUSH INLET SOLENOID BACKFLUSH RECRIC TO BILGE OWS DISCHARGE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE OCM 3-WAY DIVERTER VALVE OWS ISOLATION/FLOW CONTROL OWS-6 OWS-7 OWS-8 OWS-9 OWS-10 OWS PITOT SAMPLE BACKFLUSH WTR TO PRESS RDCR BACKFLUSH WTR FROM PRESS RDCR BACKFLUSH WTR PRESS RDCR BYPASS OWSS RECIRCULATING COV OB-10 OB-15 OB-16 OB-17 OWS OVERBOARD DISCHARGE OWS INLET OILY WASTE FROM HOLDING TANK COV OILY WASTE TO HOLDING TANK COV
O0897T73
Figure 19.
Placard 16: Oil Water Separator.
0112-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
OILY BILGE SYSTEM MODES OF OPERATION: 1. Primary drainage of bilge pockets to oily waste storage tank is through oily bilge transfer pump.
VALVE LINE-UP: Open OB-14, OB-8, OB-17 and approximate bilge pocket valve. 2. Transfer from drain tank to storage tank.
VALVE LINE-UP: Open OB-7, OB-14, OB-8 and OB-17. 3. Oily Water separation is normally from storage tank only.
VALVE LINE-UP: Open OB-16, OB-15, OB-10and OB-17. OPERATION OF PUMP: - Ensure built in reservoir is filled with 10 weight motor oil. -Turn on air supply to pump. -Monitor pump discharge pressure gauge and duplex suction pressure gauge. - Turn off air supply to secure pump.
O0898T73
Figure 20.
Placard 17: Oily Bilge System.
0112-25
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
ENGINE ROOM FM-200 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR LOCAL OPERATION 1. DISCHARGE CYLINDER BY REMOVING LOCKING PIN AND OPERATING LEVER OF CONTROL HEAD MOUNTED ON THE CONTROL CYLINDER. ALARM WILL SOUND 60 SECONDS PRIOR TO AGENT DISCHARGE, WARNING PERSONNEL TO EVACUATE SPACE. EQUIPMENT AND VENTILATEIOIN SYSTEM WILL SHUTDOWN. IF NECESSARY, TIME DELAY MAY BE BY-PASSED BY REMOVING LOCKING PIN AND OPERATING TIME DELAY OVERRIDE LEVER. IF SYSTEM FAILS TO OPERATE, GO TO FM-200 EMERGENCY RELEASE LEVER, AND FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS POSTED.
O0899T73
Figure 21.
Placard 18: FM-200 System Operation.
0112-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISCHARGE OF FM-200 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: 1. 2. 3. BREAK LOCKING PIN SEAL. REMOVE LOCKING PIN. OPERATE FM-200 EMERGENCY RELEASE LEVER.
WARNING IN THIS MODE 60 SECOND TIME DELAY AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWNS, AUDIBLE ALARMS, AND VISUAL ALARMS WILL NOT OPERATE.
O0900T73
Figure 22. Placard 19: FM-200 System Emergency Discharge Operations.
0112-27
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
FM-200 SYSTEM PIPING CONTD TO ENGINE ROOM NOZZLE 2 11 13
5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 PS PS 6 10 9 3 12 4 1. EVACUATE PERSONNEL FROM SPACE. 2. ACTIVATE WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM. 3. SECURE VENTILATION. 4. BREAK GLASS. 5. PULL HANDLE. ALARM WILL SOUND 60 SECONDS PRIOR TO AGENT DISCHARGE. IF SYSTEM FAILS TO OPERATE, GO TO INSTRUCTIONS FOR LOCAL RELEASE. REMOTE MANUAL RELEASE
1 FM-200 SYSTEM PIPING CONTD TO ENGINE ROOM NOZZLES 1 2 3 4 5 6 FM-200 CYLINDER (600 LB) FM-200 CYLINDER (200 LB) CO2 CYLINDER (25 LB) INTERIOR PULL STATION WTRTT PULL STATION DUAL PULL MECHANISM
2 LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE 1. DISCHARGE CYLINDER BY REMOVING LOCKING PIN AND OPERATING. LEVER OF CONTROL HEAD MOUNTED ON THE PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH CO2 CYLINDER. ELECTRIC HORN ALARM WILL SOUND 60 SECONDS PRIOR 60 SEC TIME DELAY TO AGENT DISCHARGE, WARNING PERSONNEL TO EVACUATE SPACE. EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL HEAD ASSY VENTILATION SYSTEM WILL SHUTDOWN. TIME DELAY OVERRIDE LEVER LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 FM-200 EMERGENCY RELEASE LEVER
O0901T73
Figure 23. Placard 20: FM-200 System Operation Placard.
0112-28
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
COLD POTABLE WATER SYSTEM OPERATION: Cold Potable Water Service 1. Ensure power is available to #1 and #2 potable water pump motor controllers. CIRCUIT BREAKER PUMP PP5-4P-B(1) POT WTR PMP NO. 1 PP5-4P-C(1) POT WTR PMP NO. 2 Ensure sufficient water is available in potable water storage tanks and align potable water system to allow pumps to take suction from port or stbd potable water tank and discharge to the hydropneumatic tank by opening valves as follows:
2.
#1 Pump - PW-14 (Port Tank Suction), PW15 (Stbd Tank Suction), PW-16, PW-76, PW-18 and PW-78. #2 Pump - PW-14 (Port Tank Suction), PW-15 (Stbd Tank Suction), PW-17, PW-77, PW-18 and PW-78. All other valves in cold potable water system shall be opened as required to serve individual components and spaces. 3. Place either #1 or #2 pump motor controller in the auto position. In the automatic mode the starting and stopping of the selected pump is controlled by a pressure switch mounted on the hydropneumatic tank and set to start pump at 40 PSI and stop at 60 PSI. In the manual mode the start stop control is done manually by depressing the start/stop push buttons.
CAUTION: Do not leave pumps unattended in the manual mode as pressure switch will not function. Normal operation is with one pump only in the auto mode. 4. To secure system place motor controllers in the manual mode and depress stop button.
O0902T73
Figure 24.
Placard 21: Cold Potable Water.
0112-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
AIR CONDITIONING PLANT Start Up: 1. 2. Ensure crankcase heater has been energized at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to start-up. Line-up valves for normal or single unit mode as indicated in valve line-up and indicators table. Line-up General Service System and supply SW to the condenser. Apply power to fan coil unit R1-25-2 and R01-32-2. Open compressor suction valve approximately one full turn. Start compressor by placing main disconnect switch in the ON position. Immediately continue to open compressor suction valve, open slowly to prevent rapid pumping down. Observe suction pressure to maintain greater than 5 in Hg. Monitor compressor operation for about five (5) minutes, if there is no sign of liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor, open suction valve wide, if there is evidence of liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor, throttle suction valve until proper suction is obtained. Change over from normal to single unit mode secure one unit in accordance with securing instructions and open interconnecting valves RFAC-39 and RFAC-41. Change over from single unit to normal mode shut interconnecting valves RFAC-39 and RFAC-41 arc' start another unit in accordance with start-up instructions.
3. 4. 5.
6.
7.
8.
Securing: 1. 2. 3. Close dehydrator inlet valve. Let compressor run until it cuts out on suction pressure switch. TURN-OFF main disconnect switch. Close compressor suction valve.
Note: Control power, (110 V), must be left on to keep heater energized.
O0903T73
Figure 25.
Placard 22: Air Conditioning Plant.
0112-30
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
VALVE LINE-UP AND INDICATORS Position or Reading Normal Mode Single Unit Mode Op. Non-Op. (both Units) Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Open Open Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Shut Open N/A Open Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Open Open Open Shut Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Open N/A Open Shut Shut Shut Open 120-130 1 - 3 in/hg Note 1 85 F Design 92.3 F Design 25 - 15 F 100 - 110 F 1/8 or slightly lower 1/4 - 3/4 Blue Open Shut Shut Open Open 120-130 1 - 3 in/hg Note 1 85 F Design 92.3 F Design 25 - 15 F 100 - 110 F 1/8 or slightly lower 1/4 - 3/4 Blue Shut Shut Shut N/A Shut N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/8 - 1/2 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 Blue
O0904T73
Condensing Condensing Unit #1 Unit #2 GS33 GS34 GS69 GS70 GS36 GS37 GS83 GS72 Compressor Discharge Valve Compressor Suction Valve Condensor Outlet Valve RFAC-39 Dehydrator Outlet Valve Dehydrator Bypass Valve Dehydrator Inlet Valve Refrigerant Pressure Gage Valve Oil Pressure Gage Valve RFAC-30 RFAC-31 RFAC-29 RFAC-58 RFAC-37 RFAC-33 RFAC-36 RFAC-32 RFAC-42 RFAC-35 RFAC-38 RFAC-34 --RFAC-56 --RFAC-40 Relief Valve By-Pass Valve (Equalizing Line) Purge Valve Charge and Drain Valve RFAC-41 RFAC-55 RFAC-54 Discharge Pressure Gage (PSIG) Suction Pressure Gage Oil Pressure Gage Inlet Water Temperature Outlet Water Temperature Suction Gas Temperature Liquid Line Temperature Liquid Level Indicator Oil Level Indicator Moisture Indicator
Turn-Off Mode (both) Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 Blue
Note: Oil pressure should be 16-22 PSIG above suction pressure.
Figure 26.
Placard 23: Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Valve Line-Up.
0112-31
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
REFRIGERATION Start Up: 1. 2. Ensure crankcase heater has been energized at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to start up. Line-up valves for pulldown or holding mode as indicated in valve line-up and indicator table. Line-up General Service System and supply SW to the condenser. Apply power to unit coolers in chill box and freeze room. Open compressor suction valve approximately one full turn. Start compressor by placing main disconnect switch in the ON position. Immediately continue to open compressor suction valve, open slowly to prevent rapid pumping down. Monitor compressor operation for above five (5) minutes, if there is no sign of liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor, open suction valve wide, if there is evidence of liquid refrigerant returning to compressor, throttle suction valve until proper suction is obtained. Change over from pulldown to holding mode, secure one unit in accordance with securing instructions and open interconnecting valves RFSS-13 and RFSS-20.
3. 4. 5.
6.
7.
Securing: 1. 2. 3 Close dehydrator inlet valve. Let compressor run until it cuts out on suction pressure switch. TURN-OFF main disconnect switch. Close compressor suction valve.
NOTE: Control power, (110 V), must be left on to keep heater energized.
O0905T73
Figure 27. Placard 24: Refrigeration.
0112-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
VALVE LINE-UP AND INDICATORS Position or Reading Normal Mode Holding Mode Op. Non-Op. (both Units) Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Open Open Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Shut Open N/A Open Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Open Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Open Open Shut Shut Open Shut Shut Open Shut Open Shut N/A Open Open N/A Open Shut Shut Shut Open 120-130 2.4 PSIG to 2.3 in/hg Note 1 21 to 28 PSIG 85 F Design 92.3 F Design -15 to -25 F 100 - 110 F 1/8 or slightly lower 1/4 - 3/4 Blue Open Shut Shut Open Open 120-130 2.4 PSIG to 2.3 in/hg Note 1 21 to 28 PSIG 85 F Design 92.3 F Design -15 to -25 F 100 - 110 F 1/8 or slightly lower 1/4 - 3/4 Blue Shut Shut Shut N/A Shut N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 Blue
O0906T73
Condensing Condensing Unit #1 Unit #2 GS38 GS39 GS67 GS68 GS48 GS49 GS82 GS71 Compressor Discharge Valve Compressor Suction Valve Condensor Outlet Valve RFSS-13 Dehydrator Outlet Valve Dehydrator Bypass Valve Dehydrator Inlet Valve Refrigerant Pressure Gage Valve Oil Pressure Gage Valve RFSS-8 RFSS-9 RFSS-11 RFSS-12 RFSS-14 RFSS-15 RFSS-19 RFSS-16 RFSS-18 RFSS-17 RFSS-10 Relief Valve By-Pass Valve (Equalizing Line) Purge Valve Charge and Drain Valve RFSS-20 RFSS-53 RFSS-52 Discharge Pressure Gage (PSIG) Suction Pressure Gage Oil Pressure Gage Evaporator Pressure Regulator Inlet Water Temperature Outlet Water Temperature Suction Gas Temperature Liquid Line Temperature Liquid Level Indicator Oil Level Indicator Moisture Indicator
Turn-Off Mode (both) Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Open Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut Shut N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 Blue
Note: Oil pressure should be 16-22 PSIG above suction pressure.

Figure 28. Placard 25: Refrigeration Valve Line-Up. 0112-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
STERN TUBE SEAL Normal Operations 1. Stern tube seal operates without operator adjustment. During normal operations a continuous sea water flush to the seal cavity must be maintained at a pressure of about 10 PSIG. Valves GS-42 and GS-43 should always be open.
2.
Emergency Operations 1. 2. Disable start capability of main propulsion engine. To prevent uncontrolled leakage, the shaft must be stopped and the inflatable seal pressurized. Connect hose from reducing station (CA-31) to quick disconnect for seal and open (CA-23) ships service air isolation valve pressurize to 25 PSI. See John Crane Technical Manual for instructions to convert sealing arrangement to a stuffing box in case of emergency.
O0907T73
3.
Figure 29.
Placard 26: Stern Tube Seal.
0112-34
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
FIREMAIN/WDCM/GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM At all times one pump shall be aligned for general service and one for standby firemain. FIREMAIN 1. Align firemain for #1 and #2 fire and general service pump supply by opening valves as follows: #1 Fire & General Service Pump. AE-29, FM-2, FM-3, FM-6 and FM-16 #2 Fire & General Service Pump. AE-29, FM-2, FM-3, FM-7 and FM-14 Note: Valve alignment of standby fire pump for firemain service shall be maintained at all times when pump is set for remote control. Standby pump shall be determined by pilothouse indicator. Individual fire station valves shall be opened as required. 2. 3. Ensure power is available to motor controller of pump selected for use on firemain. Place motor controller in either the local or remote position and start pump by depressing start button. Remote start-stop control is from pilothouse and EOS. To secure system depress local or remote stop button as required. Remote start and stop of fire pump may be verified by the indicating light at the remote start/stop station. As a backup to the fire and general service pumps, the diesel driven fire fighting pump may be used to feed the firemain. Open valves AE-28, FM-l and FM-13. Individual fire station valves shall be opened as required. Use fire fighting system operating instructions to start/stop diesel driven fire fighting pump.
4.
5.
6.
WDCM 1. Align the WDCM system for # 1 or #2 fire and general service pump. supply by opening valves as follows: #1 Fire & General Service Pump. AE-29, FM-2, FM-3, FM-6, FM-16 & WDCM-11 #2 Fire & General Service Pump. AE-29, FM-2, FM-3, FM-7, FM-14 & WDCM-11 2. Follow steps 2-6 of firemain instructions to start/stop fire and general service pumps or diesel driven fire fighting pump. When using the diesel driven fire fighting pump to feed to WDCM system, open valves AE-28, FM-1, FM-13 and WDCM-11.
O0908T73
3.
Figure 30.
Placard 27: FIre Main/WDCM/General Service System. (Sheet 1 of 2)
0112-35
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
GENERAL SERVICE SYSTEM 1. Align general service system to #1 and #2 fire and general service pump supply by opening valves as follows: #1 Fire & General Service Pump. AE-29, FM-2, FM.3, FM-6, FM-17, FM-9 and GS-12 #2 Fire & General Service Pump, AE-29, FM-2, FM-3, FM-7, FM-15, FM-9 and GS-12 Individual component supplies and overboards shall be opened as required. 2. 3. Follow steps 2-4 of firemain instructions to start/stop fire and general service pumps. Ensure that pressure reducing station is set for 60 PSI.
EMERGENCY BILGE SUCTION 1. The engine room bilge area is fitted with an emergency bilge suction which is led directly to the suction side of fire and general service pump No.1 for discharge overboard. Align system for #1 and general service pump suction by opening valves as follows: #1 Fire and General Service Pump: FM-4, FM-6, FM-8 and FM-31 3. Follow steps 2-4 of firemain instructions to start/stop fire and general service pumps.
2.
O0909T73
Figure 30.
Placard 27: FIre Main/WDCM/General Service System. (Sheet 2 of 2)
0112-36
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
ENGINE ROOM FM-200 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN CASE OF FIRE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. EVACUATE PERSONNEL FROM SPACE. ACTIVATE WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM. SECURE VENTILATION. BREAK GLASS. PULL HANDLE.
ALARM WILL SOUND 60 SECONDS PRIOR TO AGENT DISCHARGE. IF SYSTEM FAILS TO OPERATE, GO TO AMS 2, FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS POSTED.
O0910T73
Figure 31. Placard 28: FM-200 System Operation (Main Deck Vestibule and Fantail Frame 21).
0112-37
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
TO SECURE ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION, MANUALLY CLOSE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ENG RM ENTRANCE DOOR AMS II SLIDING STRTT DOOR EOS ESCAPE SCUTTLE AMS I ESCAPE SCUTTLE AMS I EXHAUST COVER (STBD) ENG RM SUPPLY DAMPER (PORT/STBD) ENG RM EXH DAMPER (PORT/STBD) AMS I SUPPLY COVER (PORT)
O0911T73
Figure 32. Placard 29: FM-200 System Ventilation Closure Instruction Plate (Main Deck Vestibule and Fantail Frame 21).
0112-38
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
CAPSTAN PRE-USE CHECKS 1. Make sure that unit has been properly lubricated and serviced. 2. Visually inspect capstan and foundation for damage. 3. Visually inspect control station for obvious damage. Ensure control handle is securely mounted. 4. Inspect rubber boot for serviceability. 5. Observe that control operates smoothly, does not bind, and returns to NEUTRAL (center) position when released. OPERATION 1. Pressurize central hydraulic system as described on motorized hydraulic power unit operating instructions. 2. Stroke directional control valve by pulling or pushing the handle in the desired heave or payout direction. 3. Observe capstan to ensure capstan responds to controls. 4. Control speed by throttling the directional control valve.
O0912T73
Figure 33.
Placard 30: Capstan.
0112-39
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
CARGO CRANE Pre-Use Checks A. Make sure that unit has been properly lubricated and serviced. B. Make sure Boom is not lashed down. C. Make sure that all controls are in the neutral center position. D. Make sure the wire rope is not frayed or damaged. E. Ensure work area around crane is clear of personnel and equipment. F. Do not attempt to lift loads which exceed load chart ratings.
Operation 1. a. Energize central hydraulic system (see Central Hydraulic System Operating Instructions). Swing Operation: To swing crane to the right, pull control/ever backward. To swing the crane to the left, push the control lever forward. Telescope Operation: To extend the Boom, push the control lever forward. To retract the Boom, pull the control lever back.
b.
CAUTION When extending boom observe block. It may be necessary to lower block to prevent two-blocking block. c. Winch Operation: To lower the hook, push the control lever forward. To hoist the hook, pull the control lever back. Main Boom Operation: To lower the Main Boom, push the control lever forward. To raise the Main Boom pull the control lever back.
d.
Note: All control levers are attached to the crane spindle. Control levers are spring centered proportional control. When levers are released they will automatically return to the neutral position, Moving the levers progressively farther from the neutral position in either direction will increase the rate at which the controlled function operates. Control levers should be operated smoothly to prevent surging.
O0913T73
Figure 34. Placard 31: Cargo Crane.
0112-40
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
ANCHOR WINDLASS OPERATION: Powered Wildcats 1. 2. 3. 4. a. b. c. 5. 6. 7. Ensure control lever is in the neutral position. Activate central hydraulic system (see motorized hydraulic power unit operating instructions). Select speed range, LSHT or HSLT. Engage Dog Clutch Loosen both wing nuts on face of shifting ring. Insert special tool in nearest slot in clutch shifting ring. Push forward (50 movement of clutch shifter ring is required to fully engage or disengage Dogs). Remove chain stoppers if set. Release band brake. Operate control lever for desired speed and direction.
Gypsey Heads Only 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ensure control lever is in the Neutral position. Activate central hydraulic system. Engage band brake and set chain stoppers. Disengage Dog Clutch. Select speed range. Operate control/ever for desired speed and direction.
Free Wheeling 1. 2. 3. Remove chain stoppers. Disengage Dog Clutch. Release band brake to allow anchor to free fall. Manipulate brake to retard or stop the anchor as desired.
Caution: During free falling, carefully observe speed to prevent chain from "Jumping the Cat" due to centrifugal force. Apply brake slowly or chain may jump a link. LSHT: Low Speed High Torque (For Heavy Loads) HSLT: High Speed Low Torque (For Normal Loads and Speeds)
O0914T73
Figure 35.
Placard 32: Anchor Windlass.
0112-41
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR MANUAL START: 1. 2. 3. 4. Ensure engine and jacket water cooling levels are at the proper operating levels. Line-up fuel system to allow engine, to take suction from and return to EDG day tank by opening valve F0-32. Prime fuel oil system on engine, if necessary, with engine mounted hand pump. Ensure battery charger is energized and batteries are charged. Either battery bank 1 or 2 may be used, both are continuously charged. Set emergency switchboard engine control switch to hand. Release emergency switchboard engine control switch to hand. Start engine by turning panel switch to engine start. After engine starts, observe local instrumentation to verify proper engine operation. Allow engine to warm up until all temperatures and pressures have stabilized.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10. See switchboard operating instructions for placing generators on-line. 11. To secure engine, remove load (see switchboard operating instructions). 12. Allow temperatures to cool approximately 3-5 minutes if engine has been under load. 13. Place engine mode switch in the stop position. AUTOMATIC START: 1. 2. 3. Ensure steps 1-6 above are performed. Place model switch to the auto position. See switchboard operating instructions for automatic start sequence.
O0915T73
Figure 36. Placard 33: Emergency Diesel Generator. (Sheet 1 of 2)
0112-42
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
EDG OPERATION MANUAL RUN 1. 2. Start EDG (see operating instruction) Open Main Bus Tie Breaker (Note: For pushbutton operation of motorized Main Bus Tie Breaker, mode switch must be in Hand or Auto and door on breaker closed.) Close EDG breaker.
3.
STAND BY 1. 2. 3. 4. Place MOED switch to AUTO. Place EDG engine control switch to auto start (see operating instructions.) Ensure that EDG engine is setup for a STAND By operation (see operating instructions.) Open loss of power from main switchboard: EDG will start, the main bus tie circuit breaker will open and the EDG breaker will close automatically.
FEEDBACK MODE With EDG running and breaker closed: 1. Ensure that no power is fed to the main switchboard (i.e. SSDG1, SSDG 2. and shore power breakers are open). Insert key and turn to feedback position. Close main bus tie breaker and either 1s/E or 2s/E breaker on main switcboard.
O0916T73
2. 3.
Figure 36. Placard 33: Emergency Diesel Generator. (Sheet 2 of 2)
0112-43
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
TOW WINCH PRE-USE CHECKS A. Make sure that unit has been properly lubricated and serviced. B. Visually inspect Remote Control Station for damage or missing parts. C. Check spools, gears, controls and clutches for foreign objects. D. Check wire rope for damage or corrosion. OPERATION Operation - Start pump drive engine with hydraulic system aligned for normal operation. (See pump Drive Engine Operation Instructions). Back-up Operation - Align valves in accordance with Central Hydraulic System Operating Instructions. Start both motorized hydraulic system pumps. (See Central Hydraulic System Operating Instructions). 2. Energize tow winch control panel.
MODES OF OPERATION CAUTION Do not exceed 80 FPM Payout speed while powering with the hydraulic motor. Overhauling the motor will cause cavitation and severe mechanical damage. The tug and speed must be carefully controlled while powering out the line because the tug can easily overpower the towing machine motor. 1. Payout or Heave, Normal and Low Speed Ranges - Set the clutch brake and release the auxiliary brake. With the control lever in NEUTRAL position put the speed range selector knob into the desired position, up for low speed, down for normal speed. Select location of operation, put Remote-Local selector up for Local down for Remote. Push the control lever in the PAYOUT or HEAVE direction. The machine will run at normal speed proportional to the lever movement.
CAUTION Since this procedure produces heat in the clutch-brake band it must be carefully observed so as not to smoke the brake lining. If the band overheats, release the clutch-brake compressor and/or slow down the tug. In the event of overheat and subsequent tightening of the clutch-brake, the clutch-brake may freeze to the drum surface if left tight for long periods of time. Loosen the clutch-brake at the earliest opportunity to assure that it does not stick. Check tug speed before tightening the clutch-brake. Severe shock loading can occur if the clutch-brake is tightened while the line is being pulled out at full speed. The speed should be minimal when the clutch-brake is tightened. 2. Free Spooling - With the towline under light tension and the hydraulic motor in its stopped and braked condition, the clutch-brake set and the auxiliary brake released, slowly release the clutch-brake compressor until the line begins to pull out. The towline may be pulled out at a speed of up to 400 ft./min. (approximately 4 knots). Tension can be maintained on the rope by adjusting the clutch-brake compressor to achieve a slight braking action on the rotating drum.
O0917T73
Figure 37.
Placard 34: Towing Machine. (Sheet 1 of 2)
0112-44
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0112
WARNING Never engage the dog while the drum is rotating in the payout direction. This could break the dog and could cause serious injury to personnel in the vicinity.
4.
Emergency Release of Towline - Release the clutch-brake and auxiliary brake and allow towline to pull off. When towline stops at 200 ft. push max cable OFF pushbutton to by-pass automatic stop. Gypsy Head Use - Loosen clutch-brake to allow free rotation of the shaft. Tighten auxiliary brake. Put speed range selector knob into the desired position, up for low speed, down for normal speed. Select location at operation. Put Remote-Local selector up for Local, down for Remote. Operate machine as in HEAVE or PAYOUT mode.
O0918T73
5.
Placard 34: Towing Machine. (Sheet 2 of 2)
0112-45/46 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
CHAPTER 4 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR LT-800 SERIES
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
0113
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (1) References WP 0084 Equipment Condition N/A
0113-1
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(opunuwp) wpno(O00073)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0113
FM-200 LOCAL ACTUATION
NOTE
Perform this procedure only in extreme emergency. If the situation is not extreme, actuate the FM-200 fire suppression system from the main deck. 1. 2. 3. Perform the FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION procedure (WP 0084). Remove the locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3) and OPEN the CO 2 discharge valve (Figure 1, Item 1) by pulling the handle (Figure 1, Item 2) and rotating it clockwise 180 degrees. Wait 15 minutes and then begin re-entry procedures (WP 0084).
1 2 3 1
O0715T73
Figure 1. CO2 Discharge Valve. END OF TASK
0113-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0113
BYPASS FM-200 DISCHARGE DELAY 1. 2. 3. Remove locking pin (Figure 2, Item 1) on the discharge delay valve (Figure 2, Item 2). OPEN discharge delay valve (Figure 2, Item 2) by rotating the handle (Figure 2, Item 3) to the OPEN position. The FM-200 system will now discharge without the 60-second delay.
TO
OP
EN
CLOSED
OUT
TO OPEN
IN
O0716T73
Figure 2.
FM-200 Discharge Valve.
0113-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FIRE DAMPER OPERATIONS
0114
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (1) References TM 55-1925-273-SDC Equipment Condition N/A
VENTILATION DAMPER OPERATION Dampers are located in the ventilation ductwork throughout the vessel. They serve to balance the amount of air provided to various compartments. In the event of a fire, the dampers are CLOSED to prevent "fanning" the fire. The following procedure provides instructions for closing and opening dampers.
0114-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0114
SYSTEM OPERATION Close Damper 1. 2. 3. Remove locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3). Move damper lever (Figure 1, Item 1) in the SHUT direction indicated on lever guide (Figure 1, Item 2). Install locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
Open Damper 1. 2. 3. Remove locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3). Move damper lever (Figure 1, Item 1) in the OPEN direction indicated on lever guide (Figure 1, Item 2). Install locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
SHUT
OPEN
O0717T73
Figure 1. Fire Damper Operation. END OF TASK FIRE FLAP ASSEMBLIES The LT is outfitted with a main engine combustion air fire flap assembly (Figure 2, Item 1). This arrangement upgrades the previous blanking plate arrangement that was used to secure the engine intake if a catastrophic casualty required shutdown of a main engine. The main engine combustion air fire flap assemblies are rectangular in shape, and their quick release T handles (Figures 3 and 4, Item 2) are located at the front section of the stacks on the 02 level. Access to the main engine combustion air fire flap assembly is gained by entering the manhole cover on the stacks at the 01 level.
0114-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 FIRE FLAP ASSEMBLIES - Continued

1
0114
O0718T73
Figure 2. Main Engine Combustion Air Fire Flap Assembly.

1 2 3
PULL TO CLOSE M.E. STBD. AIR IN
O0719T73
Figure 3.
Port Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.

1 2 3
PULL TO CLOSE M.E. STBD. AIR IN
O0720T73
Figure 4. Starboard Engine Room Fire Flap Quick Release T Handles.
0114-3
0114
The LT is outfitted with an engine room ventilation supply fire flap assembly (Figure 5, Item 4). The engine room ventilation supply fire flap assemblies are the louver type, and their quick release T handles (Figures 3 and 4, Item 3) are located at the front of the stacks on the 02 level. Access to the engine room ventilation supply fire flap assembly is gained by entering the watertight hatch on the stack at the 01 level. Additionally, the LT is outfitted with an engine room ventilation exhaust fire flap assembly (Figure 6, Item 1). The engine room ventilation exhaust fire flap assemblies are circular in shape and their quick release T handles (Figures 3 and 4, Item 1) are located at the front of the stacks on the 02 level. Access to the engine room ventilation fire flap assembly is gained by entering the watertight hatch on the stack at the 02 level and entering the manhole cover inside the stack.
SE CL O
OP
EN
3 6 5 4
O0721T73
Figure 5. Engine Room Ventilation Fire Flap Assembly.
0114-4

1
0114
O0722T73
Figure 6.
Engine Room Ventilation Exhaust Fire Flap Assembly.
0114-5
0114
In addition to the main engine combustion air fire flap assembly and the engine room ventilation supply and exhaust fire flap assemblies, the LT is also outfitted with Emergency Diesel Generator (ERG) room fire flap assemblies. These assemblies are located on the inboard (Figure 7, Item 1) and outboard (Figure 7, Item 3) ventilation louvers. The EDG room fire flap assemblies are actuated by pulling T handles (Figure 7, Item 4) located on the aft bulkhead of the EDG room, inboard.
O0723T73
Figure 7. EDG Room Fire Flap Assemblies. END OF TASK CLOSE ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION AND MAIN ENGINE COMBUSTION AIR FIRE FLAPS
NOTE
If propulsion is required, do not CLOSE the main engine combustion fire flap assemblies. 1. Pull the T handles (Figures 3 and 4, Items 1, 2, and 3) to their fully extended position. This closes the main engine combustion air fire flap assembly (Figure 2, Item 1), the engine room ventilation exhaust fire flap assembly (Figure 6, Item 1) and CLOSES the engine room ventilation supply fire flap louvers (Figure 5, Item 2). Repeat Step (1) on the opposite stack for remaining fire flaps.
2.
END OF TASK
0114-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0114
OPEN ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION AND MAIN ENGINE COMBUSTION AIR FIRE FLAPS Engine Room Exhaust Flap Assembly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Gain access to inside of stack on 02 level by loosening the four dogs (Figure 8, Item 11) and opening watertight hatch (Figure 8, Item 1). Remove eight bolts (Figure 8, Item 7) and eight flat washers (Figure 8, Item 8) from manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 6). Remove manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 6) from engine room exhaust fire flaps assembly housing (Figure 8, Item 4). Remove gasket (Figure 8, Item 5) from manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 6). Inspect gasket for damage. Discard gasket if damaged, retain if intact. Push quick release T handle (Figure 8, Item 2) all the way in. Have one crewmember push engine room exhaust fire flap handle (Figure 8, Item 10) down, raising engine room exhaust fire flap (Figure 8, Item 9) up, while a second crew member secures it in the OPEN position with a quick release latch (Figure 8, Item 3). Install a new gasket (Figure 8, Item 5) on engine room exhaust fire flap assembly housing (Figure 8, Item 4). Install manhole cover (Figure 8, Item 6) and secure it with eight flat washers (Figure 8, Item 8) and eight bolts (Figure 8, Item 7). CLOSE watertight hatch (Figure 8, Item 1) and tighten dogs (Figure 8, Item 11). Perform Steps (1) through (9) for engine exhaust fire flap assembly on the opposite stack.
7. 8. 9. 10.
11 10 9 8 7
O0724T73
Figure 8.
Access to Engine Room Ventilation Exhaust Assembly Fire Flap.
0114-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPEN ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION AND MAIN ENGINE COMBUSTION AIR FIRE FLAPS - Continued Engine Room Ventilation Supply Fire Flap Assembly 1. 2.
0114
Gain access to the inside of the stack on the 01 level by loosening the four dogs (Figure 5, Item 6) and opening the watertight hatch (Figure 5, Item 1). Have one crewmember push the quick release T handle (Figures 3 and 4, Item 3) all the way in while a second crew member moves the engine room ventilation supply fire flap assembly handle (Figure 5, Item 5) to the OPEN position. Close the watertight hatch (Figure 5, Item 1) and tighten dogs (Figure 5, Item 6). Perform Steps (1) through (3) for the engine room ventilation supply fire flap assembly in the opposite stack.
3. 4.
Main Engine Combustion Air Fire Flap Assembly 1. 2. Gain access to the inside of the stack on the 01 level by loosening the four dogs (Figure 5, Item 6) and opening the watertight hatch (Figure 5, Item 1). Have one crewmember push the quick release T handles (Figures 3 and 4, Item 2) all the way in while a second crewmember lifts up on the main engine combustion air fire flap assembly handle (Figure 5, Item 3) and secures it in the OPEN position with the quick release latch (Figure 5, Item 2). CLOSE watertight hatch (Figure 5, Item 1) and tighten the dogs (Figure 5, Item 6). Perform Steps (1) through (3) for engine room ventilation supply fire flap assembly in the opposite stack.
3. 4.
Closing EDG Room Fire Flap Assemblies 1. 2. 3. 4. Ensure that all personnel are clear of EDG room. Secure the watertight door (Figure 7, Item 2) to EDG room. Pull OUT on both T handles (Figure 7, Item 4) to deploy EDG room fire flaps (Figure 7, Items 1 and 3). Notify pilothouse of the fire condition.
Open EDG Room Fire Flap Assemblies 1. 2. 3. Ensure that fire is out and that proper command authority has authorized entry into this space. After space has been ventilated, and appropriate damage control measures have been completed IAW TM 55-1925-273-SDC, the EDG room fire flaps (Figure 7, Items 1 and 3) may be reset. Reset EDG room fire flaps (Figure 7, Items 1 and 3) by pulling UP from bottom. The sections (Figure 9, Item 1) on the EDG room fire flap should fold up like a fan as they are raised. Once EDG room fire flaps are fully raised, the latch assembly (Figure 9, Item 2) will automatically latch them into place.
0114-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPEN ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION AND MAIN ENGINE COMBUSTION AIR FIRE FLAPS - Continued Open EDG Room Fire Flap Assemblies - Continued
0114
2
O0725T73
Opening the EDG Room Fire Flaps.
0114-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS ENGINE ROOM WASHDOWN SYSTEM (ERWWS)
0115
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (1) References WP 0070 Equipment Condition N/A
0115-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0115
ACTIVATION PROCEDURES 1. 2. 3. Evacuate all personnel from the engine room and Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1. CLOSE the watertight door between the engine room, AMS 1 and AMS 2. Align fire and general service pump No. 1 as the online fire pump (WP 0070).
CAUTION
FM-17 and/or FM-15 supplies raw water to various shipboard systems including the refrigeration plate, the air conditioning plant, and the water maker. Failure to secure power to these systems prior to closing the valves will cause damage to the equipment. 4. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO GS (Figure 1, Item 2). FM-15, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 DISCH TO GS (Figure 1, Item 1).
O0726T73
Figure 1. 5. 6. 7.
Fire and General Service Pump Valves.
OPEN WWS-1 (Figure 2, Item 1), located in the main deck vestibule, starboard side, to activate the Engine Room Water Washdown System (ERWWS). Operate the ERWWS for a minimum of 15 minutes. While the ERWWS is operating, OPEN the ERWWS strainer blow off valve (Figure 2, Item 2) approximately every three minutes for a period of 10 seconds. This will allow any foreign matter to flush from the inline strainer basket.
0115-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ACTIVATION PROCEDURES - Continued 8. 9. Secure the ERWWS by CLOSING valve WWS-1 (Figure 2, Item 1). Maintain operation of fire and general service pump No. 1 as required by current on-board conditions.
1
0115
0115-3/4 blank
OFF ON
JCV-PRO-3
O0727T73
WWS Control Station.
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER OPERATION
0116
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (1) References N/A Equipment Condition N/A
0116-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0116
PORTABLE DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER The effective range of the extinguisher is from 13 to 22 ft (4 to 6.7 m). Dry chemical is capable of covering large areas, but the residue left behind is difficult to remove. When combating a fire, a quick squeeze on the nozzle grip will give some assurance that the chemical is not caked and will knock down some smoke. If no chemical is expelled, quickly turn the extinguisher upside down, and strike the top against a solid surface. This will un-cake the powder. The dry chemical fire extinguisher should not be laid sideways when in use, because this will allow the gas propellant to be released without releasing any dry chemical. If two portable extinguishers are expended, and little or no progress is made in extinguishing the fire, use low velocity fog. Low velocity fog is superior to dry chemical in putting out all major fires, but using fog on a class C fire may present a shock hazard. The following is a basic procedure for using the portable extinguisher: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. The discoverer reports the fire, and the alarm is sounded. Carry the extinguisher to the scene of the fire. While in route to the fire, pull the locking pin (Figure 1, Item 3), and push down on the handle (Figure 1, Item 2) to charge the extinguisher. If possible, approach the fire from the windward side. Hold the cylinder (Figure 1, Item 5) in one hand, and the nozzle (Figure 1, Item 4) in the other. Squeeze the grip on the nozzle firmly (Figure 1, Item 4) and direct the dry chemical at the base of the fire in a wide sweeping side-to-side motion. The extinguisher has a range of about 13 to 22 ft (4 to 6.7 m). Extinguish all of the flames in your area before moving in further. If the fire appears to be too large, or if there is a possibility of being surrounded by flames, wait for assistance before going any further. Do not economize on the dry chemical. Use as much as needed to extinguish the fire. Remember that if two extinguishers do not put out the fire, use a fire hose. Get a fire hose to the scene as soon as possible, and use it for the reflash wash. After a dry chemical extinguisher has been used, invert the cylinder (Figure 1, Item 5), squeeze the discharge lever, and tap the nozzle on the deck. This releases any chemical in the cylinder (Figure 1, Item 5) and any chemical in the hose (Figure 1, Item 1) and nozzle (Figure 1, Item 4). By inverting the cylinder, further discharge of the dry chemical is prevented. Dry chemical in the hose and nozzle will cake up and cause clogging.
0116-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 PORTABLE DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER - Continued
0116
O0728T73
Figure 1. Portable Dry Chemical Extinguisher. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0116-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM OPERATION USING PUMP DRIVEN ENGINE
0117
GENERAL The firefighting system can be pressurized by the diesel engine-driven firefighting pump if the fire and general service pumps fail. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW In the event of a fire, perform the following procedures. They must be performed in the proper order to ensure crew safety and successful fire suppression. FIRE MAIN AND WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM. START THE PUMP. SECURE THE PIPING SYSTEM.
END OF TASK
0117-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0117
ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM 1. OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. FM-1, SEA SUCT F.F. PMP. (Figure 1, Item 3). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 1, Item 16). FM-13, F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR (Figure 1, Item 5). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 1, Item 10). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 1, Item 1). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 1, Item 2). Asw-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 15). Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 1, Item 6). Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG TO OVBD DISCHARGE (Figure 1, Item 7). Asw-22, OVBD DISCH., S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 9). FF PMP. SUCT. STR. DIFF. PRESS. GAGE CUTOUT and FIRE MAIN PRESS. GAGE (Figure 1, Item 13). SW STRNR. DIFF, PRESS, GAGE CUTOUT valves (Figure 1, Item 14). GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SPLY (Figure 1, Item 12). GS-77, HYD OIL CLR DICH (Figure 1, Item 11).
0117-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM - Continued
0117
FO-13
FO-33
ENGINE ROOM
AMS 1
FM-97
MAIN ENGINE 2
FM-1
FM-99
6
FM-13
FWD MAIN ENGINE 1
(BELOW EOS)
AE28 ASW-17
AMS 1
ASW-19
ASW-20 CA-6
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
7 8
FO-31 ASW-22 GS-75 GS-77
STBD
16
15 FWD
14
13
12
11
10
O0729T73
Figure 1.
Firefighting System Valve Locations.
0117-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 2. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. FM-14, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 DISCH. TO FM. (Figure 2, Item 5). FM-16, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 1 DISCH. TO FM. (Figure 2, Item 4). FM-6, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 1 SUCT (Figure 2, Item 3). FM-7, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 SUCT (Figure 2, Item 2). WDCM-11, WDCM SPLY (Figure 2, Item 1). FM-60, FM-61, and FM-62, COV AFFF MON (Figure 3, Item 1).
0117
WDCM-11
3 FWD
O0730T73
Figure 2. Fire and General Service Pump Locations.
0117-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN THE PIPING SYSTEM - Continued

AFFF MONITOR
0117
PILOTHOUSE TOP
O0731T73
Fire Monitor.
0117-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0117
START THE PUMP 1. At the machinery Direct Current (DC) control distribution panel, set the PMP DR ENG circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
1
O0732T73
Figure 4. Machinery DC Control Distribution Panel. 2. To start the pump driven engine: a. Place the Power Take-Off (PTO) control lever (Figure 5, Item 1) in the disengaged (aft) position.
1
O0733T73
Figure 5. b. c. d. e.
PTO Control Lever.
Move the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 6) to the half engine speed position (approximately straight up). Check the PMP DR ENG STG AIR PRESS gage. The starting air pressure must be 100 PSI (6.9 bar) to operate properly. OPEN CA-6, STRG AIR TO PMP DR ENG (Figure 1, Item 8). Turn the EMERGENCY/STOP pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 4) clockwise to release the pushbutton to the OUT position.
0117-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PUMP - Continued f.
0117
Push the START/STOP toggle switch (Figure 6, Item 5) to start in order to crank the engine. As soon as the engine starts, release the toggle switch (switch is spring-loaded and will return to the run position).
CAUTION
Oil pressure should rise to 24 PSI (1.7 bar) after the engine starts. If oil pressure does not rise, stop the engine immediately, push the toggle switch down to STOP to prevent damage, and refer the problem to Field Maintenance. g. h. Allow the engine to idle for 3 to 5 minutes, or until the oil pressure gage reads 24 PSI (1.7 bar). Operate the engine at low load until all systems reach operating temperatures. Check all gages (Figure 6, Items 1, 2, and 3) during the warm-up period.
1
RPM
RPM
6
O0734T73
Figure 6.
Pump Drive Engine PTO.
0117-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PUMP - Continued 3. To operate the firefighting pump: a. b. c. d. e. 4. 5. Ensure that the pump is primed. Place the PTO lever (Figure 5, Item 1) in the engaged (forward) position. Move the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 6) to the high idle (full load) position. Check the engine gages (Figure 6, Items 1, 2, and 3) for readings in the green range. Observe the FIRE MAIN PRESS gage to ensure that the firefighting pump is delivering liquid.
0117
Operate the fire main under usual conditions (WP 0070). To shut down the firefighting pump: a. b. Move the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 6) to the half engine speed (slow idle). Place the PTO control lever (Figure 5, Item 1) in the disengaged (aft) position.
CAUTION
Stopping the engine without a cool down period may cause accelerated wear of engine compartments. Follow the stopping procedure below to avoid damage to the engine. c. d. e. f. Allow the engine to idle with no load for a minimum of 5 minutes. Move the governor control lever (Figure 6, Item 6) to the OFF position. Push the START/STOP toggle switch (Figure 6, Item 5) down to the OFF position. Push in the EMERGENCY/STOP pushbutton (Figure 6, Item 4).
END OF TASK SECURING THE PIPING SYSTEM Close the following valves: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. FM-1, SEA SUCT F.F. PMP. (Figure 1, Item 3). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 1, Item 16). FM-13, F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR (Figure 1, Item 5). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 1, Item 10). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 1, Item 1). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 1, Item 2). Asw-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 15). Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 1, Item 6). Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG TO OVBD DISCHARGE (Figure 1, Item 7). Asw-22, OVBD DISCH., S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 9). CA-6, STG AIR TO PUMP DR ENG (Figure 1, Item 8). FF PMP. SUCT. STR. DIFF. PRESS. GAGE CUTOUT and FIRE MAIN PRESS. GAGE (Figure 1, Item 13). SW STRNR. DIFF. PRESS. GAGE CUTOUT valves (Figure 1, Item 14).
0117-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 SECURING THE PIPING SYSTEM - Continued 14. 15. GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SOLY (Figure 1, Item 12). GS-77, HYD OIL CLR SICH (Figure 1, Item 11).
0117
END OF TASK WASHDOWN COUNTERMEASURE SYSTEM Align The Piping System 1. OPEN the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. 2. a. b. c. d. 3. FM-1, SEA SUCT F.F. PMP. (Figure 1, Item 3). AE-28, SEA CHEST VENT (Figure 1, Item 16). FM-13, F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR (Figure 1, Item 5). WDCM-11, WDCM SPLY (Figure 2, Item 5). FO-31, F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG (Figure 1, Item 10). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 1, Item 1). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 1, Item 2). Asw-19, S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG (Figure 1, Item 6). Asw-20, S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG TO OVBD DISCHARGE (Figure 1, Item 7). Asw-22, OVBD DISCH., S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 9). Asw-17, SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING (Figure 1, Item 15). FM-97 and FM-99, PRESSURE GAGE CUTOUT valves (Figure 1, Item 4). GS-75, TOW WN HYD OIL CLR SPLY (Figure 1, Item 12). GS-77, HYD OIL CLR DISCH (Figure 1, Item 11). FM-14, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 DISCH. TO FM. (Figure 2, Item 5). FM-16, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 1 DISCH. TO FM. (Figure 2, Item 4). FM-6, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 1 SUCT (Figure 2, Item 3). FM-7, FIRE/G.S. PMP. No. 2 SUCT (Figure 2, Item 2).
Perform the START THE PUMP procedure in this work package.
0117-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS POWER GENERATION
0118
0118-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0118
ALIGNMENT FOR EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG) AUTO START 1. 2. 3. OPEN fuel valves FO-32, F.O. SPLY TO ENG (Figure 1, Item 1) and FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK FILL (Figure 1, Item 2). At the emergency switchboard, set ENG. CONTROL SW. (Figure 2, Item 8) to AUTO. At the emergency diesel generator (EDG) control panel: a. b. Turn the START/STOP switch (Figure 3, Item 1) clockwise to release the pushbutton to OUT. Set the RESET control switch (Figure 3, Item 2) to AUTO START.
END OF TASK ALIGNMENT FOR EDG MANUAL START 1. 2. To line up the fuel system to allow the engine to take suction from and return to the EDG day tank, OPEN valves FO-32, F.O. SPLY TO ENG (Figure 1, Item 1) and FO-12, E.D.G. DAY TK FILL (Figure 1, Item 2). Prime the fuel oil system on the engine. If necessary, use the engine mounted hand pump.
1
EDG ROOM
FWD
O0762T73
Figure 1.
EDG Fuel Valves.
0118-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNMENT FOR EDG MANUAL START - Continued

1
0118
10 9 8
2 3 4 5
6 7
O0763T73
Figure 2.
0118-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGNMENT FOR EDG MANUAL START - Continued
0118
WARNING
RESET
0 3 2 1
O0764T73
Figure 3. Emergency Generator Control Panel.
NOTE
Either battery bank 1 or 2 may be used to start the EDG. Both battery banks are continuously charged. 3. 4. 5. Set the emergency switchboard engine control switch (Figure 2, Item 8) to HAND. ON the EDG control panel, release EMERGENCY STOP (Figure 3, Item 1) and turn the RESET control switch (Figure 3, Item 2) to RESET. Start the engine by turning the engine control switch (Figure 2, Item 8) to ENGINE START.
END OF TASK OPERATE MAIN SWITCHBOARD ON EMERGENCY POWER
CAUTION
Emergency power is only 65 kW compared to 275 kW normal power. Extreme care must be taken to prevent overloading the emergency generator. Overloading seriously damages the generator. 1. 2. Set all main switchboard circuit breakers to OFF. Insert the key into BUS TIE BKR FEEDBACK SW (Figure 2, Item 7) and set the switch to FEEDBACK. The BUS TIE BKR SET FOR FEEDBACK indicator (Figure 2, Item 9) will illuminate.
END OF TASK
0118-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0118
SECURE FROM EMERGENCY POWER GENERATION When the Ships Service Diesel Generator(s) (SSDG) are returned to normal operation, proceed as follows: 1. 2. 3. Insert the key into BUS TIE BKR FEEDBACK SW (Figure 2, Item 7) and to NORMAL position. The BUS TIE BKR SET FOR FEEDBACK indicator (Figure 2, Item 9) will go out. Bring the selected SSDG online (WP 0068). At the emergency switchboard: a. Set the EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER (Figure 2, Item 10) to OPEN. The EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN indicator (Figure 2, Item 1) illuminates and the EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED indicator (Figure 2, Item 3) goes out. Set the ENG CONTROL SW. switch (Figure 2, Item 8) to HAND. Press the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED pushbutton (Figure 2, Item 6). The CLOSED indicator (Figure 2, Item 5) will light. Verify that the OPEN indicator (Figure 2, Item 4) goes out.
b. c.
CAUTION
Allow the generator to set operate at no load for 5 minutes to cool down. Damage to the engine will result if not properly cooled down. d. e. Set the ENG. CONTROL SW. (Figure 2, Item 8) to OFF. The EMG GENERATOR POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 2, Item 2) will go out. After the engine stops, set the ENG CONTROL SW. (Figure 2, Item 8) to AUTO.
0118-5/6 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS RIGGING THE LARGE TUG (LT) TO BE TOWED
0119
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References TB 55-1900-232-10 Equipment Condition N/A
Refer to the U.S. Army Towing Manual, TB 55-1900-232-10, to rig the Large Tug (LT) to be towed. Receive specific towing instructions from the towing vessel master. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0119-1/2 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE UNUSUAL OPERATION
0120
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References TM 55-1900-232-10 References (cont.) WP 0088 WP 0094 Equipment Condition N/A
0120-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0120
TOWING MACHINE TOWING ON THE MECHANICAL DOG 1. Prepare the towing machine for operation under usual conditions (WP 0088) and rig the tow (WP 0094), including establishing the desired scope IAW TM 55-1900-232-10.
CAUTION
Never engage the mechanical dog while a drum is rotating in the payout direction. Doing so will damage the mechanical dog and the towing machine.
NOTE
The operator must observe the tow at all times while towing on the mechanical dog. All emergency release features of the machine are disabled when the mechanical dog is engaged. In order to pay-out or pull in, the towing machine must first be set to HEAVE mode and the mechanical dog disengaged. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the quick release pin (Figure 1, Item 3). Engage the mechanical dog (Figure 1, Item 2) in the ratchet teeth (Figure 1, Item 1). Secure the towing machine and the towing machine hydraulic system (WP 0088). Loosen the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 2, Item 1) slowly until the drum turns slightly and all of the load is transferred to the mechanical dog. Tighten the clutch brake handwheel (Figure 2, Item 1). Install the quick release pin (Figure 1, Item 3).
1
O0765T73
Figure 1. Mechanical Dog Operation.
0120-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE TOWING ON THE MECHANICAL DOG - Continued
0120
O0766T73
Towing Machine.
TOWING MACHINE EMERGENCY RELEASE OF TOWLINE
WARNING
Should the LT "get in irons" or find that the tow must be released, the clutch brake can be released and the towline allowed to pull off the drum. The bitter end is designed to pull loose at approximately 15,000 lbs (6,803 kg) of pull. Ensure that all personnel are cleared from the fantail to avoid line whip as it pulls off. Serious personal injury or death could result. 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear all unnecessary personnel from the fantail. Ensure that the mechanical dog (Figure 1, Item 2) is not engaged. One crewmember releases the clutch break handwheel (Figure 2, Item 1) and immediately leaves the area. Allow the wire rope to be pulled off the drum.
0120-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS TOWING MACHINE OPERATION POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULICS
0121
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References WP 0088 WP 0101 Equipment Condition N/A
0121-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0121
TOWING MACHINE POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1. 2. Check the towing machine to ensure that all controls are disengaged. OPEN the following valves in Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS 1): a. b. c. d. 3. a. b. c. TH-2, PRESS CRSVR. CTL HYDRTOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 1). TH-1, C.O.V.-PMP DISCH. TO TOW WN. HYD (Figure 1, Item 3). TH-4, DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. (Figure 1, Item 4). TH-3, RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD (Figure 1, Item 5.) TH-14, FLOW CONTROL (Figure 1, Item 2). CH-26, DRN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 7). CH-27, RTN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR (Figure 1, Item 6).
CLOSE the following valves in AMS 1:
0121-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued
0121
1 2 PORT
ON FORWARD BULKHEAD
5 FWD 6 7
O0767T73
Figure 1. Towing Machine Hydraulic System Valves.
0121-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued 4.
0121
Set to ON the CENT HYD SYS PWR UNIT No. 1 and No. 2 circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) on the main switchboard.
AUX MACH SPACE NO. 2 PWR PNL NO. 5 3P 450V 150AT
CENT HYD SYS POWER UNIT NO. 1 & 2 3P 450V 200AT
SPARE 3P 450V 90AT
SHORE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER 3P 450V 400AT
O0768T73
Figure 2. 5. 6.
Main Switchboard.
At the central hydraulic system control panel, set the MAIN switch (Figure 3, Item 3) to ON. To enable local operation of the central hydraulic system Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU) from the local control panel (Figure 3, Item 4), set to ON the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 3, Item 1). To enable remote operation from the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS), set the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch to REMOTE.
CAUTION
The reservoir temperature must be checked frequently. If oil temperature exceeds 180F (82C), or a low oil level is indicated, shutdown the system immediately. Operating pumps with hot and/or low oil could damage the equipment. 7. 8. 9. Set the P1/P2/P1 and P2 switch (Figure 3, Item 2) to the P1 and P2 position. Operation of both pumps is required to properly support towing machine operations. At the central hydraulic control panel, verify that the READY lights (Figure 3, Items 8 and 9) are illuminated for both pumps. If local operation was selected in Step (6), press the START pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 5) on the central hydraulic control panel to start the pumps. If remote operation was selected, press the No.1 and No. 2 HYD PMP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 1) to start the selected pump(s). Verify that the RUNNING indicators (Figure 3, Items 6 and 7) illuminate for both pumps on the central hydraulic system control panel.
10.
0121-4
0121
REMOTE
OFF ON
P1
P2
P1 & 2
PUMP NO. 1
PUMP NO. 2
READY
READY
MAIN SWITCH
9 8 7 6 5
RUNNING
RUNNING
LOW OIL LEVEL
HIGH OIL TEMP
START
STOP
RESET
RESET
O0769T73
Figure 3. Central Hydraulic System Control Panel.
START
STOP
START
STOP
NO. 1 MAIN ENGINE
NO. 2 MAIN ENGINE
NO. 1 FIRE PUMP START STOP START STOP START
SSDG NO. 1
SSDG NO. 2
STOP
START
STOP
START
STOP NO. 1 & NO. 2 HYD PUMP
PUMP DRIVE ENGINE
NO. 2 FIRE PUMP
O0770T73
Figure 4.
EOS Engine Control Console.
0121-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 TOWING MACHINE POWERED BY CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Continued 11. For port towing machine operation, OPEN the following valves at the port towing machine: a. b. c. d. e. TH-30, PORT TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 5, Item 2). TH-32, PORT TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 5, Item 3). TH-34, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 5, Item 5). TH-36, PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 5, Item 1). TH-38, PORT TOW WINCH BRAKE DR RSVR (Figure 5, Item 4).
0121
3 4
5
O0771T73
Figure 5. Port Towing Machine Isolation Valves. 12. For starboard towing machine operation, OPEN the following valves at the starboard towing machine: a. b. c. d. e. TH-31, STARBOARD TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR (Figure 6, Item 1). TH-33, STARBOARD TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM (Figure 6, Item 2). TH-35, STARBOARD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 6, Item 5). TH-37, STARBOARD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR (Figure 6, Item 3). TH-39, STARBOARD TOW WINCH BRAKE DR RSVR (Figure 6, Item 4).
0121-6
0121
3 1 2
5
O0772T73
Figure 6. 13. 14.
Starboard Towing Machine Isolation Valves.
The central hydraulic system is now ready to power the towing machine. Operate the towing machine (WP 0088). When operation is complete, secure the central hydraulic system (WP 0101).
0121-7/8 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS SHIP STORES REFRIGERATION SPLIT PLANT OPERATION
0122
GENERAL Should the ship stores refrigeration unit fail, split plant operation provides temporary power to maintain appropriate refrigeration temperatures. The following procedures provide for shifting to the standby condenser and for pulldown (both condensers on line) operation. SHIFT TO STANDBY CONDENSING UNIT Perform the following procedures to operate the refrigeration by shifting to the standby condensing unit.
0122-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
ALIGN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. At the refrigerator condenser unit, ensure that the main power disconnect switch (Figure 1, Item 2) is ON.
1 TO AIR HANDLING UNIT
11 10 9 6
7
Figure 1. Refrigeration Condenser Unit.
O0773T73
0122-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 ALIGN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - Continued 2. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, verify that the following circuit breakers are ON: a. STORES REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER. (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 1). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER (Figure 2, Item 1). b. STORES REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 2). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2).
0122
O0774T73
Figure 2.
END OF TASK
0122-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
START STANDBY REFRIGERATION PLANT 1
CAUTION
Align the condenser cooling water piping system before starting the refrigeration plant. Damage to the plant can occur. Align the condenser cooling water piping system according to the following procedures: 1. 2. 3. OPEN GS-34 A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 2) or GS-33 A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 3). OPEN GS-36 WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 4) or GS-37 WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 6). CLOSE GS-72 BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 3, Item 5) or GS-83 BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 3, Item 1).
1 2
GS-83 GS-34 GS-65 GS-37
A/C 2
GS-72 GS-33
A/C 1
GS-66 GS-36
5
O0775T73
Condenser Cooling Water Valve Locations.
0122-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
ALIGN CONDENSER UNIT PIPING
CAUTION
When starting the compressor, avoid rapid pumpdown to ensure that oil is not carried off with refrigerant. If oil is pulled from the sump, ensure that oil pressure is a minimum of 16 PSI (1.1 bar) above suction pressure. If pressure drops below this, stop the compressor and add oil temporarily. The added oil must later be removed when the oil in the sight glass is too high. If this situation occurs, refer to Field Maintenance. Low oil pressure and oil level could damage compressor.
NOTE
Before starting the compressor, the crankcase heater must be energized for 24 hours. Energizing the heater for this period of time should drive all refrigerant from the oil. Align the condenser unit piping according to the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. OPEN COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE valve (Figure 1, Item 5). Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench. CLOSE COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6). Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench. OPEN CONDENSER OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 11). OPEN DEHYDRATOR OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 7). CLOSE DEHYDRATOR BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 10). OPEN DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 1, Item 9). OPEN RELIEF VALVE BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 4). CLOSE PURGE valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Use a refrigeration ratchet wrench. CLOSE CHARGE AND DRAIN valve (Figure 1, Item 8). OPEN WATER REGULATOR VALVE ACTUATING LINE valve (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK
0122-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
ALIGN REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM Align the refrigerant piping system according to the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. CLOSE RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO (Figure 4, Item 1). OPEN RFSS-8, EQL LINE (Figure 4, Item 3) or RFSS-9, EQL LINE (Figure 4, Item 6). OPEN RFSS-11 (Figure 4, Item 2) or RFSS-12 (Figure 4, Item 7), TXV/STNR/LLSV COV. OPEN RFSS-14, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 4, Item 4) OR RFSS-15, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 4, Item 5).
25 30 35 20 15 10 5 0 60 40 45 50 55
O0776T73
Figure 4. Refrigerant Piping Valve Locations. END OF TASK
0122-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
START COMPRESSOR
CAUTION
If the condenser water cooling system has been drained, have Field Maintenance purge the air from the system. Air in the cooling system will reduce cooling efficiency and could result in damage to the compressor. To prevent oil return problems and possible damage to the compressor, do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFSS13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO and RFSS-20, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV valves open. To start the compressor, follow this procedure:
CAUTION
Open the COMPRESSION SUCTION valve slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of the suction pressure side, which could cause oil foaming and result in pumping of oil from the compressor crankcase. Damage to the compressor could result from lack of lubrication. 1. 2. 3. OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) approximately one full turn. Immediately, slowly continue to OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) as suction pressure is reduced. Observe compressor operation for 5 minutes.
NOTE
Liquid refrigerant return to the compressor will be indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. 4. 5. If there is no evidence of liquid refrigerant return to the compressor, OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) completely. Where there is evidence of liquid refrigerant return to the compressor, adjust the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) until proper suction pressure (2.3 to 2.4 PSI [0.16 to 0.17 bar]) is indicated on the suction gage.
CAUTION
If suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize or if the compressor develops a knock, stop the compressor by placing the power disconnect switch in the OFF position and notify Field Maintenance. Continued operation could damage the compressor. 6. After gages have stabilized to normal operating readings, secure the other condenser.
END OF TASK
0122-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
SHUT DOWN OTHER CONDENSER Shut down the other condenser according to the following procedure: 1. CLOSE the DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 1, Item 9) at the condensing unit being secured.
NOTE
Allow the compressor to operate until it is shut down automatically by the suction pressure switch. 2. 3. CLOSE the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) at the condensing unit being secured. CLOSE the COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE valve (Figure 1, Item 5) at the condensing unit being secured.
END OF TASK ALIGN REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM OPEN RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO (Figure 4, Item 1). END OF TASK PULLDOWN MODE OPERATION The following procedures perform the ships stores refrigeration in the pulldown mode. Align the electrical system according to the following procedure: 1. 2. At the main power disconnect switch (Figure 1, Item 2), ensure that the main power disconnect switch is set to the ON position on the standby refrigeration condensing unit. At the 440 V power panel No. 5, ensure that the following circuit breakers are set to ON: a. STORES REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 1). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER (Figure 2, Item 1). b. STORES REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 2, Item 2). LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 2, Item 2). END OF TASK
0122-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
START STANDBY REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1
CAUTION
Align the condenser cooling water piping system before starting the refrigeration plant. Damage to the plant can occur. Start the standby refrigeration plant No. 1 according to the following procedure: Align the condenser cooling water system. a. b. c. OPEN GS-34, A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 2) or GS-33 A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 3). OPEN GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 4) or GS-37 WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 6). CLOSE GS-72, BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 3, Item 5) or GS-83 BYP WTR RGLTR (Figure 3, Item 1).
CAUTION
When starting the compressor, avoid rapid pumpdown to ensure that oil is not carried off with refrigerant. If oil is pulled from the sump, ensure that oil pressure is a minimum of 16 PSI (1.1 bar) above suction pressure. If pressure drops below this, stop the compressor and add oil temporarily. The added oil must later be removed when the oil in the sight glass is too high. If this situation occurs, refer to Field Maintenance. Low oil pressure and oil level could damage compressor.
NOTE
Before starting the compressor, the crankcase heater must be energized for 24 hours. Energizing the heater for this period of time should drive all refrigerant from the oil. END OF TASK
0122-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
ALIGN CONDENSER UNIT PIPING Align the condenser unit piping according to the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. OPEN COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE valve (Figure 1, Item 5). CLOSE COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6). OPEN CONDENSER OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 11). OPEN DEHYDRATOR OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 7). CLOSE DEHYDRATOR BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 10). OPEN DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 1, Item 9). OPEN RELIEF VALVE BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 4). CLOSE PURGE valve (Figure 1, Item 3). CLOSE CHARGE AND DRAIN valve (Figure 1, Item 8). OPEN WATER REGULATOR VALVE ACTUATING LINE valve (Figure 1, Item 1).
END OF TASK ALIGN REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM
CAUTION
If the condenser water cooling system has been drained, have Field Maintenance purge the air from the system. Air in the cooling system will reduce cooling efficiency and could result in damage to the compressor. To prevent oil return problems and possible damage to the compressor, do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO and RFSS-20, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV valves OPEN. Align the refrigerant piping system according to the following procedure: 1. 2. 3. CLOSE RFSS-13, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO (Figure 4, Item 1). OPEN RFSS-8, EQL LINE (Figure 4, Item 3) or RFSS-9, EQL LINE (Figure 4, Item 6). OPEN RFSS-11, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 4, Item 2) and RFSS-12, TXV/STNR/LLSV COV (Figure 4, Item 7).
END OF TASK
0122-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0122
START COMPRESSOR
CAUTION
Open the COMPRESSION SUCTION valve slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of the suction pressure side, which could cause oil foaming and result in pumping of oil from the compressor crankcase. Damage to the compressor could result from lack of lubrication. Condenser water temperature should read in the NORMAL operating range. 1. 2. 3. Place the power switch (Figure 1, Item 2) to the ON position. OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) approximately one full turn. Immediately, continue to slowly OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) as suction pressure is reduced.
NOTE
Oil pressure must be 20 PSI (1.38 bar) above suction pressure. The following gages should also be in the NORMAL operating range: Liquid line temperature gage, suction pressure gage, suction temperature gage, discharge pressure gage, oil pressure gage. 4. Observe compressor operation for 5 minutes.
NOTE
Liquid refrigerant return to the compressor will be indicated by a sudden drop in suction temperature and rapid fluctuation in suction pressure. 5. If there is no evidence of liquid refrigerant return to the compressor, OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) completely.
CAUTION
If suction temperature and oil pressure do not stabilize or if the compressor develops a knock, stop the compressor by placing the power disconnect switch in the OFF position and notify Field Maintenance. Continued operation could damage the compressor. 6. Where there is evidence of liquid refrigerant return to the compressor, adjust the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 6) until proper suction pressure (2.3 to 2.4 PSI [1.6 to 1.7 bar]) is indicated on the suction gage.
0122-11/12 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS HEAVY WEATHER PREPARATIONS
0123
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Crewmember, Any MOS (2) Equipment Condition N/A
0123-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0123
WARNING
Unexpected roll or pitch of the vessel can cause personnel to fall against electrical circuits, rotating machinery, or hot surfaces. Failure to exercise extreme caution can result in serious injury or death. SECURE WEATHER DECKS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Tie down the workboat. Secure the crane's boom and cable. Secure all lines, hoses, and loose equipment. Secure and cover all vents, electrical outlets, and call boxes. Secure and dog all doors and hatches. Rig storm lines if any work is to be performed on the weather decks during heavy weather.
END OF TASK SECURE PILOTHOUSE 1. 2. 3. Secure all microphones or headsets in their holders. Secure pencils, rulers, compasses, binoculars, and azimuth circle on the chart table. Secure the coffee pot and tie down all chairs to desk or table legs.
END OF TASK SECURE LIVING SPACES AND MESS DECK 1. 2. 3. Secure all pots, cups, dishes, and silverware in the dining area. Strap chairs to the deck. Secure any loose personal gear in the berthing spaces.
END OF TASK
0123-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0123
SECURE GALLEY 1. Stop all food preparation that presents a hazard. Do not use hot oil in a fryer, and do not use steam, boiling water or hot liquids on the stove. Secure power to all unnecessary food preparation equipment. Do not turn off cold storage equipment. Secure all pots, pans, cooking utensils, and the coffee maker. Secure any remaining loose items in the galley.
2. 3.
END OF TASK SECURE ENGINE AND MACHINERY SPACES 1. 2. Secure all loose items, equipment, and tools. Stop all non-essential maintenance. If maintenance work is absolutely essential, personnel must work in pairs.
0123-3/4 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS LAUNCH AND RETRIEVE WORKBOAT IN HEAVY WEATHER
0124
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Operator 88K (2) References WP 0085 Equipment Condition N/A
WARNING
All personnel working on the weather deck in heavy weather must wear life jackets to prevent drowning in the event of falling overboard. LAUNCH AND RETRIEVE WORKBOAT IN HEAVY WEATHER Operations to launch and retrieve the workboat in heavy weather follow the same procedures as provided in (WP 0085), except that the port side of vessel must be leeward before launching or retrieving the workboat. END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE
0124-1/2 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS MAIN ENGINE COLD WEATHER STARTING
0125
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts Aural Protector, Sound (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 15) Goggles, Industrial (Volume 4, WP 0163, Table 2, Item 244) Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References TM 55-1925-208-24 References (cont.) TM 55-1925-223-24&P TM 55-1925-286-13&P TM 55-1925-292-14&P Equipment Condition N/A
0125-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0125
START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT 1. Ensure that the air compressors are online and that the starting air receivers are pressurized to 250 PSI (17.2 bar). If the compressors are not online or the starting air receivers are not charged, START the air compressors IAW TM 55-1925-286-13&P. Check that the coolant level in the starboard main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the STOP range (Figure 1, Item 2). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water.
1
2.
2 3
FULL
CAUTION: REMOVE CAP SLOWLY DO NOT OVERFILL.
FULL LOW
S T O P
R U N LOW
O0745T73
Figure 1. 3.
Main Engine Coolant Expansion Tank.
Check that the starboard main engine oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 2, Item 4). If the engine oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or Maintenance Supervisor for oil specification. Check that the starboard reduction gear oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 2, Item 7). If the reduction gear oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or Maintenance Supervisor for oil specification.
4.
0125-2

1 2 3 4 3 5
0125
6 8 7
FWD
O0746T73
Figure 2.
Starboard Main Engine and Reduction Gear.
0125-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE STARBOARD PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 5. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR). (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 1). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 1). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 3). CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 3). c.
0125
MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No./WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 6). CONTROL PANEL FOR-STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 6).
6.
Allow the main engine jacket water heater to run for at least 8 hours before continuing with this procedure.
1 6 5 4 2 3
O0747T73
Figure 3. 7. 8.
OPEN valve Lo-47, C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH (Figure 2, Item 5). PUSH the START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 3) for the prelube pump.
0125-4

1 2
0125
LUBE OIL
FUEL OIL
START AIR
DATE
MODEL
SERIAL NO.
TOTAL SOUND
ENGINE RPM
ANNUNCIATOR
TOTAL HOURS
ENGINE RPM
5 6
HEATER ON HEATER OFF ENGINE START ENGINE STOP CONTROL POWER ON O F F
ANNUNCIATOR
7 8 9 10
O0748T73
Figure 4. Starboard Main Engine Control Panel. 9. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, ensure that the following circuit breakers are set to ON:
NOTE
If it is necessary to silence the fire alarm, obtain the key, unlock the fire and smoke alarm panel and press the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton IAW TM 55-1925-292-14&P. a. b. c. d. FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 2). E.O.T SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 3). MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT (Figure 5, Item 4). REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL (Figure 5, Item 1).
0125-5
0125
2 1 3 4
O0749T73
Figure 5. 10. a. b. c. d. e. f. 11.
OPEN the following fuel system valves: FO-20, F.O. SPLY TO STBD ME No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 10). FO-14, F.O SERV CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 13). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD (remote operator in the galley) (Figure 6, Item 14). FO-35, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD (Figure 6, Item 15). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 17) Four Racor fuel supply cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 1) and four Racor fuel discharge cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 2) located at the forward inboard corner of the engine. Fwe-15, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 9). Fwe-13, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 12). Fwe-1, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 16). Fwe-3, F.W. FR M.E. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 18).
0125-6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0125
FWC-4 (IN SHAFT ALLEY)
FWC-2
FO-33
FO-13
FO-19
MAIN ENGINE 2
AMS 2
ENGINE ROOM
FWC-14
FWC-16 CA-8
FWC-13 FWC-15 FO-20 MAIN ENGINE 1 CA-9 FO-14
8 9 10
(IN SHAFT ALLEY) FWC-3
FO-34 FWC-1 FO-35 FO-15
FWD
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
O0750T73
Figure 6.
Main Propulsion System Valve Locations.
0125-7

15 10 5 0 30 20 25 10 5 0 30 15 20 25 10 5 0 30 15 20 25 10 5 0 30 15 20 25
0125
1 (FORWARD) 2 (AFT)
O0751T73
Figure 7. 12.
Racor Valves.
Start the reduction gear No. 1 fresh water cooling pump by performing the following actions at its motor controller (located on the engine room aft bulkhead): a. b. c. d. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 8, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 8, Item 2) is energized. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 8, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 8, Item 3) is energized.
0125-8

1
0125
ON
OFF
2
START STOP
RESET
O0752T73
Figure 8. Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling Pump Motor Controller. 13. 14. Verify that the reduction gear No. 1 fresh water cooling pump discharge pressure gage reads approximately 20 PSI (1.4 bar). Verify that coolant is visible in the reduction gear No. 1 expansion tank sight glass. The sight glass is located on the forward end of the expansion tank, near the overhead, above reduction gear No. 1. If coolant is not visible, add coolant through the fill port. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the Maintenance Supervisor for the reduction gear coolant specification. OPEN valve CA-9, STG AIR TO ME No. 1 (Figure 6, Item 11).
15.
WARNING
Starting the main engine with the reduction gear engaged can result in injury or death to personnel. 16. 17. On the EOS console, place the COMMAND TRANSFER control (Figure 9, Item 2) in the EOS position. On the EOS console, place the STBD MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 9, Item 1) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position.
0125-9
0125
4
Figure 9. 18. At the starboard main engine control panel: a. EOS Console.
3
O0753T73
Press the ON pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 7), and verify that the CONTROL POWER indicator (Figure 4, Item 6) is illuminated.
NOTE
Main engine start normally includes a 60-second operation of the turbo lube oil pump prior to starting the engine. However, in an emergency, the engine may be started without delay. b. c. d. e. f. 19. 20. 21. Momentarily press and release the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 5) to start the turbocharger lube oil pump. Verify that the ALARM TEST indicator (Figure 4, Item 8) is illuminated. Verify that the power ON indicator (Figure 4, Item 9) is illuminated. Verify that the ALARM OFF indicator (Figure 4, Item 10) is illuminated. Verify that the START AIR pressure gage (Figure 4, Item 2) indicates approximately 200 PSI (13.8 bar).
On the EOS console, verify that the CONTROL AIR PRESSURE gage (Figure 9, Item 3) indicates approximately 125 PSI (8.6 bar). Ensure that the shaft brake pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 8) indicates 1,200 to 1,500 PSI (82.7 to 103.4 bar). Open the engine top deck covers (Figure 2, Item 3) and check that the valve train is receiving adequate flow from the prelube pump. If the flow is adequate, close the engine top deck covers. If the flow is inadequate, notify Field Maintenance. Blow down the starboard main engine by performing the following steps: a. Open the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) on both sides of the starboard main engine, approximately 1/2 in.
22.
0125-10

1
0125
O0754T73
Figure 10.
Main Engine Test Valve.
WARNING
CAUTION
If there is any sign of water or oil being ejected at the cylinder test valves, or any indication of obstruction while rotating the engine, refer to Field Maintenance. Do not attempt to start the engine until the problem has been corrected or serious damage to the main engine could result. d. Check the starboard main engine test valve (Figure 10, Item 1) and air box blow down valves (Figure 2, Item 2) for the presence of oil and/or water. If no oil or water are detected, continue with this procedure. If oil or water are detected, notify the Maintenance Supervisor. CLOSE all test valves (Figure 10, Item 1).
e. 23. 24.
Ensure that the starboard main engine overspeed trip lever (Figure 12) is in the RUNNING (latched) position. Push IN the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1).
0125-11
0125
Check that the governor oil level is at the mid-point in the sight glass (Figure 11, Item 3). If the oil level is low, add oil through the fill cap (Figure 11, Item 2). Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the Maintenance Supervisor for the oil specification.
2
O0871T73
Figure 11.
Governor.
NOTE
Removing the rear oil pan handhold cover is only necessary after an engine rebuild or a prolonged layup period. 26. 27. 28. Notify Field Maintenance to remove the rear oil pan handhold cover, and confirm that lube oil is flowing from the gear train. Replace/verify that all handhold and engine top deck covers are secure on the starboard main engine. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 4, Item 4) on the prelube pump motor controller.
0125-12
0125
OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (TRIPPED POSITION)
OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (RUNNING POSITION)
O0755T73
Figure 12.
Main Engine Overspeed Trip Lever.
WARNING
NOTE
The starboard main engine can also be started by pressing the MN ENG No. 1 green pushbutton on EOS console. 29. Start the starboard main engine by pressing and holding the ENGINE START (Figure 4, Item 6) pushbutton until the engine starts.
NOTE
0125-13
0125
CAUTION
If pressure is not indicated on the lube oil pressure gage within 30 seconds after the main engine starts, stop the engine and determine the cause. Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Do not increase engine speed above idle until the fresh water temperature gage above the governor indicates at least 120F (49C). Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Engine operation less than 50% load increases turbocharger gear train wear and adds to maintenance requirements. 31. 32. At the starboard main engine control panel, check the LUBE OIL pressure gage (Figure 4, Item 1). Check/verify the following conditions: a. b. c. Starboard reduction gear bearing oil pressure (Figure 2, Item 1) rises to approximately 32 PSI (2.2 bar) as soon as the engine starts. Starboard engine gages and flow switch indicators are operating in the normal range. Check that the engine coolant level in the starboard main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 4, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the RUN range (Figure 1, Item 3). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Proper engine operating conditions are displayed on the machinery monitoring system,
d.
END OF TASK START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT 1. Ensure that the air compressors are online and that the starting air receivers are pressurized to 250 PSI (17.2 bar). If the compressors are not online or the starting air receivers are not charged, START the air compressors IAW TM 55-1925-286-13&P. Check that the coolant level in the port main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the STOP range (Figure 1, Item 2). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Check that the port main engine oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 13, Item 8). If the engine oil level is low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24 or Maintenance Supervisor for oil specification. Check that the port reduction gear oil is at the normal level on the dipstick (Figure 13, Item 2). If the reduction oil is level low, add oil until the proper level is achieved. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or Maintenance Supervisor for oil specification. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to ON: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 2). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 2). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 5).
2.
3.
4.
5.
0125-14
0125
CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels)(Figure 3, Item 5). c. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 3, Item 4). CONTROL PANEL FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 3, Item 4). 6. 7. 8. Allow the main engine jacket water heater to run for at least 8 hours before continuing with this procedure. OPEN valve LO-48, C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH (Figure 13, Item 5). At the prelube pump motor controller (Figure 13, Item 6), PUSH the START pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 1).
2 5 3 4 6
11
10
O0756T73
Figure 13.
Port Main Engine and Reduction Gear.
0125-15
0125
2
START STOP
RESET
O0757T73
Figure 14. Port Main Engine Prelube Pump Motor Controller. 9. At 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1, ensure that the following circuit breakers are set to ON:
NOTE
If it is necessary to silence the fire alarm, obtain the key, unlock the fire and smoke alarm panel and press the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton IAW TM 55-1925-292-14&P. a. b. c. d. 10. a. b. c. d. e. f. 11. FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 2). E.O.T SYSTEM (Figure 5, Item 3). MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT (Figure 5, Item 4). REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL (Figure 5, Item 1). FO-19, F.O. SPLY TO PORT ME No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 7). FO-14, F.O SERV CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 13). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (remote operator in the main deck fan room) (Figure 6, Item 4). FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 6, Item 3). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 6, Item 17). Four Racor fuel supply cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 1) and four Racor fuel discharge cutoff valves (Figure 7, Item 2) located at the forward inboard corner of the engine. Fwe-4, F.W. FR M.E. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 1). Fwe-2, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 2). Fwe-14, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 6, Item 5). Fwe-16, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 6).
OPEN the following fuel system valves:
0125-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 START THE PORT PROPULSION PLANT - Continued 12. Start the reduction gear No. 2 fresh water cooling pump by performing the following actions at its motor controller (located on the engine room aft bulkhead): a. b. c. d. 13. 14. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 8, Item 1) to the ON position. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 8, Item 2) is energized. Press the START pushbutton (Figure 8, Item 4). Verify the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 8, Item 3) is energized.
0125
Verify that the reduction gear No. 2 fresh water cooling pump discharge pressure gage reads approximately 20 PSI (1.4 bar). Verify that coolant is visible in the reduction gear No. 2 expansion tank sight glass. The sight glass is located on the forward end of the expansion tank, near the overhead, above reduction gear No. 2. If coolant is not visible, add coolant through the fill port. Refer to TM 55-1925-223-24&P or the Maintenance Supervisor for the reduction gear coolant specification. OPEN valve CA-8, STG AIR TO ME No. 2 (Figure 6, Item 8).
15.
WARNING
Starting the main engine with the reduction gear engaged can result in injury or death to personnel. 16. 17. 18. On the EOS console, place the COMMAND TRANSFER control (Figure 9, Item 2) in the EOS position. On the EOS console, place the PORT MN ENG THROTTLE/CLUTCH lever (Figure 9, Item 4) in the NEUTRAL (straight UP) position. At the port main engine control panel: a. Press the ON pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 1), and verify that the CONTROL POWER indicator (Figure 15, Item 2) is illuminated.
NOTE
Main engine start normally includes a 60-second operation of the turbo lube oil pump prior to starting the engine. However, in an emergency, the engine may be started without delay. b. c. d. e. f. Momentarily press and release the ENGINE START pushbutton (Figure 15, Item 3) to start the turbocharger lube oil pump. Verify that the ALARM TEST indicator (Figure 15, Item 6) is illuminated. Verify that the power ON indicator (Figure 15, Item 7) is illuminated. Verify that the ALARM OFF indicator (Figure 15, Item 8) is illuminated. Verify that the START AIR pressure gage (Figure 15, Item 2) indicates approximately 200 PSI (13.8 bar).
0125-17
0125
LUBE OIL
FUEL OIL
START AIR
DATE
TOTAL HOURS
MODEL
ENGINE RPM
SERIAL NO.
3
TOTAL SOUND
ENGINE RPM
4
HEATER ON HEATER OFF ENGINE START ENGINE STOP CONTROL POWER ON O F F
ANNUNCIATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
5 6 7 8
O0758T73
Figure 15. Port Main Engine Control Panel. 19. 20. 21. On the EOS console, verify that the CONTROL AIR PRESSURE gage (Figure 9, Item 3) indicates approximately 125 PSI (8.6 bar). Ensure that the shaft brake pressure gage (Figure 13, Item 1) indicates 1,200 to 1,500 PSI (82.7 to 103.4 bar). Open the engine top deck covers (Figure 13, Item 7) and check that the valve train is receiving adequate flow from the prelube pump. If the flow is adequate, close the engine top deck covers. If the flow is inadequate, notify Field Maintenance. Blow down the port main engine by performing the following steps: a. Open the test valves (Figure 10, Item 1) on both sides of the port main engine, approximately 1/2 in.
22.
0125-18
0125
WARNING
CAUTION
If there is any sign of water or oil being ejected at the cylinder test valves, or any indication of obstruction while rotating the engine, refer to Field Maintenance. Do not attempt to start the engine until the problem has been corrected or serious damage to the main engine could result. d. Check the port main engine test valve (Figure 10, Item 1) and air box blow down valves (Figure 13, Item 10) for the presence of oil and/or water. If no oil or water are detected, continue with this procedure. If oil or water are detected, notify the Maintenance Supervisor. CLOSE all test valves (Figure 10, Item 1).
e. 23. 24. 25.
Ensure that the port main engine overspeed trip lever (Figure 12) is in the RUNNING (latched) position. Push IN the governor's alarm switch plunger (Figure 11, Item 1). Check that the governor oil level is at the mid-point in the sight glass (Figure 11, Item 3). If the oil level is low add oil through the fill cap (Figure 11, Item 2). Refer to TM 55-1925-208-24 or the Maintenance Supervisor for the oil specification.
NOTE
Removing the rear oil pan handhold cover is only necessary after an engine rebuild or a prolonged layup period. 26. 27. Notify Field Maintenance to remove the rear oil pan handhold cover, and confirm that lube oil is flowing from the gear train. Replace/verify that all handhold and engine top deck covers are secure on the starboard main engine.
0125-19
0125
WARNING
NOTE
The port main engine can also be started by pressing the MN ENG No. 1 green pushbutton on the EOS console. 28. 29. Press the STOP pushbutton (Figure 14, Item 2) on the prelube pump motor controller. Start the port main engine by pressing and holding the ENGINE START (Figure 14, Item 2) pushbutton until the engine starts.
NOTE
CAUTION
If pressure is not indicated on the lube oil pressure gage within 30 seconds after the main engine starts, stop the engine and determine the cause. Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Do not increase engine speed above idle until the fresh water temperature gage above the governor indicates at least 120F (49C). Failure to comply could result in serious engine damage. Engine operation at less than 50% load increases turbocharger gear train wear and adds to maintenance requirements. 31. 32. At the starboard main engine control panel, check the LUBE OIL pressure gage (Figure 15, Item 1). Check/verify the following conditions: a. b. c. Port reduction gear bearing oil pressure (Figure 13, Item 11) rises to approximately 32 PSI (2.2 bar) as soon as the engine starts. Port engine gages and flow switch indicators are operating in the normal range. Engine coolant level in the port main engine coolant expansion tank sight glass (Figure 1, Item 4) is between LOW and FULL in the RUN range (Figure 1, Item 3). If the coolant is not between LOW and FULL, add coolant through the fill cap (Figure 1, Item 1) until the proper level is achieved. Proper engine coolant is a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water. Proper engine operating conditions are displayed on the machinery monitoring system,
d.
0125-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0126
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS INTERIM CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, AND NUCLEAR (CBRN) DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References AR 70-71 References (cont.) STP 21-1-SMCT WP 0070 Equipment Condition N/A
0126-1
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0126
GENERAL The Large Tug (LT) is not equipped for extended protection against Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) fallout. However, the vessel is designed to accommodate performance of the daily maintenance inspections, safety checks, and operations by personnel dressed in MOPP IV protective clothing. All exterior components, equipment, and machinery are capable of withstanding a raw water washdown. This washdown may be accomplished in part by the vessel's own water washdown system. Additional washdown may be accomplished by attending vessels, shore facilities, and/or portable dewatering pumps and hoses. SYSTEM OPERATION Should the vessel find itself in a contaminated area or come under CBRN attack, follow the procedure below:
WARNING
After closing all weather openings and securing the ventilation, temperatures onboard the vessel will rise rapidly, especially for personnel utilizing Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) protective procedures. Take all appropriate measures to guard against heat related casualties until the vessel can be decontaminated and the ventilation restored. Failure to comply can result in injury or death. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Close and dog all watertight doors, hatches, portholes, and other openings to the weather. Secure all ventilation onboard the vessel. Utilize proper CBRN protective procedures (i.e., MOPP IV clothing) as defined in U.S. Army Training Manual, STP21-1-SMCT. Activate the Washdown Countermeasure (WDCM) system (WP 0070). Remove the vessel from the contaminated area. Proceed at the earliest opportunity to an area where a thorough decontamination may be performed. Further guidance on CBRN contamination can be found in the U.S. Army regulation AR 70-71.
0126-2
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS EMERGENCY BILGE PUMPING USING FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMPS
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required One Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) References WP 0070 WP 0078 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL In the event that the bilge pump is disabled, fire and general service pump No. 1 has the capability to temporarily replace the bilge/ballast pumps when pumping the bilges directly overboard.
CAUTION
Using fire and general service pump No. 1 to pump bilges may contaminate the piping in the fire and general service system that can cause damage to other systems such as the reverse osmosis water purification system. This procedure should only be used in cases of extreme necessity or in an emergency.
0127-1
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(emergencywp) wpno(O00087)
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION 1. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. FM-16, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO FM (Figure 1, Item 1). FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO GS (Figure 1, Item 3).
AMS-2
FWD
O0735T73
Figure 1. Emergency Bilge Pumping Valve Locations.
0127-2
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued c. d. FM-2, SEA SUCT. FIRE/G.S. & BLST PMPS (Figure 2, Item 2). HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST CROSS CONNECT (Figure 2, Item 6).
ENGINE ROOM AMS 2 VENT VENT
AE-29 FIRE AND FM-7 GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 2 SEA CHEST CROSS CONNECT
2
FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 1
FM-6
HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 2
HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST VENT HIGH LEVEL RAW WATER 1 HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST
FM-2
6 3
FM-3 FM-4
BB-13
FWD 5 4
DUPLEX STRAINER
EMERGENCY BILGE SUCTION

O0736T73
Figure 2.
Fire main and General Service Valve Locations.
0127-3
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued e. f. g. h. i. j. 2. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. BB-35, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST TO MANF. (Figure 3, Item 11). BB-33, B/B PMP No. 2 BLST. TO MANF. (Figure 3, Item 5). BB-34, B/B PMP No. 1 OVBD DISCH (Figure 3, Item 12). BB-32, B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH (Figure 3, Item 4). BB-28, BILGE-ENG.RM. EMER SUCT. (Figure 3, Item 9). BB-25, BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT (Figure 3, Item 3). FM-6, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 SUCT (Figure 2, Item 1). FM-8, EMG. BILGE OVBD (Figure 3, Item 1). FM-31, OVBD. DISCH (Figure 3, Item 2). BB-26, B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. SUCT (Figure 3, Item 8). BB-27, B/B PMP. No. 2 BLST. SUCT (Figure 3, Item 7). BB-29, B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT (Figure 3, Item 10). BB-30, B/B PMP No. 2 BILGE SUCT (Figure 3, Item 6). BB-13, S.W. TO BLST. PMPS (Figure 2, Item 5).
0127-4
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued
AMS-2
FWD 4 12 5
11 6 10 9 7 8
O0737T73
Figure 3.
Bilge/Ballast Valve Locations.
0127-5
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued 3. At the emergency switchboard, set the FIRE PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) to ON.
O0738T73
Figure 4. 4.
At fire and general service pump No. 1 motor controller: a. b. c. Set the LOCAL/REMOTE switch (Figure 5, Item 6) to LOCAL. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 5, Item 1) to ON. Verify that the POWER AVAILABLE indicator (Figure 5, Item 2) illuminates.
0127-6
GENERAL - Continued PREPARE FOR SYSTEM OPERATION - Continued
2 3
POWER
AVAILABLE
START STOP
4 5 6
MANUAL
AUTO
O0739T73
Figure 5. Fire and General Service Pump No. 1 Motor Controller. END OF TASK PUMPING THE AFT ENGINE ROOM BILGE USING FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP NO. 1 1. 2. 3. CLOSE valve FM-3, S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS (Figure 2, Item 3). OPEN valve FM-4, EMER BILGE SUCT (Figure 2, Item 4). Start the pump by completing the following at the fire and general pump No. 1 motor controller: a. b. 4. a. b. c. d. Press START (Figure 5, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) illuminates. Press STOP (Figure 5, Item 5) at the fire and general service pump No. 1 motor controller. Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) goes out. CLOSE valve FM-4, EMER BILGE SUCT (Figure 2, Item 4). Perform the Secure From Emergency Bilge Pumping procedure in this work package.
When pumping is complete:
END OF TASK
0127-7
PUMPING BILGES OTHER THAN THE AFT ENGINE ROOM BILGE USING FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP NO. 1 1. 2. 3. 4. OPEN valve FM-3, S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS. (Figure 2, Item 3). CLOSE valve FM-4, EMER BILGE SUCT (Figure 2, Item 4). On the bilge manifold (Figure 1, Item 2), OPEN the valve for the desired bilge. Start the pump by completing the following at the fire and general pump No. 1 motor controller: a. b. 5. a. b. c. d. e. Press START (Figure 5, Item 4). Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) illuminates. Press STOP (Figure 5, Item 5) at the fire and general service pump No. 1 motor controller. Verify that the MOTOR RUN indicator (Figure 5, Item 3) goes out. CLOSE the bilge suction valve that was OPENED in Step 3 above. CLOSE valve FM-3, S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS. (Figure 2, Item 3). Perform the Secure From Emergency Bilge Pumping procedure in this work package.
When pumping is complete:
END OF TASK SECURE FROM EMERGENCY BILGE PUMPING 1. 2. 3. Operate the bilge/ballast system under usual conditions (WP 0078). Operate the fire main and general service system under usual conditions (WP 0070). Return the equipment to the desired readiness condition.
0127-8
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS MAIN ENGINE EMERGENCY STOPPING
EMERGENCY STOPPING STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE 1. Stop the engine using one of the two methods below: a. Preferred method: Press the No. 1 MN ENG STOP red pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 1) on the EOS console.
O0740T73
Figure 1.
EOS Console.
0128-1
EMERGENCY STOPPING - Continued STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE - Continued b. Alternate method: Move the overspeed trip lever (Figure 2) to TRIPPED.
OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (TRIPPED POSITION)
OVERSPEED TRIP LEVER (RUNNING POSITION)
O0741T73
Figure 2. Overspeed Trip Lever.
NOTE
The turbocharger lube oil pump will automatically run for a short time after the engine stops. 2. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. CA-9, STG AIR TO ME No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 11). Fwe-13, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 3, Item 12). Fwe-15, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 9). Fwe-3, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 3, Item 18). Fwe-1, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 16). FO-15, F.O. SERV. SUCT. STBD (Figure 3, Item 14). FO-35, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD (Figure 3, Item 15). FO-20, F.O. SPLY TO STBD ME No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 10). FO-14, F.O. SERV CRSVR (Figure 3, Item 13). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 3, Item 17).
0128-2
EMERGENCY STOPPING - Continued STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE - Continued
FWC-4 (IN SHAFT ALLEY)
FWC-2
FO-33
FO-13
LO-47 MAIN ENGINE 2
FO-19
8
AMS 2 ENGINE ROOM FWC-14 FWC-16 CA-8 FWC-13 FWC-15 FO-20 MAIN ENGINE 1 CA-9 FO-14 (IN SHAFT ALLEY) FWC-3 FO-34 FWC-1 FO-35 FO-15
9 10
FWD
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
O0742T73
Figure 3. 3.
Main Engine Valves.
Secure the reduction gear cooling pump motor controller by performing the following actions at the motor controller located on the aft bulkhead of the engine room: a. b. Press STOP (Figure 4, Item 3). The Motor RUN indicator (Figure 4, Item 2) will go out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF.
0128-3

1
2 3
POWER
AVAILABLE
START STOP
4 5 6
MANUAL
AUTO
O0743T73
Figure 4. Fresh Water Reduction Gear Cooling Pump Motor Controller. 4. At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1, (REDUCTION GEAR) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 1). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 1). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 3). CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 3). c. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 6). CONTROL PANEL FOR - STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 6).
0128-4

1 2 6 5 4 3
O0744T73
Figure 5.
END OF TASK EMERGENCY STOPPING PORT MAIN ENGINE 1. Stop the engine using one of the two methods below: a. b. Preferred method: Press the No. 2 MN ENG STOP red pushbutton (Figure 1, Item 2) on the EOS console. Alternate method: Move the overspeed trip lever to the tripped position (Figure 2).
NOTE
Turbocharger lube oil pump will automatically run for a short time after engine stops. 2. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. CA-8, STG AIR TO ME No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 8). Fwe-14, F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 3, Item 5). Fwe-16, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 6). Fwe-2, F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 2). Fwe-4, F.W. FR. M.E. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR (Figure 3, Item 7). FO-13, F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT (Figure 3, Item 4).
0128-5
EMERGENCY STOPPING - Continued PORT MAIN ENGINE - Continued g. h. i. j. 3. FO-33, F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT (Figure 3, Item 3). FO-19, F.O. SPLY TO PORT ME No. 2 (Figure 3, Item 7). FO-14, F.O. SERV CRSVR (Figure 3, Item 13). FO-34, F.O. RTN CRSVR (Figure 3, Item 17).
Secure the reduction gear cooling pump motor controller by performing the following actions at the motor controller located on the aft bulkhead of the engine room: a. b. Press STOP (Figure 4, Item 3). The Motor RUN indicator (Figure 4, Item 2) will go out. Set the ON/OFF switch (Figure 4, Item 1) to OFF. MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 4). CONTROL PANEL FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2/TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2/WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 4). b. MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 5). CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 5). c. FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR) (LT 803 Only) (Figure 5, Item 2). LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT (All Other Vessels) (Figure 5, Item 2).
4.
At 440 V power panel No. 1, set the following circuit breakers to OFF: a.
0128-6
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS STEERING SYSTEM FAILURE
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator, 88K (1) References WP 0076 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL Emergency steering may be accomplished with: 1. 2. Hand-hydraulic steering. Manual power hydraulic steering.
0129-1
PERFORM HAND-HYDRAULIC STEERING When power is lost at the steering hydraulic power pack, hand-hydraulic steering is used. For hand-hydraulic steering, use the following procedures: 1. OPEN the following valves a. b. 2. SH-7, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 1, Item 2) SH-8, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 1, Item 3).
Secure both steering pumps by placing each steering gear motor controller selector switch (Figure 2, Item 1) in the STOP position.
NOTE
Vessel heading is indicated on the bulkhead mounted compass repeater. Use the sound powered telephone headset to communicate with the pilothouse for course changes. 3. Steer the vessel using the following procedure:
NOTE
Two crewmembers are required for this operation. a. If rudder movement to LEFT is required: (1) (2) b. One crewmember rotates the handwheel (Figure 1, Item 1) to provide hydraulic pressure and flow to the steering gear. When the desired rudder angle is attained, stop rotating the hand wheel.
If rudder movement to RIGHT is required, repeat Steps 3a (1-2).
END OF TASK SECURE HAND-HYDRAULIC STEERING Once the malfunction is required, the steering system can return to normal operation. CLOSE the following valves: a. b. SH-7, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 1, Item 2) SH-8, HAND PMP C.O.V. (Figure 1, Item 3)
0129-2
SECURE HAND-HYDRAULIC STEERING - Continued
STEERING COLUMN WITH PUMP
AMS 2
2 EMERGENCY STEERING HAND WHEEL STEERING HYDRAULIC PUMP SETS
SH-7
3 SH-8
FWD
O0759T73
Hand Pump Isolation Valves.
0129-3
PERFORM MANUAL POWER-HYDRAULIC STEERING Manual power hydraulic steering mode is used when a malfunction results in loss of control in the pilothouse, but power is still available at the steering hydraulic power pack Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 2.
NOTE
No change to valve alignment is necessary for this steering method. 1. On the steering gear motor controller, set the change-over switch (Figure 2, Item 1) to LOCAL CONTROL position 3.
1 0
O0760T73
Figure 2.
Steering Gear Motor Controller.
NOTE
There are two power packs, one for each rudder. The vessel heading is indicated on the bulkhead mounted compass repeater. Use the sound-powered telephone headset to communicate with the pilothouse for course changes. 2. Steer the vessel, using the following procedure: a. b. Adjust the course to LEFT by pressing down on the port control valve handle (Figure 3, Item 1) on each power pack. Adjust the course to RIGHT by pressing down on the starboard control valve handle (Figure 3, Item 2) on each power pack.
0129-4
PERFORM MANUAL POWER-HYDRAULIC STEERING - Continued
100 50
150
O0761T73
Rudder Power Packs.
SECURE MANUAL POWER-HYDRAULIC STEERING Once the malfunction is repaired, perform the following: 1. 2. 3. On the steering gear mount controller, set the change-over switch (Figure 2, Item 1) to REMOTE CONTROL position1. Operate the steering system under usual conditions (WP 0076). Return the equipment to the desired readiness condition.
0129-5/6 blank
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS AIR CONDITIONING SPLIT PLANT OPERATION AND RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION
INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (1) Watercraft Operator 88K (1) References WP 0081 Equipment Condition N/A
GENERAL The air conditioning system normally has both air conditioning plants in operation. The Normal to Split Plant Operation procedure aligns the system for use with the one air conditioning unit operating. The Split Plant To Normal Operation procedure returns the system to operation with both air conditioning plants in operation.
0130-1
GENERAL - Continued NORMAL TO SPLIT PLANT OPERATION
NOTE
The air conditioning system normally has both air conditioning plants in operation. This procedure aligns the system for use with one air conditioning unit operating. 1. Shut down one condensing unit: a. b. Close the DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 1, Item 10) on the condenser being shut down. Allow the compressor to operate until it is shut down automatically by the suction pressure switch.
0130-2
GENERAL - Continued NORMAL TO SPLIT PLANT OPERATION - Continued
2 TO AIR HANDLING UNIT 1 3 4
12 11 10 7
8
Figure 1. Air Conditioning Condenser Unit.
O0777T73
2.
Align air conditioning piping: a. OPEN RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. (Figure 2, Item 1) (overhead).
0130-3
GENERAL - Continued NORMAL TO SPLIT PLANT OPERATION - Continued b. OPEN RFAC-41, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. (Figure 2, Item 2) (overhead).
2 AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSOR UNITS
(AMS 2)
O0778T73
Figure 2. Air Conditioning Piping Valve Locations. 3. Secure general service piping. CLOSE the following valves for the condensing unit being shut down: a. Air conditioning condensing unit No. 1: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) (2) (3) GS-33, A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 4). GS-37, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 5). GS-70, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 6). GS-34, A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 2). GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 7). GS-69, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 1).
Air conditioning condensing unit No. 2:
END OF TASK SPLIT PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION 1. Align general service piping. OPEN the following valves for the condensing unit being started: a. Air conditioning condensing unit No. 1: (1) (2) (3) b. (1) (2) (3) GS-33, A/C COND No. 1 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 4). GS-37, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 5). GS-70, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 6). GS-34, A/C COND No. 2 SPLY (Figure 3, Item 2). GS-36, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 7). GS-69, WTR RGLTR COV (Figure 3, Item 1).
Air conditioning condensing unit No. 2:
0130-4
SPLIT PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION - Continued

1 2
7 3
4
O0779T73
Figure 3. c. Align condenser unit piping: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) 2.
Condenser Cooling Water Valve Locations.
OPEN COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE valve (Figure 1, Item 6). OPEN COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 7). Use refrigeration ratchet wrench. OPEN CONDENSER OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 12). OPEN DEHYDRATOR OUTLET valve (Figure 1, Item 8). CLOSE DEHYDRATOR BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 11). OPEN DEHYDRATOR INLET valve (Figure 1, Item 10). OPEN RELIEF VALVE BY-PASS valve (Figure 1, Item 5). Use refrigeration ratchet wrench. CLOSE PURGE valve (Figure 1, Item 3). Use refrigeration ratchet wrench. CLOSE CHARGE AND DRAIN valve (Figure 1, Item 9).
(10) OPEN WATER REGULATOR VALVE ACTUATING LINE valve (Figure 1, Item 1). Align air conditioning piping:
CAUTION
If the condenser water cooling system has been drained, have Field Maintenance purge the air from the system. Air in the cooling system will reduce cooling efficiency and could result in damage to the compressor. Before starting, the compressor crankcase heater must be energized for 24 hours. Energizing the heater for 24 hours should drive all refrigerant from the oil. To prevent oil return problems and possible damage to the compressor, do not operate both condensing units at the same time with RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO. and RFAC41, SUCT LINE CRSVR COV valves OPEN.
0130-5
SPLIT PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION - Continued a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Close RFAC-39, LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO. (Figure 2, Item 1). Close RFAC-41, SUCT LINE CRVSR CO. (Figure 2, Item 2). Open RFAC-34, TXV COV, R01-31-2 (Figure 4, Item 3) and RFAC-35, TXV COV R01-32-2 (Figure 4, Item 1). Open RFAC-59, HAND EXP. V (Figure 4, Item 2). Open RFAC-56, TXV COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 4, Item 4). Open RFAC-27, HAND EXP (Figure 4, Item 6). Open RFAC-40, COIL SUCT COV, R01-32-2 (Figure 4, Item 5).
2 3
5
O0780T73
Figure 4.
HVAC Manifold.
0130-6
SPLIT PLANT TO NORMAL OPERATION - Continued 3. Start compressor: a. Set the power switch (Figure 1, Item 2) to ON.
CAUTION
Open COMPRESSION SUCTION valve slowly to prevent rapid pumping down of suction pressure side, which could cause oil foaming and result in pumping of oil from the compressor crankcase. b. c. OPEN the COMPRESSOR SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 4) approximately one full turn. Immediately, slowly continue to open COMPRESSION SUCTION valve (Figure 1, Item 4) as suction pressure is reduced.
END OF TASK RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION INITIAL STARTUP 1. Set to ON the OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT FOR RADIO ROOM circuit breaker (Figure 5, Item 1) in the 220 V air conditioning distribution panel (Figure 5, Item 2).
0130-7
RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION - Continued INITIAL STARTUP - Continued
1
O0781T73
Figure 5. 220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel. 2. OPEN the cover (Figure 6, Item 1) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning fan unit (Figure 6, Item 3).
NOTE
Do not place the fan unit in the test position. The test position is only used after initial installation. 3. 4. 5. Set the TEST EMER. REMOTE switch (Figure 6, Item 2) on the fan unit (Figure 6, Item 3) to the EMER. position. CLOSE the cover (Figure 6, Item 1) on the radio room rooftop air conditioning fan unit (Figure 6, Item 3). The fan unit (Figure 6, Item 3) will only operate as indicated in Table 1.
0130-8
RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION - Continued INITIAL STARTUP - Continued Table 1. Fan Unit Emergency Operating Characteristics. Fan Speed Timer AUTO CONTINUOUS Flaps HORIZONTAL
Operation Mode Preset Temperature COOL 77F 6.
Operate the fan unit (Figure 6, Item 3) under usual conditions (WP 0081) as soon as the unusual condition has been corrected.
2
TEST EMER. REMOTE
O0782T73
Figure 6.
Radio Room Rooftop Air Conditioning Fan Unit.
0130-9/10 blank
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE STOWAGE AND DECAL/DATA PLATE GUIDE
0131
STOWAGE On board stowage location for all Component of End Item (COEI) On-Board Spares List (OBSL), and Basic Issue Item (BII) list items are included with the item descriptions in (Volume 4, WP 0163). DECAL/DATA PLATE GUIDE This work package contains the information necessary to allow you to reproduce and replace distribution panel placards and labels that become lost, damaged, or illegible. DISTRIBUTION PANEL PLACARDS Distribution panel placards are shown as Figures 1 through 45 in this work package. The distribution placards shown are: Distribution Panel 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 3 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Distribution Panel No. 4 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only) 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels) Figure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0131-1
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(stowagewp) wpno(O00091)
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Distribution Panel 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (LT 803 Only) 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (All Other Vessels) 120 V Radar Power Distribution Panel (All Vessels) 120 V Elex Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only) 120 V Elex Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels) 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only) 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels) 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 1 (All Other Vessels) Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (LT 803 Only) Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (All Other Vessels) Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (LT 803 Only) Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (All Other Vessels) 220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel (All Vessels) 220/110 V Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only) 220/110 V Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels) Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only) Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 805 Only) Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels) 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 440 V Power Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 440 V Power Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 440 V Power Panel No. 3 (LT 803 Only) 440 V Power Panel No. 3 (All Other Vessels) 440 V Power Panel No. 4 (LT 803 Only) 440 V Power Panel No. 4 (All Other Vessels)
Figure 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
0131-2
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Distribution Panel 440 V Power Panel No. 5 (LT 803 Only) 440 V Power Panel No. 5 (All Other Vessels) LABEL PLATES
Figure 44 45
The various label plates throughout the vessel are shown in Tables 1 through 22 of this work package. The label plates shown are: Tables 1 through 22 contain the following data: Column 1: INSCRIPTION. This column indicates the text that is inscribed on each label plate. Column 2: SECURE TO. This column indicates where the label plate is attached to the component. Column 3: MATL. This column indicates the material from which the label plate is made. Abbreviations used in this column are detailed in Table 23. Column 4: ATT. This column lists the method of attachment for the label plate. Table 24 and its accompanying figures explain the various methods of attachment. Column 5: TYPE. This column lists the plate type. Table 25 and its accompanying figures explain the various plate types. Label Plates Engine Cooling Engine Exhaust Lube Oil Vents, Etc. Refrigeration Fire Main and General Service Drainage Bilge and Ballast Potable Water Fuel Oil Compressed Air Steering Hydraulic Towing Machine and Central Hydraulics Sewage and Oily Bilge HVAC Table 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0131-3
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Label Plates Compartments Scuttles, Manholes, and Doors Miscellaneous Pad Eyes Miscellaneous Stenciling Electrical Piping Instrumentation
Table 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GALLEY RECEPTACLES REFRIGERATOR COFFEE POT GALLEY LIGHTS FREEZER STEAM TABLES 1 & 2
FED FROM: LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (ENGINE ROOM)
MEAT SLICER & FOOD MIXER MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE BLANK SPARE GAYLORD CONT CABINET BLANK
O0813T73
Figure 1. 120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only).
0131-4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
GALLEY & MESS/RECREATION SPACE RECEPTACLES REFRIGERATOR J.B. FOR COFFEE POT MESS/RECREATION SPACE & GALLEY GALLEY LIGHTS FREEZER J.B. FOR STEAM TABLES 1 & 2 J.B. FOR MEAT SLICER, FOOD MIXER & GALLEY (RECEPTACLES) J.B. FOR MICROWAVE MESS/RECREATION SPACE & GALLEY BLANK SPARE GAYLORD CONTROL CABINET BLANK
O0814T73
Figure 2.
120 V Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0131-5
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 LEVEL PORT LIGHTS
PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR 2 SPEED SUPPLY FANS 01 LEVEL PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS 01 LEVEL STARBOARD RECEPTACLES 01 LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAIN PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR INTAKE DAMPERS 01 LEVEL STARBOARD LIGHTS SPARE 1 & 01 LEVEL CONVECTOR HEATER FUSE BOX No. 2 SPARE SPARE 01 LEVEL PORT RECEPTACLES PILOTHOUSE RECEPTACLES PILOTHOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN & COFFEE MAKER RADIO ROOM RECEPTACLES BLANK
O0815T73
0131-6
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 01 LEVEL PORT LIGHTS
PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR SUPPLY FANS 01 LEVEL PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS 01 LEVEL STARBOARD RECEPTACLES 01 LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAIN PILOTHOUSE FRESH AIR INTAKE DAMPERS 01 LEVEL STARBOARD LIGHTS SPARE 1 & 01 LEVEL CONVECTOR HEATER FUSE BOX No. 2 SPARE SPARE 01 LEVEL PORT RECEPTACLES PILOTHOUSE RECEPTACLES PILOTHOUSE DRINKING FOUNTAIN & COFFEE MAKER RECEPTACLE RADIO ROOM RECEPTACLES BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0816T73
Figure 4.
0131-7
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
MAIN DECK DRINKING FOUNTAIN MAIN DECK STARBOARD LIGHTS MAIN DECK PORT LIGHTS MAIN DECK PORT RECEPTACLES MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS MESS ROOM LIGHTS MAIN DECK REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 3 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 1 MAIN DECK STARBOARD RECEPTACLES SPARE SPARE SPARE BLANK
O0817T73
0131-8
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
MAIN DECK DRINKING FOUNTAIN (MESS/RECREATION SPACE) MAIN DECK STARBOARD LIGHTS MAIN DECK PORT LIGHTS MAIN DECK PORT RECEPTACLES & BUNK LIGHTS MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY LIGHTS MESS/RECREATION SPACE & FAN ROOM LIGHTS MAIN DECK REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 3 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER FUSE BOX No. 1 MAIN DECK STARBOARD RECEPTACLES & BUNK LIGHTS SPARE SPARE SPARE BLANK
O0818T73
Figure 6.
0131-9
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ENGINE ROOM LIGHTS
BOWTHRUSTER COMPT & AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACES 1 & 2 LIGHTS SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No 1. ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1 OILY WATER SEPARATOR J.B. FOR EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD STRIP HEATER & EMERGENCY GENERATOR SPACE HEATER SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1 HOLD LEVEL & FAN TAIL RECEPTACLES SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 2 SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2 PUMP DRIVE ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER BOW THRUSTER ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION DRINKING FOUNTAIN WORKSHOP EXHAUST FAN E02-16-1 J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEMS Nos. 1 & 2 (INC. LIQUID LINE SOLENOIDD VALVES) J.B. FOR SS REFG Nos. 1 & 2 (INC. FAN COIL AND CONTROLLERS) J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVER (INC. REFER DRYER) ROWPU BATTERY CHARGER MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN (PILOTHOUSE) OIL CONTENT MONITOR
O0819T73
0131-10
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
ENGINE ROOM & STACK LIGHTS BOWTHRUSTER COMP. & AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACES 1 & 2 LIGHTS SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 1 ENGINEERS OPERATING STATION R2-40-1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OILY WATER SEPARATOR J.B. FOR EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD STRIP HEATER & EMERGENCY GENERATOR SPACE HEATER SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1 HOLD LEVEL & FAN TAIL RECEPTACLES SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR SPACE HEATER No. 2 SHIPS SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2 PUMP DRIVE ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER BOW THRUSTER ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER ENGINE ROOM DRINKING FOUNTAIN (RECEPTACLE) WORKSHOP EXHAUST FAN E02-16-1 J.B. FOR A/C REEF SYSTEM No. 1 & No. 2 CONTROLLERS AMS No. 2 & THERMOSTAT FOR (2X) LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE FAN ROOM MAIN DECK & THERMOSTAT FOR LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE FAN ROOM - 01 LEVEL J.B. FOR No. 1 & No. 2 COMPRESSOR CONTROLLER DISCONNECT SWITCH AMS No. 2 FREEZE ROOM FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH & CHILL BOX FAN COIL DISCONNECT SWITCH MAIN DECK J.B. FOR AUTO DRAIN ON AIR RECEIVER (INC. REFER DRYER) ROWPU BATTERY CHARGER MAIN ENGINE SHUTDOWN (PILOTHOUSE) OIL CONTENT MONITOR
O0820T73
16
17 18 19 20
Figure 8.
0131-11
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
FED FROM: EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM)
ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (PORT) ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STBD) BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS AMS No. 2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHT TLI SYSTEM TOWING MACHINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL E.O.T. SYSTEM SSDG No. 1 BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT TOW MACHINE HEATERS RACOR FILTER AFT CONSOLE HEATER BROMINATOR SPARE
O0821T73
0131-12
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (PORT) ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STARBOARD) & SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE HORN BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS AMS No. 2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHTS TLI SYSTEM TOWING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL E.O.T. SYSTEM SSDG No. 1 BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR - RACOR FILTER BLANK AFT CONSOLE HEATERS (TOWING AND STEERING) BROMINATOR SPARE
O0822T73
Figure 10. 120 V Emergency Distribution Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0131-13
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EXTERIOR EMERG LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 INFL BOAT FLOODLIGHT
01 LEVEL WEATHER DECK LIGHTS TOWING FLOODLIGHTS ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER WINDSCREEN WIPERS (PORT & STARBOARD FWD) BOW FLOODLIGHTS PILOTHOUSE WEATHER DECK LIGHTS LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (PORT) WINDSCREEN WIPERS (STARBOARD & PORT FWD) SPARE LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (STARBOARD) BLANK
O0823T73
Figure 11.
120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (LT 803 Only).
0131-14
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EXTERIOR EMERG LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
INFLATABLE BOAT FLOODLIGHT 01 LEVEL WEATHER DECK LIGHTS TOWING FLOODLIGHTS ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER (FORWARD & AFT) WINDSCREEN WIPERS (PORT & STARBOARD FORWARD) BOW FLOODLIGHTS PILOTHOUSE WEATHER DECK LIGHTS LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (PORT) WINDSCREEN WIPERS (STARBOARD & PORT FORWARD) SPARE LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (STARBOARD) SPARE
O0824T73
Figure 12. 120 V Exterior Emergency Lighting Panel No. 2 (All Other Vessels).
0131-15
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V MAIN DECK 01 & 02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 FM-200 SYSTEM FREEZER ALARM
MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING
01 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REFRIGERATOR STORE ROOM LIGHT SPARE SPARE PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTS RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE & SPRINKLER) SPARE SPARE
O0825T73
Figure 13.
120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only).
0131-16
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V MAIN DECK 01 & 02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 FM-200 SYSTEM FREEZER ALARM
MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING
01 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REFRIGERATED STORE ROOM LIGHT SPARE SPARE PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTS RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE & SPRINKLER) SPARE SPARE
O0826T73
Figure 14.
120 V Main Deck, 01 & 02 Emergency Lighting Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0131-17
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V PILOTHOUSE EMERG. DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 SPARE
PORT SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) GMDSS 12VDC BATTERY CHARGER S BAND RADAR MOTOR SPEED LOG 85 ELECTRONICS UNIT SPARE STARBOARD SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY RADAR DISTRIBUTION PANEL SPARE X BAND RADAR MOTOR SPARE WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (FWD) WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (AFT) SONOR DIGITAL AN/SQN (ECHO SOUNDER DISPLAY) POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) RECEPTACLES (GMDSS) DSC 500 POWER (GMDSS) SPARE INTERCOM SYSTEM BLANK BLANK
O0827T73
Figure 15.
120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0131-18
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V PILOTHOUSE EMER. DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 SPARE
PORT SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY RECEPTACLE (GMDSS) PILOTHOUSE 12V SYSTEM BATTERY CHARGER S BAND RADAR MOTOR (R-RN-2001) SPEED LOG 85 ELECTRONICS UNIT SPARE STARBOARD SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY UPS FOR RADAR DISTRIBUTION PANEL (PILOTHOUSE) SPARE X BAND RADAR MOTOR (R-RN-1001) SPARE WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (FORWARD) WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (AFT) GDS 101 ECHO SOUNDER DISPLAY SPARE RECEPTACLES (GMDSS) DSC 500 POWER (GMDSS) SPARE INTERCOM SYSTEM BLANK BLANK
O0828T73
Figure 16. 120 V Pilothouse Emergency Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0131-19
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ANCHOR LIGHT STERN LIGHT MAST HEAD LIGHTS
LOWERING TOWING & PUSHING LIGHTS BLINKER LIGHT (PORT & STARBOARD) & BLINKER LIGHT SYSTEM MORSE SWITCH SIDE LIGHT (PORT) SIDE LIGHT (STARBOARD) TOWING MAST HEAD LIGHT NOT UNDER COMMAND/RESTRICTED LIGHT UPPER TOWING & PUSHING LIGHT VESSEL RESTRICTED IN ABILITY TO MANOEUVRE LIGHT RECEPTACLE
O0829T73
Figure 17. 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (LT 803 Only).
0131-20
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
ANCHOR LIGHT RECEPTACLE STERN LIGHT RECEPTACLES MAST HEAD LIGHTS RECEPTACLES LOWER AFT TOWING AND PUSHING LIGHT RECEPTACLE BLINKER LIGHT RECEPTACLE (PORT & STARBOARD) & BLINKER LIGHT SYSTEM MORSE SWITCH PORT SIDE LIGHT RECEPTACLE STARBOARD SIDE LIGHT RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX FOR TOWING MAST HEAD LIGHTS NOT UNDER COMMAND LIGHT RECEPTACLE UPPER AFT TOWING & PUSHING LIGHT RECEPTACLE RESTRICTED IN ABILITY TO MANOEUVRE LIGHT RECEPTACLE
O0830T73
Figure 18. 120 V Navigation Lighting Panel (All Other Vessels).
0131-21
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V RADAR POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6
FED FROM: PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL (01 DECK AFT OF STAIRWELL)
S BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE S BAND MODULATOR XMTR - RCVR X BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE X BAND MODULATOR XMTR - RCVR SPARE SPARE
O0831T73
Figure 19.
120 V Radar Power Distribution Panel (All Vessels).
0131-22
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V ELEX DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
UPS FOR RADIO RACK (RECEPTACLE - RACK 3) UPS FOR BACK-UP ECDIS CONSOLE UPS FOR MAIN ECDIS CONSOLE RF5051 POWER SUPPLY (RECEPTACLE - RACK 2) RF5051 POWER SUPPLY (RECEPTACLE - RACK 2) P.A. SYSTEM 15 TFT MONITOR GMDSS BATTERY CHARGER SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FOG HORN SPARE
O0832T73
Figure 20. 120 V Elex Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0131-23
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V ELEX DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
FED FROM: EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DISTIBUTION PANEL (EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM)
UPS FOR RADIO RACK RECEPTACLE UPS FOR BACK-UP ECDIS CONSOLE RECEPTACLE UPS FOR ECDIS MAIN CONSOLE RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE FOR RF5051 POWER SUPPLY RECEPTACLE FOR RF5051 POWER SUPPLY P.A. SYSTEM 15 TFT MONITOR GMDSS DC POWER BATTERY CHARGER SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FOG HORN SPARE
O0833T73
Figure 21.
120 V Elex Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0131-24
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DIST. PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FED FROM: 440V EMERGENCY DISTIBUTION PANEL (EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM)
ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 MAIN DECK 01 & 02 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET BATTERY CHARGER RADIO ROOM ELEX DISTRIBUTION PANEL NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL GENERAL ALARM BATTERY CHARGER SPARE EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER
O0834T73
Figure 22. 120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0131-25
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120V EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DIST. PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FED FROM: 440V EMERGENCY DISTIBUTION PANEL (EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM)
ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 MAIN DECK 01 & 02 LEVELS EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET BATTERY CHARGER RADIO ROOM ELEX. DISTRIBUTION PANEL NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL GENERAL ALARM D.C. POWER PANEL BATTERY CHARGER SPARE EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER
O0835T73
Figure 23.
120 V Emergency Load Center Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0131-26
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FED FROM: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK)
REHEATER 01-34-1 (.39 KW) REHEATER 01-41-1 (.39 KW) SPARE REHEATER 01-50-2 (.35 KW) REHEATER 01-50-1 (.3 KW) PORT BRIDGE WING CONSOLE HEATER STARBOARD BRIDGE WING CONSOLE HEATER REHEATER 01-39-2 (.58 KW) REHEATER 02-46-2 (2.06 KW) SPARE REHEATER 02-44-1 (2.02 KW) SPARE
O0836T73
Figure 24. 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No.1 (LT 803 Only).
0131-27
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 01 & 02 LEVEL REHEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
TERMINAL REHEATER 01-34-1 (.39 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 01-41-1 (.39 KW) SPARE TERMINAL REHEATER 01-50-2 (.35 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 01-50-1 (.3 KW) PORT BRIDGE WING CONSOLE HEATER STARBOARD BRIDGE WING CONSOLE HEATER TERMINAL REHEATER 01-39-2 (.59 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 02-40-2 (2.06 KW) SPARE TERMINAL REHEATER 02-40-1 (2.02 KW) SPARE
O0837T73
Figure 25. 01 & 02 Level Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No.1 (All Other Vessels).
0131-28
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: CONVECTOR HEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FED FROM: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL)
CONVECTOR HEATER 01-36-2 (.6 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-44-2 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-45-1 (.6 KW) SPARE CONVECTOR HEATER 1-50-2 (.6 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-51-2 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 1-40-2 (1.2 KW) SPARE CONVECTOR HEATER 01-51-1 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 1-56-1 (.75 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-57-2 (1.2 KW) SPARE
O0838T73
Figure 26.
Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (LT 803 Only).
0131-29
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: CONVECTOR HEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 2 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FED FROM: 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL)
CONVECTOR HEATER 01-36-2 (.75 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-44-2 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-45-1 (.6 KW) SPARE CONVECTOR HEATER 1-50-2 (.6 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 01-51-2 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 1-40-2 (1.2 KW) SPARE CONVECTOR HEATER 01-51-1 (.5 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 1-56-1 (.6 KW) CONVECTOR HEATER 1-57-2 (1.2 KW) SPARE
O0839T73
Figure 27. Convector Heater 120 V Fuse Box No. 2 (All Other Vessels).
0131-30
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: DECK HEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 3 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
REHEATER 01-45-2 (.53 KW) REHEATER 01-42-1 (.46 KW) REHEATER 1-31-1 (2.43 KW) SPARE REHEATER 01-31-2 (2.66 KW) SPARE REHEATER 1-48-1 (.31 KW) REHEATER 1-52-1 (.33 KW) BLANK BLANK
O0840T73
Figure 28. Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (LT 803 Only).
0131-31
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: DECK REHEATER 120V FUSE BOX No. 3 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TERMINAL REHEATER 1-45-2 (.53 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 1-42-1 (.46 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 1-31-1 (2.43 KW) SPARE TERMINAL REHEATER 01-31-2 (2.66 KW) SPARE TERMINAL REHEATER 1-48-1 (.31 KW) TERMINAL REHEATER 1-52-1 (.33 KW)
O0841T73
Figure 29. Deck Reheater 120 V Fuse Box No. 3 (All Other Vessels).
0131-32
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 220V AIR CONDITIONING DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FED FROM: SHIPS SERVICE SWITCHBOARD (EOS)
PILOTHOUSE OVERHEAD A/C UNIT PORT PILOTHOUSE OVERHEAD A/C UNIT STARBOARD OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT FOR RADIO ROOM SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0842T73
Figure 30.
220 V Air Conditioning Distribution Panel (All Vessels).
0131-33
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 220 / 110V DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
FED FROM: 440V / 220 - 110V 25KVA TRANSFORMER (MESS RECREATION SPACE)
DISHWASHER/BOOSTER HEATER GARBAGE DISPOSAL DRYER WASHER GALLEY TOASTER CREWS MESS TOASTER TRASH COMPACTOR BEVERAGE DISPENSER ICE MAKER SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0843T73
Figure 31.
220/110 V Distribution Panel (LT 803 Only).
0131-34
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 120 / 110V DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
FED FROM: 440V / 220 - 110V 25KVA TRANSFORMER (MESS RECREATION SPACE)
DISHWASHER/BOOSTER HEATER GARBAGE DISPOSAL DRYER RECEPTACLE WASHER RECEPTACLE GALLEY TOASTER RECEPTACLE MESS/RECREATION SPACE TOASTER RECEPTACLE TRASH COMPACTOR BEVERAGE DISPENSER ICE MAKER SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0844T73
Figure 32.
220/110 V Distribution Panel (All Other Vessels).
0131-35
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FED FROM: 440 / 120V TRANSFORMER 1S-1P-E(2) (ENGINE ROOM)
120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK) 120V DISTRIBUTIONAL PANEL No. 1 (GALLEY) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (ENGINE ROOM) MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) SPARE BLANK SPARE
O0845T73
0131-36
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (LT 805 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
FED FROM: 440/120V TRANSFORMER 1S-1P-E(2) (ENGINE ROOM)
120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (GALLEY) MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK SPARE BLANK BLANK 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (ENGINE ROOM)
O0846T73
0131-37
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SPARE
FED FROM: 440/120V TRANSFORMER 1S-1P-E(2) (ENGINE ROOM)
MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) SPARE 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 (GALLEY) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 (01 LEVEL) BLANK BLANK BLANK 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 (ENGINE ROOM) 120V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 3 (MAIN DECK)
O0847T73
0131-38
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 1 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR) FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR) MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1 / TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1 / WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 SPARE MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2 / TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2 / WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 SPARE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2 SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1 SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2 BLANK
O0848T73
Figure 36. 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (LT 803 Only).
0131-39
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 1 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP ENGINE ROOM UNIT HEATER, 2-21-1 LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT CONTROL PANEL FOR - STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 1 / TURBO OIL PUMP No. 1 / WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 1 CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 SPARE CONTROL PANEL FOR - PORT MAIN ENGINE JACKET WATER HEATER No. 2 / TURBO OIL PUMP No. 2 / WATER LAY OVER PUMP No. 2 SPARE LVP FOR FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP No. 2 LVP FOR STARBOARD SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1 LVP FOR PORT SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2 BLANK
O0849T73
Figure 37. 440 V Power Panel No. 1 (All Other Vessels).
0131-40
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 2 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 REHEHATER 1-23-2
GALLEY SUPPLY FAN S1-22-4/ CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY EXTRACT FAN E1-37-1 RANGE GRIDDLE FRY KETTLE GALLEY EXHAUST FAN E1-37-1/ CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY EXTRACT FAN S1-22-4 SPARE SPARE SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0850T73
0131-41
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
CONTROLLER FOR REHEATER 1-23-2 LVP GALLEY SUPPLY FAN S1-22-4/ CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY EXTRACT FAN E1-37-1 RANGE GRIDDLE FRY KETTLE LVP GALLEY EXHAUST FAN E1-37-1/ CONTROLLER FOR GALLEY SUPPLY FAN S1-22-4 SPARE SPARE SPARE BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK
O0851T73
0131-42
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 3 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PREHEATER 1-23-4 PREHEATER 1-25-2
AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2. SUPPLY FAN 1-22-2 BOSUN STORE REHEATER 1-57-1 PREHEATER 01-31-2 REHEATER 01-32-2 BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/ CONTROLLER FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2 CREWS MESS CRSR FAN COIL R1-25-2 01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/ CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 SPARE SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E01-44-2 SPARE BLANK
O0852T73
0131-43
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 1-23-4 (FAN ROOM MAIN DECK) CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 1-25-2 (FAN ROOM MAIN DECK) LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 SUPPLY FAN, S1-22-2 CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE REHEATER 1-57-1 CONTROLLER FOR PREHEATER 01-31-2 CONTROLLER FOR REHEATER 01-32-2 LVP FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1/ CONTROLLER FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2 LVP FOR MESS/RECREATION SPACE FAN COIL UNIT R1-25-2 LVP FOR 01 & PILOTHOUSE LEVEL FAN COIL R01-32-2 LVP FOR LAUNDRY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E1-62-2/CONTROLLER FOR BOSUN STORE & LAUNDRY SPACE SUPPLY FAN S1-58-1 SPARE LVP FOR SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN E01-44-2 SPARE BLANK
O0853T73
0131-44
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 4 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 AIR COMPRESSOR No.1 AIR COMPRESSOR No.2
MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER SPARE HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP UNIT HEATER BOWTHRUSTER AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 SUPPLY FAN AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 UNIT HEATER SPARE SPARE
O0854T73
0131-45
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 4 (All Other Vessels) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
LVP AIR COMPRESSOR No.1 LVP AIR COMPRESSOR No.2 CONTROLLER FOR MSD DISCHARGE PUMP AND BLOWER SPARE LVP FOR HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP UNIT HEATER BOW THRUSTER 2-55-2 LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 SUPPLY FAN S01-45-2 LVP FOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 UNIT HEATER 2-53-2 SPARE SPARE
O0855T73
0131-46
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
PANEL: 440V POWER PANEL No. 5 (LT 803 Only) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
UNIT HEATER. (AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2) POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 WELDING MACHINE AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/ FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER SPARE SPARE
O0856T73
0131-47
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 UNIT HEATER 2-15-2 LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 1 LVP FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER MAKER No. 2 WELDING MACHINE (WORKSHOP) LVP FOR AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1 LVP FOR AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 1/ FREEZE BOX DEFROST HEATER LVP FOR STORE REFRIGERATION PLANT No. 2 TOWING GEAR LOCKER UNIT HEATER 2-8-1 SPARE SPARE BLANK
O0857T73
0131-48
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 1. (1) INSCRIPTION Asw-17 SEA SUCTION S.W. COOLING Asw-18 S.W. TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. Asw-19 S.W. TO PUMP DRIVE ENG Asw-20 S.W. FR. PUMP DRIVE ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE Asw-21 S.W. FR. BOW THRUSTER ENG. TO OVB'D DISCHARGE Asw-22 OVB'D DISCH., S.W. COOLING
Engine Cooling Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A B B C (5) TYPE (Table 25) A B B D
ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO NUT ON HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO NUT ON HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
AL
ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE
AL AL AL AL AL AL
A B B B B A
A B B B B A
Fwc-1 ATTACH TO BOLT ON HANDLE F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 1 Fwc-2 ATTACH TO BOLT ON HANDLE F.W FR. KEEL CLR TO M.E. No. 2 Fwc-3 ATTACH TO BOLT ON HANDLE F.W FR. M.E. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR. Fwc-4 ATTACH TO BOLT ON HANDLE F.W.FR. M.E. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR. Fwc-9 F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO S.S.D.G No. 1 Fwc-10 F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO S.S.D.G No. 2 ATTACH TO VALVE BODY
ATTACH TO VALVE BODY
AL
Fwc-11 ATTACH TO VALVE BODY F.W. FR. S.S.D.G. No. 1 TO KEEL CLR. Fwc-12 ATTACH TO VALVE BODY F.W. FR. S.S.D.G. No. 2 TO KEEL CLR.
AL
AL
0131-49
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 1. (1) INSCRIPTION Fwc-13 F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 TO KEEL CLR Fwc-14 F.W. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 TO KEEL CLR Fwc-15 F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 1 Fwc-16 F.W. FR. KEEL CLR TO RED. GEAR No. 2 Fwc-23 F.W. FILL CONN. Fwc-24 F.W. FILL CONN. Engine Cooling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO NUT ON HANDLE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B
ATTACH TO NUT ON HANDLE
AL
AL
AL
ATTACH TO TOP OF HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO TOP OF HANDWHEEL
AL AL
C C
D D
Table 2. Engine Exhaust Label Plates. (1) INSCRIPTION De-3 M.E. No. 1 EXH. DR. De-4 M.E. No. 2 EXH. DR. De-5 S.S.D.G No. 1 EXH. DR. De-6 S.S.D.G No. 2 EXH. DR. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C C C (5) TYPE (Table 25) C C C C C C C
De-7 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL BOW THRUSTER ENG. EXH. DR. De-8 PUMP DRIVE ENG. EXH. DR. De-9 E.D.G. EXH. DR. ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
0131-50
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 3. (1) INSCRIPTION Lo-1 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-2 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-3 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-4 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-5 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-6 LUBO DR TO OILY DR. TK. Lo-7 C.O.V.-LUBO XFER PMP. SUCT. Lube Oil Label Plates. (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH BK/WH AL C (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C C B B B B B
0131
(2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D D D D B B B B B J D
Lo-8 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT LUBO TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. Lo-9 LUBO TO PUMP DRIVE ENG. Lo-10 LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 Lo-11 LUBO TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 LUB OIL TANK Lo-14 LUBO XFER. TO OILY WST. STOR. TK. Lo-15 LUBO STOR. TK. OUT. NOTE: REMOTELY OPERATED NEED 2 LABEL PLATES Lo-17 BKT. FILL CONN. ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO GAGE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
AL
AL
0131-51
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 3. (1) INSCRIPTION Lo-18 LUBO SPLY. Lo-20 LUBO MN. DK. FILL CONN. Lo-21 OILY WST. STOR. TK. DR. Lo-22 LUBO STOR. TK. DR. Lo-23 M.E. No. 1-LUBO PUR. SUCT. Lo-24 M.E. No. 1-LUBO PUR. DISCH/ FILL Lo-25 M.E. No. 2-LUBO PUR. SUCT. Lo-26 M.E. No. 2-LUBO PUR. DISCH/ FILL Lo-27 LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 1 Lo-28 LUBO DR. FR. RED. GEAR No. 2 Lo-29 M.E. No. 1-LUBO PUR. SUCT Lo-30 M.E. No. 2-LUBO PUR. SUCT Lo-31 M.E. No. 1-LUBO PUR DISCH./ FILL Lo-32 M.E. No. 2-LUBO PUR DISCH./ FILL Lo-33 LUBO TO MAIN ENGS. Lube Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B C C C B B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B D D D B B
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL AL
B B
B B
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL AL AL AL AL
C C C C B
D D D D B
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL
AL
0131-52
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 3. (1) INSCRIPTION Lo-37 LUBO TO S.S.D.G No. 1. Lo-38 LUBO TO S.S.D.G No. 2. Lo-39 LUBO TO PUMP DRIVE ENG. Lube Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B B B B B A A C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B B B B B A A D D
Lo-40 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT LUBO TO BOW THRUSTER ENG. Lo-41 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT LUBO TK. OUT-BOW THRUSTER Lo-45 RELIEF-SET AT 30 P.S.I. Lo-46 RELIEF-SET AT 30 P.S.I. Lo-47 C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH. Lo-48 C.O.V. PRELUBE PMP. DISCH. TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION AE-3 OILY DR. TK. VENT AE-13 SEA CHEST VENT AE-14 F.O. TK. 4P VENT AE-15 F.O. TK. 4S VENT AE-16 BLST. TK No. 1 VENT
Vents, Etc. Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T (5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A
ATTACH TO BHD NEAR VLV ATTACH TO BHD NEAR VLV ATTACH TO SPILL CONT. OR TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO SPILL CONT. OR TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE
0131-53
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION AE-17 F.O. TK. 2S VENT AE-18 SEA CHEST VENT AE-19 F.O. SVCE TK VENT STBD AE-20 BLST. TK. No. 2S VENT AE-21 BLST. TK No. 2P VENT AE-26 SEA CHEST BLWDN AE-27 SEA CHEST BLWDN AE-28 SEA CHEST VENT AE-29 SEA CHEST VENT AE-30 F.O.TK. 3C VENT AE-34 F.O.TK. 2C VENT AE-35 F.O.TK. 1S VENT AE-36 F.O.TK. 1P VENT AE-37 I.O. SVCE TK. VENT PORT AE-38 LUBO STOR. TK VENT. AE-39 OILY WST.STOR. TK VENT. Vents, Etc. Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO BHD NEAR VENT VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH HANDWHEEL TO NUT ATTACH HANDWHEEL TO NUT ATTACH HANDWHEEL TO NUT ATTACH HANDWHEEL TO NUT ATTACH TO BHD ABV VLV TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO SPILL CONT ATTACH TO SPILL CONT TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO BHD ABV. VLV. ATTACH TO BHD ABV. VLV. (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A T A A A C C C C T A T T A T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A E E C C A A A A A A A
0131-54
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION AE-40 MEDIA TK VENT AE-41 SEWAGE HLDG TK VENT AE-42 AFFF TK. VENT AE-44 F.O. TK. 2P VENT AE-50 SEA CHEST VENT AE-51 SEA CHEST VENT AE-52 SEA CHEST VENT AE-53 SEA CHEST BLWDN AE-54 F.O. TK No. 3 VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-55 F.O. TK No. 3 VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-56 F.O. TK No. 2P VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-57 F.O. TK No. 2P VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-58 F.O. TK No. 2S VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-59 F.O. TK No. 2S VENT FLOW INDICATOR Vents, Etc. Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO STACK NEAR VALVE ATTACH TO STACK NEAR VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO BWK NEAR VALVE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL TIE WRAP TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH (4) ATT (Table 24) T T A A T C C C A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A C C E P
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
0131-55
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION AE-60 F.O. TK No. 2CL VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-61 F.O. TK No. 2CL VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-62 F.O. TK No. 1P VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-63 F.O. TK No. 1P VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-64 F.O. TK No. 1S VENT FLOW INDICATOR AE-65 F.O. TK No. 1S VENT FLOW INDICATOR OVFL-22 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR. OVFL-23 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR. OVFL-24 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR. OVFL-25 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR. OVFL-31 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR OVFL-32 F.O. SPILL CONT. DR OVFL-33 OILY WST-SPILL CONT. DR. ST-4 BLST. TK. 2P SNDG. Vents, Etc. Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) P
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO SPILL CONTAINER ATTACH TO BHD ABV VALVE
T T T T T T T T
A A A A A A A A
0131-56
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION ST-5 BLST. TK. 2S SNDG. ST-6 F.O. TK. 3C SNDG. ST-7 OILY DR. TK. SNDG ST-8 F.O. TK. 2C SNDG ST-9 F.O. TK. 1S SNDG ST-10 F.O. TK. 1P SNDG ST-11 F.O. TK. 2P SNDG ST-12 F.O. TK. 2S SNDG ST-43 XDCR WELL SNDG ST-45 D.B. VOID P, FR.21 TO FR44 SNDG ST-46 D.B. VOID S, FR.21 TO FR44 SNDG ST-47 BOW THRUSTER UPR VOID FR54-57 SNDG ST-66 F.O. TK 3C SNDG ST-67 F.O. TK 2C SNDG ST-68 F.O. TK 1S SNDG Vents, Etc. Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO BHD ABV VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T A A A A A A A A A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A A A A A A
TIE WRAP TO PIPE
AL
TIE WRAP TO PIPE
AL
TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE
AL PH BK/WH PH BK/WH
A A A
P P P
0131-57
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 4. (1) INSCRIPTION ST-69 F.O. TK 1P SNDG ST-70 F.O. TK 2P SNDG ST-71 F.O. TK 2S SNDG Vents, Etc. Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH (4) ATT (Table 24) A A A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) P P P
Table 5. (1) INSCRIPTION RFAC-21 COIL SOL VLV RI-25-2, 4 COILS RFAC-22 COIL SOL VLV, R01-32-2 RFAC-23 TXV, R1-25-2, 10.2 TON RFAC-24 TXV, R1-25-2, 3.5 TON RFAC-25 TXV, R01-32-2 RFAC-26 HAND EXP RFAC-27 HAND EXP RFAC-28 HAND EXP RFAC-29 EQL LINE RFAC-30 EQL LINE RFAC-31 EQL LINE
Refrigeration Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A B T T T C C C C C C (5) TYPE (Table 25) A B B B B E E E E E E
ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO BOTTOM NUT & BEND DOWN ATTACH TO PANEL. ABOVE VLV ATTACH TO PANEL. ABOVE VLV ATTACH TO PANEL. ABOVE VLV SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL
0131-58
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 5. Refrigeration Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RFAC-32 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 4 COIL RFAC-33 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 4 COIL RFAC-34 TXV COV, R01-32-2 RFAC-35 TXV COV, R01-32-2 RFAC-36 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 8 COIL RFAC-37 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV, R1-25-2, 8 COIL RFAC-38 4 COIL SUCT, COV R1-25-2 RFAC-39 LIQUID LINE CRVR CO. RFAC-40 COIL SUCT COV, R01-32-2 RFAC-41 SUCT LINE CRSVR COV. RFAC-42 8 COIL SUCT COV, R1-25-2 RFAC-43 LLSV, R1-25-2, 8 COIL RFAC-44 RLF-CONDSR RFAC-45 RLF-CONDSR RFAC-48 WTR RGLTR (2) SECURE TO SCREW ON HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) E
SCREW ON HANDWHEEL
AL
SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL
AL AL AL
C C C
E E E
SCREW ON HANDWHEEL
AL
SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO BOTTOM NUT & BEND DOWN ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO PIPE SCREW ON BONNET & BEND DOWN
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL
C C C C C B A A B
E E E E E B B B B
0131-59
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 5. (1) INSCRIPTION RFAC-49 WTR RGLTR RFAC-50 WTR RGLTR RFAC-51 WTR RGLTR RFAC-54 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON RFAC-55 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON RFAC-56 TXV COV, R01-32-2 RFAC-57 TXV, R01-32-2 RFAC-58 EQL LINE RFAC-59 HAND EXP.V RFSS-1 LLSV-CHILL BOX. RFSS-2 LLSV-FRZ BOX RFSS-3 TXV-CHILL BOX RFSS-4 TXV-FRZ BOX RFSS-4 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV. RFSS-6 HAND EXP V RFSS-7 HAND EXP V Refrigeration Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO SCREW ON BONNET & BEND DOWN TAG TO SPRING ON THE VALVE TAG TO SPRING ON THE VALVE SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO PANEL ABOVE VLV SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO BOTTOM NUT & BEND DOWN ATTACH TO BOTTOM NUT & BEND DOWN ATTACH TO PANEL ABOVE VALVE ATTACH TO PANEL ABOVE VALVE SCREW TO BONNET NUT & BEND DOWN SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B B B C C C T C C B B T T B C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B B B E E E B E E B B B B B E E
0131-60
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 5. Refrigeration Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RFSS-8 EQL LINE RFSS-9 EQL LINE RFSS-11 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV RFSS-12 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV RFSS-13 LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO RFSS-14 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV RFSS-15 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV RFSS-16 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV RFSS-17 BYPASS-EVAP PRESS RGLTR RFSS-18 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV. RFSS-19 COV-FRZ BOX COIL SUCT RFSS-20 SUCT LINE CRSVR COV RFSS-46 RLF-CONDSR RFSS-47 RLF-CONDSR RFSS-52 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON RFSS-53 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON (2) SECURE TO SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL TAG TO PIPE TAG TO PIPE SCREW ON HANDWHEEL SCREW ON HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C C C C C C C C A A C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) E E E E E E E E E E E E B B E E
0131-61
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 6. (1) INSCRIPTION FM-1 SEA SUCT, F.F. PMP. FM-2 SEA SUCT. FIRE/G.S. & BLST PMPS. FM-3 S.W. TO BILGE/BLST. PMPS. FM-4 EMER BILGE SUCT FM-6 FIRE/G.S PMP No. 1 SUCT FM-7 FIRE/G.S PMP No. 2 SUCT FM-8 EMG. BILGE OVBD FM-9 GENL.SERV.PRESS. RED.VLV.CO. FM-10 GENL.SERV.PRESS.RED.VLV. MAN BYPASS FM-13 F.F. TO F.M. CRSVR FM-14 FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 DISCH. TO FM. FM-15 FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 DISCH. TO GS. FM-16 FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH. TO FM. FM-17 FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH. TO GS. Fire Main and General Service Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A A
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL TIE WRAP TO HANDLE TIE WRAP TO HANDLE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL AL AL AL AL AL
C C A A C C
D D A A D D
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL AL
C C
D D
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
0131-62
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 6. (1) INSCRIPTION FM-30 GENL SERV PRESS RED VLV. SET AT 60 PSI FM-31 OVBD. DISCH FM-52 FM TO ARMS CONT RM FM-54 FM DR FM-55 FSTA No. 4 FM-56 FSTA No. 9 FM-57 FSTA No. 7 FM-58 FSTA No. 12 FM-59 FSTA No. 10 FM-60 COV AFFF MON FM-61 COV AFFF MON FM-62 COV AFFF MON FM-84 AFFF TK SUCT FM-86 RLF SET AT 180 PSI FM-88 AFFF TK FILL FM-90 FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 1 SUCT. Fire Main and General Service Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VALVE BODY (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A
TIE WRAP TO HANDLE ATTACH TO VLV HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO VLV ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE STICK ON SIDE SHELL FWD OF VLV TIE WRAP TO VALVE HANDLE & REMOTE HANDLE ON AMS 2 TK TOP PORT FR18/19
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL
A B B A A A A A C C C A A T A
A B B A A A A A D D D A A A A
0131-63
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 6. (1) INSCRIPTION FM-91 FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 1 SUCT. FM-92 FIRE/G.S. PUMP No. 2 SUCT. FM-93 FM DR Fire Main and General Service Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO VALVE HANDLE & REMOTE HANDLE ON AMS 2 TK TOP PORT FR18/19 TIE WRAP TO VALVE HANDLE & REMOTE HANDLE ON AMS 2 TK TOP PORT FR18/19 ATTACH TO VLV (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
AL
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL
B C A C C B B C C C C C C B
B D A D D B B D D D D D D B
GS-12 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL GENL SERV PRESS RED VLV CO GS-32 GS OVBD DISCH GS-33 A/C COND No. 1 SPLY GS-34 A/C COND No. 2 SPLY GS-36 WTR RGLTR COV GS-37 WTR RGLTR COV GS-38 RETR COND No. 1 SPLY GS-39 RETR COND No. 2 SPLY GS-40 SW TO RO No. 1 GS-41 SW TO RO No. 2 GS-42 COV-ST TUBE SEAL P GS-43 COV-ST TUBE SEAL S GS-44 BILGE EDUC. ATTACH TO PIPE OR VLV. ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDLE ATTACH TO VLV HANDLE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV STEM
0131-64
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 6. (1) INSCRIPTION GS-45 BILGE EDUC. GS-46 BILGE EDUC GS-47 BILGE EDUC GS-48 WTR. RGLTR COV GS-49 WTR. RGLTR COV GS-50 SW OUT RO No. 1 GS-51 SW OUT RO No. 2 GS-67 WTR RGLTR COV GS-68 WTR RLTR COV GS-69 WTR RGLTR COV GS-70 WTR RGLTR COV GS-71 BYP WTR RGLTR GS-72 BYP WTR RGLTR Fire Main and General Service Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV STEM ATTACH TO VLV STEM ATTACH TO VLV STEM ATTACH TO VLV STEM ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C B B B B A A C C C C C C B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D B B B B A A B B B B D D B
GS-73 ATTACH TO VLV GEN SERV PRESS RED VLV SET AT 15 PSI GS-74 OILY WTR SEP. SPLY GS-75 TOW WN HYW OIL CLR SPLY ATTACH TO VLV ATTACH TO VLV
AL AL
B B
B B
0131-65
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 6. (1) INSCRIPTION Fire Main and General Service Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T C C C C C B C A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B D D D D D B D A
GS-76 STICK TO HYD. OIL RESV. AFT SOL VLV-TOW WN HYD OIL CLR OF VLV GS-77 HYD OIL CLR DISCH GS-82 BYP WTR RGLTR GS-83 BYP WTR RGLTR GS-106 DR ST TUBE SEAL GS-107 DR ST TUBE SEAL GS-108 SW SPLY TO EOS AIR COND. GS-111 FF PMP PRM EDUCTOR DISCH GS-112 ST TUBE AIR RLSE ASSY COV STBD GS-113 ST TUBE AIR RLSE ASSY COV PORT GS-114 RO SW SPLY PRESS REO VLV SET AT 30 PSI WDCM-11 WDCM SPLY WDCM-53 DR WDCM ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE
AL
AL
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO PIPE
AL AL
B A
B A
0131-66
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 7. (1) INSCRIPTION PD-1 WASTE WTR. OVBD PD-2 WASTE WTR. OVBD PD-3 WASTE WTR TO SEW HLD. TK PD-4 WASTE WTR TO SEW HLD. TK
Drainage Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A A A A (5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A
TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY
Table 8. Bilge and Ballast Label Plates. (1) INSCRIPTION BB-9 OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC BB-11 OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC. BB-12 BLST. TK. No. 1 SUCT. COV BB-13 S.W. TO BLST. PMPS BB-25 BLST MANF TO PMPS OUTLT BB-26 B/B PMP No. 1 BLST. SUCT BB-27 B/B PMP No. 2 BLST. SUCT BB-28 BILGE-ENG. RM. EMER SUCT. BB-29 B/B PMP No. 1 BILGE SUCT. BB-30 (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY OR PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY OR PIPE TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY OR PIPE TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY OR PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A A A A A A A C C C (5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A A A D D D
0131-67
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 8. (1) INSCRIPTION B/B PMP No. 2 BILGE SUCT BB-32 B/B PMP No. 2 OVBD DISCH BB-33 B/B PMP. No. 2 BLST TO MANF. BB-34 B/B PMP No. 1 OVBD DISCH BB-35 B/B PMP. No. 1 BLST. TO MANF. BB-36 BILGE EDUCT SUCT C.O.V.. BB-37 BILGE EDUCT SUCT COV BB-39 BILGE SUCT-A.M.S. No. 1 PORT BB-40 BILGE SUCT-A.M.S. No. 1 STBD BB-41 BILGE SUCT-E.R. PORT BB-42 BILGE SUCT-E.R. STBD BB-43 BILGE SUCT-PORT SHAFT ALLEY BB-44 BILGE SUCT-STBD SHAFT ALLEY BB-45 BLST TK No. 2S FILL BB-46 BLST TK No. 2S SUCT BB-47 BLST TK No. 2P FILL BB-48 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL C C C C B B C C C C C D D D D B B D D D D D Bilge and Ballast Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25)
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE
AL AL AL AL
A A A A
A A A A
0131-68
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 8. (1) INSCRIPTION BLST TK No. 2P SUCT BB-49 BLST TK No. 1 FILL BB-50 BLST TK No. 1 SUCT BB-56 BILGE SYS PRM EDUCTOR DISCH BALLAST TANK No. 1 FWD ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL AL AL AL A A C A A D Bilge and Ballast Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25)
ATTACH TO GAGE
PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
J J
BALLAST TANK No. 2 PORT AFT ATTACH TO GAGE
Table 9. (1) INSCRIPTION PW-10 POT. WTR. TK. PORT DR. PW-11 POT. WTR. TK. STBD DR. PW-12 POT. WTR. TK. PORT FILL PW-13 POT. WTR. TK. STBD FILL PW14POT. WTR. TK. PORT SUCT PW-15 POT. WTR. TK. STBD SUCT PW-16 C.O.V.-POT. WTR. PMP. No. 1 SUCT
Potable Water Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B B T T A A A (5) TYPE (Table 25) B B A A A A A
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO BHD BELOW VALVE ATTACH TO BHD BELOW VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE
0131-69
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION PW-17 C.O.V.-POT. WTR. PMP. No. 2 SUCT PW-18 HYDRO. PNEU TK INLET PW-19 C.W. TO W.C. PW-20 C.W. TO W.C. PW-21 C.W. TO W.C. PW-22 C.W. TO W.C. PW-23 C.W. TO W.C. PW-24 C.W. TO W.C. PW-25 C.W. TO W.C. PW-26 C.W. TO W.C. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO PIPE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION TIE WRAP TO PIPE INSULATION
B B A A A A A A A B B B B B B
B B A A A A A A A B B B B B B
PW-35 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT M.E. KEEL CLR WTR FILL CONN. PW-36 BYPASS-BROMINATOR PW-37 BROMINATOR INLET PW-38 BROMINATOR OUTLET PW-39 ENG. FILL CONN. STBD PW-40 ENG. FILL CONN PORT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
0131-70
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION PW-41 BOW THRUSTER PUMP DRIVE FILL CONN PW-42 HW RECIRC. PMP. SUCT. PW-43 RECIRC. TO H.W. HEATER PW-44 RECIRC. TO H.W. HEATER PW-54 DK. WASH DN. PW-73 PRESS. RDC. VLV. SET AT 20 P.S.I. PW-74 FLOW CONT.-SET AT 1 G.P.M. PW-75 POT WTR. DK FILL PW-76 C.O.V. POT.WTR.PMP. No.1 DISCH PW-77 C.O.V. POT. WTR. PMP. No. 2 DISCH. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VALVE OR PIPE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
TIE WRAP TO PIPE AT VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE AT VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE AT VALVE ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO TOP OF VALVE
AL AL AL AL AL
A A A B B
A A A B B
TIE WRAP TO PIPE AFT OF VALVE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL AL AL
A C C
A D D
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
PW-78 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL C.O.V. HYDR. PNEU TK. OUTLET PW-79 POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. PW-80 POT. WTR. TO H.W. HTR. PW-81 H.W. HTR OUT PW-82 H.W. HTR OUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL AL AL AL AL
C C C C C
D D D D D
0131-71
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D
PW-83 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL POT. WTR. TO MN. DK. WSH. DN PW-84 POT. WTR. TO BROMINATOR PW-85 C.O.V.-RO. No. 2 POT. WTR. DISCH. PW-86 C.O.V.-RO. No. 1 POT. WTR. DISCH. PW-88 DK. WSH. DN. PW-93 C.W. TO ICE MAKER PW-94 DK. WSH. DN. PW-95 SCREEN WSH PW-96 COFFEE MACHINE OPEN RO-PG-1-2 CLOSE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
ATTACH TO PILOTHSE FRONT EXTERNALLY ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO PILOTHSE AFT EXTERNALLY DECKHEAD LINING TIE WRAP TO VALVE
PH WH/BK AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK A C
J E J J P 3/8" H LETTERS Y ( 2" x 2") 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2 "W VENDOR SUPPLY
DECKHEAD LINING ROWPU FLOW CONTROL PANEL No. 1
RO-PG-1-3
ROWPU FLOW CONTROL PANEL No. 1
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-1-4
PH WH/BK
0131-72
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-PG-1-5 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU FLOW CONTROL PANEL No. 1 (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 1-1/2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 3/4" H x 2-1/4" W VENDOR SUPPLY
RO-PG-2-2
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-2-3
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-2-4
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-1-5
PH WH/BK
RO # 1
PH WH/BK
RO # 2
PH WH/BK
RO # 1
PH WH/BK
RO # 2
PH WH/BK
RO-FM-1-1
RO-FM-1-2
PH WH/BK
0131-73
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-FM-2-1 RO-FM-2-2 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU FLOW CONTROL PANEL No. 2 (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3/4" H x 2-1/4" W VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY 1" H x 2" W VENDOR SUPPLY
RO-PG-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO PRE-FILTER GAGE No. 1
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-2-1
ROWPU WIRE TO PRE-FILTER GAGE No. 2
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-2
ROWPU MEDIA FILTER PANELWIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-3
PH WH/BK
RO-V-11
PH WH/BK
RO-V-12
PH WH/BK
RO-V-13
PH WH/BK
RO-V-14
PH WH/BK
0131-74
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-SW-2-2 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU SWITCH (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY
RO-SW-2-3
ROWPU SWITCH
PH WH/BK
PO-BFP
ROWPU WIRE TO PREVENTER
PH WH/BK
RO-V-1
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-3
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-4
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-5
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
0131-75
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-V-6 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
RO-V-7
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-8
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-9
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-10
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-15
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-1-2
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
0131-76
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-V-1-3 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
RO-V-1-4
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-1-5
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2-1
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2-2
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2-3
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2-4
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-V-2-5
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
0131-77
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-CV-1-1 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
RO-CV-1-2
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-CV-2-1
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-CV-2-2
ROWPU WIRE TO VALVE
PH WH/BK
RO-REG
ROWPU WIRE TO REGULATOR
PH WH/BK
RO-PR-1
ROWPU WIRE TO GAGE
PH WH/BK
RO-PR-2
ROWPU WIRE TO GAGE
PH WH/BK
RO-CB-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO FILTER
PH WH/BK
0131-78
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-CB-2-1 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU WIRE TO FILTER (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
RO-MEM-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO MEMBRANE
PH WH/BK
RO-MEM-1-2
PH WH/BK
RO-MEM-2-1
PH WH/BK
RO-PG-1
ROWPU WIRE TO GAGE
PH WH/BK
RO-SP-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO PROBE
PH WH/BK
RO-SP-2-1
ROWPU WIRE TO PROBE
PH WH/BK
RO-SW-1-1
ROWPU WIRE TO SWITCH
PH WH/BK
0131-79
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 9. Potable Water Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION RO-SW-1-2 (2) SECURE TO ROWPU WIRE TO SWITCH (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY B 3/8" H LETTERS VENDOR SUPPLY
RO-SW-1-3
PH WH/BK
RO-SW-2-1
PH WH/BK
Table 10. Fuel Oil Label Plates. (1) INSCRIPTION FO-1 F.O. DAY TK. FILL FO-2 F.O. DAY TK. FILL FO-3 DK. FILL CONN FO-4 DK. FILL CONN FO-5 F.O. DAY TK. EMERG FILL FO-6 C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 SUCTION FO-7 C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 SUCTION (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY TIE WRAP TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A A A A A B (5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A B
ATTACH TO VALVE BODY
AL
0131-80
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 10. (1) INSCRIPTION FO-8 C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 1 DISCHARGE FO-9 C.O.V.-F.O. XFER PMP No. 2 DISCHARGE FO-11 F.O. TO E.D.G. DAY TK FO-12 E.D.G. DAY TK FILL FO-13 F.O. SERV. SUCT. PORT FO-14 F.O. SERV CRSVR FO-15 F.O. SERV SUCT. STBD FO-16 F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP INLET. COV Fuel Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D
AL
ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY
AL AL AL AL AL AL
B B B B B B
B B B B B B
FO-17 ATTACH TO VALVE BODY F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP OUTLET. COV FO-18 F.O. FILL CONN PORT FO-19 F.O. SPLY TO PORT ME No. 2 FO-20 F.O. SPLY TO STBD ME No. 1 FO-21 F.O. SPLY TO S.S.D.G. No. 1 FO-22 F.O. SPLY TO S.S.D.G. No. 2 FO-30 F.O. SPLY TO BOW THRUSTER ENG ATTACH TO BHD ABV VLV ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL
AL
AL AL AL AL AL AL
T C C C C C
A D D D D D
0131-81
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 10. (1) INSCRIPTION FO-31 F.O. SPLY TO PMP DRV ENG FO-32 F.O. SPLY TO ENG FO-33 F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. PORT FO-34 F.O. RTN CRSVR FO-35 F.O. RTN TO DAY TK. STBD FO-36 F.O. RTN RLF-SET AT 10 P.S.I. FO-37 F.O. RTN RLF- SET AT 10 P.S.I. FO-38 EMG GEN DY TK FO-39 F.O. FILL CONN. STBD FO-40 F.O. DAY TK DR PORT FO-41 F.O. DAY TK DR. STBD FO-42 F.O. FLTR/WATER SEP BYPASS COV FO-43 PMP No. 1 PRESS GAGE FO-47 F.O. TK 1S FILL FO-48 F.O. TK 1P FILL FO-49 F.O. TK 2S FILL ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY AL AL AL B B B B B B Fuel Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT TIE WRAP TO VCV OR ATTACH TO NUT TIE WRAP TO VCV OR ATTACH TO NUT TIE WRAP TO VCV OR ATTACH TO NUT ATTACH TO BHB ABV VLV ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO VALVE BODY (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C B B B B B B B T C C B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D B B B B B B B A D D B
0131-82
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 10. (1) INSCRIPTION FO-50 F.O. TK 2P FILL FO-51 F.O. TK 3C FILL FO-52 F.O. TK 2C FILL FO-53 F.O. TK 4S FILL FO-54 F.O. TK 4P FILL FO-55 F.O. TK 1S SUCT FO-56 F.O. TK 1P SUCT FO-57 F.O. TK 2S SUCT FO-58 F.O. TK 2P SUCT FO-59 F.O. TK 3C SUCT FO-60 F.O. TK 2C SUCT FO-61 F.O. TK 4S SUCT FO-62 F.O. TK 4P SUCT FO-64 E.D.G. DAY TK. VENT FO-65 F.O. TK 4P SUCT / FILL FO-66 F.O. TK 4S SUCT / FILL Fuel Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY ATTACH TO VALVE BODY (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B B B B B B B B B B B B B A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B B B B B B B B B B B B B A
0131-83
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 10. (1) INSCRIPTION FO-67 F.O. SUCT FROM DAY TK FO-68 F.O. EMER GEN DY TK DR S FO-69 F.O. SAMPLE PT ATTACH TO VALVE BODY AL B Fuel Oil Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25)
Table 11. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-1 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-2 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-3 STG AIR TK OUT CA-4 STG AIR TK OUT CA-5 STG AIR TO BOW THRUSTER ENG CA-6 STG AIR TO PMP DR ENG CA-7 STG AIR TO DSL GEN CA-8 STG AIR TO ME #2 CA-9 STG AIR TO ME #1 CA-10 WSTL AIR RCVR CA-11 STG AIR TK INL
Compressed Air Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C (5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D D D
ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL
ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL TAG TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL
AL AL AL AL AL AL
C C C C B C
D D D D B D
0131-84
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 11. Compressed Air Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-12 STG AIR TK INL CA-13 SVCE AIR TK INL CA-14 SVCE AIR TK OUT CA-15 AIR TOOL CONN CA-16 AIR TOOL CONN CA-17 AIR TOOL CONN CA-18 AIR TOOL CONN CA-19 AIR TOOL CONN CA-20 AIR TOOL CONN CA-21 WEA TOOL CONN CA-22 SEA CHEST BLWT CA-23 SEA CHEST BLWT CA-24 PRV-SET AT 125 PSI CA-25 PRV-SET AT 125 PSI CA-26 PRV-SET AT 125 PSI CA-27 PRV-SET AT 200 PSI (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO VLV HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO STEM ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C C B C C C C C C B B B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D D D D B D D D D D D B B B
0131-85
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 11. Compressed Air Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-28 PRV-SET AT 200 PSI CA-29 PRV-SET AT 125 PSI CA-30 PRV-SET AT 25 PSI CA-31 PRV-SET AT 25 PSI CA-32 AUTO DR-STG AIR TK CA-33 AUTO DR-STG AIR TK CA-34 AUTO DR-SVCE AIR TK CA-35 RLF-SET AT 275 PSI CA-36 RLF-SET AT 275 PSI CA-37 RLF-SET AT 137 PSI CA-38 RLF-SET AT 137 PSI CA-39 SVCE AIR TK INL CA-40 SVCE AIR TK INL CA-41 BYP RDC STA CA-43 WSTL AIR MOISTURE SEPARATOR DR CA-44 RLF-SET AT 300 PSI (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO VALVE ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT DECKHEAD LINING (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH WH/BK AL A (4) ATT (Table 24) B A B B B B B A A A A C C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B A B B B B B A A A A D D D K
TIE WRAP TO PIPE
0131-86
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 11. Compressed Air Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-45 RLF-SET AT 300 PSI CA-46 STG AIR TK DR CA-47 STG AIR TK DR CA-48 SVCE AIR TK DR CA-49 AUTO DR CA-50 AUTO DR CA-51 AUTO DR CA-56 COV-OILY BILGE PUMP SUCT CA-57 AIR TOOL CONN CA-61 STARTING AIR GAGE-COV CA-62 STARTING AIR GAGE-COV CA-66 SVCE AIR TO STERN TUBE CA-67 SVCE AIR TO STERN TUBE CA-70 WSTL AIR RCVR DR CA-71 CA-72 CA-73 SVCE AIR TO FF PMP PRM EDUCTOR ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL AL C D (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET DECKHEAD LINING (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) A B B B B B B C C C C B B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B B B B B B B D D D D B B J
0131-87
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 11. Compressed Air Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-74 SVCE AIR TO BILGE SYS PRM EDUCTOR CA-80 SVCE AIR TO WSTL CA-81 SVCE AIR TO WSTL CA-85 SEA CHEST BLWT CA-86 PRV-SET AT 25 PSI CA-87 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-88 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-89 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-90 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-91 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-92 COV-COMPR DISCH CA-93 MOISTURE SEP DR CA-94 MOISTURE SEP DR CA-95 STG AIR TK PRESS CA-96 STG AIR TK PRESS CA-97 (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D
TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO HAND WHEEL ATTACH TO SCREW ON BONNET TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO PIPE
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
A A C B A A A A C C C C A A A
A A D B A A A A D D D D P P P
0131-88
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 11. Compressed Air Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION CA-98 CA-99 CA-100 PRESS RELIEF COMPRESSOR No. 1 CA-101 PRESS RELIEF COMPRESSOR No. 2 (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO PIPE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) A A A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) P P P
TIE WRAP TO PIPE
Table 12. (1) INSCRIPTION
Steering Hydraulic Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B (5) TYPE (Table 25) B
SH-1 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 1 PRESS/ RTN SH-2 C.O.V. -RUD MOT. No. 2 PRESS/ RTN ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL
SH-3 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT C.O.V. -RUD. MOT. No. 1 PRESS/ RTN SH-4 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT C.O.V. - RUD. MOT. No. 2 PRESS/ RTN SH-5 RUD. MOT No. 1 SUMP SH-6 RUD. MOT No. 2 SUMP SH-7 HAND PMP C.O.V. SH-8 HAND PMP C.O.V. ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL
AL
AL AL AL AL
B B B B
B B B B
0131-89
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 12. Steering Hydraulic Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION SH-9 OIL TO RSVR SH-10 OIL TO RSVR STEERING HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT TANK SIDE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) B B
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) B B F
Table 13. (1) INSCRIPTION CH-9 FLOW. CONT.-CRANE CH-10 FLOW.CONT.-CAPSTN
Towing Machine and Central Hydraulics Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO STICK TO TOP PLATE STICK TO BOTTOM OF VLV (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) B T T T T T T T T T T (5) TYPE (Table 25) B A A A A A A A A A A
CH-11 ATTACH TO BHD ABV VLV FLOW. CONT.-ANCH. WINDLASS CH-19 DIR. CONT.-TOW PIN No. 1 CH-20 DIR. CONT.-TOW PIN No. 2 CH-21 DIR. CONT.-TOW PIN No. 3 CH-22 DIR. CONT.-TOW PIN No. 4 CH-23 FLW. CONT.-TOW PIN 1 & 2 CH-24 FLW. CONT.-TOW PIN 3 & 4 CH-26 DRN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR CH-27 RTN CUT-OUT TOW WN HYDR STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE STICK TO VLV PLATE
0131-90
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 13. (1) INSCRIPTION CH-30 CAPSTAN ROTATION ISOLATION CH-31 CAPSTAN ROTATION ISOLATION CH-32 CAPSTAN DR TO RSVR CH-33 HYD TK TAKE-OFF CH-34 HYD TK TAKE-OFF Towing Machine and Central Hydraulics Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO TIE WRAP TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK AL (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) P
TIE WRAP TO VALVE
TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE TIE WRAP TO VALVE
A A A C
P P P D
TH-1 ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT C.O.V.-PMP DISCH. TO TOW WN. HYD TH-2 PRESS CRSVR CTL HYDR TOW WN HYDR ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL
TH-3 TIE WRAP TO PIPE RETURN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD TH-4 DRAIN CRSVR. TO CENT. HYD. TH-6 FLOW CONTROL TH-7 FLOW CONTROL TH-12 FLOW CONTROL TH-13 FLOW CONTROL TH-14 FLOW CONTROL TH-30 PORT TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR TIE WRAP TO PIPE TIE WRAP TO VLE TIE WRAP TO VLE TIE WRAP TO VLE TIE WRAP TO VLE TIE WRAP TO VLE BOND TO VALVE
AL AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
A A
A A P P P P P K
0131-91
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 13. (1) INSCRIPTION TH-31 STBD TOW WINCH RETURN TO RSVR TH-32 PORT TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM TH-33 STBD TOW WINCH PRESS TO DRUM Towing Machine and Central Hydraulics Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BOND TO VALVE (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K
BOND TO VALVE
BOND TO VALVE
TH-34 BOND TO VALVE PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR TH-35 BOND TO VALVE STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR TH-36 BOND TO VALVE PORT TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR TH-37 BOND TO VALVE STBD TOW WINCH DR TO RSVR TH-38 PORT TOW WINCH BRAKE DR TO RSVR TH-39 STBD TOW WINCH BRAKE DR TO RSVR BOND TO VALVE
K K K K K
BOND TO VALVE
Table 14. (1) INSCRIPTION OB-1 OILY BILGE SUCT OB-2 OILY BILGE SUCT
Sewage and Oily Bilge Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C (5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
OB-3 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY
0131-92
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 14. (1) INSCRIPTION Sewage and Oily Bilge Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) C C C C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D D D D D
OB-4 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT OILY BILGE SUCT. SHAFT ALLEY OB-5 OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. OB-6 OILY BILGE SUCT. ENG. RM. OB-7 OILY DR. TK. SUCT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
OB-8 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT OILY BILGE PMP DISCH. TO OILY WST. STOR. TK. OB-9 OILY BILGE PMP DISCH. TO SHORE OB-10 OILY WTR. SEP. OVBD. DISCH OB-13 OILY WST. STOR. TK. TO OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. OB-14 C.O.V.-OILY BILGE PMP. SUCT. OB-15 OILY WTF. SEP. INLET OB-16 OILY WASTE STOR. TK. SUCT. OB-17 OILY WASTE STOR. INLET ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
AL
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
AL AL
C C
D D
ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL
C C C C C C C
D D D D D D D
OB-18 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT HOSE CONN.- OILY BILGE SUCT. OB-19 HOSE CONN.-OILY BILGE SUCT ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT
OB-20 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT HOSE CONN.-OILY BILGE SUCT.
0131-93
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 14. (1) INSCRIPTION Sewage and Oily Bilge Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL PH WH/BK AL AL AL AL C C C A (4) ATT (Table 24) C C
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) D D J C C C A
OB-21 ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT HOSE CONN.-OILY BILGE SUCT. OB-22 C.O.V. SHORE CONN. OILY WASTE TANK SD-1 SEW. INLET TO MSD SD-2 SEW. OVBD. DISCH SD-3 SEW. DR. TO HOLD. TK SD-4 C.O.V.-SEW. DISCH. PMP. No. 2 SUCT SD-5 C.O.V.-SEW. DISCH. PMP. No. 1 SUCT SD-6 C.O.V.-SEW. DISCH. PMP. No. 2 DISCH SD-7 C.O.V.-SEW. DISCH. PMP. No. 1 DISCH SD-8 SEW. OVBD. DISCH SD-9 SEW. TO SH. CONN. SD-10 SEW. SHORE CONN. PORT SD-11 SEW. SHORE CONN. STBD SD-12 MSD. OVBD. DISCH. PUMP DISCH ATTACH TO HANDWHEEL NUT ATTACH TO GAGE ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY
TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY
AL
AL
AL
TIE WRAP TO VLV BODY ATTACH TO BHD NEXT TO VALVE ATTACH TO BHD ABOVE VALVE ATTACH TO HVAC DUCT BEHIND VALVE ATTACH TO HANDLE NUT
AL AL AL AL AL
A T T T B
A A A A B
0131-94
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 14. (1) INSCRIPTION SD-13 SEW. OVBD. DISCH SEWAGE SETTLING TANK SEWAGE HOLDING TANK Sewage and Oily Bilge Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ATTACH TO VLV OR STIFF, PLT. FWD OF VLV ATTACH TO TANK TOP ATTACH TO GAGE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) A
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A F J
Table 15. (1) INSCRIPTION UNIT HTR 2-8-1 PP5-4P-L UNIT HTR 2-15-2 PP5-4P-A EXH FANE 2-16-1 DP4-1P-P UNIT HTR 2-21-1 PP1-4P-B AIR COND UNIT R2-40-1 DP4-1L-D MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES RETURN AIR FROM EOS MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES SPLY SYS S01-27-1 UNIT HTR 2-53-2 PP4-4P-H UNIT HTR 2-55-2 PP4-4P-F NAT VENT TOWING GEAR LKR NAT EXH AMS 2 & EXH SYS E2-16-1 AIR INTAKE FANS: S1-22-2, S1-22-4, R1-25-2 PRE HTR 1-23-4 PP3-4P-A(2) UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT
HVAC Label Plates. (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T (5) TYPE (Table 25) K K K K K K
(2) SECURE TO
UNIT UNIT UNIT GOOSENECK GOOSENECK BHD UNIT
T T T T T T T
K K K K K K K
0131-95
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 15. HVAC Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION AMS 2 SPLY FAN S1-22-2 PP3-4P-C(2,3) GALLEY SPLY FAN S1-22-4 PP2-4P-B(2) FILTER SPLY SYS 1-22-4 PRE HTR 1-23-2 PP2-4P-A(2) FAN COIL UNIT R1-25-2 PP3-4P-H(2) FILTER RECIRC SYS R1-25-2 RE HTR 1-25-2 PP3-4P-B(2) T.RHR 1-31-1 FB3-1P-C EXH FAN E1-37-1 PP2-4P-F(2) T.RHR 1-31-2 FB3-1P-E RETURN AIR RECIRC SYS R1-25-2 CONV HTR1-40-2 FB2-1P-G T.RHR 1-42-1 FB3-1P-B T.RHR 1-45-2 FB3-1P-A CONV HTR 1-50-2 FB 2-1P-E MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES EXH SYS E01-44-2 T.RHR 1-48-1 FB3-1P-G T.RHR 1-52-1 FB3-1P-H CONV HTR 1-56-1 FB2-1P-K CONV HTR 1-57-2 FB2-1P-L UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL PH WH/BK AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
SPLY FAN S1-58-1 PP3-4P-G(2,3) UNIT MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES SPLY SYS S1-58-1 UNIT
0131-96
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 15. (1) INSCRIPTION MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES EXH SYS E1-62-2 EXH FAN E1-62-2 DP3-1P-M(2,3) PRE HTR 1-57-1 PP3-4P-D(2) FILTER SPLY SYS SI-58-1 AIR INTAKE SPLY FAN S01-27-2 & MN ENG COMB AIR AIR INTAKE SPLY FAN S01-27-2 & MN ENG COMB AIR AIR INTAKE SPLY FAN S01-27-1 & MN ENG COMB AIR AIR INTAKE SPLY FAN S01-27-1 & MN ENG COMB AIR NAT VENT EMERG GEN RM AIR INTAKE RECIRC SYS R01-32-2 NAT VENT EMERG GEN RM AIR EXH SERVES EXH SYS E1-37-1 NAT EXH AMS 1 AIR INTAKE SPLY SYS S01-45-2 NAT EXH CLOTHES DRYER NAT EXH LAUNDRY SP NAT VENT BOW THRUSTER SP NAT VENT BOW THRUSTER SP AIR INTAKE SPLY FAN S1-58-1 NAT EXH BOSUNS STORES AIR EXH SERVES EXH SYS E1-62-2 UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT AFT STACK BHD INBD STACK BHD AFT STACK BHD INBD STACK BHD INBD LONG BHD INBD LONG BHD OTBD LONG BHD OTBD LONG BHD OTBD LONG BHD OTBD LONG BHD GOOSENECK GOOSENECK GOOSENECK GOOSENECK GOOSENECK GOOSENECK GOOSENECK HVAC Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K
0131-97
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 15. HVAC Label Plates - Continued. (1) INSCRIPTION SPLY FAN S01-27-2 2S-4P-D(2,3) UNIT SPLY FAN S01-27-1 1S-4P-F(2,3) UNIT PRE HTR 01-31-2 PP3-4P-E(2) FAN COIL UNIT R01-32-2 PP3-4P-J(2) FILTER RECIRC SYS R01-32-2 RETURN AIR RECIRC SYS R01-32-2 MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES RETURN AIR FROM 02 LVL CONV HTR 01-36-2 FB2-1P-A T. RHR 01-34-1 FB1-1P-A RE-HTR 01-32-2 PP3-4P-F(2) T. RHR 01-39-2 FB1-1P-H CONV HTR 01-44-2 FB2-1P-B MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES EXH SYS EO1-44-2 T.RHR 01-41-1 FB1-1P-B MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES RECIRC SYS R01-32-2 CONV HTR 01-45-1 FB2-1P-C T. RHR 01-50-2 FB1-1P-D CONV HTR 01-51-2 FB2-1P-F T. RHR 01-50-1 FB1-1P-E CONV-HTR 01-51-1FB2-1P-J AMS I SPLY FAN S01-45-2 PP4-4P-G(2,3) EXH FAN E01-44-2 PP3-4P-N(2) UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K K K K K K K
UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
K K K K K K K K K K K K
K K
0131-98
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 15. (1) INSCRIPTION AIR EXH 2 SERVES EXH FAN E02-27-2 AIR EXH 1 SERVES EXH FAN E02-27-1 EXH FAN 2 E02-27-2 2S-4P-E(2,3) HVAC Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO FWD STACK BHD FWD STACK BHD UNIT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K K K K K K K K 2" W x 1-1/4" H 2" W x 1-1/4" H 2" W x 1-1/4" H
EXH FAN 1 E02-27-1 1S-4P-C(2,3) UNIT RHTR 03-46-2 FB1-1P-J RHTR 03-44-1 FB1-1P-L MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES SPLY SYS S01-27-1 MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES SPLY SYS S01-27-2 PILOTHOUSE O. H. A/C-UNIT PORT ACDP-2P-A PILOTHOUSE O. H. A/C-UNIT STBD ACDP-2P-B RADIO ROOM A/C-UNIT ACDP-2P-C UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT UNIT
Table 16. (1) INSCRIPTION MAIN DK CLEANING GEAR LKR MAIN DK LINEN LOCKER MAIN DK SANITARY SPACE MAIN DK BOATSWAINS STORE
Compartments Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T (5) TYPE (Table 25) F F F F
JOINER DOOR 19" AFT FR 61 INBD JOINER DOOR 21" FWD FR 57 INBD JOINER DOOR 7' - 6" OFF C.L. AFT SIDE FR 54 JOINER DOOR BKHD 54 AFT SIDE
0131-99
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 16. (1) INSCRIPTION MAIN DK PASSAGEWAY MAIN DK ARMS CONTROL ROOM MAIN DK LAUNDRY SPACE MAIN DK DAMAGE CONTROL LKR MAIN DK CREW'S STATEROOM No. 1 MAIN DK CREW'S STATEROOM No. 2 MAIN DK CREW'S STATEROOM No. 3 MAIN DK SANITARY SPACE MAIN DK CREW'S STATEROOM No. 4 MAIN DK SANITARY SPACE MAIN DK MESS/RECREATION SPACE MAIN DK PASSAGEWAY MAIN DK GALLEY MAIN DK GALLEY MAIN DK THAW ROOM MAIN DK CHILL BOX MAIN DK WALK IN FREEZER Compartments Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO JOINER DOOR BKHD 54F WD SIDE JOINER DOOR FR 59 INBD SIDE JOINER DOOR FR 57 FWD SIDE JOINER DOOR 16" FWD FR 49 PORT, INBD JOINER DOOR 16" AFT FR 54 STBD, INBD JOINER DOOR 16" AFT FR 5O STBD, INBD JOINER DOOR 16" AFT FR 45 STBD, INBD JOINER DOOR 11-6" OFF C.L. FR 49 AFT SIDE JOINER DOOR 39" FWD FR 40 STBD, INBD JOINER DOOR 15" FWD FR 40 6'-9 1/2" OFF C.L. PORT, INBD JOINER DOOR BKHD 40 PORT, FWD JOINER DOOR BKHD 40 PORT, AFT JOINER DOOR 34" AFT FR 40 18" OFF C.L.STBD, INBD JOINER DOOR 16" FWD FR 26 ON C.L. PORT ON DOOR FR 26 STBD FWD SIDE ON DOOR FR 24, STBD FWD SIDE ON DOOR FR 23, STBD INBD SIDE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL PH WH/BK AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T F F F F F F F F G F F F F F F (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) F
0131-100
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 16. (1) INSCRIPTION MAIN DK VESTIBULE MAIN DK MESS/RECREATION SPACE MAIN DK FAN ROOM MAIN DK VESTIBULE ENGINE ROOM MAIN DK VESTIBULE AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 1 AUXILIARY MACHINERY SPACE No. 2 ENCLOSED OPERATING STATION (E.O.S.) MAIN DK CBR LKR Compartments Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO JOINER DOOR FR 26 PORT, FWD JOINER DOOR FR 26, PORT AFT SIDE STEEL DOOR FR 21 11'-10" OFF C.L. PORT AFT SIDE STEEL DOOR FR 21 61" OFF C.L. PORT AFT SIDE JOINER DOOR OUTBD JOINER DOOR INBD JOINER DOOR FR 21 FWD SIDE JOINER DOOR BKHD 44 AFT SIDE ON DOOR AFT SIDE STEEL DOOR AFT SIDE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) F G F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F G
MAIN DK FOUL WEATHER GEAR INBD SIDE OF SPACE LKR 01 LVL CHIEF ENGINEER'S STATEROOM 01 LVL SANITARY SPACE 01 LVL CAPTAINS STATEROOM 01 LVL SANITARY SPACE 01 LVL PASSAGEWAY 01 LVL PASSAGEWAY JOINER DOOR 43" OFF C.L. FR 48 PORT AFT SIDE JOINER DOOR FR 51, 30" OFF C.L. PORT, OUTBD JOINER DOOR FR 48, 43" OFF C.L. STBD, AFT JOINER DOOR FR 51, 30" OFF C.L. STBD, OUTBD STEEL DOOR P/S, FR 47 WEATHER SIDE STEEL DOOR FR 33 ON C.L. WEATHER SIDE
01 LVL LADDERWELL DOWN TO JOINER DOOR 9" FWD FR 46 MAIN DK 37" OFF C.L. PORT, FWD
0131-101
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 16. (1) INSCRIPTION 01 LVL PASSAGEWAY 01 LVL FAN SPACE 01 LVL LADDERWELL UP TO 02 LVL 01 LVL PASSAGEWAY Compartments Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO JOINER DOOR 9" FWD FR 46 37" OFF C.L. PORT AFT SIDE JOINER DOOR 9" FWD FR 46 11-9 3/4" OFF C.L. PORT, FWD JOINER DOOR 16" FWD FR 40 18" OFF C.L. PORT, INBD JOINER DOOR 16" FWD FR 40 18" OFF C.L. PORT, OUTBD (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) F F G F F F F F F F F F F F F
01 LVL OFFICER'S STATEROOM JOINER DOOR 2" AFT FR 42 No. 1 18" OFF C.L. STBD. INBD 01 LVL SANITARY SPACE JOINER DOOR 13" AFT FR 44 7'-10 1/2" OFF C.L. STBD, INBD
01 LVL OFFICER'S STATEROOM JOINER DOOR 16" AFT FR 40 No. 2 18" OFF C.L. PORT, INBD 01 LVL SANITARY SPACE 01 LVL SANITARY SPACE 01 LVL NCO'S STATEROOM 02 LVL PILOT HOUSE 01 LVL DECK LKR 01 LVL VENT PLENUM 01 LVL STACK 01 LVL EMER. GEN. ROOM JOINER DOOR 6" AFT FR 43 8'-10" OFF C.L. PORT, AFT JOINER DOOR FR 34 18" OFF C.L. PORT, INBD JOINER DOOR FR 34 18" OFF C.L. STBD, INBD ALUM DOORS P/S FR 43 WEATHER SIDE LKR DOOR NEXT TO LOUVERED DOOR ON BHD. P/S (WEATHER SIDE) STEEL DOORS P/S FR 33 WEATHER SIDE STEEL DOOR, WEATHER SIDE
0131-102
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 17. Scuttles, Manholes, and Doors Label Plates. (1) INSCRIPTION TOWING GEAR LOCKER TOWING GEAR LOCKER STEARING GEAR COMPARTMENT AUX MCHRY SPACE No. 2 BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT AUX MCHRY SPACE No. 1 (2) SECURE TO HATCH COVER FR 8 39 1/2" OFF C.L. PORT SIDE HATCH COVER FR 8 57" OFF C.L. STBD SIDE HATCH COVER FR 1 15" OFF C.L. STBD SIDE HATCH COVER FR 20 18" OFF C.L. PORT SIDE HATCH COVER FR 55 32" OFF C.L. STBD SIDE HATCH COVER 9" FWD FR 51 33" OFF C.L. PORT SIDE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL BR AL AL AL AL BR AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T S T T T T S T T T T T T T H H F F F H H
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) H H H H H H H F H H H H H
ENCLOSED OPERATION SPACE HATCH COVER 9" FWD FR 41 (E.O.S.) 6'-1" OFF C.L. PORT SIDE SWITCHBOARD ACCESS SPACE OUTB/D SIDE OF DOOR SALT WATER BALLAST TANK No. 1 FUEL OIL DAY TANK PORT FUEL OIL DAY TANK STBD VOID STBD FR 28-36 VOID PORT FR 28-36 VOID FR 6-7 FUEL OIL TANK No. 4P FUEL OIL TANK No. 4S POTABLE WATER TANK PORT POTABLE WATER TANK STBD BOW THRUSTER VOID FUEL OIL TANK No. 1P FUEL OIL TANK No. 1S MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER ON BKHD NEAR M.H. MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER
0131-103
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 17. (1) INSCRIPTION SEWAGE HOLDING TANK SEWAGE HOLDING TANK FUEL OIL TANK No. 1P VOID FR. 21-44 FUEL OIL TANK No. 3C FUEL OIL TANK No. 3C SW BALLAST TANK No. 2P SW BALLASTTANK No. 2S CATHODIC PROTECTION TRANSDUCER SHAFT ALLEY PORT SHAFT ALLEY STBD FUEL OIL TANK No. 1S TRANSDUCER WELL VOID FR 21-44 FUEL OIL TANK No. 2C FUEL OIL TANK No. 2P FUEL OIL TANK No. 2S FUEL OIL TANK No. 2P FUEL OIL TANK No. 2S FUEL OIL TANK No. 2C OILY WASTE SUMP TANK FUEL OIL TANK No. 4P FUEL OIL TANK No. 4S POTABLE WATER TANK PORT POTABLE WATER TANK STBD Scuttles, Manholes, and Doors Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER ON BKHD NEAR COVER ON BKHD NEAR COVER TOP OF ACCESS COVER TOP OF ACCESS COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER ON BKHD NEAR COVER ON BKHD NEAR COVER (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL BR BR BR BR BR AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T S S S S S T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
0131-104
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 17. (1) INSCRIPTION S.W. BALLAST TANK No. 2P CHAIN LOCKERS & SUMP ACCESS OILY WASTE TANK L.O. STORAGE TANK AFFF TANK VOID FR 40-44 VOID FR 40-44 VOID FR 40-44 EDG FUEL OIL TANK MAIN DK LIFE JACKET LOCKER TANK TOP SPARE PARTS STOREROOM TANK TOP MISC. STOREROOM TANK TOP WORKSHOP TANK TOP SPECIAL TOOLS LOCKER MAIN DK DRV PROVISIONS STORAGE SW BALLAST TANK No. 2S Scuttles, Manholes, and Doors Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MANHOLE COVER FWD SIDE M.H. COVER INT OS.W. BALL. TK #1 MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER MANHOLE COVER ON BKHD ABV E M DOOR CENTERED 15" AFT OF FR 45 ON EM PANEL ABV EM DOOR FR 56 48" OFF C.L. PORT INBD ON EM PANEL ABV EM DOOR FR 56 48" OFF C.L. STBD INBD ON EM DOOR FR FR 17 1/2 68" OFF C.L. STBD, INBD ON EM DOOR FR FR39 STBD, OUTBD ON EM SLIDING DOOR FR 32 MANHOLE COVER FWD SIDE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL BR AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T S T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) F H H H H H H H H G G F F G F F
0131-105
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 18. (1) INSCRIPTION RADIO ROOM RESTRICTED AREA KEEP OUT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY DANGER HIGH INTENSITY NOISE HEARING PROTECTION REQUIRED RESTRICTED AREA KEEP OUT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESTRICTED AREA KEEP OUT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY CHAIN LOCKER (PORT) CHAIN LOCKER (STBD) 01 LV FAN ROOM SURVIVAL SUITS (4) UNDER TABLE AHEAD LOCK UNLOCK OPEN OPEN CLOSE CLOSE ASTERN
Miscellaneous Water Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/RD AL T (4) ATT (Table 24) (5) TYPE (Table 25) G SIZE 6" x 4" G (6X3) SIZE 6" x 3" SIZE 6" x 3" H H F F O J 2" x 1" J 2" x 1" Y1 Y2 J J J
RADIO ROOM DOOR OUTBD FACE TO BE INSTALLED ON ACCESS TO SPACES TESTED TO BE ABOVE 78Db(A) NOISE LEVEL INBD SIDE OF PASSAGEWAY DOOR IOUTBD SIDE OF PLT HSE DOORS MANHOLE COVER (P) MANHOLE COVER (S) STEEL DOORWEATHER SIDE GMDSS TABLE STBD CONSOLE ENGINE CONTROLS PILOT HSE DOOR PILOT HSE DOOR PILOT HSE DOOR PILOT HSE DOOR FWD FACE OF STACK UNDER PULL FWD FACE OF STACK UNDER PULL FWD FACE OF STACK UNDER PULL
AL
AL
BR BR AL PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD
S S T
PULL TO CLOSE M.E. PORT AIR IN PULL TO CLOSE E.R. VENT AIR IN PULL TO CLOSE E.R. VENT AIR OUT
0131-106
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 18. (1) INSCRIPTION PULL TO CLOSE M.E. STBD AIR IN Miscellaneous Water Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO FWD FACE OF STACK UNDER PULL (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) J G G G G G 10" W x 5" H LETTERS 3/4" HIGH 9" W x 5" H LETTERS 3/4" HIGH 2 1/2" W x 1 1/4" H 2 1/2" W x 1 1/4" H J J J J
HATCH TO BE SECURED WHEN DECK HATCH COVER AT SEA EXTERNAL FACE HATCH TO BE SECURED WHEN DECK HATCH COVER AT SEA EXTERNAL FACE HATCH TO BE SECURED WHEN DECK HATCH COVER AT SEA EXTERNAL FACE HATCH TO BE SECURED WHEN DECK HATCH COVER AT SEA EXTERNAL FACE HATCH TO BE SECURED WHEN DECK HATCH COVER AT SEA EXTERNAL FACE WARNING DO NOT OPERATE CRANE WHEN HF WHIP ANTENNA ABOVE IS IN OPERATION WARNING MAN ALOFT PROCEDURE APPLIES. BEYOND THIS POINT FRIDGE FREEZER WHISTLE PULL TO OPERATE BINOCULAR STOWAGE PULL TO CLOSE EMERG GEN AIR IN PULL TO CLOSE EMERG GEN AIR OUT STACK
PILOT HSE BEHIND LADDER
PH WH/RD
REFRIGERATOR DOOR FREEZER DOOR DK HEADLINING STOWAGE POCKET EXTERNAL LONGTD BHD EXTERNAL LONGTD BHD
PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD
0131-107
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 19. (1) INSCRIPTION WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB Pan Eyes Label Plates. (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T
0131
(2) SECURE TO MN DK UNDER SIDE, FF 55.5 ON C.L. GIRDER AJD TO PAD MN DK UNDER SIDE, FF 53 ON C.L. GIRDER AJD TO PAD MN DK UNDER SIDE, FF 50 ON C.L. GIRDER AJD TO PAD MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 52, 66" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 49, 66" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 45, 6'-2" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 42, 6'-2" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 39, 6'-2" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 41.5, 9'-10" OFF C.L. P/S, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 37.5, 9'-10" OFF C.L. P/S, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 37, 6'-6" OFF C.L. P/S, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 37, ON C.L. GIRDER, ADJACENT TO PADEYE
(5) TYPE (Table 25) F F F F
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB
AL
WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB
AL
AL
0131-108
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 19. (1) INSCRIPTION WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB Pan Eyes Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 34, ON C.L. GIRDER, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 30, ON C.L. GIRDER, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 26, ON C.L. GIRDER, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 34, 11'-0" OFF C.L. P/S, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 23, 11'-0" OFF C.L. P/S, ON INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 29.5, 11'-0" OFF C.L. P/S, ON LONGTD ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 26.5, 11'-0" OFF C.L. P/S, ON LONGTD ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 23, 48" OFF C.L. P/S, ON LONGTD ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 19, 40.5" OFF C.L. P/S, ON LONGTD ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 21, 40.5" OFF C.L. PORT, ON BKHD 21 AFT SIDE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 17, 10'-1" OFF C.L. PORT, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
AL
AL
AL
AL
WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 7000 LB TEST LOAD 14000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
0131-109
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 19. (1) INSCRIPTION WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB Pan Eyes Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 16, 10'-1" OFF C.L. PORT, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 19, 48" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 17, 7'-5" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 15, 8'-6" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 14.5, 57-3/4" OFF C.L. STBD, ON INSULATION, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 14.5, 40-1/2" OFF C.L. STBD, ON LONGTD, ADJACENT TO PADEYE MN DK UNDER SIDE, FR 22, P/S ON OVHD INSULATION ADJACENT TO PADEYES NOTE: ENGINE CYLINDER REMOVAL PADEYES BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, PORT BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, PORT BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, PORT BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 3000 LB TEST LOAD 6000 LB WORKING LOAD 600 LB TEST LOAD 1200 LB
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
ID: LP 01 SWL: 4410 LBS DATE:
PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H
0131-110
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 19. (1) INSCRIPTION ID: LP 05 SWL: 4410 LBS DATE: Pan Eyes Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, STBD BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, PORT BHD, TOW GEAR LOCKER, FR 7, PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK K (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H K 2" W x 1 1/4" H
ID: LP 08 SWL: 27562 LBS DATE: TOW DK, FR 3 PORT, TEXAS CLEAT ID: LP 09 SWL: 27562 LBS DATE: TOW DK, FR 3 STBD, TEXAS CLEAT ID: LP 10 SWL: 27562 LBS DATE: TOW DK, FR 11 PORT, H BOLLARD ID: LP 11 SWL: 27562 LBS DATE: TOW DK, FR 11 STBD, H BOLLARD ID: LP 12 SWL: 4410 LBS DATE: UNDER 02 DK, FR 32 C.L., DK BEAM UNDER 02 DK, FR 32 STBD, DK BEAM
0131-111
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON NAVIGABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS ZONE. IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5000 PUMP HOLDING TANK CONTENTS OUT OF AUTHORIZED PUMP OUT STATIONS OR BEYOND RESTRICTED WATERS ONLY. CAUTION - DO NOT OPEN THE VALVE CONNECTING THE DISCHARGE PUMP TO THE OVERBOARD DISCHARGE IN RESTRICTED WATERS. BOW THRUSTER ENGINE CRANK CASE VENT PUMP DRIVE ENGINE CRANK CASE VENT
Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) A (4) ATT (Table 24) T (5) TYPE (Table 25) 5" x 8" & 3/16" LETTERS 5" x 8" & 3/16" LETTERS
ENGINE RM, FR 31 STBD, IN VICINITY OF OILY BILGE PUMP AMS 2, FR 14 PORT, ON BILGE & BALLAST PMP CONTROLLERS
ENGINE RM, FR 44 PORT, PIPE NEAR VALVE SD-8. TIE WRAP
AL or BR
5" x 5" 3/16" HIGH LETTERS
01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 54 PORT VENT TERM OR PIPE. TIE WRAP 01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 54 PORT VENT TERM OR PIPE. TIE WRAP OUTBD OF BOW THRUSTER ENGINE CRANK CASE VENT
AL AL
A A
A A
SSDG No. 2 CRANK CASE VENT TOP OF STACK, WEATHER, FR 29 PORT SSDG No. 2 CRANK CASE VENT TOP OF STACK, WEATHER, FR 29 STBD LUBO FILL CONN REFRIGERANT RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE 01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 40 PORT, BHD NEAR CONN MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 21 STBD, PIPE, TIE WRAP
AL AL AL AL
A A T A
A A SIMILAR TO A A
0131-112
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION OILY WASTE DISCH SHORE CONN POTABLE WTR FILL CONN FUEL OIL FILL CONN FUEL OIL FILL CONN SEWAGE DISCH SHORE CONN Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 21 STBD, BHD NEAR CONN MAIN DECK, WEATHER, FR 21 PORT, BHD NEAR CONN 01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 33 PORT, BHD NEAR CONN 01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 33 STBD, BHD NEAR CONN MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 21 P/S, BHD NEAR CONN (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) A A A A A VENDOR FURNISHE D VINYL STICK-ON 6" x 2" WHITE LETTERIN G ON RED BACKGRO UND A WARNING RED LTRS FOLLOWI NG INSTRUCT IONS BLACK LTRS L J
NOTICE THIS VESSEL IS MAIN & 01 LVL SAN SPACES, EQUIPPED WITH A SEWAGE BHD NEAR EACH TOILET TREATMENT SYSTEM. DO NOT INTRODUCE GREASE OR DISINFECTANTS SUCH AS PINE SOL INTO THE TOILETS OR OTHER DRAINS LEADING TO THE SEWAGE PLANT
WARNING GAS CANS SHOULD BE MOVED TO A SAFE LOCATION WHEN LIVE AMMUNITION IS FIRED FROM THE ADJACENT GUN MOUNT
01 DK, WEATHER, FR 22 STBD, RAILING NEAR GUN MOUNT
AL
SHAFT BRAKE OIL PRESS
ENG RM, FR 23 P/S, TOP OF CALIPER HOLDING PLT
PH PH
T T
CONTROL AIR SYSTEM SUPPLY ENG RM, PORT, OUTSIDE OF PRESSURE EOS LONG BHD, BELOW PRESS GAGE
0131-113
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION FIRE STATION No. 1 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO AMS #2, FR 18 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION
FIRE STATION No. 2
ENG RM, FR 32 P
FIRE STATION No. 3
AMS #1, FR 54 STBD
FIRE STATION No. 4
MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 21 PORT
FIRE STATION No. 5
CREWS MESS, FR 29 PORT, BHD
0131-114
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION FIRE STATION No. 6 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MAIN DK, PASSAGEWAY, FR 52 P, BHD (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION
FIRE STATION No. 7
01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 25 STBD, STACK
FIRE STATION No. 8
01 LVL PASSAGEWAY, FR 47 STBD, BHD
FIRE STATION No. 9
01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 54 STBD, D/HOUSE FRONT
FIRE STATION No. 10
02 LVL, WEATHER, FR 37 PORT, PILOT HSE AFT FACE
0131-115
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION FIRE STATION No. 11 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO 02 LVL, WEATHER, FR 50 STBD, PILOT HSE SIDE (STBD) (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) STENCIL 2" HIGH RED LETTERS ON BHD NEAR FIRE STATION
U.S. ARMY LT 8 - -
ALL FIRE AXES
VINYL
STICK ON
(USE APPROPRI ATE HULL No.) VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1 / 2 " HIGH BLACK LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS
FIRE AXE
BHD NEAR EACH FIRE AXE LOCATION
U.S. ARMY LT 8 - -
(MARK APPROPRIATE HULL No.) STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR ON ALL FIRE HOSES (MARK APPROPRIATE HULL No.) STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR ON ALL LIFE PRESERVERS, RING LIFEBUOY, SURVIVAL SUITS ENG RM, FR 21 STBD, FIRE EXTINGUISHER VINYL STICK ON VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS
U.S. ARMY LT 8 - -
PORT FEXT-1 ENG RM FR21 STBD
ENG RM, FR 26 STBD, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
0131-116
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION PORT FEXT-3 ENG RM FR 36 PORT Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ENG RM, FR 36 PORT, FIRE EXTINGUISHER (3) MATL (Table 23) VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS
VINYL
STICK ON
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-6 ENG RM FR 44 STBD
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-7 ENG RM ACCESS FR 22 STBD
MAIN DK, ENG RM ACCESS, FR 22 STBD, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-8 GALLEY FR 32 STBD
MAIN DK, GALLEY, FR 32 STBD, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-9 MN DK PASS FR 43 PORT
MAIN DK, PASS FR 43 PORT, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
0131-117
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION PORT FEXT-10 BOSN ST FR61 PORT Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MAIN DK, BOSN STORE, FR 61 PORT, FIRE EXTINGUISHER (3) MATL (Table 23) VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1/2" HIGH WHITE LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS
PORT FEXT-11 EMER GEN RM FR 30 STBD
01 LVL, EMERG GEN RM, FR 30 STBD, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-12 01 LVL PASS FR 45 PORT
01 LVL, PASS, FR 45 PORT, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-14 RADIO RM FR 42 RADIO ROOM, FR 42 PORT, FIRE STBD EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-1
ENG RM, FR 21 STBD BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-2
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-3
ENG RM, FR 36 PORT BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
0131-118
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION PORT FEXT-4 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ENG RM, FR 36 STBD BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER (3) MATL (Table 23) VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS
PORT FEXT-5
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-6
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-7
MAIN DK, ENG RM ACCESS, FR 22 STBD, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-8
MAIN DK, GALLEY, FR 32 STBD, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-9
MAIN DK, PASS, FR 43 PORT, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-10
BOSN STORE, FR 61 PORT, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
PORT FEXT-11
EMER GEN RM, FR 30 STBD, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
0131-119
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION PORT FEXT-12 Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO 01 LVL PASS, FR 45 PORT BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER (3) MATL (Table 23) VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS VINYL STICK-ON WITH 1" HIGH RED LETTERS STENCIL
PORT FEXT-14
RADIO RM, BHD NEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
VINYL
STICK ON
U.S. ARMY LT 8 - - CAPACITY 25 PERSONS
LIFE RAFT. STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN CONTRASTING COLOR TO THE BACKGROUND (MARK APPROPRIATE HULL No.) 02 LVL, WEATHER, FR 33 STBD, ON FWD BHD OF THE STACK. STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR ON FWD BHD OF THE STACK ADJACENT TO THE LIFE RAFT 02 LVL, WEATHER, FR 33 PORT, ON FWD BHD OF THE STACK. STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR ON FWD BHD OF THE STACK ADJACENT TO THE LIFE RAFT
LIFE RAFT No. 1 25 PERSONS CAPACITY
STENCIL
LIFE RAFT No. 2 25 PERSONS CAPACITY
STENCIL
PORTABLE EMERGENCY 02 LVL, STACK, FR 33 PORT, LIFEBOAT RADIO INSIDE STACK ON FWD BHD OF THE STACK ABOVE THE DOOR
STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR
EMERGENCY LIFEBOAT RADIO
02 LVL, STACK, FR 32 PORT, ON BHD ABOVE THE PORTABLE RADIO
0131-120
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION REMOVE PIN TO UNLOCK HANDWHEEL Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO AMS #2, FR 20 STBD, UNDERSIDE OF THE AMS #2 HATCH (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) STENCIL 1" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 1" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR STENCIL 1-1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR STENCIL 1" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 1" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR STENCIL 1" HIGH LETTERS IN BLACK COLOR
DOOR SHALL BE KEPT SHUT AT MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 21 ALL TIMES WHILE TOWING PORT ON THE FAN RM DOOR (AFT SIDE)
STBD MAIN ENGINE COMB AIR INTAKE PLENUM
01 LVL, VENT PLENUM, FR 26 STBD, INBD SIDE OF INTAKE PLENUM
PORT MAIN ENGINE COMB AIR INTAKE PLENUM
01 LVL, VENT PLENUM, FR 26 PORT, INBD SIDE OF INTAKE PLENUM
DIESEL STARTING AIR RCVR No. 1
AMS #1, FR 53 PORT, ON THE RCVR
DIESEL STARTINGAIR RCVR No. 2
SHIPS SERVICE AIR RCVR
0131-121
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO POWER PANELS, DIST. PANELS LOAD CENTERS POWER SUPPLY LIGHTING PANELS (3) MATL (Table 23) VINYL (4) ATT (Table 24) STICK ON
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) USE EXIST'G STICKONS IN WAREHOUSE STOCK STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR
SHAFT VOID PT VENT
MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 19 PORT, VENT PIPE
SHAFT VOID STBD VENT
MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 19 STBD, VENT PIPE
NAT VENT TOWING GEAR LOCKER
MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 7 P/S, VENT TRUNK
NAT VENT STEERING GEAR COMPMT
MAIN DK, WEATHER, FR 0 P/S, VENT PIPE
NATURAL EXH CLOTHES DRYER
01 DK, WEATHER, FR 55 PORT, VENT PIPE
NAT VENT LAUNDRY SPACE
NAT VENT BOW THRUSTER SPACE
0131-122
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 20. (1) INSCRIPTION NAT VENT BOW THRUSTER SPACE Miscellaneous Stenciling Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO 01 DK, WEATHER, FR 55 STBD, VENT PIPE (3) MATL (Table 23) (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 1/2" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR STENCIL 3/4" HIGH LETTERS IN RED COLOR
AIR EXH SERVICE SYS
NAT EXH BOSUNS STORE
01 DK, WEATHER, FR 62 STBD, VENT PIPE
AIR INTAKE SUPPLY FAN
01 DK, WEATHER, FR 58 STBD, VENT TRUNK
LIFE PRESERVER
PILOT HSE, FR 44 P/S, LIFE PRESERVER STOWAGE BIN
PAINT LOCKER
02, WEATHER, FR 32 CL, LOCKER LID
0131-123
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION LS-519A/SIC INTERCOM LS-519A/SIC INTERCOM LS-519A/SIC INTERCOM 01 LVL DIST. PNL No. 2 LC-1PDP2
Electrical Label Plates. (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T T T T (5) TYPE (Table 25) F F F J K K K K J K K K K K
(2) SECURE TO ENCLOSURE COVER, MAST, FR 45 STBD ENCLOSURE COVER, 01 LVL, WEATHER, FR 54 STBD ENCLOSURE COVER, 01 LVL, FR 21 ENCLOSURE COVER, 01 PASS, FR 46.5 STBD
LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION MN DK ENCLOSURE COVER, MN DK DIST. PNL No. 3 LC-1P-DP3 PASS, FR 44 STBD VENTILATION MN DK PWR PNL No. 3 2S-4P-PP3 ENG RM EMER DIST PANEL No. 1 ELC-1EP-EDP1 ENG RM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PNL 1S-1P-E(2) ENG RM DIST PNL No. 4 LC-1PDP4 ENGINE ROOM POWER PANEL #1 1S-4P-PP1 AUX MACH SPACE #1 POWER PANEL #4 1S-4P-PP4 AUX MACH SPACE #2 POWER PANEL #5 2S-4P-PP5 GALLEY 460V PWR PNL #2 2S-4P-PP2 ENCLOSURE COVER, MESS, FR 40 STBD ENCLOSURE COVER, ENG RM, FR 38 STBD ENCLOSURE COVER, ENG RM, FR 38 C.L. ENCLOSURE COVER, ENG RM, FR 39 PORT ENCLOSURE COVER, ENG RM, FR 38 STBD ENCLOSURE COVER, AMS 1, FR 54 PORT ENCLOSURE COVER, AMS 2, FR 20 PORT ENCLOSURE COVER, GALLEY, FR 40 STBD
EMERG. LOAD CTR PANEL, 01 DK, GEN RM, FR 30 DISTRIBUTION PANEL EDP-1EP- STBD D(2) 01, 02, & MN DK EMER. LT PNL #1 PANEL, MESS, FR 27 PORT ELC-1EL-EL1 PILOT HOUSE EMER DIST PNL ELC-1EP-PEDP PANEL, 01 LVL PASS, FR 40 PORT
AL AL
T T
K K
0131-124
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION EXTERIOR EMER, LIGHTING PANEL #2 ELC-1EL-EL2 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO PANEL, 01 LVL CL PASSAGE, FR 37 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) PH BK/WH AL PH BK/WH AL AL AL AL PH BK/WH PH BK/WH AL AL AL T T T (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K K M
RADIO ROOM ELEX DIST. PANEL PANEL, 01 LVL, MEDICAL ELC-1EP-EXDP LOCKER, FR 40 PORT GALLEY EQUIPMENT 220/110V PANEL, GALLEY, FR 32 STBD DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1S-2P/1PH(2) GALLEY 120V DIST PANEL #1 LC-1P-DP1 01 & 02 LEVE REHTR FUSE BOX#1 DP3-1P-H-FB1 01 & 02 LVL CONV. HTR FUSE BOX #2 DP2-1P-J-FB2 MN DK CONV. HTR & REHTR FUSE BOX#3 DP3-1P-G-FB3 BATTERY CHARGER SSDG #1 EDP1-1EP-L(1) BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY D.C. CONTROL EDP1-1EP-M(1) PANEL, GALLEY, FR 32 STBD PANEL, 01 LVL PASS, FR 48 PORT PANEL, 01 LVL PASS, FR 48 PORT PANEL, MN DK PASS, FR 45 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 36 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 36 STBD
T T T T
K K K K K K
MACHINERY D.C. CONTROL UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 C.L. DISTRIBUTION PNL EDP1-1EP-M BATTERY CHARGER EMER. DIESEL GEN ELC-1EP-B EMER DIESEL GENERATOR STARTING BATTERY SW ELC-24EP-B BATTERY CHARGER GENERAL ALARM ELC-1EP-A GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G6-2 UNIT, EMER GEN RM, FR 32 STBD UNIT, EMER GEN RM, FR 33 STBD UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 40 C.L. BHD, BOW THRUSTER
K K K
AL AL
T T
K J RED LETTERIN G
0131-125
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G6-3 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD, AMS 1 (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G K RED LETTERIN G K RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G
GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G7-1
BHD, E.O.S.
AL
BHD, ENG RM
AL
GENERAL ALARM ROTARY BEACON EDP1-1EL-A(1)
BHD, ENG RM
AL
BHD, AMS 2
AL
BHD, TOW GR LKR
AL
GENERAL ALARM ROTARY BEACON EDP1-1EL-C(1)
BHD, AMS 1
AL
GENERAL ALARM ROTARY BEACON EDP1-1EL-D(1)
BHD, AMS 2
AL
BHD, BOATSWAIN STORES
AL
BHD, MN DK PASS
AL
0131-126
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G5-3 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD, MESS (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) J RED LETTERIN G J RED LETTERIN G K RED LETTERIN G K RED LETTERIN G K 3" W x 1" H K 3" W x 1" H
GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G4
BHD, 01 DK PASS
AL
CONTACT MAKER GENERAL ALARM SYS C-1A
BHD, 01 DK PASS
AL
GENERAL ALARM SYS DISTRIBUTION PANEL C-G8
BHD, 01 DK PASS
AL
GENERAL ALARM BELL C-G2 CONTACT MAKER GENERAL ALARM SYS C-G1 HVAC SYS EMER STOP AMS 2 SPLY FAN 1-22-2 PP3-1K-C
SIDE PANELLING, PLTHS FR 47 PORT SIDE PANELLING, PLTHS FR 47 PORT FOUNDATION, MN DK PASS, FR 23 STBD
PH RD/WH PH RD/WH AL AL T T
K M
HVAC SYS EMER STOP ENG RM FOUNDATION, MN DK PASS, FR EXH FAN 02-27-2 ENG RM SPLY 23 STBD FAN 01-27-2 2S-4P-D&E HVAC SYS EMER STOP ENG RM FOUNDATION, MN DK PASS, FR EXH FAN 02-27-1 ENG RM SPLY 23 STBD FAN 01-27-1 1S-1K-F(2) HVAC SYS EMERG STOP AMS 1 FOUNDATION, MN DK PASS, FR SPLY FAN 01-45-2 PP4-1K-G(1) 23 S HVAC SYSTEM EMER STOP GALLEY SUPPLY FAN 1-22-4 CREW MESS FAN COIL 1-25-2 PP3-1K-H(1) PP2-1K-B(1) HVAC SYS EMER STOP 01-02 DECK R01-32-2 PP3-1K-J(1) BHD, MESS, FR 39 STBD
AL
AL AL
T T
K N
BHD, PILOT HSE, FR 46 PORT
PH BK/WH
K 3" W x 1 1/4" H
0131-127
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) PH BK/WH AL T (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K 3" W x 1 1/4" H M
HVAC SYS EMER STOP SAN BHD, PILOT HSE, FR 45 PORT SPACE EXH FAN 01-44-2 PP3-1KN(1) HVAC SYSTEM DISCONNECT SW FOR EXH FAN E02-27-2 2S-1K-E HVAC SYSTEM DISCONNECT SW FOR EXH FAN E02-27-1 1S-1K-C BHD, 02 STACK, FR 31 PORT
BHD, 02 STACK, FR 31 STBD
AL
HVAC SYSTEM DISCONNECT BHD, 01 STACK, FR 27 PORT SW FOR ENG RM SPLY S01-27-2 2S-1K-D(3) HVAC SYSTEM DISCONNECT BHD, 01 STACK, FR 27 STBD SW FOR ENG RM SPLY S01-27-1 1S-1K-F(3) HVAC SYSTEM DISCONNECT SW FOR SUPPLY FAN 01-44-2 PP4-1K-G(2) HVAC SYS EMER STOP BOSUN STORES/PAINT LKR EXH FAN E1-62-2PP3-1K-G(1) EMER STOP FOR F.O. XFR PUMP No.2 PP1-1K-L(1) EMER STOP FOR F.O. XFR PUMP No.1 EDP-1EK-E(1) STEERING SYSTEM AUTO PILOT FEEDBACK UNIT (PORT) C-LCS13 STEERING SYSTEM AUTO PILOT FEEDBACK UNIT (STBD) C-LCS14 STEERING SYSTEM RUDDER FEEDBACK UNIT (PORT) CLCS15 STEERING SYSTEM RUDDER FEEDBACK UNIT (STBD) CLCS11 BHD, 01 FAN SPACE, FR 43 PORT BHD, MN DK PASS, FR 53 STBD
AL
AL
AL
AL
BHD, MN DK PASS, FR 24 STBD BHD, MN DK PASS, FR 24 STBD UNIT, STRNG GR ROOM, FR 0 PORT UNIT, STRNG GR ROOM, FR 0 STBD UNIT, STRNG GR ROOM, FR 0 PORT UNIT, STRNG GR ROOM, FR 0 STBD
AL AL AL WH/BK AL WH/BK AL WH/BK AL WH/BK
T T T
K K K
0131-128
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION STEERING SYSTEM PORT STARTER PANEL EDP-4EP-F(1) STEERING SYSTEM STBD STARTER PANEL 1S-4P-B(1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. PLTHS TOP PILOTHOUSE PORT BRDG WING STBD BRDG WING FWD 02 DK BRIDGE D.C. CENTER FOREDECK CH ENG S.R. CAPTAIN'S S.R. OFFICER S.R. 1 OFFICER S.R. 2 EMER GEN ROOM AFT CONTROL & GUNNER D.C. LOCKER CREW MESS GALLEY FANTAIL BOW THRUSTER E.O.S. EMER STRNG GR Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, AMS 2, FR 20 STBD UNIT, AMS 2, FR 20 STBD UNIT, ALL LOCATIONS (SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM) (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) K K
1. PILOTHOUSE 2. RADIO ROOM HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR RHTR 1-25-2 PP3-4P-B(1) HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR PRHTR 1-23-2 PP2-4P-A(1) HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR PRHTR 1-23-4 PP3-4P-A(1) HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR PRE/RHTR 1-57-1 PP3-4PD(1) HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR RHTR 01-32-2 PP3-4P-F(1)
UNIT, PLTHS & RADIO RM (SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM) UNIT, MN DK FAN RM, FR 23 PORT UNIT, MN DK FAN RM, FR 24 PORT UNIT, MN DK FAN RM, FR 25 PORT UNIT, BOSN'S STORE, FR 54 STBD UNIT, 01 DK FAN ROOM, FR 33 PORT
PH WH/BK AL AL AL AL
T T T T
M M M M
AL
0131-129
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) M L L L L J K K
HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER UNIT, 01 DK FAN ROOM, FR 33 FOR PRHTR 01-31-2 PP3-4P-E(1) PORT ARMS CONTROL RM WTR LVL ARMS CONTROL RM H1 TEMP RADIO ROOM DOOR OPEN FAN ROOM DOOR OPEN ALARM SWBD EL1-1EL-K FIRE & SMK DET SYS ALARM BELL C-SM30 UNIT, ALARM SWBD, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT UNIT, ALARM SWBD, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT UNIT, ALARM SWBD, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT UNIT, ALARM SWBD, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT UNIT, ALARM SWBD, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT SIDE PANELLING, PLTHS, FR 47 PORT
FIRE & SMK DET. SYS. REMOTE SIDE PANELLING, PLTHS, FR 48 INDICATOR PNL C-SM29 PORT NAVIGATION SYSTEM BLINKER LIGHT KEY NLP-1EL-E DOOR ALARM CUT-OFF SW CDL-2 SIDE PANELLING, PLTHS, FR 48 PORT BHD, RADIO RM, FR 41 PORT AL AL AL T T T
K J K
SHIP'S STORE REFER SYS FRZR UNIT, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD DEFROST HTR CONTACTOR PP5-4P-J(4) SHIP'S STORE REFER SYS FRZR BHD, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD DEFROST TIMER DP4-1P-S(7) SHIP'S STORE REFER SYS DISCONNECT SW FOR FRZR DEFROST TIMER DP4-1P-S(6) BHD, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD
AL AL
T T
K M
0131-130
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION SHIP'S STORE REFER SYS DISCONNECT SW FOR FRZR DEFROST HTR CONTACTOR PP5-4P-J(3) SHIP'S STORE REFER SYS DISCONNECT SW FOR CHILL ROOM COOLER UNIT DP4-1PS(14) WHEN ALARM SOUNDS PERSONNEL ARE TRAPPED IN REFER STORES Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) M
BHD, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD
AL
BHD NEAR BUZZER ALARM, GALLEY, FR 26 STBD
AL
1/2" HIGH RED LETTERIN G ON A 5"W x 3"H PLATE J J J J J L 1" TALL RED LETTERS J K
GARBAGE DISPOSAL SW 1S-2P/ BHD, GALLEY, FR 36 STBD 1P-B #1 STEAM TABLE HTR SW. DP1-1P-F(2) #2 STEAM TABLE HTR SW DP1-1P-F(3) STEAM TABLE, GALLEY, FR 36 STBD STEAM TABLE, GALLEY, FR 34 STBD
T T T T T T T
HEATER RESET BEHIND PANEL STEAM TABLE, GALLEY FR 36 STBD HEATER RESET BEHIND PANEL STEAM TABLE, GALLEY FR 34 STBD FREEZER ALARM SHORE PWR RCPTSP-4P-2S UNIT, REFER STORES, STBD BHD, FANTAIL WEATHER, FR 21 PORT UNIT, AMS 1, FR 46 PORT BHD, E.O.S. FR 39 PORT
CONTROLLER FOR MSD PP4-4P-C(1) ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYS CONSTANT RINGING BELL K-PA8 ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYS WRONG DIRECTION BELL/ LT PNLK-PC3
AL AL
T T
BHD, E.O.S. FR 39 STBD
AL
0131-131
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SPLYK-PA9 ENG ORDER TELEGRAPH SYS LOGIC PANEL K-PC2 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, E.O.S. UNDER CONSOLE, FR 38 STBD UNIT, E.O.S. UNDER CONSOLE, FR 38 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
AL AL AL
T T T
K K K
RMT PRPLN IND SYS JUNCTION UNIT, ENG RM PCL TOOLS BOX EDPI-1EP-J LOCKER, FR 38 C.L. MACHINERY MONITORING SYS CPU MULTI-REMOTE EDPI-24EP-M(7) MACHINERY MONITORING SYS PORT MULTI ANALOG REMOTE K-SGX01 MACHINERY MONITORING SYS STBD MULTI ANALOG REMOTE K-SGX02 #1 A/C CONDENSING UNIT DISCONNECT SW DP4-1P-R(3) #2 A/C CONDENSING UNIT DISCONNECT SW DP4-1P-R(4) #1 REFER CONDENSING UNIT DISCONNECT SW DP4-1P-S(2) #2 REFER CONDENSING UNIT DISCONNECT SW DP4-1P-S(4) HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLLER FOR EXHST FAN EO2-16-1 DP4-1P-P UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 C.L.
UNIT, ENG RM, FR 23 C.L.
AL
UNIT, ENG RM, FR 23 C.L.
FDN, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD FDN, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD FDN, AMS 2, FR 16 PORT FDN, AMS 2, FR 16 PORT UNIT, AMS 2, FR 17 STBD
A A A A A
T T T T T
K K K K M
FREEZE BOX FAN COIL DP4-1P- UNIT, REFER STORES, FR 23 S(4) PORT CHILL BOX FAN COIL DP4-1PS(5) DEFROST TERMINATION AND FAN DELAY THERMOSTAT DEFROST TERMINATION AND FAN DELAY THERMOSTAT UNIT, REFER STORES, FR 23 PORT FAN COIL CONTROL BOX, FREEZE BOX FAN COIL CONTROL BOX, CHILL BOX
A A A A
T T T T
J J K K
0131-132
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION STEERING CONTROL ALARM PANEL DOPPLER SPEED LOG SAL R1 REMOTE DISPLAY COMMAND TRANSFER CONTROL AIR PRESSURE Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO CONSOLE, E.O.S. CONSOLE, FR 39 PORT CONSOLE, PLTHS, FR 51 PORT EACH CONSOLE (E.O.S., PLTHS, 01 WEATHER, 02 WEATHER) EACH CONSOLE (E.O.S., PLTHS, 01 WEATHER, 02 WEATHER) (3) MATL (Table 23) PH PH PH PH PH PH PH AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) J J 3" x 1" 3" x 1" 3" x 1" 3" x 1" J
PORT MAIN ENGINE THROTTLE EACH CONSOLE (E.O.S., PLTHS, CLUTCH 01 WEATHER, 02 WEATHER) STBD MAIN ENGINE THROTTLE CLUTCH BOW THRUSTER THROTTLE/ CLUTCH ON OFF EACH CONSOLE (E.O.S., PLTHS, 01 WEATHER, 02 WEATHER) CONSOLE, PLTHS, FR 45 PORT UNIT, RADIO ROOM, FR 42 PORT RADIO ROOM DOOR ALARM SWITCH LIGHT OVER DESK, RADIO RM, FR 40 STBD BHD ABOVE LIGHT SWITCH, RADIO RM, FR 40 PORT BHD ABOVE LIGHT SWITCH, RADIO RM, FR 40 PORT CONSOLE PANEL, PLTHS DK, FR 51 PORT UNIT, PLTHS DK, UNDER CONSOLE UNIT, 01 DK, FWD FAN RM, FR 44 PORT UNIT, 01 DK, FWD FAN RM, FR 44 PORT STARBD BHD UNDER LT, RADIO RM FR 41-43 STBD
DESK ILLUMINATION ELC-24EP-1 WHITE ON WHITE OFF DOOR ALARM S/W C-DL2 STEERING SYSTEM STA, XFR CONTROL BOX PORT SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLYP EDP-1EL-B STBD SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLYP EDP-1EL-H GENERAL ALARM
PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/RD AL AL AL PH WH/RD T T T
1" x 3/4" 1" x 3/4" 1" x 3/4" 1" x 3/4" J K K 2" W x 1" H
0131-133
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM E.D.G. STARTING BATTERY BANK #1 E.D.G. STARTING BATTERY BANK #2 FUEL OIL DAY TANKS (P&S) HIGH LEVEL ALARM RACOR FILTER EDP1-1EP-R 15AT EMER. XFMR BANK 440/120V 3PH 10KVA EDP-4EP-D(1) LS-519A/SIC INTERCOM SYS JUNCTION BOX CB-21MC2 LS-519A/SIC INTERCOM SYS JUNCTION BOX CB-21MC3 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO STARBD BHD UNDER LT, RADIO RM FR 41-43 STBD STARBD BHD UNDER LT, RADIO RM FR 41-43 STBD BATTERY BOX, EMER GEN ROOM, FR 32 STBD BATTERY BOX, EMER GEN ROOM, FR 32 STBD MACH D.C. CONTROL POWER PANEL, ENGINE RM, FR 38 C.L. FILTER ENCLOSURE, ENGINE RM, FR 26 STBD XFMR, EMER GEN ROOM, FR 31 OVHD CEILING GRID, N.C.O.'S STATE ROOM, FR 36 STBD CEILING GRID, CREWS SR#4, FR 43 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/RD PH WH/RD AL AL PH WH/RD PH WH/BK AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL T T T T T T T T T T T T T (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2" W x 1" H 2" W x 1" H J J P 2 1/8" x 1 1/2" H K K K K K J J J J K M
SND PWR TELE SYS CALL BELL BOX, D.C. LKR, FR 51 PORT TERM BOX C-JV-B SND PWR TELE SYS TERM BOX BOX, D.C. LKR, FR 51 PORT C-JV-L 440/220-110V 25 KVA XFMR 1PH BHD, CREW'S MESS, FR 40 PORT POTABLE WATER HEATER #1 POTABLE WATER HEATER #2 UNIT, AMS 1, FR 46 PORT UNIT, AMS 1, FR 46 PORT
BOW THRUSTER BRAKE PANEL UNIT, AMS 1, FR 53 PORT FIRE & SMK DETECTION SYSTEM PANEL EDP1-1EP-H UNIT, E.O.S., FR 42 PORT
MASTER TANK LEVEL UNIT, E.O.S., FR 44 PORT INDICATOR PANEL 11 CHANNEL EDP1-1EP-F
0131-134
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION MASTER TANK LEVEL INDICATOR PANEL 7 CHANNEL EDP1-1EP-F SSDG#1 STARTING BATTERY BANK MACHINERY D.C. CONTROL BATTERY BANK CYLINDER TEMPERATURE M.E. #1 ALARM M.E. #2 ALARM CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYS PUMP #12S-4P-H(3) CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYS PUMP #22S-4P-H(2) XMFR BANK 440/120V 3PH 25KVA 1S-4P-E(1) #1 SHAFT BRAKE PANEL #2 SHAFT BRAKE PANEL REDUCTION GEAR #1 FRESH WTR CLNG PMP PP1-4P-C(2) REDUCTION GEAR #2 FRESH WTR CLING PMP PP1-4P-D(2) SHORE POWER TERM BOX SP-4P-2S SHIP'S STORES REFR CONDENSING UNIT #1 PP5-4PJ(1) SHIP'S STORES REFR CONDENSING UNIT #2 PP5-4PK(1) Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, E.O.S., FR 39 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) M
BATTERY BOX, ENG RM, FR 36 STBD BATTERY BOX, ENG RM, FR 36 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 P/S UNIT BASE, ENG RM, FR 37 STBD UNIT BASE, ENG RM, FR 37 PORT PUMP MOTOR, ENG RM, FR 32 PORT PUMP MOTOR, ENG RM, FR 32 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 30 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 24 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 24 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 26 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 26 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 21 PORT UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 PORT
AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
J J J L L K K K K K K K K K
UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 PORT
AL
0131-135
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION A/C REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT #1 PP5-4PG(1) A/C REFRIGERATION CONDENSING UNIT #2 PP5-4PH(1) POTABLE WATER PUMP #1 PP5-4P-B(1) POTABLE WATER PUMP #2 PP5-4P-C(1) CATHODIC PROTECTION SYS PORT ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYS STBD ANODE GENERAL ALARM WHEN BELL RINGS GO TO YOUR STATION Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD
AL
UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD UNIT, AMS 2, FR 16 STBD ACCESS, TOW GR LKR, FR 9 PORT ACCESS, TOW GR LKR, FR 9 STBD LOCATE UNDER EACH ALARM BELL
AL AL AL AL AL
T T T T T
K K J J 1/2" HIGH RED LETTERIN G PLATE SIZE 6" x 3" J K K K K
INTERIOR LIGHTING SW RECEPTACLE DP3-1L-J 115V 60HZ-1PH RECEPTACLE DP3-1L-D 115V 60HZ 1PH RECEPTACLE DP4-1L-H 115V 60HZ 1PH RECEPTACLE DP2-1P-R 115V-60HZ-1PH
BHD BHD, CREWS STATEROOM No. 4, FR 45 STBD BHD, DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER, FR 54 PORT BHD, DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER, FR 21 STBD BHD, RADIO ROOM, FR 40 STBD
AL AL AL AL PH WH/BK PH
T T T T
SHORE POWER BREAKER IS MAIN SWBD NEAR SHORE PWR INTERLOCKED SO IT CANNOT BREAKER, E.O.S., FR 42 PORT BE CLOSED UNLESS THE PLUG IS IN THE SHORE POWER RECEPTACLE
0131-136
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION NOTE: FAN ROOM DOOR MUST BE CLOSED DURING ALL TOWING OPERATIONS Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO OUTSIDE OF DOOR, FANTAIL WEATHER, FR 21 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) G NOTERED LTRS, FOLLOWI NG INSTRUCT IONS ARE BLACK L
HEATER ACCESS
PNL ACCESS DOOR INSIDE CLEANING GR LOCKER, BOSN STORE, FR 59 STBD FRONT OF CONT. PANEL, VEST, FR 24 PORT FOUNDATION, FORE DK, WEATHER, FR 54 STBD UNIT, FORE DK, WEATHER FR 54 STBD TOW MACH JUST AFT OF CAPSTAN CONTROL, FANTAIL, FR 19 STBD LAMP UNIT, RADIO RM, FR 43 C.L. UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 40 PORT RECEPTACLE, RADIO RM, FR 43 PORT CONTROL BOX, FANTAIL, WEATHER, FR 11 PORT CONTROL BOX, FANTAIL, WEATHER, FR 11 STBD AFT TOW CONSOLE, 01 DK, WEATHER, FR 20 STBD AFT TOW CONSOLE, 01 DK, WEATHER, FR 20 STBD ABOVE TOGGLE SWITCH (TOW PIN TOGGLE SWITCH LABEL)
AL
TOWING MACHINES CONTROL PANEL ANCHOR WINDLASS CONTROL STATION HEAVE IN PAY OUT CLOCKWISE COUNTER CLOCKWISE RADIO ROOM LAMP EL1-1EL-J CONTROL UNIT GYRO ELC-24EP-3 RECEPTACLE DP2-1P-R PORT TOW PINS K-2EH5 STBD TOW PINS K-1EH5 PORT TOW PIN STBD TOW PIN INBD RAISE
AL AL AL AL
T T T T
J L 1 1/2" x 6" HIGH 2" x 6"
PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH BK/WH PH BK/WH AL AL AL T T T
1" x 3/4" 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H J J J J J
0131-137
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION OTBD RAISE LOWER SLIP ALARM CUT-OUT (STBD) (PORT) CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE PAY OUT LOCAL CONTROL HEAVE IN AUX. DRUM BRAKE CONTROL CLUTCH/BRAKE CONTROL FM200 ALARM FUEL DAY TK (PORT) HIGH LEVEL ALARM FUEL DAY TK (STBD) HIGH LEVEL ALARM FM-200 SHUTDOWN EDP1-24EP-M(4) Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ABOVE TOGGLE SWITCH (TOW PIN TOGGLE SWITCH LABEL) BELOW TOGGLE SWITCH (TOW PIN TOGGLE SWITCH LABEL) AFT TOW CONSOLE BELOW SWITCHES, 01 DK, WEATHER, FR 20 STBD BHD, AMS 1, FR 44 STBD (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) BHD, AMS 2, FR 21 STBD (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) BHD, MN DK VEST, FR 24 PORT (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) BHD, MN DK PASS, FR 40 STBD (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) BHD, ENG RM, FR 44 STBD (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) BHD, ENG RM, FR 21 STBD (SLIDING WT DOOR CRANK) TOW MACH, JUST AFT OF LOCAL CONTROLLER, FANTAIL, FR 18 P/S TOW MACH, UNIT FANTAIL, FR 18 P/S TOW MACH, UNIT FANTAIL, FR 18 P/S BHD ADJACENT TO AMBER LAMP, ENG RM, FR 21 PORT BHD ADJACENT TO RED LAMP, ENG RM, FR 21 PORT BHD ADJACENT TO RED LAMP, ENG RM, FR 21 STBD UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) J J 3/4" x 2"
T T T T T T T
F F F F F F U 2" x 4" J J 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H
AL AL PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD AL
T T
0131-138
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION CRANE LOAD MONITORING EDP1-24EP-M(13) Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) P P P P P P P P P P P 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H 1 1/2" x 1" H
F.O. DAY TK HIGH LEVEL ALARM UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT EDP1-24EP-M(6) MACHINERY MONITOR SYS EDP1-24EP-M(7) PUMP DRIVE ENGINE EDP1-24EP-M(8) BOW THRUSTER DRIVE ENG EDP1-24EP-M(9) SPARE EDP1-24EP-M(10) STEERING GEAR ALM EDP1-24EP-M(11) SSDG No. 2 EDP1-24EP-M(12) SPARE EDP1-24EP-M(5) SPARE EDP1-24EP-M(14) SPARE EDP1-24EP-M(15) ZONE 2 ZONE 2 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 3 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT UNIT, ENG RM, FR 38 PORT BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, 01 DK PASSAGE, FR 48 PORT BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, 01 DK PASSAGE, FR 48 STBD BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, 01 DK PASSAGE, FR 34 CL BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, MN PASSAGE, FR 10 CL BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, MN DK PASSAGE, FR 26 CL BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, MN DK PASSAGE, FR 22 STBD BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, ENG RM, FR 43 STBD
0131-139
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION ZONE 4 MAIN ECDIS EXDP-1EP-C BACK-UP ECDIS EXDP-1EP-B BINNACLE LIGHT ELC-24EP-6 STEERING SYS DIMMER DCEDP-24EP-PFM-G SEE TYPE V (TABLE 25) Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD ADJACENT TO FIRE PULL, ENG RM, FR 26 STBD DISPLAY UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 50 STBD DISPLAY UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 39 PORT OVERHEAD PANEL PORT, PILOT HSE, FR 50 PORT UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 45 STBD PLATE TO BE CONCAVE TO SLIDE INTO FIRE & SMOKE REMOTE PNL GUIDES, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT PLATE TO BE CONCAVE TO SLIDE INTO FIRE & SMOKE REMOTE PNL GUIDES, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT ANCHOR WINDLASS CONTROL STATION, FORE DK, WEATHER FR 54 STBD BHD, MN DK PASSAGE WAY, FR 40 STBD BHD, MN DK VEST, FR 24 PORT SEAT ON MAST, FR 40 C.L. SEAT ON MAST, FR 40 C.L. SEAT ON MAST, FR 42 P/S SEAT ON MAST, TOP OF STACK, FR 28 STBD SEAT ON MAST, TOP OF STACK, FR 28 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/RD PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH WH/BK AL AL T (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 1 1/2" x 1" H 2"Wx 2"Wx 3"Wx 1 1/4"H P V
SEE TYPE W (TABLE 25)
AL
LSHT-HANDLE OUTBD HSLT-HANDLE FWD REMOTE CONTROL SLIDING WATERTIGHT DOOR, BHD 44 REMOTE CONTROL SLIDING WATERTIGHT DOOR BHD21 X-BAND RADAR S-BAND RADAR MULTI TACTICAL MULTIBAND WHIP HF WHIP TACTICAL HF/HF WHIP (GMDSS)
AL
AL AL PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
T T
K K 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H
0131-140
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION VHF WHIP TACSAT (SOTM) TV & RADIO EPIRB TYPE 1 SATALLITE 406 MH RF TRANSCEIVER FLEET - 77 GPS/DGPS ANTENNA IFF ANTENNA Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO SEAT ON MAST, PILOT HOUSE ROOF, FR 48 STBD SEAT ON MAST, PILOT HOUSE ROOF, FR 38 P/S SEAT ON MAST, PILOT HOUSE ROOF, FR 46 PORT SEAT ON MAST, PILOT HOUSE ROOF, FR 46 STBD SEAT ON MAST, PILOT HOUSE ROOF, FR 38 STBD SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 39 P/ S SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 39 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH BK/WH PH WH/BK PH BK/WH PH RD/WH PH RD/WH (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H
61202 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 39 SENSOR PORT 41372 VC RELATIVE HUMIDITY/ TEMPERATURE 06206 MARINE WIND TRACKER GMDSS J8 INMARSAT. CAPSAT GPS PLGR INTERIOR LIGHTING SW EL1-1EL-H SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 39 PORT SEAT ON MAST, MAST HEAD, FR 39 C.L. SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 39 C.L. SEAT ON MAST, MAST, FR 37 P/ S ABOVE LT SW TOP OF STAIR WELL, PILOT HSE, FR 45 PORT
INTERIOR LIGHTING SW DP2-1L- ABOVE LT SW, 01 PASSAGE A WAY, FR 47 PORT NAV LTG PANEL ELC-1EL-NLP SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER WTR ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 42 PORT ON DOOR ALARM UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT
0131-141
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION RADIO ROOM DOOR OPEN FAN ROOM DOOR OPEN SMALL ARMS RM HIGH TEMP Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ON DOOR ALARM UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT ON DOOR ALARM UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT ON DOOR ALARM UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH RD/WH PH RD/WH PH RD/WH PH RD/WH PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W X 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1"H
DOOR ALARM MUST BE ACTIVE ON DOOR ALARM UNIT, PILOT DURING ALL TOWING HOUSE, FR 48 PORT OPERATIONS SURVIVAL RADIO CLEARVIEW FWD EL2-1EL-D CLEARVIEW AFT EL2-1EL-D SCREEN ELEMENT PNL FWD +PORT PEDP-1EP-NAFT+STBD PEDP-1EP-P RADIO BKT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 44 PORT ABOVE UNIT ON CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 52 STBD ABOVE UNIT ON CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 38 PORT ABOVE UNIT ON CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 51 PORT
WINDSCREEN WIPER OVERHD PANEL PORT, PILOT PNLEL2-1EL-E PORT/STBD HOUSE, FR 51 PORT FWDEL2-1EL-J STBD/PORT FWD WIPER MOTOR EL2-1EL-J WINDOW MULLION ADJAC TO MOTOR, PILOTHOUSE, FR 51 P/ S WINDOW MULLION ADJAC TO MOTOR, PILOTHOUSE, FR 51 P/ S FWD WINDOWS, PILOT HOUSE, FR 52 P/S AFT WINDOWS, PILOT HOUSE, FR 38 P/S OVERHD PANEL STBD, PILOT HOUSE, FR 51 STBD CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 51 PORT
WIPER MOTOR EL2-1EL-E
2"W x 1H
WINDOW HEATER PEDP-1EP-N WINDOW HEATER PEDP-1EP-P FOG HORN CONTROL S/ WEXDP-1EP-N E.O.T. POWER FAILALARM
2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H
0131-142
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION RECEPTACLE DP2-1L-N WATER FOUNTAIN COFFEE MAKER DP2-1P-P 12V BATT CHARGER PEDP-12EP-D GMDSS BATT CHARGER EXDP-1EP-H EMER BATT CHARGER ELC-1EP-A GMDSS 12V DISCONNECT S/W PEDP-12EP-D(2) GMDSS DISCONNECT S/W EXDP-1EP-H Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO ABOVE RECEPTACLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 49 P/S ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 42 STBD ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 PORT ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 PORT ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 C.L. ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 C.L. ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 C.L. (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PASSAGE BHD, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 40 C/L STBD PASSAGE BHD, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 40 STBD PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 2 1/2"H 3"W x 2 1/2"H X 2" x 2" 1 1/4"W x 1"H 1 1/4"W x 1"H X 2"W x 1"H X 2" x 2" X 2"W x 1"H
ALARM PANEL JB DOOR ALARM ON UNIT, PILOT HOUSE, FR 48 PNL PILOT HOUSE EL1-1EL-K PORT FIRE ALARM ZONE 1C-SM30A GENERAL ALARM C-G3 PILOT HOUSE RECEPT J.B. DP2-1L-N ZONE 1 ZONE 1 PILOT HSE RECEPT J.B. DP2-1LN RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS J.B. EL1-1EL-J TASK LIGHTS J.B. ELC-24EP-1 BHD BELOW BEACON, RADIO ROOM, FR 42 STBD BHD BELOW BEACON, RADIO ROOM, FR 42 STBD BHD IN PASSAGE, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 48 CL PULL STATION, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 43 P/S PULL STATION, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 42 PORT
0131-143
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION RADIO ROOM RECEPT J.B. DP2-1P-R Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO BHD IN PASSAGE, 01 PASSAGE OVERHEAD, FR 48 CL (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) X 2" x 2" X 2" x 2" 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 1 1/2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1 1/2"H
01 LEVEL J.B. PASSAGE LIGHTS BHD IN PASSAGE, 01 PASSAGE DP2-1L-C OVERHEAD, FR 37 CL C-SM-28 C-SM-27 C-SM-27 C-SM-26 C-SM-26 C-SM-25 FIRE ALARM PULL STATION PILOT HSE, FR 43 PORT FIRE ALARM PULL STATION PILOT HSE, FR 42 PORT FIRE ALARM PULL STATION PILOT HSE, FR 42 PORT, 44 STBD FIRE ALARM PULL STATION PILOT HSE, FR 43 STBD FIRE ALARM PULL STATION PILOT HSE, FR 45 STBD TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD ABOVE TABLE CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD ABOVE TABLE CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD ABOVE TABLE CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD ABOVE TABLE CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD SIDE PANELLING, PILOT HOUSE, FR 44 P/S
C-SM-25 C-SM-24 C-SM-24 GMDSS WATCH RECEIVER AN/PSN-11 INTERFACE & SWITCH BOX GMDSS INMARSAT C DATA TERMINAL GMDSS INMARSAT C PRINTER GMDSS HF DSC PRINTER GMDSS NAVTEX RECEIVER AN/PSN-11 GPS RECEIVER (NAVIGATION) AN/PSN-11 GPS RECEIVER (COMMUNICATIONS) SEARCH & RESCUE TRANSPONDER
0131-144
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION GMDSS MF/HF POWER RELAY THIS UNIT CONTAINS TWO POWER SOURCES GMDSS MF/HF ANTENNA COUPLER GMDSS SEATOR SERIAL PRINTER GMDSS SEATOR MODEM Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT UNDER TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 40 STBD UNIT, 01 DK, STACK, FR 31 PORT TABLE, PILOT HSE, FR 39 STBD TABLE, PILOT HSE, FR 39 STBD (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1"H
GMDSS DSC WATCH RECEIVER SEAT ON W/H TOP, FR 45 STBD ANTENNA GMDSS MF/HF TRANSCEIVER POWER C/O RELAY BOX GMDSS DSC 500 VHF 110-12V POWER SUPPLY GMDSS POWER SUPPLY 110-12V GMDSS MF/HF TRANSCEIVER GMDSS SEATOR DATA TERMINAL GMDSS MF/HF 110-24V POWER SUPPLY GMDSS NAVTEX RECEIVER ANTENNA UNDER STBD TABLE, PILOT HSE, FR 49 STBD D/HEAD LINING, PILOT HSE, FR 49 STBD UNDER TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD UNDER TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD UNDER TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD ABOVE TABLE CONSOLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD
GMDSS POWER C/O RELAY BOX UNDER TABLE, PILOT HOUSE, FR 39 STBD GMDSS DSC500 VHF POWER C/O RELAY BOX D/HEAD LINING, PILOT HSE, FR 49 STBD
120V RADAR DIST PANEL PEDP UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 40 STBD 1EP-J(1) MAIN ECDIS (UPS) EXDP-1EP-C UNIT OUTSIDE RADIO RM, PILOT HSE, FR 40 PORT
0131-145
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION BACK-UP ECDIS (UPS) EXDP-1EP-B GENERAL ALARM & EMERGENCY LIGHTING ELC-24EP-A(2) FRESH AIR SUPPLY FANS DP2-1L-B REMOTE CONTROL SLIDING WATERTIGHT DOOR BHD 21 AMS-2 SUPPLY FANS 1-22-2 PP3-4P-(1) NEWMAR STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER EDP-4EP-G(1) STBD NAV LIGHT NLP-1EL-G PORT NAV LIGHT NLP-1EL-F N.U.C. RECEPT NLP-1EL-J S-BAND RADAR RPDP-1EP-A X-BAND RADAR RPDP-1EP-C BOW THRUSTER CONTROL ELC-24EP-4 P.H. LIGHTS EL1-1EL-H DECK LIGHT EL2-1EL-G CONSOLE HEATER RUDDER ANGLE IND ELC-24EP-9 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT OUTSIDE RADIO RM, PILOT HSE, FR 40 PORT UNIT IN RADIO RM, FR 43 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1 1/4"H 3"W x 1"H 9" x 9 1/2" 3"W x 1 1/2"H 3"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H
CONSOLE FRONT, PILOT HSE, FR 50 PORT BHD, MESS, FR 26 CL BHD NEAR FAN STOP, VESTIBULE, FR 21 PORT 01 DK AFT FAN RM, FR 31 PORT UNIT, PILOT HSE TOP, FR 40 STBD UNIT, PILOT HSE TOP, FR 40 PORT MAST, PILOT HSE TOP, FR 39 CL UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 50 STBD UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 50 STBD STBD FWD CONSOLE ALSO UNDER STBD FWD CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 50 STBD PORT ABOVE CONSOLE, PILOT HSE FR 51 PORT W/HOUSE SIDES, 02 WEATHER, FR38-52 P/S UNIT INSIDE WING CONSOLE, 01 WEATHER, FR 45 P/S FWD PORT CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 50 PORT
PH BK/WH PH WH/RD PH BK/WH PH WH/BK PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x
0131-146
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION DECK/CONSOLE LIGHTING PNL DECK 01 = EL2-1EL-B DECK 02 = EL2-1EL-G CONSOLE = ELC-24EP-11 CONSOLE ILLUMINATION ELC-24EP-11 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO FWD PORT CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 50 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2 1/2" W x
FWD CONSOLES ADJACENT TO LAMP, PILOT HSE, FR 51 P/S
PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/RD PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK
1 1/2"W x 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 1 1/2"W x 3/4"H 2"W x 1"H 2 1/2"W 1"H 2 1/2"W 1"H
SOUND POWER PHONE CEM1C- PHONE, PILOT HSE TOP, FR 43 JV-L1 SOUND POWER PHONE CEM2C- PHONE, PILOT HSE, FR 46 STBD JV-L2 SOUND POWER PHONE CEM3C- PHONE, 02 PORT WEATHER DK, JV-L3 FR 46 PORT SOUND POWER PHONE CEM4C- PHONE, 02 STBD WEATHER DK, JV-L4 FR 46 STBD SOUND POWER PHONE CEM5C- PHONE, 02 WEATHER DK FWD, JV-L5 FR 52 CL SOUND POWER PHONE CEM6C- PHONE, 02 WEATHER DK AFT, JV-L6 FR 38 PORT HEAD SET JACK C-J2-A HEAD SET JACK C-JV-L9A HEAD SET JACK C-JV-L1A ABOVE JACK, 01 FAN ROOM, FR 45 PORT ABOVE JACK, PILOT HSE TOP, FR 43 ABOVE JACK, RADIO ROOM, FR 44 PORT
EMERGENCY LIGHT ELC-24EP-1 ABOVE TABLE CONSOLES & DESK, PILOT HSE, FR 41 P/S, FR 45 CL ALARM PANEL ELC-24EP-10 PORT SEARCHLIGHT PEDP-1EL-B FWD PORT CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 51 PORT FWD CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 51 PORT
STBD SEARCHLIGHT PEDP-1EL- FWD CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR H 51 PORT
0131-147
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION NEWMAR POWER SUPPLY 60A FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH EDP-2EP-G(2) NEWMAR BATTERY CHARGER EDP-2EP-G(3) 200A FUSED BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH 24 DC EXHAUST FAN DCEDP-24EP-G(10) FROM PWR MODULE-2 CONSOLE HEATER PORT FB1-1P-F CONSOLE HEATER STBD FB1-1P-G GENERAL ALARM C-G8 STALK LIGHTS ELC-24EP-1 BOWTHRUSTER CONTROL ELC-24EP-4 GYRO COMPASS ELC-24EP-3 SPARE ELC-24EP-12 BINNACLE LIGHT ELC-24EP-6 SPEED LOG DISPLAY ELC-24EP-5 SPEED LOG DISTRIBUTION ELC-24EP-8 WINDSCREEN WASH VALVE ELC-24EP-7 PILOT HOUSE ALARM PNL ELC-24EP-10 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO UNIT, 01 AFT FAN ROOM, FR 32 PORT UNIT, 01 AFT FAN ROOM, FR 32 PORT BHD, 01 FAN RM, FR 33 PORT UNIT, 01 FAN RM, FR 33 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH BK/WH (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3"W x 1"H
3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H
UNIT, EXTERNAL WING CONSOLE, FR 45 PORT UNIT, EXTERNAL WING CONSOLE, FR 45 STBD GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT
2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H
0131-148
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION RUDDER ANGLE IND ELC-24EP-9 PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE ILLUMINATION ELC-24EP-11 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO GEN ALARM & LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT GEN ALARM & EMERG LIGHTING PANEL, RADIO RM, FR 42 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH BK/WH PH BK/WH PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/4"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H
SOUND POWER PHONE C-JV-L7 PHONE, 01 DK WEATHER, FR 54 STBD SOUND POWER PHONE C-JV-L8 PHONE, CAPT S/ROOM SOUND POWER PHONE C-JV-L9 PHONE, CHIEF ENG S/ROOM SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL10 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL11 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL12 HEAD SET JACK C-JV-L13A HEAD SET JACK C-JV-L13B SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL13C SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL14 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL15 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL16 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL17 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL18 PHONE, OFFICER S/ROOM No. 2 PHONE, OFFICER S/ROOM No. 1 PHONE, EMER GEN ROOM ABOVE JACK, 01 DK, AFT FACE OF STACK, FR 25 PORT ABOVE JACK, 01 DK, AFT FACE OF STACK, FR 25 STBD PHONE, 01 AFT DK, FR 21 STBD PHONE, DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER PHONE, CREWS MESS PHONE, GALLEY PHONE, FANTAIL WEATHER, FR 14 PORT PHONE, AMS No. 1
0131-149
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL19 SOUND POWER PHONE C-JVL20 Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO PHONE, EOS PHONE, AMS No. 2 (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2"W x 1 1/2"H 2"W x 1 1/2"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3"W x 2"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3 1/2"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 3"W x 1"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H
BOATSWAINS STORE EXHAUST FAN CONTROL BOX, B/SWAIN FAN (E1-62-2) STORE, FR 57 PORT VENT PANEL STEERING GEAR PUMP 23P 450V 300A INST ROWPU BATTERY LEICA 1 LEICA 2 LUB OIL 1 PORT FUEL 1 STBD FUEL 2 PORT FUEL 2 CENTER FUEL 3 CENTER FUEL 4 STBD FUEL 4 PORT FUEL MAIN SWITCHB'D MAIN SWITCHB'D BATTERY BOX, ENGINE ROOM, FR 17 PORT BELOW UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT BELOW UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT
0131-150
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION STBD DAY TK FUEL PORT DAY TK FUEL CHT SLUDGE FW STBD FW PORT BLST PEAK BLST 2 STBD BLST 2 PORT GYRO REPEATER Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (11 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 39 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT MASTER TK LVL PANEL (7 CHANNEL), EOS, FR 44 PORT UNDER UNIT ON ABOVE PORT FWD CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 52 PORT UNDER UNIT ON ABOVE PORT FWD CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 52 PORT UNDER UNIT ON ABOVE PORT CHART CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT AN/PSN-11 UNIT ON ABOVE PORT CHART CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT AN/PSN-11 UNIT ON ABOVE PORT CHART CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2 1/4"W x 1/2"H 2"W x 1"H
MARINE VHF RADIO
2"W x 1"H
WIND TRACKER TRANSLATOR
2"W x 1"H
BACK-UP ECDIS
3/4"W x 3/4"H 3/4"W x 3/4"H
MAIN ECDIS
0131-151
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 21. (1) INSCRIPTION NAUTOCONNING Electrical Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO AN/PSN-11 UNIT ON ABOVE PORT CHART CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT AN/PSN-11 UNIT ON ABOVE PORT CHART CONSOLE, PILOT HSE, FR 41 PORT BHD, RADIO ROOM, FR 43 STBD BHD, RADIO ROOM, FR 45 CL BHD, RADIO ROOM, FR 45 CL PA UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 51 PORT (3) MATL (Table 23) PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK PH WH/BK (4) ATT (Table 24)
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 3/4"W x 3/4"H Z 3/4"W x 3/4"H K K K ZA 4 1/2"W x 1"H
ON
OFF
RECEPTACLE RACK 3 UPS EXDP-1EP-A RECEPTACLE RACK 2 POWER SUPPLY EXDP-1EP-D RECEPTACLE RACK 2 POWER SUPPLY EXDP-1EP-E FWD 02 LVL AFT 02 LVL PASS 01 LVL AFT 01 LVL MESS BOSN STORE RM AMS 1 AMS 2 EOS ENG ROOM WARNING GYRO COMPASS MUST BE OPERATIONAL 3 TO 5 HOURS BEFORE OPERATION OF VESSEL CAUTION DO NOT TURN OFF WHILE VESSEL IS IN OPERATION. DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND OR PERSONNEL MAY OCCUR.
GYRO COMPASS CONTROL UNIT, PILOT HSE, FR 40 PORT
PH WH/RD
7"W x 5"H
EMERG BATTERY CHARGER PILOT HSE, FR 40 STBD
PH WH/RD
5"W x 3"H
GYRO COMPASS "CAUTION" DO TOP OF GEN ALARM & EMERG. NOT TURN OFF WHILE VESSEL LIGHTING UNIT, RADIO RM, FR IS IN OPERATION. DAMAGE TO 42 PORT EQUIPMENT AND/OR PERSONNEL MAY OCCUR. GYRO COMPASS "CAUTION" DO FRONT OF GEN ALARM & NOT TURN OFF WHILE VESSEL EMERG. LIGHTING UNIT, RADIO IS IN OPERATION. DAMAGE TO RM, FR 42 PORT EQUIPMENT AND/OR PERSONNEL MAY OCCUR.
PH WH/RD
3"W x 3"H
PH WH/RD
2"W x 1 1/4"H
0131-152
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 22. (1) INSCRIPTION SEWAGE PMP No. 1 DISCH PRESS SEWAGE PMP No. 2 DISCH PRESS RDCN GR #1 COOLING PMP DISCH PRESS RDCN GR #2 FW FW COOLING PMP DISCH PRESS FF PMP SUCT STR DIFF PRESS OILY BILGE XFR PMPSTR DIFF PRESS BALLAST SUCT STR DIFF PRESS BILGE SUCTION STR DIFF PRESS AFT SEA CHEST SUCTION STR DIFF PRESS S.W. STR DIFF PRESS FO XFR FILTER DIFF PRESS Piping Instrumentation Label Plates. (2) SECURE TO PANEL No. 3 PANEL No. 4 PANEL No. 9 PANEL No. 9 PANEL No. 4 PANEL No. 7 PANEL No. 11 PANEL No. 11 PANEL No. 13 PANEL No. 17 PANEL No. 8 (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2"
POT WTR PMP #1 DISCH PRESS PANEL No. 10 POT WTR PMP #2 DISCH PRESS PANEL No. 10 BILGE/BALLAST PMP #1 DISCH PRESS BILGE/BALLAST PMP #2 DISCH PRESS GENERAL SVCE HEADER PRESS PANEL No. 11 PANEL No. 11 PANEL No. 12
#1 FIRE/GENL SVCE PMP DISCH PANEL No. 12 PRESS # FIRE/GENL SVCE PMP DISCH PRESS PANEL No. 12
0131-153
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 22. (1) INSCRIPTION FIRE MAIN PRESS BOW THRUSTER ENG STG AIR PRESS PMP DR ENG STG AIR PRESS SSDG #2 STG AIR PRESS SHIP SERVICE AIR PRESS AIR CPRSR #1 DISCH PRESS AIR CPRSR #2 DISCH PRESS SW TO OILY WTR SEP PRESS AFFF PROPORTIONER DIFF PRESS OILY BILGE XFR PMP DISCH PRESS HOT WTR RECIRC PMP DIFF PRESS RDCN GR No.1 FW COOLING TEMP RDCN GR No.2 FW COOLING TEMP MSD PUMP DISCH PRESS LUBO XFR PMP DISCH PRESS FO XFR PMP #1 DISCH PRESS FO XFR PMP #2 DISCH PRESS SW TO STERN TUBE SEAL PRESS, PORT SW TO STERN TUBE SEAL PRESS, STBD SW PRESS TO EDUCTOR SW PRESS TO EDUCTOR Piping Instrumentation Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO PANEL No. 1 PANEL No. 1 PANEL No. 1 PANEL No. 5 PANEL No. 14 PANEL No. 14 PANEL No. 14 PANEL No. 7 PANEL No. 17 PANEL No. 7 PANEL No. 6 TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE PANEL No. 2 PANEL No. 5 PANEL No. 8 PANEL No. 8 PANEL No. 18 PANEL No. 18 PANEL No. 19 PANEL No. 20 (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL T T T T T T T T (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T T T T T T T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" B B 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2"
0131-154
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 22. (1) INSCRIPTION SW PRESS TO EDUCTOR SW PRESS TO EDUCTOR LUBO XFR STR DIFF PRESS BOW THRUSTER SW OUTLET TEMP Piping Instrumentation Label Plates - Continued. (2) SECURE TO PANEL No. 21 PANEL No. 22 PANEL No. 5 TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE (3) MATL (Table 23) AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL AL T T (4) ATT (Table 24) T T T
0131
(5) TYPE (Table 25) 1" x 2" 1" x 2" 1" x 2" B B 1" x 2" 1" x 2" B B B B B B
PUMP DRIVE SW OUTLET TEMP TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE RDCN GR #1 LUBO PRESS RDCN GR #2 LUBO PRESS PANEL No. 24 PANEL No. 23
DISHWASHER PW INLET PRESS TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE RDCN GR #1 LUBO COOLER PRESS RDCN GR #2 LUBO COOLER PRESS RDCN GR#1 LUBO COOLER TEMP RDCN GR#2 LUBO COOLER TEMP SEA CHEST BLDWN TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE TAG TO STEM OF GAUGE TIE WRAP TO PIPE
0131-155
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 23. Abbreviation AL BR PH BK/WH WH/BK WH/RD RD/WH
Material Type. Material Type
Aluminum, 22 Gauge, Anodized Hydrated Finish Brass, 1/8" Thick Phenolic (Known as Traffolyte) Black on White White on Black White on Red Red on White
Table 24. Abbreviation A B C S T
Methods of Attachment. See Figure Number Below For Method of Attachment 46 47 48 49 No figure. Label plate is attached using double back adhesive tape.
0131-156
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
A TIE WRAP OR WIRE
BOLTS
TIE WRAP OR WIRE LABEL PLATE SECTION B-B PIPE FLANGE PIPE LABEL PLATE B TIE WRAP OR WIRE A LABEL PLATE SECTION A-A PIPE
NOTE: USE TWO TIE WRAP ON BOTH ENDS OF LABEL PLATE. FOR APPLICATIONS WHERE TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 180F USE WIRE.
Figure 46.
Attachment Method "A".
VALVE HANDWHEEL
LABEL PLATE TYPE "B"
Figure 47.
Attachment Method "B".
0131-157
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
VALVE HANDWHEEL
LABEL PLATE TYPE "C", "D" OR "E"
Figure 48. Attachment Method "D".
3/16" 4 1/2" 3 1/2"
DRILL AND TAP DOUBLER PLATE FOR #6 X 3/8" LG. PAN HD MACHINE SCREW
1"
2"
MANHOLE COVER LABEL PLATE TYPE "H" 1/4" DOUBLER PLATE

Figure 49. Attachment Method "S".
0131-158
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
Table 25. Abbreviation A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y (R) Y (L)
Plate Types. See Figure Number Below For Plate Type 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
0131-159
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 Table 25. Abbreviation Z ZA

6 1/8" 3/16" HOLE TYP
0131
Plate Types - Continued. See Figure Number Below For Plate Type 75 76
1/4" TYP
FWC-9 FW FR KEEL CLR TO SSDG NO 1

1/8" 1/4" HIGH LETTERS 1/4" TYP
5/16"
Figure 50. Type "A" Label Plate.

3 3/8 FWC-1 FW FR KEEL CLR 1/2 3/8 HOLE 5/32 HIGH LETTERS
O0788T73
1/4
TO ME NO. 1 3/16
Figure 51. Type "B" Label Plate.
DE-3 D
EN RM O
1 EXH
2 1/2"
1/4" HIGH LETTERS 1" HOLE 1/8"

O0789T73
Figure 52.
Type "C" Label Plate.
0131-160
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
1/8" 1 1/2"
FWC-2
FW FILL
CONN
7/16" HOLE 1/8" HIGH LETTERS

O0790T73
Figure 53.
1/8
Type "D" Label Plate.

1
EXP
HAND
FSS-6
1/8 HIGH LETTERS

O0791T73
Figure 54.
Type "E" Label Plate.
AS REQUIRED 1/4 MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY
5/32 HIGH LETTERS

O0792T73
Figure 55.
Type "F" Label Plate.
AS REQUIRED MAIN DECK MESS/RECREATION SPACE 3/16 TYP
3/8 HIGH LETTERS

O0793T73
Figure 56.
Type "G" Label Plate.
0131-161
5/16 HOLE
1/4
1 1/2
1/4
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
4 1/4 9/64 HOLE TYP 1/4
S. W. BALLAST TANK NO.1C

3/8 HIGH LETTERS 1/4 TYP
O0794T73
1 1/2
1/4 TYP
Figure 57.
3/16
Type "H" Label Plate.

AS REQUIRED
7/8
VENT SYS E02-27-2 SERVES ENG RM

1/8 3/16 HIGH LETTERS
O0795T73
Figure 58.
Type "J" Label Plate.

3/16
AS REQUIRED MAN/AUTO FIRE DAMPER SERVES RETURN AIR FROM 03 LEVEL 1/8 TYP 3/16 HIGH LETTERS
1 1/4
O0796T73
Figure 59. Type "K" Label Plate.
AS REQUIRED 9/16
M. E. 1 ALARM
3/16 3/16 HIGH LETTERS
O0797T73
Figure 60.
Type "L" Label Plate.
0131-162
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
AS REQUIRED HVAC SYS EMER STOP ENG. RM EXH FAN 02-27-2 ENG. RM SPLY FAN 01-27-2 2S-4P-D & E
3/16
1 1/2
1/8 TYP
3/16 HIGH LETTERS

O00798T73
Figure 61.
Type "M" Label Plate.
AS REQUIRED HVAC SYS EMER STOP GALLEY SPLY FAN 1-22-4 CREW MESS FAN COIL 1-25-2 PP3-1K-H(1) 1/8 PP2-1K-B(1) TYP
3/16
1 13/16
3/16 HIGH LETTERS

O00799T73
Figure 62.
Type "N" Label Plate.

1 1/4 AHEAD
3/16 HIGH LETTERS
1/4 ASTERN
O0800T73
Figure 63.
Type "O" Label Plate.
0131-163
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
3/16
3/16 DIA HOLE
1 1/4 1/4 2
O0801T73
Figure 64. Type "P" Label Plate.
1 1/2
3/16 TYP
HEAVE IN
1/4 HIGH LETTERS 6
3/16 PAY OUT

O0802T73
Figure 65. Type "Q" Label Plate.
0131-164
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
2 CLOCKWISE 3/16 TYP 1/4 HIGH LETTERS 6
COUNTER CLOCKWISE
O0803T73
Figure 66.
Type "R" Label Plate.
1/4 3
1 1/2
CLOSE
3/8 HIGH LETTERS

O0804T73
Figure 67.
Type "S" Label Plate.
CLOSE
1 1/2
3/8 HIGH LETTERS

Figure 68.
O0805T73
Type "T" Label Plate.
0131-165
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
2 PAY OUT 3/16 HIGH LETTERS 1/8 LOCAL CONTROL 4
HEAVE IN 1/4
O0806T73
Figure 69.
Type "U" Label Plate.
4" 2"
ZONE #1 PILOT HOUSE
1/8"
ZONE #2 01 LEVEL
3/16" HIGH LETTERS
13/16"
Figure 70. Type "V" Label Plate.

4 2 ZONE #3 MAIN DECK 3/16 HIGH LETTERS
O0807T73
1/8 ZONE #4 13/16 HOLD LEVEL
Figure 71. Type "W" Label Plate.

2
RECEIPT J.B. DP2-1L-D

3/16 HIGH LETTERS
AS REQ
O0808T73
Figure 72. Type "X" Label Plate. 0131-166
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
OPEN 3
CLOSE 1/4 HIGH LETTERS 3

O0809T73
Figure 73.
Type "Y (R)" Label Plate.
OPEN 3
CLOSE 3 1/4 HIGH LETTERS

O0810T73
Figure 74.
Type "Y (L)" Label Plate.

1/2 ON 3/4
5/32 HIGH LETTERS
OFF
O0811T73
Figure 75.
Type "Z" Label Plate.
0131-167
TM 55-1925-273-10-3
0131
4 1/2 3/8 TYP BOSN FWD AFT PASS AFT 01 02 01 MESS STORE AMS AMS EOS ENG 02 ROOM 2 1 RM LVL LVL LVL LVL 4 1/2
3/32 HIGH LETTERS

Figure 76. Type "ZA" Label Plate. END OF WORK PACKAGE
O0812T73
0131-168
TM 55-1925-273-10-3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ONBOARD EQUIPMENT LOADING PLAN
0132
Locations for all Component Of End Item (COEI), Basic Issue Items (BII), and Additional Authorization List (AAL) items are included in their respective work packages, as follows: COEI: BII: AAL: (Volume 4, WP 0163) (Volume 4, WP 0163) (Volume 4, WP 0164)
Any additional equipment stowage will be identified by the vessel master or the appropriate designee.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0132-1/2 blank
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(eqploadwp) wpno(O00092)
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
DATE Dateyoufilledoutthisform.
TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) U.S.ArmyTACOMLifeCycleManagementCommand ATTN:AMSTALCLMPP/TECHPUBS
FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
Yourmailingaddress
6501E.11MileRoad,Warren,MI483975000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TMNumber
ITEM PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO.
DateoftheTM
TitleoftheTM
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Exact wording of recommended change must be given)
0007-3 0018-2
Figure 2, Item 9 should show a lockwasher. Currently shows a flat washer. Cleaning and inspection, Step 6, reference to governor support pin (14) is wrong reference. Reference should be change to (12).
SAMPLE
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
YourName
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74
YourPhoneNumber
YourSignature
APD V4.00
REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) U.S.ArmyTACOMLifeCycleManagementCommand ATTN:AMSTALCLMPP/TECHPUBS
DATE Dateyoufilledout thisform
Your Address
6501E.11MileRoad,Warren,MI483975000 PART II REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TMNumber
PAGE NO. COLM NO. LINE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
Date of the TM
Title of the TM
RECOMMENDED ACTION
TOTAL NO. REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR NO. NO. NO. ITEMS SUPPORTED
SAMPLE
PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
YourName
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION
YourPhoneNumber
YourSignature
APD V4.00

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
DATE
6501E.11MileRoad,Warren,MI483975000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Operators Manual for Inland and CoastalLarge Tug (LT) 11 February 2013 TM551925273103 PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
SIGNATURE
APD V4.00
DATE
6501E.11MileRoad,Warren,MI483975000 PART II REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Operators Manual for Inland and CoastalLarge Tug (LT) 11 February 2013 TM551925273103 PAGE NO. COLM NO. LINE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM NO. NO. NO. TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00

DATE
6501E.11MileRoad,Warren,MI483975000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Operators Manual for Inland and CoastalLarge Tug (LT) 11 February 2013 TM551925273103 ITEM PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
SIGNATURE
APD V4.00
DATE
PART III REMARKS (Any general remark, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00

DATE
SIGNATURE
APD V4.00
DATE
PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00

DATE
SIGNATURE
APD V4.00
DATE
PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army: RAYMOND T. ODIERNO General, United States Army Chief of Staff
Official: JOYCE E. MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army

1300204
Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number (IDN) 255651 requirements for TM 55-1925-273-10-3.
THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS

LINEAR MEASURE 1 Centimeter=10 Millimeters=0.01 Meters=0.3937 Inches 1 Meter=100 Centimeters=1000 Millimeters=39.37 Inches 1 Kilometer=1000 Meters=0.621 Miles WEIGHTS 1 Gram=0.001 Kilograms=1000 Milligrams=0.035 Ounces 1 Kilogram=1000 Grams=2.2 Lb 1 Metric Ton=1000 Kilograms=1 Megagram=1.1 Short Tons LIQUID MEASURE 1 Milliliter=0.001 Liters=0.0338 Fluid Ounces 1 Liter=1000 Milliliters=33.82 Fluid Ounces SQUARE MEASURE 1 Sq Centimeter=100 Sq Millimeters=0.155 Sq Inches 1 Sq Meter=10,000 Sq Centimeters=10.76 Sq Feet 1 Sq Kilometer=1,000,000 Sq Meters=0.386 Sq Miles CUBIC MEASURE 1 Cu Centimeter=1000 Cu Millimeters=0.06 Cu Inches 1 Cu Meter=1,000,000 Cu Centimeters=35.31 Cu Feet TEMPERATURE 5/9 (F 32) = C 212Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100Celsius 90Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2Celsius 32Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0Celsius 9/5 (C + 32) = F
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS

15
TO CHANGE Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Inches . . . . Square Feet . . . . . . . Square Yards . . . . . . Square Miles . . . . . . Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . Cubic Yards . . . . . . . Fluid Ounces . . . . . . Pints. . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons. . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . Short Tons . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet . . . . . . . Pounds/Sq Inch . . . . Miles per Gallon . . . . Miles per Hour . . . . . TO CHANGE Centimeters . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers . . . . . . . . Sq Centimeters . . . . Square Meters . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . Square Kilometers . . Sq Hectometers . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . Milliliters . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms . . . . . . . . . Metric Tons . . . . . . . Newton-Meters. . . . . Kilopascals. . . . . . . . Km per Liter . . . . . . . Km per Hour . . . . . .
TO
MULTIPLY BY 2.540 0.305 0.914 1.609 6.451 0.093 0.836 2.590 0.405 0.028 0.765 29.573 0.473 0.946 3.785 28.349 0.454 0.907 1.356 6.895 0.425 1.609
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per Sq Inch . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.394 3.280 1.094 0.621 0.155 10.764 1.196 0.386 2.471 35.315 1.308 0.034 2.113 1.057 0.264 0.035 2.205 1.102 0.738 0.145 2.354 0.621
TO
MULTIPLY BY
1 CM. 2
INCHES
Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Kilometers. . . . . . . . . . . . Square Hectometers . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milliliters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Hour . . . . . . . . . .
13
14
11
12
10
PIN: 087331-000

Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TM 55-1925-273-10-3

TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 11 FEBRUARY 2013

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTIONS

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(loepwp) wpno(F30003)

TM 55-1925-273-10-3 HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 11 FEBRUARY 2013

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(titleblk) wpno(F00004)

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(contents) wpno(F00005)